Category Archives: Psy

How to live in the moment

How to live in the moment

Table of Contents

How to live in the moment

As a former firefighter, Griff understands that we live in a stressful world, and now as a qualified meditation expert who holds popular seminars teaching us how to love ourselves and others, he wants to help you nourish your soul. Beyond that, he’s also a nutritional and emotional guide and strongly urges everyone to seek their optimal best.

We frequently get MindEasy users asking us, well almost everything…and we love it! So we’ll do our best to answer your questions. Feel free to contact us if you want to ask Griff… anything!

Dear Griff,

I’m finding it really hard to focus on the ‘here and now’ and it feels like my mind is constantly wondering off. How can I live more in the moment?
Max, Toronto, Canada

Being present takes a lot of special attention, it’s so easy to start thinking about everything and anything from, “What’s for dinner?”, “What am I doing next?” to “Did I feed the dog?”
It’s not a bad thing to allow yourself time to think, but if we allow ourselves to be overwhelmed by thoughts and lists of things to do etc… we can miss out on beautiful moments that are happening right now, right in front of you.

From personal experiences, I’ve found myself missing out on time with my family because I was thinking about work too much. I may have been physically present, but my mind was elsewhere, and do I regret that? Yes, of course. Ultimately we are what our memories dictate.

How to live in the moment

How to Be Present in the Moment

So the obvious answer I’m going to give for this question is; Meditation.
Really, the whole act of meditation is to practice and train your mind to live in the moment.

We spend a lot of our lives waiting for a moment in the distant future when our lives will become exciting enough or interesting enough to captivate us into the present moment.

This might be a holiday, a restaurant or a big night out with friends we have planned. We get the idea that these moments are landmarks where we will be present, and nothing else will matter. Some time’s this is true. Sometimes even when we are in these moments, they get spoiled by our worries of the past and future.

But if we practise meditation, we don’t need these moments of heightened experience to anchor us to the present. We can do it whenever and wherever we choose.

However, this practice will take time, but you’ll be able to find plenty of free courses on MindEasy to help you on your way and in the meanwhile here are a few more tips.

Take any MindEasy courses for free

How to live in the moment

Vipassana

How to live in the moment

Chakra Activation

Take any MindEasy courses for free

How to live in the moment

Vipassana

How to live in the moment

Chakra

Take a Calm Moment & Make a List

One way of making yourself live in the moment is to start the day off with a ‘calm moment,’ a short period of time when you purposefully tell yourself that you will stay focused on the here and now. Try some deep breathing exercises – the motion of feeling an inhale through the nose and then a long exhale via the mouth, can really snap you back to the present.

Also, take this time to write down your ‘to do list’. It’s often very helpful to physically write down things-to-do so that your mind isn’t racing around. Also, set a time for each different activity, this way, you won’t constantly be thinking when you’ll be doing XYZ because you’ve got an allotted time slot.

Worry or stress is also a major trigger for a racing mind, leaving us unfocused and distracted. Try meditation to help control these negative feelings. Often meditating will help you recognise unwanted feelings and give you techniques to help manage them.

How to live in the moment

Put Down the Screen & Say Yes

Living in the moment can often mean that you need to put down your phone, iPad, or electrical device to limit distraction. I was recently at my nephew’s performance, and it seemed like so many parents were filming and watching the play through their phone’s screen rather than with their eyes. When you’re mentally and physically present, you’ll feel and experience more.

Why not try saying ‘yes’ more? So often our first response, when asked to do something unscheduled, is met with hesitation. Seeing the opportunity to enjoy yourself and ‘carpe diem’ (seize the day), and being spontaneous is certainly one way to feel like you’re living in the moment. Sometimes it’s worth throwing caution to the wind to experience new things.

Finally, one major way to live more in the more moment is to feel gratitude – to the world around you, your friends or relatives and most importantly, to yourself. When you’re appreciative of everything – from small things like the feeling of sun on your face, or the sound of the sea to larger things like your career, your loved ones – you’ll immediately start enjoying the present.

Share

How to live in the moment

Teaching others strategies to learn how to live in the moment is an easy task. Actually choosing to live in the moment is much harder. In fact, I have a propensity to race around like a chicken with my head cut off. I often over-commit myself.

Do you ever do that?

Whether it’s at school, sports or church functions, I see the gaps and barrel forward to pitch in. I say yes, Yes, YES. Before I know it the calendar is overloaded and I am overwhelmed. Instead of living in the moment, I’m barely surviving.

So I do the next logical thing (or so I think) and set the alarm earlier, stay up later and double up tasks. I wear my productivity like a badge of honor. Thinking proudly, look how much I’ve done today as if it somehow increases my value.

Usually, I continue this neck breaking pace until my joy slips out the back door without me noticing. I grow impatient and snappy with the people I love.

I promise myself… next week will be different, but it isn’t.

Do you make those same promises?

In order to live in the moment, I have to put 4 simple behaviors into practice…

  1. Focus thoughts
  2. Practice gratitude
  3. Do less
  4. Single-tasking

When I start to get side tracked from my goal to live in the moment, I’m trading joy for productivity and efficiency. Nobody ever looks back and says I’m glad I spent so much time being productive. Right?

While we wait, let’s talk about what we can do to live in the moment now with these 4 new habits.

Are you ready to reclaim some joy through the practice of applying truth to your life? Me, too!

Let’s dive in and take a closer look.

Strategy #1 Focus Thoughts on Now

There are 3 different time frames our thoughts can settle on. Thinking about the past, present or future.

Which timeframe does your mind settle on?

My default is to settle on the future. Do you remember the GPS navigation devices in your car before we used our phones? Once you take a wrong turn it says “re-calibrating”. That is exactly what my brain does when my mental checklist has gone off track.

“Therefore do not worry about tomorrow, for tomorrow will worry about itself. Each day has enough trouble of its own.”

Jesus clearly tells us not to worry about tomorrow (future), today (present) has enough trouble of its own.

Dwelling on the past (more on that here) is another area our minds can settle. Thoughts about the past can be focused on old hurts and fears. But God’s Word directs us to settling our mind on the present.

“Forget the former things; do not dwell on the past.”

Thinking about past hurts or worries about the future, will rob us of joy and keep us from living in the moment.

Live in the moment practice…

Focus on the moment. Take in everything through your senses. Think about the conversation you’re having. Breathe in the smells and take mental pictures of your surroundings. Literally, live in the moment.

Strategy #2 Practice Gratitude

We have the ability to re-train our brains to find the good. Science reveals practicing gratitude increases our happiness level by 25% (check out 5 short/fun videos on gratitude here).

“…give thanks in all circumstances; for this is God’s will for you in Christ Jesus.”

1 Thessalonians 5:18

God knew our joy would be magnified as we count our blessings no matter what our circumstances. Firmly fix your eyes on the good despite your circumstances.

So how does practicing gratitude help us live in the moment?

Live in the moment practice…

As you scan your environment, looking for the good, thank God for each little thing in the moment… the present moment. Whether everything around you is chaotic or peaceful, practice gratitude.

The next way to live in the moment is my favorite…

Strategy #3 Do Less

That’s right, do less. Give yourself permission to do less… slow down!

“Better one handful with tranquility than two handfuls with toil and chasing after the wind.”

My husband and I visited Italy years ago. Everything literally shut down in the afternoon for a siesta. All businesses just close up and restaurants stop serving to take a break from the hustle. Can you imagine?

How would you spend your afternoon siesta?

Living in the moment practice…

Doing less allows for time to live in the moment. Schedule blank slots in your day.

Ready for the final way to live in the moment?

Strategy #4 Stop Multi-Tasking

You heard me right (I really need to listen up here, too), stop multi-tasking!

Do you tend to do several activities at once? If your a mom, the answer is probably yes!

Multi-tasking is a ‘living in the moment’ killer.

“Whatever you do, work at it with all your heart, as working for the LORD, not for human masters,”

Living in the moment practice…

Adjust your focus to one task at a time. That’s not to say you should never multi-task, but give a single task your attention. See how your experience changes. Limit distractions so you can live in the moment.

Living in the Moment Wrap Up

Living in the moment while in the midst of an overpacked schedule requires saying, no. Just say no to thoughts that lead you way from the present moment. Choose to find the good in each task or interaction. Minimize your to-do list…do less! An finally, simply do one thing at a time when you can.

These four practices on living in the moment will greatly improve your ability to find joy in the day to day tasks.

Which strategy is the toughest for you? Why?

The concept of mindfulness and living in the moment has spread through our collective awareness in society. It sounds like a blissful, utopian practice, yet beyond the pale for most of us mere mortals. In our modern age, we are so concerned with the mundane drudgery of daily life between work, traffic, childcare, Netflix, relationships and arguments, social media and the like. We forget about the bigger picture, to stop and breathe, assess our thoughts, emotions and surroundings. Moreover, the preoccupations we all face in life have detrimental effects on our perception, relationships, reactivity and our physical, psychological, and emotional health.

How to live in the moment

Live in the moment

Every day we create our own simulated realities. We busy ourselves with living within the deep thought of the past or future. Many of us constantly update our social media platforms with inane memes or perfectly created selfies of little consequence. Furthermore, we attend our organized jobs, but little do we take note of what is in front of us.

Living in the moment originates as a Buddhist principle of mindfulness, that posits the concept of self as an illusion and that there is no true, fixed or unchangeable self. Rather, this philosophy contends that human suffering stems from false or illusory delusions of ourselves, life, and others.

Meditative and mindful thought and practice is a central belief to attain a higher perception, end human anguish and suffering, banish egotism and achieve enlightenment. You are attempting to be present, sense your surroundings and environment and practice self-reflection, self-understanding to better regulate and analyze your beliefs. It also enables an enhanced awareness of your individual motivations and permits informed and unhindered empathy towards yourself and others.

This is not to say that you should not reflect on the past or think about the future. Uniquely, strike a balance and reflect on past events to gain insight, learn from mistakes or failed approaches, and give thought to positive feelings and experiences. Remember that nothing can be done to alter our pasts, and it is counterproductive to dwell and obsess. Therefore, we must utilize the tools at hand and lessons learned to make the best of the present.

How to live in the moment

Concept in practice

Equally important, mindfulness or seizing the moment may seem like a changeable and abstract concept. But, there are certain tactics and mental exercises you may take on to begin this personal, psychological, and intellectual journey:

1) Take a deep breath, especially if you feel stressed and overwhelmed. Quiet your mind and adjust yourself to your surroundings, the sounds, and the sensations in your immediate vicinity. Consider removing yourself from the environment that is intensifying matters. Turn off your phone and other stimulating devices or sounds, simply relax into the moment.

2) Acknowledge and accept your feelings, attempt not to dwell, and ponder on your issues and on the past, or they will consume and prevent you from moving forward. Moreover, let them go and seek justifiable solutions to your problems.

3) Forgive yourself and others for past wrongdoings.

4) Try to experience, appreciate and savor the present moment and where you are, and reflect on the positive aspects, no matter how bleak or disguised they may be.

5) Try yoga as a way of grounding yourself. Focus on your body, the flow of each inhalation and exhalation of breath. Focus on the relaxation and the slow and planned flow in the stretching postures provide. You can also try other activities you enjoy, such as gardening, swimming or dancing. If, however, you find body pain or arthritic pain holds you back from engaging in joyful movement, choosing low-impact movements, starting out small and easily, or taking a joint supplement such as JointFuel360 to relieve pain and inflammation, may help get you get moving with more ease and less agony.

6) Keeping a journal or diary is a terrific way to express and identify how we feel, how we respond and reflections on what else could have been done or conducted differently to achieve a more favorable result. It also helps one with moving on and providing clarity.

7) Set aside a given period of time each day to practice mindfulness. Consider planning your day and visualize your goals to increase productivity and purpose.

8) Practice positive thinking and search your mind for things to be grateful.

9) Consider taking a walk or hike outside and enjoying nature. Walking, especially an excursion outdoors, can help relieve stress and anxiety. It refocuses the mind on the ambience surrounding you, and is beneficial to improving fitness, bone and cardiovascular health.

How to live in the moment

Benefits of seizing the day

As we previously discussed, living in the moment, attempting to achieve self-realization or self-actualization and taking the time to accept what is, let go of what has already happened, and taking steps for the future, has value for our psychological, emotional and physical health:

  • It relieves stress, anxiety, and depression. If one becomes too focused on their problems and unpleasant aspects of life, they can be quickly overwhelmed by the swamp of their thoughts. Therefore, letting go of one’s ego, and allowing the mind to acknowledge, interpret and identify how we feel and what we truly value, helps to let go of bad experiences and perceive what is real and important in life.
  • Likewise, mindfulness improves our relationships by removing distraction and inner turmoil, allowing one to appreciate and be present with those we love. It also improves perceptions of ourselves and lets go of negative feelings such as shame, guilt, and failure.

Relieving stress and the very act of slow purposeful breathing, can benefit health by lowering heart rate, blood pressure and the stress response brought about in the body characterized by the release of stress hormones called catecholamines, which if heightened chronically, can be detrimental to health. Too, meditative mindfulness may also have benefits for weight loss and smoking cessation. Moreover, people who are happier, more emotionally fulfilled and less stressed, are less likely to engage in activities or lifestyle patterns that compromise health such as drug abuse, lack of exercises and poor eating habits.

Seizing the day and living in and for the moment can help us achieve enlightenment, calm stress and negative feelings, helps us appreciate the now, and leads to better mental and physical health. So, take some time to simply feel the air enter and leave your lungs, feel the sun on your face and let go of the things you are unable to change, and let happiness and comfort filter through.

How to live in the moment

How to Live in the Moment

Is your day consumed with regret from the past or fear of the future? Do you ever have times in your life when you say to yourself, “Whew, where did the years go…”? I have.

Maybe it’s because I’m getting older. Maybe it’s because I have more responsibilities. Or maybe it’s because I–like most people–can struggle with being present in the present.

What does that mean?

Wherever you are…be all there”. That’s an easy way of saying it, but a hard concept to put into practice–at times. On the other hand, however, it’s quite possible that there are some of you that do not struggle with this at all. In fact, for some of you, it’s hard to relate to not being present in the present. It could be that your personality is more bent to making the most of the time. It could be that you have truly learned to discipline yourself not to try and plan too much for the future, and so you don’t waste brain cells or energy figuring and framing. It could also be that you have accepted the past as the past, and something to learn from and to not let it burden you down in the moment. There are myriad other reasons why a person might not struggle with being present in the present, but suffice it to say that there are probably more of us who–at varying times in our lives–do. And maybe to those who do not at this moment, you will find this article helpful in the future.

Is there any encouragement for those of us who do–at times–struggle with being present in the present? Glory…there is!

“Therefore be careful how you walk, not as unwise men but as wise, making the most of your time, because the days are evil.”
Ephesians 5:15-16

In essence, one step to being more present in the present is to have clarity on the present. And so the apostle Paul instructs to:

  1. Be careful how you walk…
    • Careful simply means to process information by giving thought to or directing one’s attention to something (BDAG, 179). In other words, Paul is saying consider, weigh, process, and then proceed on your journey, your decision, or your day. The idea is that as you live, consider what you’re doing, i.e. be present!
      • Thus, living is not careless, but considerate. It takes discipline to be considerate, but practically it’s worth our investment of time.
  2. Not as unwise, but wise…
    • Unwise means, one who lacks the power of proper discernment (BDAG, 144). In other words, being unwise is like being blind–to social cues, to self-awareness, to one’s own path, etc. Wise here means more than just the ability to know or understanding one’s own direction, but also to do it with God in mind. In other words, the wise person that Paul is referring to is one who recognizes that this life is really lived on a spiritual battlefield. “For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the powers, against the world forces of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places.” Ephesians 6:12
      • Thus, to live carefully and wise is to acknowledge that there are evil forces in this world that seek our harm. They want to distract those who are following Christ with every form of temptation possible. The wise person recognizes this and carefully considers how he walks in this life.
  3. Making the most of your time…
    • To make the most of your time means to redeem and to redeem means to exchange. In other words, one who is focused on redeeming their time is one who considers Paul’s previous words in Ephesians 4:22-24: “…that, in reference to your former manner of life, you lay aside the old self, which is being corrupted in accordance with the lusts of deceit, and that you be renewed in the spirit of your mind, and put on the new self, which in the likeness of God has been created in righteousness and holiness of the truth.”
      • Thus, one way of being present in the present is to exchange the lesser for the greater in life. To choose not to satisfy one’s own passions, desires, or selfish ambitions, but rather to choose the best for someone else, to invest in their life, in their betterment, and in their success. Don’t sacrifice the best on the altar of the acceptable.
  4. Because the days are evil…
    • Essential Paul is saying that the culture they were in (as well as the culture that we are in) is characterized by being morally or socially worthless (BDAG, 851). In other words, the reason to be present in the present, to exchange the lesser for the greater, to make the most of the time is directly related to the evil that permeates the culture and its ability to distract from God’s best.
    • In other words, Paul goes on to write immediately after verse 16 of chapter 5, “So then do not be foolish, but understand what the will of the Lord is.” In essence, not being present in the present, not focusing on the exchange of bad for good, and not making the most of our time distracts us from understanding the Lord’s will.
    • To put it another way, not being present in the present is directly related to not being careful how we walk, to not being wise as to the spiritual nature of life, and therefore not redeeming the time. As this happens, how can one be surprised how muddled the Lord’s will seems to be clear in their life. And as a result, they are not present in the present. Life can take on much regret as the years pass by without due consideration to the way one redeems the time.
      • Thus, being present in the present is stimulated by being careful how you walk, being spiritually aware and wise to the evil that permeates your culture through temptations, and exchanging the lesser things for the greatest things.

It’s important to point out that God works all things for good, and He can and will use your wasted and shameful acts and years for good. And so, start now…today. Consider your day now as one where you will be known by and have the experience of being careful how you walk, as one who is wise and who redeems the time.

May we together be present in the present by being careful and wise as we redeem our time! Glory!

We all want to be living in the moment or living in the now, but what does that actually mean? If we don’t know what it means to be living in the moment, it generally makes it difficult to actually live in the moment. How can you know what to do to live in the moment if you don’t completely understand what it means to experience the present moment or to be living in the moment.

Our thoughts broadly fall into two main categories: psychological thoughts and functional thoughts. Psychological thoughts are the ones that decide whether something is “good” or “bad”, and these are the thoughts that create our suffering. For simplicity, our psychological thoughts are nearly all of our thoughts that have opposites. This is because if a thought has an opposite, then we will almost certainly consider one side to be “good” and its opposite to be “bad”. For example, if we think it is “good” to be rich, funny, skinny, and intelligent, then we would consider it “bad” to be poor, boring, overweight, and unintelligent. Our minds tend to be filled with the same psychological thoughts repeating themselves over and over again.

Functional thoughts are mostly answers to the question “How do I do that?” Functional thoughts determine how to build something, how to get somewhere, or how to solve a particular problem at work. Purely functional thoughts don’t create suffering, only psychological thoughts do. However, most of the time, our functional thoughts are tainted by psychological thoughts. For example, if we think about our tasks for the day (the to-do list), this would be a functional thought. However, these thoughts are often layered with thoughts like “it would be bad if I don’t get everything done” or “it is bad that I haven’t completed as many tasks as I wanted to”. These thoughts would then create our unwanted emotions.

In any moment when we have no psychological thoughts, or we don’t believe our psychological thoughts, what remains is the experience of the present moment. Whenever our psychological thoughts aren’t creating our experience of life, we get to directly experience whatever is happening in a given moment. The direct experience of any moment is the experience of the present moment.

In general, we rarely get to directly experience whatever is happening in a given moment because our experience is constantly being created by our thoughts of what was “good” or “bad” in the past, what is “good” or “bad” right now, or what may be “good” or “bad” in the future.

We don’t just experience meeting a person, we experience our thoughts about how that person is “attractive” or “ugly”, “respectful” or “disrespectful”, “smart” or “stupid”. We don’t just experience our tasks at work, we experience our thoughts about how our work is “perfect” or “not good enough”, how “boring” or “fun” the rest of the day will be, and whether our boss will be happy or unhappy with our work. These thoughts are what create our wide array of emotions.

When we don’t have or believe the thoughts that create our unwanted emotions, none of these emotions are experienced, and we get to experience the present moment (we get to be living in the moment).

Regardless of how “bad” our circumstances may seem, when we experience the present moment (when we are present), we are free of all insecurities, anger, sadness, doubts, fears, anxieties, stress, depression, judgment, hatred, internal conflict, drama, arguments, jealousy, impatience, frustration, worries, and irritation. When we are present, what remains is an unconditional peace, freedom, contentment, and happiness. This peace is everything we have ever wanted. It is complete satisfaction.

Thanks for reading and/or watching this video post! Please let me know what you think.

How to live in the moment

Do you ever feel as though things can be too overwhelming for you and you want to know how to live in the moment? Do you focus on your past and future? Maybe you worry about what’s to come, or things that may have happened to you previously?

Being present can be very hard to keep up, however, once you have learned how to live in the present, it can become much easier to stick with. Living in the now is something that we are told to do quite a bit, and for good reason. Let’s take a look at why it’s important that you should be living in the now.

Why Is It Important To Be Present?

Being present can be a very useful skill to have, as you can be truly focused on living in the now and not be constantly worrying about the future or the past. When you can stay present, you can start to live your life in a positive and exciting way.

Some of the reasons as to why it’s important to live in the moment are:

  • Less worrying and overthinking. Being present can help you to focus on your life as of now, and not focusing on the past or worrying about the future.
  • You can appreciate the world a little more. When you are more present, you can really see the world more in-depth as you won’t be analyzing or worrying about other things that are not currently happening.
  • You can find out what might be bothering you very easily. Living in the present can make it much easier to recognize when you are not feeling quite right.
  • You may start to feel more relaxed. Because you are living in the now, any fidgeting or stresses can die down, helping you to have a clear view of you and your life and start feeling more relaxed.

How To Live In The Moment

If you are able to live in the now you can start to work on yourself and your life, with no other distractions. Stresses and worries may also calm down a little because you will be focusing on what is happening in the present and not what could or has happened. Keep reading to discover how to live in the moment today with 5 simple steps.

5 Ways To Live In The Present

Now that you know the benefits of living in the now; here are my 5 ways to live in the present.

1. Stop Worrying About The Future

If you can become aware of your thinking, which should be much easier to do when living in the present, then this can really benefit you. Recognize when you are worrying and what you are worried about, and if it hasn’t happened yet, know that you can’t control the future but you can control the present.

Focus on what you are doing right now and bring yourself back to the present. Once you can recognize when you are worried about your future and learn to stop, you will be one step closer to living in the now. When you are truly present, the future will not matter as you should be focusing on where you are and what you are doing.

2. Fully Appreciate The Moments Of Today

How to live in the moment

If you can stay present, you can focus on the world around you a lot easier. Try and fully appreciate every moment of your day. Think about things around you that you possibly would not normally focus on, such as:

  • Sounds
  • Smells
  • Sights
  • Your emotions

When you start appreciating everything around you, you can start to live in the now.

If you are thinking about other things or worrying, then you are not truly present. When you are appreciating each moment, when they happen, you may not have time to even think about the future or the past, or any stresses you have, as you will be too busy appreciating your day.

3. Love Your Job

It may seem odd, but if you think about how much time you spend at work, this should start to make sense. When we hate our jobs and dread going in, wishing for the weekend, we are wasting most of our week. We spend a lot of time working, so being able to work somewhere you love, and doing what you love doing, is perfect to help you live in the now.

If you love your job, you are more likely to not want to wish away the week, and more likely to focus on having a positive day. If you really dislike your job, maybe try and find something you can do that you will enjoy. Either way, being able to love each day while you are working will really help you to learn how to stay present.

How to live in the moment

4. Redirect Your Mind When It Wanders

It is very common for our minds to wander and think about other things. If you want to stay present, your mind will also need to stay present.

Try and recognize when your mind starts to wander and then refocus back to the present moment. Don’t think of it as a mistake or a failure, instead, accept that you escaped the present moment for a little bit, and then carry on with your day and carry on with being in the now.

When our mind wanders it can often be because we are worrying about something or we are over thinking, so if you can learn to refocus your mind, this will really help you to learn how to live in the moment.

5. Practice Gratitude

Practicing gratitude is not only great for living a positive and fulfilling life, but it can also be great to help us stay present. When we are thinking or even speaking and writing down what we are thankful for that day, we are focusing on our present emotions.

Throughout the day, try and pick up on things that you are thankful for, such as it being sunny, or not having any traffic to drive through in the morning; these little moments will help to remind you of what you have to be grateful for. They will also help you to focus on the present moment and live in the now.

The Law Of Attraction can also be a great tool to use to help you to live in the moment, to find out what is holding you back, take our quiz.

In this modern age, most people are not actually present. Either they’re dwelling in past or thinking about the future. And some are doing this consciously even. The major question here is how to live in the moment and stop worrying about all this? Let’s get into this.

Most of the time we’re stuck in the past or thinking of the future. Sometimes you’re doing something and you’re not consciously aware of things you’re doing because your mind is not present at the present moment. Suddenly something happens and then you come back to the present moment. It sometimes happens with me too.

But let me tell you one thing this not to live in the moment and constantly worrying are a real matter of concern. This is time-consuming and also the root of the cause of suffering. But there are some ways out to know better and they’ll help you answer:

Let’s know ways to live in the moment and stop worrying?

Focus on your breathing

Start feeling your Aliveness

You know that you’re alive; you know that you’re still breathing, organs are completely working. First of all, you should be thankful for this. Because when you’re breathing right now, somebody else is taking his last breath at that time. So have gratitude for this.

To live in the moment and stop worrying; Sit at a calm place, rather than thinking about the outside, start thinking about the inside. Start observing what’s going on inside. Observe how your heart is beating, feel the sound of that. Feel your breathing. Start observing the movement of your stomach when you’re breathing. Observe the movement of your body. These things can trick your mind to be in the present moment and allow you to be live in the present moment.

The Touch

We don’t usually aware of this thing. We touch many objects the whole day but we don’t usually aware of it.

Sit somewhere and allow yourself to feel everything you touch. Feel that your buttocks are touching the surface. Hold something in your hand and touch that feel that. How your skin is touching that object. How you’re feeling while touching the object. This thing is very basic but this is one of the best methods to live in the present moment.

Chanting Mantras

Mantra can be a single word, a sentence of a few words. When I’m saying Mantra that doesn’t mean something religious. Or related to particular regions. Here I mean is being spiritual.

It’s like in Hinduism there are many Mantras but “OM” is the root of all mantras.

In Buddhism, monks chant the name of Buddha again and again in monastery.

In Islam there’s La ilaha illallahLa ilaha illallah. That means there’s one God name Allah.

So apart from religious and spiritual significant Mantra plays an important role in meditation. And it is helpful to live in the present moment.

Awareness of silence around

When everything is quiet around us we usually dive into our thoughts. And those thoughts are mostly about our past or our future.

Try to observe closely. Your surroundings can never be quiet. There can be the sound of birds, breeze, and sound from the lane. Even if you’re stuck in some soundproof place if you’ll observe deeply there is the sound of your heartbeat. Sound of your breath. So be aware of these all things when you’re getting into your worrying thoughts. This will definitely help to get back into the present moment and to live in that present moment.

Train your mind to live in the moment

You’ve only one life. Try to train your mind to be in the present moment. To live in this present moment. Make plans, write up your dreams, ambitions, make your bucket list.

Focus on daily happenings closely. Focus on what you’re saying; what you’re doing and what you’re listening to. Be thankful for the moment. It’s not tough once you’ll start doing it. You’ll eventually stop worrying and you’ll be in the present moment. Just try for something better.

How to live in the moment

How to Live for the Moment in Addiction Recovery

Entering treatment can be a daunting experience. It’s always frightening stepping into the unknown. Life without drugs or alcohol for an addicted individual is just that: unknown territory. For many addicts, it’s not just the future but a haunting past filled with addiction-fueled behaviors making them uncertain of their path in addiction recovery. Whatever the reason, fear of treatment can be basically eliminated with the right outlook. You may have heard the phrase “live for the moment” as it relates to addiction treatment. This refers to the outlook that a recovering individual must embrace to get over fears that come with beginning a recovery journey.

The Importance of the Present

Many philosophers and influential people have been quoted for their beliefs on how important the present moment is. Namely and most largely quoted is the face and founder of Buddhism, Gautama Buddha, known for saying, “The secret of health for both mind and body is not to mourn for the past, worry about the future, or anticipate troubles, but to live in the present moment wisely and earnestly”. To live for the moment simply means not to worry about the past or future so that one can be successful in the here and now. If you think about it, nothing is more important than each present moment, because we cannot change the past and we cannot determine the future. Worrying about things that we cannot change only gives us added stress that has no positive purpose in life.

Battling with the Past and Future

Some believe that ignoring the past is a way to repeat past mistakes, but there is a difference between recognizing them and dwelling on them constantly. Additionally, many believe that their future will not be as bright if they do not focus on it. However, there is a difference between apathy for the future and an unhealthy obsession with it.

Treatment may be a daunting experience for you because you cannot imagine your life without drugs or alcohol as a staple priority. Thinking about who you are now and where you will be 5 years from now, that person might be fuzzy since it’s a whole new person. The point of treatment is not to get sober in one day. It takes many days of living life for the moment to the best of your ability to get to where you want to be.

An analogy akin to “living life for the moment” involves getting into the mindset of a person who just lost a foot race. If you dwell on the past, you may not ever race again for fear of repeated failure. If you worry about winning in the future, you never opt to run today’s race. Living in the present gives individuals in addiction recovery a timeframe they can handle. Saying, “I won’t drink today” is easier than saying, “I won’t drink for the rest of my life”. Dealing with present moment gives the recovering person the strength they need to get through the only day that counts; today.

Tips on how to Live for the Moment

Mindfulness: Practicing being mindful is theoretically the same as living in the present. Instead of letting your mind race about other things when you are doing something, focus on the task at hand. This will ensure that you are really in that moment.

Meditation: This quest for inner peace gives you the tools to be aware of the present moment. This state helps you to focus on what is happening right then; breathing, clearing the mind of outside factors and focusing on what is going on in your life that needs addressing at that time. Spending time reflecting inward to the self-promotes awareness that is hard to accomplish elsewhere.

Awareness: Notice the little things going on around you. Ask yourself questions about what you see to promote awareness. Drugs and alcohol rob you of your conscious because they are an escape from emotions and reality. Sobriety will give you the opportunity to recognize current emotions and situations you would not have noticed while using.

Live for the Moment in Addiction Recovery

No matter which methods you choose to practice how to live in the moment, integrating a present state of mind will help you advance in addiction recovery. It will give you the confidence to take on each new day as a challenge to defeat and help you be determined to tackle every moment. Always remember, there is help out there it only takes the present moment to make that decision.

Lost love and failed employment from my past life continue to haunt me in Asia. Did I make the right choice to work abroad?

  • Email
  • Save

How to live in the moment

  • Save
  • Print
  • Facebook
  • Twitter
  • Instagram
  • Pinterest

The goal before I left Gotham to live and work in Asia was to live in the present. People with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) tend to suffer from a fireworks display of thoughts; thrilling, beautiful, and fleeting, and usually diverting our attention from the task at hand. I have been reading Psalms and trying so hard to focus on the here and now. I tell myself that just because I can’t see the future — 15 years from now seems so far away, as does six months — doesn’t mean I’m doomed to a life of uncertainty.

It was in the spirit of trying to be in the here and now that a weekend trip to Wal-Mart felt like an adventure. It involved braving the public transportation in a city where the infrastructure consists of cracked, flooded, and crowded roads. I never imagined that so many live things could fit on one road at one time — chickens, cats, dogs, and an amazing number of bicyclists who looked like they were carrying just about everything — family, furniture, food — all balanced on a single bike.

Yet here in this backwater industrial Chinese city, loneliness and fear have caught up to me. My Adderall supply is running low, everyone speaks another language, and it has been a great challenge just to get the SIM-card phone to work and figure out the string of numbers before dialing the area code to whatever country is out there. There are many days when I long for a place where everyone speaks English, where I can push around a cart at a Target, and where I am understood. Over the past few days, whenever I hit a kink in travel in this small city in China, I have realized that I am living like someone half my age, which is now physically exhausting.

My 35th birthday looms in the air like a coming storm. That day is exactly a month from now, and I am panicked. It hit me last night that it will be almost a year to the day that the ex-boyfriend and I celebrated my birthday together. He had taken a whole day off of work, driven four hours just to walk through Central Park and celebrate over a steak dinner, and somewhere between the hardships of travel, the bumpy traffic-tangled road to Wal-Mart, and the memory of last year’s birthday, I cracked and burst into tears. This tiny city has tropical weather and is cursed with mosquitoes, which descended upon me and feasted on me. I spent a sleepless night wishing I were living a normal life and scratching frantically at the chain of red welts all over my body.

After crying myself to sleep, I awoke to a phone call from the father. He said that maybe after finishing up this gig, I should come back home and settle someplace. He could help with the mortgage for an apartment — not the penthouse but some apartment around New York, maybe Jersey. I would have my own place, a mortgage, a home. He could not help or promise that I’d find a Prince Charming — that is fate, we agree — but maybe a home of my own would at least give me a sense — if not a superficial sense — of being a real adult.

“That is really kind of you,” I said as I swallowed the lump in my throat. “But I’m an adult, and I really should figure this out myself.”

Even though I have a supportive family and a career that I enjoy, I have so much trouble living happily in the moment. Does my ADHD contribute to my insecurities? Is that why I’m always looking for the next big thing?

Earlier today I did a 25 km bike ride in beautiful sunshine with my children aged 10 and 11. It was in aid of the local hospice and as my husband was off doing a tortuous bike ride in the Welsh hills I agreed to take them.

How to live in the momentAs we reached the finish, I was so proud of them completing it without any wingeing or moaning that I wished Mike was with me to share the moment.

Then I questioned myself, why wasn’t it enough that we had this great moment, did I really need to share it with someone else or post it on Facebook for it to be complete?

Sharing moments is great but appreciating the moment as it happens is surely more important. It’s almost as if, if we haven’t got a record of a passing moment, or shared it with others, then we haven’t really experienced it.

It started me thinking about how this feeling, that a moment is not enough, could affect our lives. It means we have/are:

  • A constant feeling that we should be doing more or being more. Which leaves us believing we’re not enough
  • Comparititis – the need to compare your moments with other people, especially on social media
  • An inability to relax. As there’s a constant feeling that there’s more to be done
  • Not being present when we’re eating. Instead feeling the need to catch up online, read emails or do work. So we don’t taste and savor our food, isn’t it enough just to focus on eating?
  • Missing out on really experiencing the great moments in our lives. Because we’re worrying about whether we’ve captured it, or if it’s quite right or if we’re appreciating it enough
  • A lack of purpose in our lives. As we don’t recognize all we have experienced and achieved already. Which leads to a feeling of not yet having done enough and not being enough

What if we were to really live in the present and accept that every moment, however brief, is enough exactly how it is?

Then we would be free to, as the saying goes, “Stop And Smell The Roses”. The definition of which, I found out, means – stop stressing out, overthinking or complaining, put your troubles in perspective and enjoy your short time on earth.

So what would be the benefits of living in the moment?

  • We have more clarity. We’re able to focus clearly on what is happening and not be distracted. Clarity is what we must have in order to acheive our goals in life and business success.
  • We feel relaxed. As we’re not ruminating on the past or worrying about the future we will gain a calmness from being in the moment
  • Our emotions are more positive. As we aren’t focused as much on the negatives of the past or the future, we can fully enjoy the positives of the moment

I love this quote:

“The secret of health for both mind and body is not to mourn for the past, worry about the future, or anticipate troubles, but to live in the present moment wisely and earnestly.

To achieve this we need to start to work towards being more present in the moment:

#1. Start small

Begin by making small changes to your routine, such as being mindful for 3 mins a day, or switching off your phone during your lunch break (take a short lunch break, not at your desk, if you don’t already!)

#2. Learn how to bring your mind back when it wanders

The practice of mindfulness is all about redirecting your mind back from your thoughts to the present moment or whatever you’re focusing on. Success isn’t about clearing your mind but being able to draw it back when it wanders, which it will. Focusing on your breathing or eating or a sensation in your body is helpful.

#3. Notice the small things

This can be as simple as a child’s smile, listening to music or the taste of ice cream

#4. Realise your thoughts aren’t real

The world we create from our thoughts especially when we’re worrying about the future isn’t real, even though it seems to be. So instead of creating lots of what if scenarios, try and focus on what actually is

#5. Stop multitasking

Not only does this mean your not doing all the tasks effectively but it stops you really focusing on each one

#6. Be kind to others

Giving compliments to others or acts of kindness will refocus your attention on what’s happening now.

#7. Be grateful

Appreciating the things in your life which you love and enjoy helps you keep in the moment.

I’m still thinking about putting a photo of my kids with their medals on Facebook, but maybe instead I should accept that the moment has past and focus on what’s happening now instead.

Let me know your thoughts and ideas on how to stay in the moment.

When my therapist asked, “How do you feel?” I had no idea how to gauge my feelings in real time. Learning to notice my thoughts, emotions, and bodily sensations has helped me live in the moment for the first time — and enjoy it.

How to live in the moment

  • Email
  • Save
  • Save
  • Print
  • Facebook
  • Twitter
  • Instagram
  • Pinterest

Before my ADHD diagnosis last year, living in the moment was an unknown concept to me. In the journey following my diagnosis, though, I became aware of how NOT present I was.

For much of my life, my mind has been distracted by everything except what is happening in the here and now. Favorite themes include dreaming about infinite possibilities, reflecting on memories, and chasing after the many ideas ricocheting inside my head.

In therapy, I was asked regularly, “How do you feel?” “Uh…” I’d say, my response hanging awkwardly in the air. My therapist’s question confused me because I honestly had no idea how to gauge my feelings in real time.

I think of my heart, mind, and body as cats. Sometimes they’re all super excited, playfully pouncing here and there in pursuit of prey. During those times, I feel invincible — like anything is possible.

But when my mind is laser-focused on researching some esoteric topic, or my heart so enamored with a movie character that I can’t stop repeatedly watching all of their scenes, my “cats” frustrate me. My ADHD frustrates me.

Getting stuck like that makes my finger start rapidly tapping on the computer mouse. Tapping, angrily tapping, because the cats aren’t cooperating. They’re doing their own thing and I’ve been sitting still for three straight hours, way overdue for a bathroom break, and held hostage by a mind or heart stubbornly refusing to stop so my body can get comfortable.

In the Moment

A little over a year ago, as I was describing these maddening situations, my therapist suggested I try noticing the present moment. She said it would help me and she continued to suggest this technique throughout the next several months.

At first, I thought, Pshh, what is she talking about? It sounded impossible to me. Like trying to get the cats to perform a tap dance routine in sync – ludicrous!

But the more I thought about it, the more it started to make sense.

Then one day I finally got it. I’m a singer, and singing requires the mind, body, and heart to come together. Without cooperation from those independent parts, I don’t know what words and notes I’m singing, and I can’t sing them at the right time or express them with feeling. It’s not easy.

Singing is the hardest thing I do. Before my ADHD diagnosis, singing practice was really tough. I had to use sheer will to goad myself to stop procrastinating and get to work. By the time my practice began, I felt anxious and tense, which is not very conducive to free and expressive singing.

I decided I needed a kinder, more effective way to practice. This meant somehow coaxing those wandering cats — my heart’s desire to watch cute dog videos, my mind’s worries about all those unfinished tasks, and my body’s reluctance to get up and move — into a singing-friendly state, where all the parts of me were present and ready to work together.

Taming the ADHD Cats

A year of experimenting led me to my current warm-up for singing: rocking out to my favorite pop songs, counting to 10 for each stretch, and noticing how tense or not tense my neck, shoulders, and other muscles feel.

Being aware of little changes like that from day to day has been a remarkable vehicle for transformation. It goes something like this: “Oh, my hips are tight, maybe I’ll take a walk!” The next day I might notice a lack of tension in my neck. “Hurrah, my neck hasn’t felt tense for three days now!

I’m finally starting to see why my therapist made all the fuss about being in the present. It may not seem significant, but it is. Gaining awareness of what’s going on inside myself is helpful and pretty cool, too!

In 2019 I received a wonderful gift: the ability to appreciate the present moment. Of course, remembering to do it in the first place and taking the time to take stock and notice how I’m feeling puts my sometimes-unreliable memory and patience to the test. But, hey, checking in for a split second even three times a day is a win because that’s three little “presents” I wouldn’t have otherwise noticed!

The best part is this: Each time I live in the present, I get to discover a different combination of emotions, thoughts, and sensations — sometimes chaotic, sometimes difficult, sometimes beautiful.

I find my ever-changing experience of the present moment exciting. It makes me the unique and dynamic person that I am — someone capable of making profound art and just as awesome for existing.

Emily Chen enjoys singing classical compositions and says singing helps her channel her sometimes excess energy in a meaningful way. Here is Emily singing “Moonlight’s Watermelon” composed by Richard Hundley.

How to live in the moment

How to Live in the Moment

  • Post author:Wil Dieck
  • Post published: December 19, 2020
  • Post category:mindful awareness

If you are like most people, it’s hard for you to live in the moment. But, when you aren’t taking the time to be fully aware of the present moment, it’s impossible to enjoy life to the fullest.

While most people are constantly living in the past or the future, life can only be lived here and now, in the present. If your mind is preoccupied with multiple things, none of which is happening right now, you will never be able to get the most from your life. .

Why is it so Hard to Live in the Moment?

Your mind is very active and is always moving. Instead of being present, your mind is constantly jumping from one thing to another, visiting the past, the future, and thinking about pure fantasy.

While it’s good to prepare for the future and learn from the past, when you learn to live in the moment, you will accomplish a lot more with the time you have here on earth. You’ll also have less stress and become calmer and more tranquil.

Simple ways to live in the moment

1. Let go of worry.

Why do we worry? We worry when we look with dread into the future. No matter how hard you try, you cannot do anything in the future. By keeping your thoughts on your current activity, what you are doing right now, you can make a better future. Leave the future to the future.

2. Let go of regret.

Where does all regret live? In the past. When you live in the present moment, there is no regret. Stop thinking about the past. The past is over and exists only in your memory. If you made a few mistakes, learn from them and move on.

3. Turn off electronic leashes, at least for a little while.

Today we have cell phones, computers, iPods, and gaming systems that distract us from the living in the present moment. While you do need to stay in touch, learn to turn these devices off for a certain amount of time, let’s say 30 minutes, each day. Live in the moment, enjoy the real world around you rather than living in an imaginary world or in social media. Being here and now will focus your mind on what’s important and real.

  1. Focus on one thing at a time.

There is a myth that we can multitask. Experts will tell you that this just doesn’t work very well. In fact, current research is overwhelmingly in favor of single-tasking.

Instead, do one task at a time. Focus on the one thing that will make a difference right now. You’ll find you perform the task faster and at a much higher level.

When you are multitasking you cannot live in the present moment because you are moving from one thing to another. Let go of multitasking. You’ll get more done while working in the present.

  1. Eliminate unnecessary items.

Marie Kondo has gone around the world spreading her methods of organizing and letting go of unnecessary possessions. Let’s face it, having too much stuff is more of a burden than an advantage. When you own too many things, you clutter up both your physical environment and your mind.

Take an inventory of the things you own. If you don’t need it, consider giving it away or selling it.

6. Let go of grudges

You can’t live in the present moment if you’re holding a grudge from the past. Even worse, the person you’re holding a grudge against is probably not even being affected. The only one suffering is you!

Let go of grudges. They only block you from enjoying the current moment.

7. Don’t rush

When working on a task, allow yourself to go slowly and deliberately. When you rush, you make yourself stressed and anxious. Instead, give yourself the time you need to work on or to enjoy the current activity. Remember to work on only one task at a time and give it your full attention.

8. Listen with intent.

Most people pay little if no attention to another person speaking. If they listen at all, it is with the intent of breaking in as soon as possible to make their point.

Instead, listen with the intent of understanding the other person as they speak to you. Give them your full attention. Clarify things you don’t understand. Do your best to fully participate in the conversation and get the most from the communication.

9. Mindfully take in 5 minutes each hour.

If you want to live in the moment take 5 minutes every hour to mindfully be here and now. Take this time to describe everything you see, hear, smell, and feel to yourself. This mindfulness exercise is an easy way to bring your mind back to the present moment and keep it there. You cannot do this exercise without bringing you mind to the here and now.

10. Chew your food slowly

Most people eat their food without thinking. They just gobble it down. Instead, eat slowly and enjoy your food. Eating slower allows you to enjoy your food more. An added benefit is that you’ll also eat less.

An excellent exercise to start is to eat an entire orange one piece at a time. Chew each piece slowly, focus on the fragrance and flavor of each bite.

11. Leave room in your schedule.

Many people have so many meetings and tasks in their schedule that they hardly have time to go to the restroom. This type of crowded schedule makes it hard to focus on the task at hand and fills your mind with anxiety. You cannot live in the moment when you fill your schedule to brim.

Give yourself some space between obligations. This will allow you time to reflect, regroup and restart the next activity with the energy it deserves.

Start to Live in the Moment Today

Spending time in the past or the future wastes the time you have today. This is time that you will never get back.

Instead of wallowing in worry and regret, learn to live in the moment. It’s a skill anyone can learn and a habit that will completely change your life.

It’s a phrase we hear often in today’s digital age. In a life where we’re constantly chasing the next big thing or getting caught up in the the live’s of those around us, it can be hard to stay focused on the reality that’s right in front of us.

We lose ourselves to our phones, constantly scrolling through social pages one after another- absorbing how our friends are living their best lives while downplaying our own.

When it’s time to work we get sidetracked, avoiding our responsibilities even though deep down we’re fully aware of the shortcomings and consequences of our actions.

We anxiously sit and await the future while living the in the present full of regret over our past.

Life escapes our grasps and years from now we’ll find ourselves wondering where the time went.

These 3 books helped me take back control and start living in the moment.

“As soon as you honor the present moment, all unhappiness and struggle dissolve, and life begins to flow with joy and ease.”

” rel=”noopener ugc nofollow” target=”_blank”> The Power of Now is a manual to keep your ego, the little voice in your head in check. It’s a guide to living life fully, without distractions from your future or your past to achieve the most honest version of you.

Eckhart Tolle has a brilliant way of speaking to you; his words flow through the pages making the most complex concepts easy to understand and follow; engraving his teachings to memory.

I read this book a couple years back when I was going through a dark time in life- the messages and methods in this book played a pivotal role in me understanding myself and not letting the circumstances of life ruin me.

” rel=”noopener ugc nofollow” target=”_blank”> The Power of Now is a handbook to living a happier, more peaceful life. It teaches you how to be more aware and conscious of your thoughts and emotions. With topics ranging from traumas of your past, anxiety of the future, detrimental relationships, parental problems and so much more; each chapter building off the other.

Regardless of your spiritual views, this book will help you start living in the present.

“We take a handful of sand from the endless landscape of awareness around us and call that handful of sand the world.”

Follow a father and son as they go on a motorcycle trip cross America’s Northwest that ultimately leads to self discovery, growth, and acceptance.

” rel=”noopener ugc nofollow” target=”_blank”> Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance is a story written by Robert M. Persig that has been revered as one of the most influential books of this past century and rightfully so.

It’s a book read from the father’s perspective and understanding of the world, or as he tries to develop an understanding of it.

The book is filled with deep philosophical ideas and notions taken from the minds of great thinkers such as Socrates, Plato, and Phaedrus.

The philosophical concepts the narrator proposes will have you questioning your beliefs while trying to understand his own- concepts such as what Quality actually means, the different methods people use to try to understand and make sense of the world, acceptance of our past selves.

The scenes in this book are painted using such vivid words, reading it became an escape. I would lose myself within the mountainous trails the narrator would hike up on or the endless roads he would drive down with his son on the back of his bike.

Get lost within the chapters of this story and come back with a better understanding of yourself.

“There are no ordinary moments.”

One night, a world class gymnast meets an old gas station attendant- a meeting that starts his life changing journey.

It’s a book that makes you realize how precious life is.

There are so many crucial moments and experiences in life that we ignore and throwaway while valuing things that are relatively unimportant.

This story sheds light on those little moments and shows how grand they really are; simple mundane acts such as eating, breathing, and thinking.

Enjoying your meal fully; not rushing through to eat but savoring every bite.
Correcting your diet to eat more nutritional food
Taking control of your breathing; inhaling and exhaling fully
Observing your mind as it wanders from one thought to another; not allowing the distractions around you consume you.
Exercising the body

Dan Millman wrote this as reflection of his own life- his journey from college athlete to searching for enlightenment.

All the timeless lessons he learned are taught by Socrates, the mysterious gas attendant who becomes Dan’s mentor.

How to live in the moment

Photo: David Levinson/Getty Images

The former nun is the creator of the Charter for Compassion, whose signatories (Prince Hassan of Jordan, the Dalai Lama) fight extremism, hatred, and exploitation throughout the world.

“Sometimes you wake up at 3 A.M. when everything seems dark, and you think, “Life isn’t fair. I’ve got too much to do. I’m too put-upon.” It’s a rat run of self-pity! But when you feel compassion, you dethrone yourself from the center of the world. Doing that has made me a more peaceful person.”

How to live in the moment

Photo: Courtesy of Kristine Tompkins

The former CEO of Patagonia has, along with her husband, bought up 2.2 million acres in Argentina and Chile to create new national parks.

“The millions of species with whom we share the Earth have intrinsic value. We have to reach, if not perfect harmony between man and the natural world, at least a truce. I have a border collie–like personality—I’m happiest with a job to do. I glaze over if things are going smoothly, and excel when faced with very big problems. You see something that needs to be changed? Jump out of your chair and put your shoulder to the wheel.”

How to live in the moment

Photo: Grace Matthews

The Caldecott Honor winner is best known for her painted story quilts, which include “Dinner at Gertrude Stein’s” and “Dancing at the Louvre.”

“Back when I was starting out, someone at a party asked me what I did, and I said, ‘I’m an artist.’ And a friend of mine said, ‘Faith, would you please stop telling people you’re an artist? You’re not an artist. You’re an art teacher.’ I thought: ‘That’s interesting that she thinks she can tell me who I am. I’m the one who determines when I’m an artist. And that’s right here, right now.'”

How to live in the moment

Photo: Christina Koci Hernandez

The author of the 2005 poetry collection The Niagara River is the 16th Poet Laureate of the United States.

“I remember lying in bed as a young teenager and deciding to hypnotize myself by saying these words: ‘Be what you are, be what you are, be what you are.’ I said it hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of times, the intention being to protect me from what I felt was going to take me away from myself. And to this day I still say that when I think I’m trying to fit somebody else’s expectations.”

How to live in the moment

Photo: TED/Maria Aufmuth

Founding editor of the Whole Earth Catalog and author of the new Whole Earth Discipline, Brand is president of the Long Now Foundation, whose goal is to promote “slower/better” thinking as a counterpoint to today’s “faster/cheaper” way of living.

“I’m a great believer in boredom as a motivator, particularly when things are going well and whatever it is you’re doing, you can do in your sleep. Well, if that’s how you feel, chances are, you are doing it in your sleep. So I try to notice when I’m getting bored, and I either let it build up, so I can feel motivated to haul off and do something weird, or respond to it right away. A combination of curiosity and boredom is what motivates me. Passion, I’m not so sure.”

There have been numerous times when I’ve read the phrase “Live in the moment” but today I got a question in a quiz wrong according to which “Live for the moment” is the correct usage.

Then I checked online and found Live for the moment is a phrase while I can’t find live in the moment defined anywhere (in known and reliable dictionaries).

My question is, have people been using the phrase “live in the moment” incorrectly from a long time?

EDIT: Yes, I know use of “live in the moment” is not uncommon. But why is it I cannot find it in any known and reliable dictionaries? I even got a question wrong in quiz.

4 Answers 4

Just for your info, Macmillan online lists “live in/for the moment” as meaning “enjoy the present and not worry about the future”.

I don’t know where you found information on “live in the moment” being incorrect. It’s quite common in Australian English.

In fact, here’s a Google search result for wikiHow:

How to live in the moment

How to live in the moment

There is a difference in connotation.

  • Live for the moment

You might say this of someone who does risky thing just for the thrill of it. They might plan these exciting “moments” ahead of time, and anticipate them. So even before that moment, they are living “for” that moment. Similarly, even non-thrill-seekers may say they “live for the weekend”, meaning they think all week about the activities or relaxation they will enjoy during the weekend.

  • live in the moment

These people might not plan any particular “moments” to enjoy, they just seem to have the knack of enjoying (or at least accepting) whatever comes their way. Actually, this attitude/habit can be learned through meditation, particularly the kind that is now called mindfulness. It is exemplified by the motto “Be Here Now”. These people do not seek “moments”; they seek for the serenity to accept calmly every moment, good or bad, without being distracted by thoughts of the past or the future.

As for this not being in your “reliable” dictionaries—well, you’ll just have to take it up with the editors of that dictionary.

How to live in the moment

“There are only two ways to live your life. One is as though nothing is a miracle. The other is as though everything is a miracle.”

Just when you think you have the whole living in the moment thing down, a four-year-old comes along and shows you how it’s done.

I’ve been working hard on this, actually, keeping a gratitude journal and everything. I was feeling pretty good about my progress yesterday when I decided to take said four-year-old on a walk rather than rushing through the to-do list burning a hole in the back of my mind.

“I’m going to be totally present,” I reminded myself as we headed out. I took deep breath and said a silent thanks for the beautiful day.

Like I said, I was feeling pretty proud of my progress. Then my daughter blew me away. She schooled me in everything I have been working so hard on, and she wasn’t even trying.

Her commentary on the walk went exactly like this:

Ohhhhhh, what an amazing house!

What an amazing garbage can!

Oh wow, what a wonderful tree!

Look at the rocks!

I hear a wind chime!

Mom, do you hear that dog? It’s perfect!

Do you feel the wind? It is so soft!

Look at the beautiful cactus,

She was so amazed by things that I never notice or worse, complain about.

Now, I wasn’t completely unaware. I was thankful for another spring day before the summer heat, and I was enjoying this rare one-on-one time with her.

But I had no idea that the neighbors had wind chimes. I have never looked at a garbage can and called it amazing (at least not since I was four). This perfect dog is the same one that I complain about to my husband. The wind was messing up my hair.

There were at least a thousand other concerns competing for my attention while she was content to watch ants on the sidewalk.

Sometimes I wish I could be a little more like her.

She didn’t care if I sent out that attachment with that email. She didn’t care about how many calories we burned on our walk. She didn’t mind that her clothes didn’t match because she picked out exactly what she likes.

I was not going to let this fade from my memory to be overtaken by another thousand concerns.

“Be amazed,” I thought.

I repeated it to myself the way you do a telephone number.

“Be amazed,” I scrawled as fast as I could on the first piece of paper I found when we got home.

I set a reminder in my calendar. I made a post-it. I wrote it down in my journal.

I don’t want to forget this feeling. This absolute clarity.

My mind can be the most hardened criminal against my own happiness. It snatches the joy right out of my hands. It confuses busy with important, urgent with significant, and difficulty with meaning.

My mind gives the future and the past too much space. It wanders over to what the neighbors are doing. It reminds me of what I have yet to accomplish. It wants to speed up time, and it plows right through those moments to be amazed by.

With this clarity also came sadness. My heart broke for the lost opportunities to just be and appreciate.

I guess that’s the bittersweet part of life. You can’t wait until this one tough part is over, but then it’s gone and you can’t go back. There’s a new stage to take its place, and the cycle continues.

Soon, you find yourself telling wide-eyed new parents and self-conscious teenagers (and basically anyone in one of those stages that you wanted to rush through when you were there) that these are the best years.

“Enjoy this while you can. It goes so fast,” you say.

Looking back, the times that I once wished would pass by quickly actually turned out to be the hardest to let go. I could scold myself for this, or I could remember to be amazed now.

One way or another, time marches on. Old becomes new, new becomes old, and you get another chance to be amazed.

Each new stage is also another chance to be nice to yourself about the whole thing. It isn’t humanly possible to love every second of life while it’s happening. Even four-year-olds aren’t amazed all the time.

This little walk with my four-year-old reminded me that even the simple things are amazing, and the things I complain about? They’re life, and they’re doable. Sure, life now is different from life pre-kids (and pre-husband), I’m doing different things than my friends, and maybe my life doesn’t measure up to someone else’s definition of amazing.

I can be amazed anyway.

Starting now, these two words will be a compass guiding me when it feels like I don’t have it all together. They will remind me what direction I want to go even when I feel completely lost.

Be amazed. Take a step back and look at your life with gratitude every now and then.

Be amazed. Squeeze every last ounce of goodness out of what is around you. Savor it. Soak it up. Luxuriate in it.

Be amazed. When you’re burned out, bone weary, and bedraggled, use amazement to fill yourself back up. Seek out those situations, people, and activities that remind you of what it means and how it feels to be amazed.

And those painful parts? You know, the ones that really, really hurt. The ones you barely survive. Maybe there’s a little room for amazement there, too.

Amazement when you make it to the other side.

Amazement for how much the heart can hold.

Amazement for your resilience, your ability to heal, and your capacity to keep loving and hoping.

Be amazed by your spirit. Your tenacity. Be amazed by that part of you that refuses to give up.

You only get one shot at life, and you don’t have a whole lot of control over what happens to you in it. Take advantage of the choices that you do have.

I will choose to be amazed.

How to live in the moment

About Leslie Ralph

Leslie is a psychologist, writer, and artist on a mission to make the world a brighter place. She creates things for people who want to bring the light back into their lives and love themselves unconditionally. She’s the author of How to Have Your Back: Simple Instructions for Loving Yourself Through the Ups and Downs of Life. Download her free ritual for releasing and receiving to let go and create space for more clarity, courage, and compassion in your life.

How to live in the moment

Image source: stock.xchng and Lumix2004

I was taught by a dear friend of mine, Judy, the importance of living in the moment when I was going through breast cancer. I guess it had never occurred to me before then…

I was sitting with her in the sunshine on her porch and I had just been diagnosed and was feeling fairly traumatized by the notion that I had an unwanted “guest” in my body.

Judy was listening to my long litany of things I was worrying about – chief among them being “What if everything I do turns out not to be enough?” Judy gave me a gift that day, by saying “Well you can certainly go down that road and worry yourself endlessly. Or you can choose to just live in the moment. Appreciate the here and now as fully as you can.” That turned out to be life-changing advice, and I thank my friend Judy from the bottom of my heart for that beautiful lesson.

We Can Get Lost In the Past and Agonize About the Future

Being a human isn’t easy. Our brains, which are so marvelous at figuring out complex things, can also be the bane of our existence. We can listen to the tales our brain tells us – worrying endlessly about what happened at a party last week, what people will think, how big our credit card bill is – on and on and on.

Sometimes our brain gets fixated on the future, however, and if we are anxious or fearful about that, it can be paralyzing. The trick is not to let our mind control us, rather, to take hold of the mind and direct it where you WANT it to go.

The reason I believe that living in the moment is important when you’re going through breast cancer is because there are so many things about which to be anxious and fearful. Living in the moment truly strips that away and helps you to be more fully alive NOW (which is really all that matters – the here and now!)

My Favorite 9 Tips On Living In The Moment

  1. Release Your Self-Conscious Anxiety – If you can, release your worries about what people are thinking of you. Most people are so focused on themselves, they really are not thinking about you as much as you think they are. Who cares what they think anyway? It simply does not matter.
  2. Truly Savor The Present Moment – Be alive to it, use all of your senses. Really hear the song that is playing or what your child is telling you, totally immerse yourself in the beautiful colors of a sunset, truly feel your clothes touching your skin, taste that mouthful of food you just took – endeavor to identify exactly what you’re tasting. If you’re doing something you perceive as boring (like walking to the bus stop), treat it as a meditation and observe with new eyes each thing you see on the journey – a bird, another human (smile at them!), a squirrel rushing past. Your world is changing constantly – be alive to it.
  3. Be Very Mindful – All The Time! – This works especially well in your relationships with others and initially can be a little hard to do. But the more you practice it, the better you get at it. Simply put, it involves NOT reacting with anger in situations where you normally would. Take a moment and really think about what is being said, how it’s meant. The Buddhists call this recognizing the spark before the flame. In short you are inhabiting your own mind more fully, by not reacting and pausing a moment to think about things you are being fully present. When you do respond, do your best not to respond in anger but with thoughtfulness.
  4. Don’t Avoid Pain – By pushing away painful thoughts (or even physical pain) you are simply postponing dealing with it. By facing it fully, accepting it for what it is and then releasing it (whether via a talk with your psychotherapist or a massage or whatever you need to do) you bring yourself fully into this moment.
  5. Meditation Assists – Living in the moment gets easier with meditation because you are actively clearing thoughts from your mind (like the wind blows clouds from the sky) when you meditate and concentrating on an affirmation or your breath. When you notice your mind has wandered, simply bring it back to the present moment and your breath.
  6. Forgive What Has Happened In The Past – That old saying “To err is human, to forgive divine” has never been more true. When you forgive someone for a wrong you perceived they have committed, you free yourself from the past and this allows you to be more present now.
  7. Do One Thing At A Time – When you are multi-tasking (and I know you are… we’re all guilty!) you are quite unable to focus on any one thing and give it your full attention. Resist the urge to rush through it. Do it slowly, thoughtfully, mindfully, like it was the single most important thing you ever had to do. Try smiling while you’re doing it.
  8. Leave Blank Holes in Your “To Do” List – Resist the urge to schedule things really close together for 14 hours straight. Give yourself a little wiggle room to breathe, meditate, take a walk or simply sit and do nothing! We have become human DOINGS rather than human BEINGS. Just sit and “be”.
  9. Do Something Nice For Someone – Whether it’s for someone you love or a total stranger, nothing helps you to be more in the moment than to let someone know you care by doing something nice for them. Even just smiling at a stranger as you pass by could have an impact on their entire day. Hold a door open for someone, give up your seat on the bus to an older person, cook your spouse their favorite meal unexpectedly, tell someone how much they mean to you. It feels really good – to them and to you.

A final note: When I am stressing about something it’s almost always because I’m reaching too far into the future and feeling concerned about it. It helps to bring yourself back to “right now” by asking yourself “Am I okay right now?” If the answer is yes, then feel gratitude and stay with that feeling for as long as you can. Because right now is all we have. 90% of the things we worry about never happen.

If you would like my help with getting through breast cancer in an inspiring and ultra-healthy way, please sign up for my free e-newsletters on the right, or “like” me on Facebook (Marnie Clark, Breast Health Coach). It is my honor to help you through this.

She skipped and twirled into the room, her pink and purple tutu skirt like a streak of pastel watercolor. It was my granddaughter’s sixth birthday, and she couldn’t contain her excitement. Her unicorn headband, sparkly nail polish, and braided hair with a huge purple bow had been carefully chosen by her for her big celebration.

Her unbridled laughter brought an unexpected stab to my heart.

I raised three girls, so I know about that sixth birthday.

It’s the bridge to being a big girl.

And I wasn’t quite ready to see our little girl go.

I wanted to hold on to her affection for twirly skirts and stuffed animals, dolls and read-to-me books, singing at the top of her lungs, and dress-up clothes.

How to live in the moment

Letting Go

My granddaughter opened her gifts and, without being prompted, paused to thank each giver. She was acting like a big girl, and I smiled at the realization that growing up is nice, too.

Big girls tell funny stories and have long conversations in the car. In time, they learn how to reach out to others and what it means to be a good friend.

In all honesty, I enjoyed every season of my own three daughters’ growing-up years. First there was the fascination of infancy, the wide-eyed innocence of preschoolers, and the matter-of-factness of early childhood. Then came the self-identification of middle school and the absolute blast of high school before they ventured on to make their own way at college.

I loved each evolving season more than the previous one.

As my granddaughter invited her friends to circle up and dance with, I prepared my heart for what I knew was right around the bend.

There is a right time for everything” (Ecclesiastes 3:1, TLB), even letting go of the precious, fleeting season of being a little girl.

HOW TO LIVE IN THE MOMENT

No matter how many times well-meaning (normally older) people tell you to “embrace the moment,” time flies while you’re trying your best to “live in the moment.” For a lot of moms, that kind of helpful advice turns into yet another reason to feel pressure and/or guilt because, let’s face it, not every moment is one you feel like embracing.

VIEW YOUR LIFE IN SEASONS

In the deep South where I live, summers are long, hot, and humid. After a few weeks of sleeveless tops and visits to the lake or a pool, I find myself longing for fall. Then, once I’ve had my fill of apple cinnamon and pumpkin everything, I’m ready to bundle up on cold winter nights. But it doesn’t take long for me to grow weary of the cold, and soon all I can think of is the first warm day of spring.

That’s how it is with the seasons of our lives. Each one brings a mixture of joy and relief.

We won’t necessarily want to embrace every moment of our lives, but we can embrace each season. Every season is filled with embraceable moments.

RECOGNIZE THAT SEASONS DON’T LAST

Living in the moment is more attainable with the recognition that where you are is a season that won’t last. Each season brings moments that make you giddy and others that make you want to pull your hair out. But eventually the season will be gone, making way for a new one.

No one described the passage of time better than King Solomon. Interlaced within the beauty of each season is the reality of moments that are difficult:

There is an occasion for everything, and a time for every activity under heaven: a time to give birth and a time to die; a time to plant and a time to uproot; a time to kill and a time to heal; a time to tear down and a time to build; a time to weep and a time to laugh; a time to mourn and a time to dance; a time to throw stones and a time to gather stones; a time to embrace and a time to avoid embracing; a time to search and a time to count as lost; a time to keep and a time to throw away; a time to tear and a time to sew; a time to be silent and a time to speak; a time to love and a time to hate; a time for war and a time for peace.
(Ecclesiastes 3:1-8)

So, live in the moment by being acutely aware that it’s a season of life that won’t last. And when life is hard, hold on to the sure hope that a new season is just around the corner.

How many times have people said to you, “Live in the moment”? Dr. Ian Ellis Jones explains how mindful living is more than that.

  • By Ian Ellis-Jones
  • April 28, 2011

flickr.com/retiredinwasaga

It is said, quite rightly in my view, that one cannot actually live in the moment. The reason is fairly simple. The so-called “moment” is so brief, so ephemeral, that no sooner has it arrived, it’s gone. It’s the past. One cannot live in the moment because the moment, although ever-present, is always changing … into the next moment … and the next … and the next! Consciousness is nothing more than awareness from one moment to the next.

Some people criticise mindfulness on the ground that it asserts that one must live in the moment or the now. Not so. Mindfulness is concerned with being present, and living with awareness, from moment to moment, that is, from one moment to the next. Existentially, it is not possible to live in the moment but it is possible to live, and be fully aware, from one moment to the next. That is the important thing.

Mindful living is all from moment to moment … being aware step by step, breath by breath, thought by thought, feeling by feeling, memory by memory, sensation by sensation, and so forth. Such is the flow of life, for what is life but the ongoing moment-to-moment livingness of living things and beings living out their livingness from one moment to the next.

So, don’t try to live in the moment or in the now, well-intentioned though such advice might be. Live, with choiceless awareness and bare attention, from one moment to the next … and be fully present while you do so.

Q: How to Enjoy Life?
A: Live in the Moment.

Be here now. Be more mindful. Live in the moment…

These sentiments all express a similar motive: being present in your daily life .

Words like these get tossed around so much that they have almost lost all meaning. They conjure up images of pumpkin spiced lattes being purchased in yoga pants. Or sagelike kung fu cliches in 70s B movies, imparting vague but seemingly important knowledge on troubled youths who go on to save the day.

In reality, the simple wisdom contained in these oft-abused buzzwords (if practiced) can teach us how to truly live in the moment. Eliminate unhealthy preoccupations with the past and future. Make your life more joyful.

The present moment is quite literally the only thing that’s real. Everything else only exists in our minds. That’s why practicing mindfulness is so important.

To live joyous lives, we need to learn how to remain calm in the midst of turmoil. Be relaxed when work is stressful. Be patient with our loved ones. And ultimately, be understanding with ourselves.

Learning how to live in the present moment teaches us self-knowledge, wisdom, and self-awareness.

Be present. Be real.

Stop Living in the Past

You can’t change the past. No matter how much you dwell on it. You can ponder it, learn from it, and grow from it – but you can’t change it.

Depression often occurs when a person is stuck living in the past. They focus too much mental energy on the choices they’ve made (or failed to make). Over time, this pattern of overanalysis can overtake the mind and overwhelm the senses. This makes people depressed.

Bad things happen. We mess up. Sometimes feel hopeless. Sometimes we even make the same mistakes for years.

Our past defines us only as long as we allow it to. Instead of using the past as a scapegoat for present circumstances, a more productive approach is to acknowledge and learn from it. Put the past where it belongs. Use the lessons of past experiences to inform decisions made in the present.

If something isn’t working for you, don’t be afraid to change it. Learn to let go of attachments. Meditation is great for this.

You’ve got this, grasshopper.

Stop Worrying About the Future

The future does not exist. You can (and should) plan for it and be prepared for it – but keep in mind that the future only exists as an abstract idea. It hasn’t happened yet and most likely won’t unfold as you’ve imagined it.

Anxiety is depression’s ugly cousin. The main difference between depression and anxiety is, while depression is rooted in attachment to the past, anxiety is overly fixated on the future. When people spend too much time ruminating on future events they become anxious. Stay anxious too long, you develop an anxiety disorder.

The best way to feel good about the future is to prepare for it in the present. Rather than getting all worked up and worrying about it, a more proactive approach is to start planning. When you plan yourself for the future you position yourself to better handle any unforeseeable events that may arise.

This is productive.

Figure out what your needs are, now and moving forward, and make small but attainable goals that align with what is important to you. Make a commitment to yourself. Over and over – day after day. By breaking large goals into small goals, we lessen the burden of feeling like we have to scale Mt. Everest all at once. Rinse and repeat for any area of life that you want to improve.

It’s just that simple. But simplicity can be deceptive. Simple isn’t always easy.

It’s important not to confuse what is simple with what is easy. Easy is doing what you’ve always done. And if we’re being honest with ourselves, we could always be doing better. Knowing that, it’s important to be compassionate and understanding with ourselves and others while on this journeys.

We can do this by diligently practicing mindfulness.

Mindfulness Definition – What is Mindfulness?

Mindfulness is a mental state attained by focusing one’s awareness on the present moment, while calmly acknowledging and accepting feelings, thoughts, and bodily sensations. As practitioners of mindfulness get more advanced, it is often practiced as a moral and philosophical system of guidance.

How to Practice Mindfulness

Mindfulness Meditation

The best way to practice mindfulness is through meditation. There are many different styles and types of meditation. It’s best for each individual to find a mode of meditation that works for them. A good starting point is through mindfulness meditation .

Here’s a great starting point for learning how to practice mindfulness meditation .

Mindfulness meditation is a simple practice that yields great strides in our journey towards being more present in our daily lives. By focusing our thoughts, feelings, and senses on the here and now , we are better able to focus on what truly matters to us. This practice takes self-discipline . You have to show up consistently for an undisclosed duration.

But over time, the effects of mindfulness meditation are transformative.

Practice Mindfulness through Reading

Reading is another great way to practice mindfulness. In our fast-paced smartphone world, I’m wagering that most of us tend to skim a lot.

We all know that you are what you eat . But we seem to forget that you are what you read. Garbage in, garbage out.

Make a commitment to yourself to read books to better yourself . Reading can help you develop new skills. It also improves focus and empathy. It’s like gymnastics for the mind.

By making a commitment to reading books that make you better , you will be improving the quality of ideas and language that you allow to enter into your reality.

Don’t overlook this concept. It’s huge. Don’t be a skimmer. Be the kind of reader that writers write for. Devour the language and ideas. Digest them so thoroughly that the concepts become the very fiber of your thought process. That is the very essence of mindfulness.

The entire history of human thoughts and ideas is available, for free, just about everywhere in the world. Ripe fruit just waiting to be plucked. Dive into the accumulated knowledge and wisdom of humanity. Again, it’s simple but isn’t always easy. But the easy thing is rarely the right thing to do.

Be intentional. Focus. Be mindful.

Who is NRhythm?

NRhythm is a sober living community in Nashville, TN. We seek to provide men recovering from substance abuse with the resources and support to overcome addiction. Our sober living program is specifically designed for men who desire to live their best lives.

Contact us today to become a member of the NRhythm family. Let your sobriety soar.

This post may contain affiliate links which may give us a commission at no additional cost to you. As an Amazon Associate we earn from qualifying purchases.

Joining us today is Mary Lauren from My 3 Little Birds. She is talking about how to slow down life’s frantic pace and live in the moment.

How to live in the moment

As moms, we’re trained to rush. Breakfast to backpacks. Drop off to dentist. There is lunch to prepare (How quickly can you get those apples sliced?) and work to be done.

There are times I feel like I’m competing in an imaginary race to bedtime. My opponent is invisible and trash-talks me all day.

You’re not moving fast enough, she says. She tells me one hundred ways I’m not measuring up, not working hard enough, not being good enough at this motherhood gig. Are you competing with her, too?

Today I want to talk about how really winning the race requires slowing down. After all, when we’re moving that fast we miss the good stuff.

The way your daughter admires her brand-new pierced ears in the hallway mirror.

The smell of the bread as it bakes (it reminds you of your grandmother).

The light, falling in slats through the blinds in the bedroom, making the walls glow yellow.

The sound of his voice on the phone, telling you he loves you with the same words he used when he was 25.

What happened to the 25 year old girl? She grew up, had a baby. Then another. She focused on a career, focused on the kids, focused on him. And somewhere along the way she began to see life as a race and stopped really living.

So how do we slow down, live in the moment?

1. Look at the Life You’ve Created

On lunch breaks as a working mom, I’d look at a picture of my baby while I used my breast pump. The books all told me this would encourage let-down. I stared at his face, the tiny cleft in his chin, the eyes that were blue but would turn to brown. I felt myself relax. Breathe. I could do my job for him. I could produce the fatty milk, ounces and ounces of it, enough to fill a freezer and then some. Looking at his face slowed me down. Is there a way we can look at our families now as a reminder to slow down, to take it all in?

2. Focus on the Big Picture

When you look at life as a series of items to check off a never-ending list, it’s easy to feel overwhelmed. But guess what? You’re living the life you dreamed about for all those years of broken hearts and doodles on a notebook page. You have it all now. Take a deep breath and enjoy your family.

3. Make a Happiness List

Just for one day, instead of staring at a page of to-do’s, record the moments that made you smile.

4. Play

Do you know what happens every time you get on the carpet with a four year old and succumb to the pressure of playing with Matchbox cars? You have fun. And so does he. Incorporate play into every day.

5. Soak It All In

This summer I found myself impatient for the routine that fall brings– the regular rhythm of the school year. And then I realized that this is the last summer that she will be two, that he will be four, and that my oldest will be eight. They will never be this young again. Will she curl up in my lap at three? Will he need even need me to read to him at five? And nine- that is the hardest one of all. Nine will bring big-kid challenges that I cannot begin to imagine. So I decided to relax. Soak in the summer. Enjoy the season with everything it means for our family.

Slowing down really just means being present. Available. There will always be tasks to complete and chores to be done. But in the end, what’s most important is worth slowing down for.

And that invisible opponent? She’ll have to wait.

About the Author:

How to live in the momentMary Lauren is a social worker turned mother turned blogger. Long before she was any of these things she was a writer. When she’s not writing at her blog, My 3 Little Birds, you can find her drinking too much coffee, pretending she’s crafty, and finding excuses not to exercise. She’s a contributing writer at SheIt and is developing a career as a freelancer.

If you would like to guest post as part of our “how to” post series, simply send your post to [email protected] and we’ll get you added to our queue. All post titles need to start with the phrase…How To. In other words, your job is to teach our readers something about what you know. Your topic could be informative, serious, funny, entertaining, whatever. The choice is yours.

Let us drive more eyes to what you have to say!

live for the moment

live for the moment

live for the moment

Want to thank TFD for its existence? Tell a friend about us, add a link to this page, or visit the webmaster’s page for free fun content.

Link to this page:

  • Facebook
  • Twitter
  • live among
  • live among (someone)
  • live and breathe (something)
  • live and breathe something
  • live and kicking
  • live and learn
  • live and let live
  • live and well
  • live apart
  • live apart (from someone)
  • live beyond (one’s) means
  • live beyond means
  • live beyond/within your means
  • live by
  • live by one’s wits
  • live by the sword, die by the sword
  • live by wits
  • live by your wits
  • live by/on (one’s) wits
  • live by/on your wits
  • live dangerously
  • live dangerously, to
  • live down
  • live for
  • live for (someone or something)
  • live for the moment
  • live free or die
  • live from day to day
  • live from hand to mouth
  • live hand to mouth
  • live happily ever after
  • live high off the hog
  • live high on the hog
  • live in
  • live in (one’s) head rent-free
  • live in (someone’s) pocket
  • live in a bubble
  • live in a fishbowl
  • live in a fool’s paradise
  • live in a glass house
  • live in a tree
  • live in a world of (one’s) own
  • live in an/(one’s) ivory tower
  • live in cloud-cuckoo land
  • live in clover
  • live in cotton wool
  • live in each other’s pockets
  • live in hope
  • live in hope of
  • live in hope of (something)
  • live in hope(s)
  • Live Feed
  • Live Female Infant
  • Live Field Exercise
  • Live Finger Detection
  • Live Fire
  • Live Fire and Maneuver
  • Live Fire Coordination Exercise
  • Live fire exercise
  • Live Fire Range
  • Live Fire Shoot House
  • Live Fire Tactical Training
  • Live Fire Targetry
  • Live Fire Test and Evaluation
  • Live Fire Test and Evaluation Strategy
  • Live Fire Test and Training
  • Live Fire Testing
  • Live Fire Testing and Training Initiative
  • Live food
  • live for
  • live for (someone or something)
  • Live for Ever
  • live for her
  • live for him
  • live for it
  • Live for Love
  • live for me
  • live for one
  • Live for Rugby
  • Live for Speed
  • Live for Speed World
  • live for the moment
  • Live for the Swarm
  • live for them
  • live for us
  • Live for You
  • Live for You
  • Live Freaky Die Freaky
  • Live Free Learn Free
  • Live Free or Die
  • Live Free or Die
  • Live Free or Die Hard
  • Live Free Or Die!
  • Live free or die.
  • Live Free, Smoke Free
  • Live from Abbey Road
  • Live from Combustion Manor
  • live from day to day
  • Live from Earth and Mars
  • live from hand to mouth
  • Live from Hollywood
  • Live from Lincoln Center
  • Live from Orlando. And More!
  • Live from the Compound
  • Live from the Tree
  • Live Game Server List
  • Live gang
  • Live Global Bid, Inc
  • Live grass
  • Live Guest Relocation
  • live hand to mouth
  • live hand-to-mouth
  • Facebook Share
  • Twitter

CITE

  • Terms of Use
  • Privacy policy
  • Feedback
  • Advertise with Us

Copyright © 2003-2022 Farlex, Inc

All content on this website, including dictionary, thesaurus, literature, geography, and other reference data is for informational purposes only. This information should not be considered complete, up to date, and is not intended to be used in place of a visit, consultation, or advice of a legal, medical, or any other professional.

To be here and now, detached from the past, carefree of the future, to know how to savor the small pleasures of everyday life. Why is it so difficult?

Yet, focusing our attention on what we are living, here, on what we feel, now, is an exercise whose benefits are extremely powerful, the best anxiolytic there is!

Do you also constantly feel that your days are too short? Do you feel like you’re always running? Are you constantly looking for inner peace?

It’s not always easy to deal with everyday life when your head is constantly full of information.

Did you know that our brain produces 60,000 thoughts a day ? Enough to easily feed our little inner hamster!

The over-stimulation we experience in today’s society leads us to disperse easily , to lock ourselves in virtual reality, disconnected from our sensations. It is not easy to live fully in the moment .

Studies have been conducted to understand why some people have a real propensity to be happy, positive, and enterprising. These studies have shown that these happy people live mainly in the moment .

What Is to Live in The Moment?

How to live in the moment

“If you are depressed, you are living in the past. If you are anxious, you are living in the future. If you are at peace, you are living in the present.”

Perhaps you have already read this quote from Lao Tzu? I think it illustrates and sums up very well what it is to live in the moment.

Since the beginning of time, the human species has been programmed to react efficiently to danger . Our bodies deal with these situations by generating stress, which can be positive or negative, by awakening our senses and by modifying what is happening in our bodies to respond effectively. We are naturally inclined to anticipate the future and to remember the past so as not to make the same mistakes in the future.

This takes us away from the present moment and what is happening in our bodies, here and now.

Our society is accelerating, everything is going very fast, we have no time for anything. We want everything, right away, and are constantly looking for a feeling of immediate pleasure. And this, in a consumer society where everything pushes us to look for happiness in material things rather than inside ourselves.

But we forget one important principle: we have no control over the past or the future .

How to Be Present in The Moment?

To live in the moment is to live in full awareness . It is to be aware of your thoughts and the emotions they generate at the exact moment they arrive. Then, it is to choose whether or not you want to continue thinking about them.

At first, it is an effort, a training, that then becomes as natural as breathing.

Living in the present moment is choosing to live fully what you are experiencing NOW. By connecting body and soul, being aware of our environment, of what is happening in us and around us.

Living in the moment is being able to let go of the emotions that may arise without judging them or trying to control them.

Living in the moment is taking a few minutes every day to slow down, to appreciate a state of inner peace in full awareness.

Living in the moment is about centering yourself. It is to align with oneself.

Living in the moment is trusting life.

To live in the moment is to rediscover your childlike soul. Without preconceived ideas or expectations, just being open to the world.

And finally, I would say that living in the moment is to become a channel open to intuition. It is a choice without control.

Letting Go, the Key to Happiness

How to live in the moment

To appreciate and accept the present moment, you must be able to understand and put into practice the notion of letting go. It is not about surrendering or giving up in the face of this or that situation. It is rather about accepting what is.

Letting go is about accepting the present moment unconditionally and without reservation.

It is by living only in the moment, by accepting it, and by letting go, by focusing our attention on the “doing” (present) rather than on the result (future) that we can reconnect with our true being and our inner peace.

The Benefits

Being fully in the moment allows one to develop sensory acuity, and to see life’s beauty more easily . It also confers a sense of freedom .

Being aware of the present moment helps us to realign our body and mind , which are overburdened by our daily obligations, our busy schedule, and our responsibilities.

By focusing on our breathing, our environment, and our emotions, our mind pauses and our body naturally becomes less tense. Our muscles loosen, our breath becomes deeper, our belly relaxes, and our mind calms down for a moment.

The benefits are then measured on our general health , physical and mental. And with a good complementary lifestyle , we sleep better, our sleep is deeper and more restful.

With practice, living in the moment helps us to release the pressure when we feel overwhelmed, stressed. It contributes to better self-development and allows us to expand our intuition to gradually find serenity.

Living in the moment can be a work in progress. You can work on it on a daily basis, thanks to numerous techniques.

What Are The Techniques to Live in The Moment?

How to live in the moment

The most effective and affordable way to live in the moment is to learn mindfulness meditation . There are a lot of apps or very good videos on YouTube available for free .

Yoga, conscious breathing, and sophrology are also very accessible and excellent choices. These approaches have many benefits that have been scientifically proven for many years. By connecting to the body, we connect to the present moment.

Practicing gratitude, writing down your positive thoughts every day in a small notebook will also help you to see your life in a more positive way and to take the time to consciously appreciate what is happening around you.

And you can also simply live as consciously as possible in the moment through the small gestures of your daily life.

When you take your shower, for example, enjoy feeling the water flowing over each part of your body , listen to its sound, observe it flowing, enjoy the caress of the soap on your skin, from your feet to the nape of your neck.

When you walk, concentrate on your steps , the roll of your arch, the sounds, the smells. Or the light, the nature, or the architecture that surrounds you.

When you spend time with your children, pay attention to your movements, to your children’s movements , to the verbal exchanges, to the exchanges of glances. and to all that this evokes in you.

Practicing these techniques only takes a few minutes a day. Regularity is the key to success.

A Sentence to Remember

The only time we really exist is in the present moment .

If you liked our blog article, please don’t forget to Share it with your friends by clicking the button below!

How to clean a mr coffee

How to clean a mr coffee

There’s nothing quite as dependable as a Mr. Coffee drip machine. Set it up, turn it on, and you have a delicious pot of coffee in no time. But when your machine starts looking less than sparkling, what’s the best way to clean it?

We’re here to help! Keep reading for the easiest way to clean your Mr. Coffee, plus a few tips to keep it clean. Leave your Mr. Coffee cleaner than you found it!

How to clean a mr coffee

Regular Cleaning

The easiest way to keep your Mr. Coffee clean is to rinse it after every use. After you finish a pot of coffee, rinse the carafe thoroughly and let it dry. Remove and discard the filter as soon as the machine cools down.

You may also want to avoid leaving coffee in the carafe for too long. It’s easy to forget, but the longer you leave it, the more coffee you’ll need to scrub off later. When washing your carafe, avoid scented soaps, which can leave odd flavors when you brew your new pot. To avoid damaging the carafe, use a soft, non-abrasive sponge.

How to Deep Clean Mr. Coffee Makers:

Every 90 brew cycles, you’ll want to do a deeper clean. Depending on how often you make coffee, this could be once every month or two. If you have hard water or notice a buildup in your machine, this is especially important.

To remove these mineral deposits, you’ll need a cleaning solution. You can buy a cleaning solution online, but white vinegar also works well.

1. Pour in the cleaning solution

How to clean a mr coffee

Pour 4 cups of white vinegar or cleaning solution into your machine’s empty water reservoir.

2. Add a filter.

Put an empty filter into the filter basket.

3. Turn the machine on.

How to clean a mr coffee

Time to activate the Mr. Coffee clean mode! Let your Mr. Coffee brew into the carafe using the cleaning solution. Once it’s finished brewing, let the solution sit in the carafe for at least 30 minutes.

4. Rinse thoroughly.

Dump out the solution and rinse your carafe thoroughly. Throw away the filter.

5. Add water and brew again.

How to clean a mr coffee

Pour a full pot of water into the reservoir and replace the carafe. Brew as normal. Repeat this step to ensure that the machine is thoroughly rinsed.

6. Enjoy your clean machine!

That’s it! Your Mr. Coffee is now ready to brew a tasty cup of joe. Enjoy your clean Mr. Coffee maker.

Brewing coffee has been made easy with the advent of the Mr. Coffee brewing machine. Most households now own the popular brewing machine. The Mr. Coffee brand trademark is registered by the Newell Brands. The brand was created in the 1970s by Samuel Glazer and Vincent Marotta. In this article, we will be discussing how to clean Mr. Coffee maker. It is very important to clean our various devices and appliances to prolong their useful life span. Therefore, cleaning Mr. Coffee maker would not be an exception.

The popular beverage, coffee, is brewed from coffee beans, though roasted ones. It is very popular in the Americas, Europe, and Asia. The quality of a good coffee is mostly determined by the quality of the roasted coffee beans used. However, the brewing process is also important. The Mr. Coffee maker can produce sensational, better-flavored and fine quality coffee drinks. However, the Mr. Coffee machine will provide fine quality drinks if it is well maintained.

Basically, the machine works by brewing roasted coffee beans with hot water, at around 194 to 200 °F, to produce the bitter and dark-colored drink. Every time coffee is brewed in the machine, deposits of hard water will accumulate in the machine. Biotic agents such as bacteria and fungi will also accumulate in the machine. The presence of these deposits and microbial growth will result in bad coffee taste. Therefore, it is recommended that you clean your machine at least once a month. You should make Mr. Coffee clean light. In this article, you will get to know how to clean Mr. Coffee maker properly.

Cleaning Mr. Coffee maker is quite simple. Before starting the cleaning process, ensure that the machine is unplugged. Also, ensure that the machine is cold before cleaning. Let’s take a safety-first approach. The major parts of the Mr. Coffee maker are the heater, nozzle, filter basket, and pot. Other parts include the plug and handle. Get all your cleaning material, such as a sponge, clean cloth and dishwashing soap, and let’s start cleaning.

Cleaning the Mr. Coffee pot

Since the pot collects the brewed coffee, you need to know how to clean Mr. Coffee Pot. This part is mostly affected by deposits and microbial accumulation. Therefore, it is expedient that you know how to clean it properly.

Gently remove the pot from the machine. Care should be taken when handling the pot. Discard any leftover coffee. Pour in some fresh tap water into the pot to rinse. You can also add some quantity of washing soap. Shake the soap solution until it reaches every part of the pot. Now discard its content and rinse the pot with tap water. Your pot should be clean now. However, if you notice any stains in the pot, you can scrub them off with a sponge or a brush. You can also add a small amount of baking powder and warm water to increase the scrubbing effectiveness.

Cleaning the nozzle

The nozzle is the outlet that releases brewed coffee into the pot. You will need to remove the pot to access the nozzle. Use a soft sponge to clean the nozzle. You can also clean it with warm water and a small quantity of dishwashing soap. Rinse it off and dry it with a clean cloth. Return the pot afterward.

Cleaning the filter basket

Another part of the coffee maker that can support the growth of yeast, mold, and bacteria is the filter basket. You need to clean this part thoroughly. To access the filter basket, you need to open up the lid of the Mr. Coffee maker. Now remove the filter basket and discard all its contents into the trash. You add even add them to your backyard compost.

Now use fast-running fresh tap water to rinse and clear out the filter basket. You can also wash it with warm water and a small quantity of dishwashing soap to get rid of any stains. Rinse the filter again with fresh tap water and return it to the coffee maker.

Cleaning the lid

To ensure the successful removal of hard water deposits and the accumulation of microbes, you should also consider cleaning the lid. The lid should be cleaned regularly too, even daily. Use a mild sponge to clean the lid on its interior and exterior. Do not forget the clean the spray heads on the interior of the lid.

These are the basic methods of cleaning Mr. Coffee maker. However, you should also consider performing a deep cleaning. This method reaches every part of the machine. Sometimes, these deposits of hard water and accumulation of yeast might be difficult to remove from your coffee maker.

The deep cleaning method

The deep cleaning method is very effective and it should be done once a month. The deep cleaning method involves the use of vinegar to clean your machine. It is just a step further after cleaning the lid of your Mr. Coffee maker.

You will need to dissolve the vinegar in water. However, you need to mix them in equal proportions. Straight into the reservoir, empty all the solutions. The solution helps to kill and remove yeasts, mold, and bacteria, and dissolve deposited minerals.

Ensure that your filter is present in the coffee machine. If the filter needs replacement, purchase a suitable filter and insert it into the filter basket. Put the pot in the machine and push the “select” option on the machine till the clean function is activated. The coffee maker should commence the cleaning of the machine. Please note that it may take up to an hour to complete.

Afterward, switch off the machine and pull out the filter. Now, remove the all vinegar solution from the machine. Then rinse the machine by pouring clean tap water into the reservoir. Then, select the “brew” button. Once a brewing cycle is finished, discard the water in the pot and rinse the pot.

Conclusion

Cleaning is an important maintenance practice that should be performed on every home appliance. You can be very sure that your device will function properly if cleaning is observed. By cleaning your coffee maker, you will make Mr. Coffee clean light. Now that you know how to clean Mr. Coffee maker, you should expect that your machine produces a fine and better-flavored coffee.

Most of America loves their coffee. In fact, coffee is low in calories and has many health benefits. Personally, I love the taste and most of the country (and world) agrees. So we all should know how to clean a reusable coffee filter properly.

When it comes to cleaning a permanent metal coffee filter there are certain things you should do to keep the filter in great condition for a better tasting cup of coffee. It’s also worth noting that these steps and tips work with the metal baskets for your auto drip coffee maker and your single serve coffee baskets like a Keurig.

The Steps For How To Clean A Reusable Coffee Filter Properly

How to clean a mr coffee

Step 1: Empty Coffee Grounds Into The Garbage

I’m sure most of you assumed that emptying the old grounds would be the first step on how to clean a reusable coffee filter. And that would make most of you absolutely correct! However, there are a couple of things you should know.

We live in a time where a lot of people throw their coffee grinds down the garbage disposal. Don’t do that! Over time, your local plumber will become your best friend if you run your old coffee grounds through the garbage disposal. They will clog up and break your disposal along with possibly building up deep in your pipes and causing blockages.

So do the right thing and empty them in the trash. If you have a garden you can also dispose of your old coffee grounds there. After all, coffee goes through a chemical change during the brew process and the end result can benefit your garden. This will slowly release nitrogen over time which will help your garden grow.

Tip 1: DO NOT empty coffee grounds down the garbage disposal.

Tip 2: If you have a garden you can empty your coffee grounds there for a slow release of nitrogen which will help your garden grow.

Step 2: Wipe The Filter Clean With A Towel, Paper Towel, Or Sponge

After you empty the coffee grounds I always like to wipe the reusable coffee filter clean. You can use a paper towel, sponge, or reusable towel for this part. I do this because there always seems to be excess coffee beans in the basket.

If the filter has been sitting a while with coffee grounds in it the grounds tend to harden. This sometimes makes it easier to clean, although, I recommend to clean the filter right away. Another reason I do this instead of rinsing it first is I still want to prevent coffee grounds from going down the drain.

Tip: If you want to be more environmentally friendly you can use a dish towel or reusable towel that you can wash repeatedly.

Step 3: Rinse With Warm Water

With almost all of the coffee grounds gone now I do like to give the reusable coffee filter a rinse with warm water. It’ll help to break up all of the small and fine grounds that are in the metal basket. This step might be more of me being anal than a necessity. But I do want the filter to be as clean as possible before proceeding to step 4.

Tip: If you have one of the faucets that has the high pressure spray than use that to dislodge more of the fine grounds from the basket.

Step 4: Soak In Vinegar And Water

Have you tried to use dish soap already, but the filter didn’t turn out as clean as you wanted it to be? Now this is the really important step you need to know on how to clean a reusable coffee filter. Since coffee is made from organic compounds it’s actually easier to dissolve them instead of trying to wash them away. This leads us to something that is more acidic.

Place your permanent coffee filter in a bowl filled with two parts water to one part white vinegar. Allow the filter to sit in the solution for 30 minutes. After the half hour is up you could remove the filter and run it under warm water.

Tip: Since something acidic will work you can even use lemon juice if you do not have white vinegar available.

Also, if you also have an espresso machine you can also clean and flush out your espresso machine with vinegar.

Why You Should Clean Your Permanent Coffee Filter Regularly

Humans are normally beings that are considered to be clean. We use a dish and then wash it. We have milk or coffee creamer past it’s expiration date and we throw it away. But we don’t clean our coffee makers or coffee filters the same way we do other dishes.

Believe it or not the coffee filters are a breeding ground for mold and yeast. Whether you use a paper filter or not the fact is in most homes and offices the coffee grounds stay in the filter long after the brew cycle ends. In many cases it remains there overnight and into the next morning when the next pot is brewed.

The moist environment of the filter combined with the warm temperatures from the brew cycle give a great environment for mold and yeast to grow. If you use a paper filter this can even accelerate the likelihood of mold and yeast growth if the filter and grounds are not disposed of right away.

To prevent mold or yeast growth you should be cleaning your reusable coffee filter frequently

Final Thoughts

The process on how to clean a reusable coffee filter is quite simple. The benefits you’ll gain to do this often will have an impact on how your coffee tastes. I believe most of us have seen coffee machines where the permanent baskets look disgusting because they’re never cleaned. By following these simple steps we’re not only getting coffee that tastes better, but we’re also sanitizing and removing any bacteria growth.

To paraphrase a popular commercial, “the best part of waking up is hot, fresh coffee in your cup.” It is a testament to modern ingenuity that we can prepare the coffee machine at night and be awakened the next morning by the enticing smell of brewing coffee wafting down the hallways.

In order to keep your coffee maker running smoothly, (and your mornings enjoyable) you need to keep it clean. Oily residue, hard-water deposits, and other impurities build up over time, slowing down the inner workings of your machine and influencing the taste of your coffee. Whether you have a traditional percolator, automatic drip coffeemaker, or a single cup “pod” system, they all have one thing in common. The machine is a moist environment where mold and bacteria can grow, and it doesn’t matter how expensive your coffee beans are: If the pot is dirty, you aren’t going to get a great tasting cup of joe.

Here are simple steps to keep your coffee maker in tip-top condition:

Every Day

The removable parts of your coffeemaker (the carafe, filter basket, etc.), should be washed with warm, soapy water in order to remove coffee, grinds, and oil. These parts are usually dishwasher safe, as well. Wipe down the outside and the warming plate. Another good idea is to leave the reservoir lid open so it can dry out—germs love moisture!

Once a Month

Fill the water reservoir with a 50/50 mixture of distilled white vinegar (this common household product sanitizes and removes mineral buildup) and water. Turn on the coffeemaker. Let several cups run through, then turn it off and let sit for an hour. Start the machine again to complete the cycle. Pour the vinegar mixture out and run plain water through the coffeemaker a few times until the vinegar odor disappears.

How to clean a mr coffee

The clean light on your Mr. Coffee is a useful feature, letting you know when it’s time to do a little maintenance. But if your clean light keeps flashing after you run a deep cleaning cycle, it stops being useful and starts being frustrating.

Luckily, there are some easy fixes. Keep reading to see our tips and tricks to turning off your clean light — until you need it, that is.

How to clean a mr coffee

4 Easy Ways to Turn Off Your Mr. Coffee Clean Light:

1. Check to see if your Mr. Coffee is clean.

Even if you’ve been faithfully rinsing your carafe and filter basket every time you brew, your coffee machine could be less than sparkling. Look for chalky mineral buildup in your carafe, water reservoir, and filter basket. If you see any buildup, it’s time for a deep clean.

Mr. Coffee recommends that you run a cleaning cycle with vinegar or store-bought cleaning solution about every 80-90 brew cycles. If you live in an area with hard water, you’ll need to clean your coffee maker more often, about every 40 brew cycles. Descaling regularly will keep your coffee maker running smoothly.

2. Carefully follow the directions in the user manual.

Reading the user manual isn’t the most fun way to spend your day, but it can be the best way to keep your machine from malfunctioning. Read the cleaning section and carefully follow each step.

After you pour in vinegar or cleaning solution, push the start button, ensuring that the cleaning light stays red and stops blinking. You may need to push the button three times.

The cleaning cycle should take about 60 minutes. Your machine will pause partway through to allow the cleaning solution to sit in the carafe. Don’t unplug or turn off your machine while the cleaning cycle is running, as this may cause the light to stay on.

After the cleaning cycle finishes, rinse your carafe and filter basket thoroughly. You don’t want to taste the vinegar in your next pot of coffee!

If you didn’t save your user manual, you may be able to find it online.

How to clean a mr coffee

3. Unplug and wait a minute.

A classic technology trick: unplug your coffee maker and let it sit for a minute or two. Then plug it back in. This will reset the machine, likely turning off your pesky flashing clean light.

4. Check the warranty.

If all else fails, check if your Mr. Coffee is under warranty. These coffee makers typically come with a limited one-year warranty, so if you’re within that time frame, Mr. Coffee may repair your machine for you.

Many coffee experts say the best coffee starts with the cleanest equipment. Using a dirty coffee maker can make even the most expensive coffees taste bitter or stale, so it is important to clean a drip coffee maker regularly in order to produce a drinkable beverage. Cleaning a drip coffee maker is not a difficult process, although some may find it a little time-consuming. The most important ingredients to have on hand when cleaning a drip coffee maker are a supply of clean water and white vinegar.

A traditional drip coffee maker does not contain a lot of moving parts which must be disassembled for thorough cleaning. However, there are some areas which tend to collect oily residue from brewed coffee beans, and other areas which can develop a build-up of scale from untreated hard water. Neglect can also lead to the development of mildew and mold if coffee filters and their used contents are not removed promptly. Cleaning a coffee maker properly means addressing everything from the glass carafe to the water delivery system.

To clean the glass carafe which holds the finished coffee, a person could swirl a small amount of soapy water with a soft plastic brush around the interior and then rinse it with clean water several times until the soap residue is completely gone. This method may give the coffee an unpleasant taste, however, so many people try to avoid the use of chemicals when cleaning the carafe.

An alternative cleaning method used by many restaurants involves the use of ice cubes, coarse salt, and lemon juice. This mixture can be added to a dirty coffee carafe and swirled for several minutes to remove any burned coffee residue or oily build-up. After several minutes, the ice mixture can be tossed into a sink and the carafe rinsed out several times with clean water.

Cleaning the actual coffee maker requires a different approach. The part of the machine which holds the coffee filter should be removed and checked for any contamination. Any old filters or grounds should be thrown away immediately. The user should replace the filter holder, but not use a filter during the cleaning process. A clean coffee carafe should be in place to receive the cleaning solution as it moves through the coffee maker.

The user should add a mixture of white vinegar and water to the coffee maker’s water receptacle. Sources disagree on the proper water-to-vinegar ratio, but in general, two parts water to one part white vinegar should be sufficient for routine cleaning. Especially dirty coffee makers may benefit from equal parts vinegar and water, however. The white vinegar can be placed directly in the receptacle, then diluted with the water until the machine is full.

The next step is to run a normal coffee cycle with the vinegar and water mixture. The solution should drip steadily into the carafe, and it will most likely appear dark or cloudy as the oily residues and dirt are removed. When this cycle is finished, the user can throw away the contents of the carafe and begin a second cycle with a fresh supply of white vinegar and water. If the finished water in the carafe still looks cloudy or dark, a third cycle may be helpful, but often two cleaning cycles should be enough.

After the last cleaning cycle has been completed, the user should start several cycles of clean rinse water to remove all traces of the vinegar. The result should be a very clean coffee maker, which should be allowed to dry thoroughly before starting the next pot of coffee. Some coffee drinkers may notice a distinct improvement in the overall quality of the brew right away, but sometimes the changes are more subtle. Other factors such as water temperature, coffee bean grind size, and filter quality can also affect the taste of brewed coffee, but keeping a coffee maker properly cleaned can help tremendously.

A regular HomeQuestionsAnswered contributor, Michael enjoys doing research in order to satisfy his wide-ranging curiosity about a variety of arcane topics. Before becoming a professional writer, Michael worked as an English tutor, poet, voice-over artist, and DJ.

A regular HomeQuestionsAnswered contributor, Michael enjoys doing research in order to satisfy his wide-ranging curiosity about a variety of arcane topics. Before becoming a professional writer, Michael worked as an English tutor, poet, voice-over artist, and DJ.

How to clean a mr coffee

How to clean a mr coffee

How to clean a mr coffee

The Spruce / Ana-Maria Stanciu

  • Working Time: 5 mins
  • Total Time: 35 mins

A buildup of coffee residue and mineral deposits (scale) from water can affect the flavor of your coffee and clog the components of your coffee maker. Over time, it may impair your brewer’s efficient drip operation. Coffee grounds have natural oils that aren’t removed by rinsing with water. You may notice your coffee becoming increasingly bitter if you don’t clean the brewing basket and other parts regularly. The moist environment of leftover coffee grounds can lead to the growth of yeasts, molds, or bacteria. Mineral deposits, especially if you have hard water, will narrow the water channel and your coffee maker will work more and more slowly if they are not removed.

Click Play to Learn How to Clean a Coffee Maker

How Often to Clean a Coffee Maker

You should clean your coffee maker after every use, removing the grounds and cleaning the brew basket, lid, and carafe. The deeper cleaning of descaling to remove mineral deposits should be done at least every three months.

If your home has hard water (water with heavy mineral content), or if you tend to fill the water reservoir of your coffee maker from a rinsed carafe (not washed), the residue may build up more quickly. In this case, a monthly cleaning is recommended.

Some coffee makers have an audible or visible cleaning signal and that usually precedes a forced downtime. You can avoid the downtime by being proactive with maintenance. Other brewers have a cleaning cycle set-up, which is usually detailed in the manual. Always follow the manufacturer’s detailed instructions for cleaning.

Whether it’s starting my day or finishing a fantastic evening meal, I love a great-tasting cup of coffee. A coffee maker is one of the most used appliances in the kitchen. This makes it susceptible to a variety of germs, bacteria and mold. Keeping a coffee maker crystal clean not only looks good but keeps the coffee tasting as fresh as possible. While bleach can kill most germs, it can also be corrosive and may damage parts of the machine. I would suggest using methods with more natural ingredients. Here are four ways on how to get your coffee maker incredibly clean.

1. WHITE VINEGAR MIXTURES

According to Goodhousekeeping, a coffee maker should be cleaned once a month with an equal combination of white vinegar and water. I would make sure there is a filter in the basket before starting the brewing process. It’s best to only brew the vinegar combination partway, turn the coffee maker off, and then let the mixture sit for about 30 minutes. After finishing the brewing, brew another pot with just water. Adding salt and ice to a cup of vinegar and swirling it around in the coffee pot for about 20 seconds is another way to clean tough stains. Vinegar is the first choice for many people, because it kills over 99 percent of bacteria and isn’t harmful if ingested.

2. BAKING SODA

Baking soda is another natural yet effective way to clean a coffee maker. One of the best reasons to use baking soda is that it’s a good way to eliminate odors. HealthGuidance suggests adding a quarter cup of the baking soda to the container, then running the coffee maker through a brew cycle. Make sure to use warm water and to stir the mixture together. It’s important to make sure the baking soda is dissolved before starting the coffee maker. It is possible that the machine could get clogged if the mixture is in clumps. Baking soda is naturally abrasive yet safer than harsh cleaners. For this reason baking soda can be used to scrub off stains that have built up on the coffee pot, as well as in the machine.

3. LEMON JUICE

Lemon juice is another great alternative to effectively cleaning a coffee maker. The acidity of lemons is about equal to vinegar. Using lemon juice is sometimes preferable to vinegar, since it may not leave such an intense smell behind. The method for cleaning with lemon juice is similar to that of white vinegar. Fill the container with about one-third lemon juice and the rest water. It’s recommended to run another brew cycle with just water after cleaning with lemons. But I would suggest making a pot of coffee right after the lemon juice has run through. You may enjoy a cup of coffee with a hint of lemon.

4. DENTURE TABLETS

Finally, a method I would suggest that many people may not have heard of includes using denture tablets. Reader’s Digest describes several practical cleaning methods using denture tablets. I would recommend dropping two tablets in the container with water and letting it run through. Next, I would drop a tablet into the actual coffee pot with a cup or two of water. I would clean out both the inside and the outside using a soft toothbrush. This will leave the coffee pot sparkling clean. Denture tablets are effective for cleaning stubborn mineral deposits. It is important to make sure the tablets are completely dissolved before running the mixture through the coffee maker.

Choose whichever method will work best for you. After using any of these methods, make sure to rinse the coffee maker and coffee pot with water before making fresh coffee. Your coffee maker will be running smoothly while providing you with a great tasting cup of coffee!

Get a Free 1-on-1 Turnover Cleaning Improvement Plan.

Airbnb hosts:В want free personalized tips to make your turnovers reliable? Book your free “Perfect Turnover Session”.

Learn How We Can Help Grow Your Cleaning Business

Helping people get their home’s cleaned is hard! We offer FREEВ software tools and help you get clients under YOURВ terms.

Yes, vinegar can help!

Your coffee maker is used daily, but it’s an appliance that probably doesn’t get a good cleaning very often (after all, how much of a mess can coffee and water really make, right?). But it’s actually super important to clean your coffee maker not only for the health of your machine but also to keep the taste of your morning brew fresh. Coffee build-up can cause your cup to taste bitter, or worse, there could be yeast and mold hiding in the reservoir, according to a 2011 study by NSF. While on a small scale, yeast and mold generally won’t seriously impact your health, they can cause an allergic reaction for some. To avoid unwanted bacteria, make sure to keep up with routine cleanings of your coffee maker. Follow the steps below to clean a standard drip coffee maker.

Wondering how to deep clean a K-cup machine?We’ve got you covered: Follow our guide to cleaning Keurig coffee makers. And don’t forget about cleaning your travel mugs, too!

How to Clean a Coffee Maker

To ensure your morning mug contains no hidden surprises, you’ll want to clean your machine on a regular basis. Carolyn Forte, Executive Director of the Good Housekeeping Institute Home Appliances & Cleaning Product Lab, says with a little bit of water, soap and vinegar, you will be good to go. Forte also mentioned, that it’s best to check cleaning instructions from your coffee maker’s manufacturer, as all machines are slightly different.

What You’ll Need

  • Water
  • Soap
  • Vinegar
  • Sponge
  • Paper coffee filters
  • Rice

Step 1: Wash removable parts with dish soap after every use.

“This is important because it helps remove coffee, grinds and oil that are left behind,” says Forte. “You can hand wash at the sink with warm and soapy water, but usually the pieces are dishwasher-safe. And don’t forget to wipe down the outside and the warming plate where spills can burn on.” She also recommends leaving the reservoir’s lid open so it can dry out completely after each use!

How to clean a mr coffee

Step 2: Decalcify your machine once a month with vinegar.

Over time, hard water minerals can build up in your machine’s inner workings, and you may notice that your coffee takes longer to drip. To get things back in tip-top shape, you need to cleanse and decalcify the machine. Forte’s trick: good ol’ reliable white vinegar. Here’s how to decalcify a drip coffee maker, in seven steps:

  • Fill the reservoir with equal parts vinegar and water.
  • Place a paper filter into the machine’s empty basket.
  • Position the pot in place, and “brew” the solution halfway.
  • Turn off the machine, and let it sit for 30 minutes.
  • Turn the coffee maker back on, finish the brewing, and dump the full pot of vinegar and water.
  • Rinse everything out by putting in a new paper filter and brewing a full pot of clean water.
  • Repeat once.

Step 3: Make your carafe sparkle again with rice.

You should always wash your carafe after each use, but if it’s looking dingy over time, fill it with warm, sudsy water and a little uncooked rice. Swirl the mixture to loosen any gunk. Use a scrub sponge to remove debris and rinse well.

How to clean a mr coffee

Mr. Coffee coffee making machine is an efficient and effective coffee maker. After a few uses, the coffee maker needs cleaning to ensure its efficiency. When in need of cleaning, Mr. Coffee has a cleaning indicator light that keeps on flashing. Once it is thoroughly cleaned, the light stops flashing and you can now comfortably brew some coffee. However, there are times when the flashing light refuses to turn off after cleaning.

How To Turn Off Flashing Clean Light On Mr. Coffee?

All that your Mr. Coffee machine needs is a thorough cleaning to turn the flashing light on. Clean the carafe, lid, and filter basket and do a deep cycle clean. If the light is on it will turn off to show that it is clean. You need to do this every month for the best results.

Follow these steps to effectively clean your Mr. Coffee machine to turn the flashing clean light off.

  1. Ensure that you have read the manual thoroughly to understand how to maintain the Mr. Coffee machine.
  2. Ensure that you rinse your machine after every use. This ensures that it does not have coffee clog its system. If it still has the flashing light on, carry out a thorough clean.
  3. Clean the lid thoroughly. Use hot water and a sponge to clean the sprayers.
  4. Clean the filter basket. Remove the filter basket and clean it and rinse it under running water. Put it back after drying.
  5. Clean the delivery spout to ensure that it does not contain any coffee grounds residue.
  6. If the cleaning light is still flashing after this cleaning, add four cups of vinegar diluted with water into the reservoir.
  7. Place in a filter
  8. Select wash. Let the process run for one hour. Throw out the filter after this wash.
  9. Rinse with clean water. After this process, if your Mr. Coffee machine still has its clean light flashing, unplug it and wait a while. Plug it back and it will now get back to its ready-to-brew condition.
  10. Ensure that you clean the machine daily and carry out intensive cleaning once a month for its long life and high-quality coffee. Also, make sure that you study the manual properly to ensure that you use the correct cleaning detergents.

How Often Should You Clean Your Mr. Coffee Machine?

Mr. Coffee coffee maker machine is an advanced coffee maker. Use it to brew high-quality coffee at home. To maintain its efficiency, it needs to be kept clean. You can study your user manual properly, to find out how it should be cleaned.

It is advised that after every use, it is best to rinse the coffee maker out. This is to make sure that you do not leave it clogged with coffee grounds in sensitive areas. When clogged, the coffee maker will rarely work well.

Together with daily cleaning, you must have a total clean-up of your Mr. Coffee machine. Follow the instructions above on how to do this. It is best if you do the cleaning before the cleaning light alerts you for the need to clean. This ensures that your machine maintains its efficiency.

If you live in an area with hard water, it is best if you cleaned your Mr. Coffee machine more than once a month. This ensures that, in addition to the coffee grounds debris, the hard water does not leave a residue. When cleaning, make sure that you use the correct solutions and detergents to avoid damage to your machine.

Regular cleaning of your Mr. Coffee machine ensures that your coffee always tastes fresh and reinvigorates the system.

Tips To Clean Your Coffee Maker Machine

  1. Rinse after every use. Every time you use your coffee maker machine, you need to rinse it. This ensures that you don’t let the coffee grounds residue clog its system.
  2. Thorough wash after every month. This is a coffee maker machine maintenance tip. Thorough monthly cleaning ensures that you remove any build-up of minerals and coffee grounds. Vinegar dilutes all the mineral residue and leaves your coffee machine as clean as a new machine.
  3. If you use hard water, have more than once a month thorough cleaning with vinegar.
  4. Use soft brushes and sponges when washing the inner parts of your coffee machine. Brushes also help to reach the deeper parts of the coffee machine like the spout that can’t be pulled apart for cleaning.
  5. Pull apart all removable parts and wash each individually and rinse under clean running water. Reattach after you have dried them with a soft kitchen towel.
  6. Use vinegar or other select high-quality coffee machine cleaners.
  7. Use non-scented soap when cleaning your coffee maker machine.

How To Maintain Your Mr. Coffee Machine

  1. Read your Mr. Coffee machine user manual after purchase. Make sure you can use the coffee machine as advised by the manufacturer. This ensures that your coffee machine does not spoil due to improper use. The user manual also shows you quick tricks on how to troubleshoot your Mr. Coffee machine when it is not working.
  2. Use the right proportions of coffee and water when brewing. When you use excess coffee, you will end up with more coffee residue in your coffee maker. This will force you to clean regularly or even cause the coffee maker to malfunction.
  3. Turn off the machine after every use. This is to help conserve energy and to ensure that your machine is working properly on its next use. Modern coffee makers switch themselves off automatically when not in use.
  4. Clean out your carafe after every use. Throw away your coffee grounds after every brew. This helps to keep the carafe clean and also to make sure that you have fresh coffee for every brew.
  5. Make sure that you clean and rinse off your coffee machine after every use. Remove all removable parts and clean them and the whole system thoroughly every month.
  6. Use only approved cleaning solutions. You can use vinegar or other coffee machine cleaning alternatives.
  7. Regular inspection is a must as a part of the maintenance process. Look over your coffee machine often to check for wear and tear, burns, cracks, and other signs of aging.
  8. Always remember that maintaining your coffee machine in proper condition, means that you have the best quality coffee every day. It also means that you do not have to buy a new coffee machine every few years. The lifespan of an ordinary coffee maker machine is about 10 years.

Conclusion

You may use your Mr. Coffee coffee machine more than one time a day. As such, it is an integral part of your life. Therefore, it needs both care and regular check-ups and maintenance as advised by the manufacturers. Cleaning or rinsing it over after every use is the very basic of maintenance you can carry out. Empty the carafe after use, use enough water and coffee whenever you brew yourself a cup.

If you live in hard water areas, continuous use may cause clogging of minerals. It is also likely that there are coffee grounds residue in the machine. This may lead to the flashing of the cleaning light to indicate the machine needs cleaning. Follow the above instructions to clean your Mr. Coffee machine until the light stops flashing.

Take good care of your coffee machine to ensure that it serves you for a long time. Use vinegar and soft sponges or brushes to wash its various parts. Use clean water to rinse it every day and ensure that you turn it off whenever it is not in use.

You know how to make coffee. You could do it in your sleep (in fact, some days, you probably do). But do you know how to clean a coffee maker? Keeping a clean coffee maker is just as important to the flavor as the right ratio of coffee beans to water. Although there are a few methods, the best way to clean a coffee maker is also the simplest. Here’s how to do it in less time than it takes to binge watch a few episodes on Netflix.

Why You Should Clean Your Coffee Maker

A dirty drip coffee maker will make your coffee taste bitter, burnt or stale. Not only that, but excess buildup on the coffee maker could result in germs and mold buildup over time. This commonly happens when you let old coffee and coffee grounds sit in the carafe and filter. Another reason to clean your coffee maker regularly is that a sludgy coffee maker will degrade quicker, meaning you’ll have to replace it or repair broken parts. The good news is, it’s easy to clean a drip coffee maker—and you can get yours sparkling clean with safe, eco-friendly ingredients and products you probably already have around your house.

How to Clean a Coffee Maker

It’s a good idea to clean your coffee maker after you’re done using it for the day—the process takes anywhere from one to two hours, and you don’t want to be doing this chore if you or a family member needs an immediate java fix. You could clean your machine during a time when you’re already in the kitchen, such as when you cook dinner. Here’s how to do it, according to Evan Spessard, associate manager of PR and marketing at Mr. Coffee.

What You Need to Clean a Coffee Maker

  • Distilled white vinegar (buy it: $2.69 at Target)
  • Coffee filters
  • Water
  • A clean rag (buy it: $4.99 for two microfiber cloths at Target)

Steps for Cleaning a Coffee Maker

  1. To clean your coffee maker, start by filling the carafe completely with a water and vinegar solution. Spessard says, “Ideally you should aim for a mixture of half white vinegar and half water.” He adds, “We recommend using white distilled vinegar when cleaning your coffee maker. The acetic acid in white vinegar actually helps remove calcium buildup and kill bacteria. You can also use apple-cider vinegar but the stronger taste may linger.”
  2. Let the solution sit in the carafe for a few minutes minutes to sanitize and gently remove any mineral buildup on the glass.
  3. Fit the coffee maker with a filter (either reusable or paper) and pour the water-vinegar solution into the reservoir. Turn the coffee maker on and brew half of the solution.
  4. Turn the coffee maker off and let the remaining solution sit in the reservoir and the carafe for 30 minutes. The heat of the coffee maker will boost the vinegar’s cleaning and sanitizing qualities.
  5. Turn the coffee maker back on and finish brewing the solution.
  6. Pour the solution down the kitchen sink and remove the filter. Clean the filter if it is reusable, or replace it with a new one if it is paper.
  7. Next, run your coffee maker with just water. Spessard says, “We recommend you run the coffee maker twice—full carafes—after cleaning with the vinegar mixture.”
  8. Finally, use a hot, damp rag to wipe away buildup and residue in the crevices of your coffee maker.

How Often Should You Clean Your Coffee Maker?

To avoid coffee stains and a bad odor from your coffee maker, wash the carafe and any removable parts shortly after every time you brew your daily coffee. Don’t let the grounds sit in the filter, and avoid keeping brewed coffee in the carafe for too long. It’s also a good idea to keep the lid to the reservoir open for an hour or so after you’ve cleaned the pot; this fights mildew and mold buildup. If you take these daily coffee maker maintenance steps, you can plan on doing the full vinegar-water solution clean once every couple of months—or whenever you notice your coffee tastes bitter.

What NOT to Do When Cleaning a Coffee Maker

The crucial thing to remember is to never use a commercial or toxic cleaning agent, like bleach, anywhere on your coffee maker. That’s why the vinegar-water solution is the best way to clean your coffee maker: It’s nontoxic, safe, cheap and readily available.

Don’t skip the water-only steps, either. If you brew coffee immediately after using the vinegar solution, your coffee will taste like vinegar!

If you’ve never cleaned your carafe and drip coffee maker, it’s definitely time to give it a try. This is the perfect easy and simple spring cleaning task to make you feel accomplished. Now that you know how to clean your coffee maker, you can put your new skills to the test.

How to clean a mr coffee

A Clean Coffee Maker is the Key to the Perfect Cup of Joe

Let’s be honest. A good cup of coffee in the morning is just what you need to start the morning off right. But you cannot just expect your everyday coffee maker to work seamlessly day in and day out, so it’s no surprise that your neglected coffee maker spits out poor tasting coffee.

The good news is that the loss of flavor from your coffee maker does not have to be permanent. In fact, a good cleaning may be all you need to restore the taste of your morning brew.

What is Happening to my Coffee?

Basically, mineral deposits from water and coffee residue will build up over time and impact both the flavor and the efficiency of the coffee pot. In addition, coffee pots are known havens for bacteria and mold, so drinking from an unclean coffee pot could potentially mean drinking mold!

Clearly, regularly cleaning your coffee maker is the smart thing to do. A great way to do this is to use a tried and true vinegar solution.

Cleaning the Coffee Maker

Follow this step by step instruction and your coffee maker will be brewing sweet smelling coffee in no time.

1) First, rinse what you can. Dump out old coffee and grounds, and rinse removable parts like the carafe. Make sure to remove the coffee filter and water filter if present.

2) Now, fill the water reservoir with a concoction of equal parts white vinegar and water. This will loosen and remove bacteria and mold buildup inside the machine.

3) Run it through a drip cycle and let the mixture sit in the carafe for a few moments. Then, for thorough cleaning, do it again.

4) Then, fill the water reservoir with clean water (no vinegar) and run the machine through a drip cycle twice. This will clean out any lingering vinegar in the machine.

5) If the outside of your coffee maker has seen better days, you should also take this time to wipe down the exterior with a lint-free cloth and hot soapy water.

6) Your coffee machine is now back in business, and ready to brew better tasting coffee for your enjoyment!

Maintaining that Sweet Morning Smell

Obviously rinsing what you can after each brew is the best way to maintain good tasting coffee in the long run. But if that takes too much time for you, we still recommend using a monthly schedule to clean your coffee machine. It is that important to maintain a clean machine because we want you to have a strong-tasting brew every morning.

Remember, cleaning your coffee pot is not just for aesthetic reasons. If waking up to a great tasting morning brew is important to you, then a clean coffee pot is just as important. Thus, cleaning the pot is investing in your future coffee enjoyment!

Thank you for reading this article and happy cleaning your coffee maker!

Your Shopping Cart

It appears that your cart is currently empty!

by Yaya Maria | Jul 20, 2020

If you’re wondering how much vinegar you need in order to clean a coffee maker, you’ve come to the right place.

You ready for this?

How to clean a mr coffee

I’ve got my vinegar – now what?

A peer-reviewed study found that exposing bacteria to a solution of water and vinegar for 30 minutes is sufficient to kill bacteria. That’s useful information if you’re looking to clean a coffee maker with vinegar.

So exactly how much vinegar should you use?

The study used a mixture of one part water to one part vinegar. So when you’re ready to clean your coffee maker, here’s what you do:

1. Take a half cup of water.

2. Measure a half cup of vinegar, and mix it with the water. (Choose an all-natural vinegar that doesn’t contain synthetic preservatives).

3. Pour the mixture into the water chamber of your coffee maker.

4. Start the cycle, but pause it as soon as the vinegar solution starts to trickle into the coffee pot.

5. Allow the mixture sit inside the coffee maker for 30 minutes.

6. After the 30 minutes are up, restart the cycle.

7. Discard the vinegar mix and run a cycle with clean water.

8. To remove any lingering odor, disassemble the coffee maker and wash the parts with natural dish soap and clean water.

Find out in this video:

9. Air dry and reassemble the parts.

If you’re just here to learn about how much vinegar to use to clean your coffee maker, that’s really all you need to know.

If, however, you might be tempted to learn about why vinegar is so darn effective, just keep reading.

Why clean a coffee maker with vinegar?

Vinegar has a low pH, and so is very acidic. Thanks to its acidity, vinegar has been proven to work great for killing common household bacteria such as E. coli, Staphylococcus aureus, and Candida albicans.

Another study showed that vinegar is effective at killing bacteria inside dish sponges, which are known for hosting more bacteria than any other item in most people’s homes.

Vinegar isn’t the only substance with great sanitizing power. Lots of different kinds of chemicals – including bleach – are also powerful at killing bacteria. What’s so special about vinegar?

The little problem with bleach (and many other chemical disinfectants) is that it’s toxic. It is far to easy to come away from a bleach-cleaning session with serious damage to your skin, lungs, or eyes.

Vinegar, by contrast, is non-toxic and totally safe!

Vinegar is also highly affordable, and you might already have some in your kitchen anyway.

That’s why vinegar is the perfect ingredient to clean your coffee maker with!

Now that you’re well-versed in the ways of vinegar, let’s unpack this scenario just a little bit more.

Why should you clean your coffee maker?

Doesn’t all that hot water mean that your coffee maker is self-cleaning?

There are two huuuge reason to clean your coffee maker regularly.

First, coffee gets stale. Stale coffee tastes bad.

When coffee residue sticks around inside your coffee maker, your delicious brew will absorb some of that funky taste, tainting the flavor of your coffee.

Second, bacteria thrive in moist, dark environments. The inside of your coffee maker is a moist, dark environment.

When scientists tested the insides of people’s coffee makers, they found up to 4.6 million colonies of bacteria and mold inside each machine.

So if you haven’t cleaned your coffee maker in a while, it might be time to do so.

Over to you

Now you know not just how much vinegar you need to clean a coffee maker.

You also know why that’s the way to go.

If you want to try different methods for cleaning a coffer maker, check out how to use baking soda as an alternative.

Also find out what cleaners you should never use inside a coffee maker.

If you’d like to learn how to use vinegar for sanitizing your dishes, we’ve got you covered right here.

( When you make a purchase from links in this post we might receive a small commission at no additional cost to you. )

Table of Contents

  • How to clean a mr coffeeAuthor: Melissa Collins
  • Updated: October 1, 2021

What You’ll Need

Stainless steel is a popular choice for kitchen appliances, including coffee makers . These coffee makers look great, but they do pose a cleaning problem. Hard water deposits and coffee stains can be difficult to remove with a standard wash.

  • Dish Soap
  • Baking Soda
  • Hydrogen Peroxide
  • White Vinegar
  • Ice
  • Brush
  • Denture Tablets

Stainless Steel Coffee Pot Cleaning

Cleaning a stainless steel coffee pot can be harder to clean than your average glass coffee pot . If your home has hard water, then the build-up of mineral deposits will also be a problem alongside the coffee stains. Luckily, with a few tricks and some elbow grease, you won’t have a problem getting them out.

It’s best to start with a standard scrub to get any unnecessary debris off of the carafe. When cleaning the inside, I use a dish scrubbing brush to help remove tough spots. You can use boiling water to help loosen any gunk on the inside. Let it sit in your coffee pot for about 30 minutes then clean.

Best Cleaners to Use

Cleaning a Stainless Steel Coffee Carafe with Vinegar

White vinegar is great for breaking down coffee stains and mineral deposits from hard water. If you combine a half a cup of vinegar with 1/8th a cup of salt and some ice , you won’t even have to scrub the pot.

Place the ice cubes into the pot before adding the salt and vinegar, then slowly swirl the mixture around. The ice and salt will do the scrubbing for you. Make sure you rinse it out after so your coffee doesn’t taste like vinegar.

Cleaning a Stainless Steel Coffee Carafe with Denture Tablets

Denture tablets are designed to clean food off of dentures, and that makes them great to use on kitchenware and safe. Fill your stainless steel coffee pot about halfway with warm water and then pop a denture tablet or two into it. Let this sit until the water stops fizzing, give it a scrub, and then rinse it out.

Cleaning Tips

The reaction between baking soda and hydrogen peroxide is great at cleaning burned on coffee stains off of stainless steel. Mix a full cup of baking soda i nto your coffee pot with water. Try scrubbing it and then pour it out. The hydrogen peroxide is for the really tough spots.

Mix a half a cup of it with three tablespoons of baking soda and swirl it around, then leave it for half an hour. Make sure you rinse it out well after you have removed the stains.

Summary

Stainless steel coffee pots look great in a kitchen, but they do take some extra care. If you don’t keep your coffee carafe clean, it will eventually rust and will be ruined.

There are tons of ways you can accomplish this, and we have only provided a few of them here. Keep your co ffee pot clean, so you won’t miss a single morning with your cup of coffee .

Share This Article

Sources

Made with love in the USA. © 2021 West Winds LLC. All rights Reserved.

PerfectBrew, Perfect Brew, Perfect Brew Coffee, and Perfect Coffee are trademark of West Winds LLC.

You’ll serve up a fresher pot of coffee tomorrow morning if you take some time today and follow these easy instructions to give your coffeemaker a good cleaning. Trust us—you’ll thank yourself later.

By Caylin Harris and Jennifer Noonan | Updated Dec 29, 2020 5:07 PM

How to clean a mr coffee How to clean a mr coffee How to clean a mr coffee How to clean a mr coffee

How to clean a mr coffee

Bleary-eyed fumbling for that first cup of joe can lead to spills, yet despite this repeated abuse during the morning rush, your coffeemaker may be one of your most neglected kitchen tools. Sometimes it’s those appliances that we use every single day that accumulate the most dirt and germs—and the least TLC. Think back now: When was the last time you gave your coffeepot a thorough cleaning? The worst part is, this isn’t just about aesthetics: The mineral and coffee oil buildup in your appliance can actually be making your java taste terribly bitter—and that’s no way to start your day. To brew a fresh cuppa that you and your family can enjoy, follow these simple steps that will get your coffeemaker back into pristine condition.

How to clean a mr coffee

Step 1

First, fill your coffeemaker’s water chamber with equal parts water and white vinegar, then start the brew cycle.

Step 2

Halfway through the brew cycle, turn off the coffeemaker and let it sit for 30 minutes. This wait time will give the vinegar a chance to do its job, which is cleaning and disinfecting the insides of the appliance. When the time is up, turn the coffeemaker back on and let it complete its cycle. Let it cool.

Step 3

Pour cool water into the water chamber and run the machine again without stopping. Let it cool. Repeat two or three cycles of clean water to make sure all the vinegar is removed—that can taste more bitter than the burnt-on coffee oils.

Step 4

Once the carafe and machine have cooled, wash the inside and outside of the carafe with warm water and dishwashing liquid using a dish sponge. Next, turn back to the countertop appliance and thoroughly wipe down the entire outside, paying extra attention to crevices and buttons. Now’s the time to clean off any last sticky spot that might be left over from a morning spill.

Step 5

Dry both the machine and carafe thoroughly with a soft towel, then fill the water reservoir again—because all that work deserves a fresh brew!

Clean water and a clean coffee maker are essential to a successful home brewing experience. Here’s how to clean a coffee maker so you can enjoy the freshest tasting coffee possible at home!

How to clean a mr coffee Even though I know how to clean a coffee maker doesn’t mean I always practice what I preach. You see, there’s something I need to address here. Something rather shameful.

You see, I ran a branch of a certain super popular coffee shop for about 9 years. During that time, I was super-insistent on really high cleanliness and organization standards at all times. I went to other stores to help them improve their own cleanliness. In fact, one of the people that I hired and trained went on to the national Barista championships (yes that’s a thing) and got the top marks in the country for cleanliness and organization. So I know about this stuff.

But my own coffee maker at home? I bought this one about 4 years ago and have not really “cleaned” it since.

How to clean a mr coffee

For real. Shameful.

How to clean a mr coffee

I rinse it out and all if I really need to.

How to clean a mr coffee

But that’s about it.

So today I’m cleaning this thing out and I’m taking you along with me!

How to Clean a Coffee Maker

The first thing you need to clean out is the “inside” part. A lot of people have a problem with scale build up in their machines. You can buy fancy descaling powders, but the first thing I’ve always recommended to try is vinegar and water. That should really take care of the cleaning and the descaling for you in most instances.

I’m going to let you in on a little secret though. You really shouldn’t have any scale build up at all. I don’t in my machine and here’s why: Coffee is 98% water. The water that you use to make your coffee matters. We’re on well water here so we have one of those dispensers with the big blue bottle of filtered water and that’s what I use to make my coffee. If you’re wondering why your coffee at home tastes so different from the coffee at your favorite coffee house, first clean your machine, but the next main thing you should do is change to using filtered water. There are other factors of course, but try those first.

So let’s clean this thing out!

How to clean a mr coffee

Start with a mixture of about 2/3 water to 1/3 vinegar.

How to clean a mr coffee

Pour it in the top where you usually put the water.

Let that sit for about five minutes and then turn your machine on and let it run through the brew cycle. Once the water has come out the bottom into the carafe, turn the machine off and let everything cool down completely.

How to clean a mr coffee

Here’s what came out of my machine! Fun!

You can run through this cycle 1 or 2 more times and then brew a cycle with just water. Don’t worry about any remaining vinegar after-smells. They’ll dissipate quickly and will actually remove the stale coffee smells from the inner workings of your machine as well!

How to clean a mr coffee

Open up the compartment where you put the filter and grinds in and clean any removable parts in hot soapy water.

How to clean a mr coffee

If you’ve got any staining or build up on your carafe, a little sprinkling of baking soda should make that pretty easy to scrub out and further help remove any stale coffee flavors.

If you (or I) complete this cycle about every 2-4 weeks, everything should stay in good working order and your coffee should keep tasting great.

Keep it Clean

There are also a couple of spots that can really affect coffee flavor that you should wipe down every week or so.

How to clean a mr coffee

Just use a clean damp cloth to wipe the spray heads that sprinkle the water onto the coffee grinds….

How to clean a mr coffee

Now all you need to do is polish up the outside and make everything look pretty!

It doesn’t hurt to take care of any situations like this as well:

How to clean a mr coffee

Hey, I told you it was shameful! The good news is that it’s not anymore!

Thanks for coming along with me on this coffee maker cleaning adventure, now you know how to clean a coffee maker! It definitely makes such a difference so I plan on keeping up with this from here on out!

Table of Contents

Like most household appliances, coffee makers need to be cleaned from time to time. Assuming you spent a good amount of money on your coffee maker, don’t you want to keep it running smoothly? Even more importantly, don’t you want it to continue making great coffee for years to come?

Right. Well that’s why you need to keep your coffee maker’s innards clean as a whistle.

Please note: this article is for informational purposes only. DO NOT follow any of the instructions below without first checking with your coffee maker’s manufacturer to make sure the methods described below will not damage your unit.

Why is a clean coffee maker important?

Because we want our coffee makers to continue working as they should! With a functional coffee maker comes great tasting coffee. So ultimately, this means that we want to continue to make good coffee for as long of a time period as possible.

How do I know my coffee maker needs to be cleaned?

Is your coffee tasting a bit more bitter than usual? This is usually an indication that your coffee maker needs cleaning.

If you aren’t really noticing much of a difference in the way your coffee tastes, it is probably best to clean it once a month if you can.

You may even be lucky enough to own a machine that tells you when it’s time to clean. If that’s the case, just take your coffee maker’s word for it.

Cleaning your auto drip coffee maker: step by step

What you will need

  • White vinegar
  • Some paper coffee filters (if your machine uses them)
  • Water

Step 1: Brew some vinegar

With an empty pot, coffee filter, and water reservoir, fill a pot’s worth of vinegar into your coffee maker’s reservoir, and start brewing as you normally would.

Once your coffee pot is full of hot vinegar, pour that down your drain.

Step 2: Brew some water

After you have poured the vinegar out, refill your reservoir with a pot-full of water.

Brew the water, pour it out, and then repeat one more time.

Step 3: Start brewing coffee again

Yep, that’s it! Your coffee maker should now be delivering like it always did.

No more bitter coffee…at least for a month. Remember to clean your coffee maker next time and you will be making great-tasting coffee for years to come.

Alternative option: Cafiza

I no longer use white vinegar because my auto drip coffee maker specifically says not to use it. Instead, I like to use Cafiza to de-funk my coffee maker. It’s made by Urnex, and I highly recommend it as an alternative to white vinegar.

How do you clean your coffee maker?

Do you follow steps similar to these when cleaning your coffee maker? Disagree with any of the above? Please share in the comments below!

Lifestyle Editor, HuffPost

How to clean a mr coffee

We love nothing more than a good cup of coffee. But a good cup of mold? Not so energizing.

A 2011 study from NSF International found that about half of coffee makers (we’re talking the classic, basket-and-carafe kind here) had yeast and mold growing in their reservoirs. About one in ten were home to coliform bacteria. On average, home coffee reservoirs also had higher germ counts than both bathroom door handles and toilet seats.

And while the study tested only 22 households, germ specialist Kelly Reynolds said she doesn’t doubt the results.

“(Coffee makers) are certainly a moist environment where mold and bacteria are known to grow in high numbers,” said Reynolds, who studies household germs at the University of Arizona. “Our bodies can deal with them, but at some point they’ll grow to levels high enough to cause sickness.”

And contrary to what you may believe, hot water isn’t enough to get this gunk out. (The advice about running coffee through to disinfect? Not entirely accurate, either.)

We asked Carolyn Forté, director of the Home Appliances and Cleaning Products Lab at the Good Housekeeping Research Institute, about the most effective way to clean your coffee maker. The magic ingredient turns out to be vinegar, which (in addition to sanitizing) “decalcifies,” or removes the mineral buildup from tap water.

If you have a classic coffee maker, Forté says to give it a gentle cleaning every day and to decalcify it depending on how hard the water is where you live.

“The carafe, lid and filter basket should be cleaned daily with warm, sudsy water,” Forté told The Huffington Post via email. “A coffee maker that’s used daily should be decalcified about once per month in hard water areas and every two to three months in soft water areas.”

Similar rules apply for “pod-based machines” like Keurigs — debris can clog their many nooks and crannies, so they also benefit from a vinegar run-through every few months, Forté says.

It really depends on how often you use your coffee maker and for how long it lies dormant. Because mold spores love to grow in nice, moist, quiet environments. or, say, a coffee maker you’ve left unwashed on your counter over the weekend.

No matter how often you use them, these decalcifying steps (outlined here for classic coffee makers) are the key to better-tasting coffee. And we could all go for some of that.

  1. Fill the coffee maker’s water chamber with equal parts white vinegar and water. Using a paper filter, allow to brew until half the chamber is empty.

Turn the coffee maker off and let it sit for 30 minutes, then finish brewing.

Rinse the machine by using a new paper filter to brew a pot of clear water. Do this twice.

Fill the carafe with warm, sudsy water and some rice as a gentle abrasive. Swirl the mixture in the pot, then use a scrubber sponge to remove any gunk. Rinse and dry.

Voila! Delicious, germ-free coffee!

If you’re looking for a fresh start with a sparkling clean machine, check out some of Good Housekeeping’s favorite new coffee makers, from single-cups to big-time brewers.

How to clean a mr coffee

How to clean a mr coffee

A guide: how to clean your coffee grinder properly

Is it worth mentioning that if you don’t clean your coffee grinder often, it would add bits and pieces of old, stale coffee to your fresh coffee? That much is obvious, and that would do something awful to the taste of your brew.

In the best case scenario, you’d wonder why your coffee tastes a little different from the one you had at the cafe even though it was the same coffee beans

That is all down to the accumulation of chaff, oils and other random stuff that are stuck in the grinder. The longer you leave them there, the more it builds up and mucks up your brew.

So cleaning your coffee grinder is something you should undertake from time to time. But that begs the question of frequency. People don’t have the time to do this often. Some barely know it is an essential task until their coffee starts tasting pretty awful.

How often do you have to clean your coffee grinder?

The smart move is to do some light cleaning once every other week. Then set aside one day in a month to do some deep cleaning and maintenance.

How to clean a mr coffee

However, there is room for flexibility here. The size of the grinder and how often it is used play a significant role in how regularly it should be cleaned. Obviously, if you use it daily, there would be a faster accumulation of dust, oils, chaffs and other residues.

Generally, you should take note of the following as a guide to when to clean your grinder:

If the grinder shows signs of slowing down, it is probably time to clean it. Accumulated oils and residues lead to decreased performance of grinders

And, as already mentioned, if you don’t like how your coffee tastes, your taste buds are telling you that cleaning the grinder would fix the issue. Even the coffee guru Will Corby, Head of Coffee at Pact, in an interview given to the Business Insider, has said “You’ve got to keep it clean,”, you must take him seriously.

How to clean your Coffee Grinder Properly

For this guide, we are assuming you have a burr grinder. Come on, if you want to be taken seriously as a barista or an aspiring coffee aficionado, you need to get one.

No disrespect to blade grinders, but it is not the coffee equipment you need.

Now, you might be thinking hot water and towels would do just fine. But that is begging for some terrible things to happen to your grinder.

The most important thing here is that moisture and water would introduce rust to the grinder. From that point on, it is only a matter of time before you’d need to get a new grinder.

How to clean a mr coffee

So let’s get you started on how to clean a coffee grinder!

Things you would need

  • Grinder brush: they are sold everywhere; even a toothbrush would work
  • Toothpick
  • Dry, clean microfiber cloth
  • Vacuum cleaner or canned compressed air (both optional)
  • Grinder cleaner pellets
  • About 20 grams of coffee beans

Instructions on how to clean your coffee grinder

  1. Unplug your grinder
  2. Remove the hopper. This shouldn’t be hard. You can wash it very well with soap and water to remove accumulated oils. Keep it aside to dry. Make sure it is completely dry before attaching it back to your grinder.
  3. Remove the upper burr. In most models, gently twisting and then lifting is all that is required to remove it. Many grinders include instruction manual showing how to detach the burr.

You don’t have to remove the lower burr as it is much harder.

  1. Use your brush to clean both burrs of all the particles, dust and oils you see. You should clean any part of the machine you can see, and the brush can reach.

If the brush can’t get into some crevices, use a toothpick or a thin wire to reach those parts.

  1. To clean deeper, give the burrs a run over with air from the hose attachment of the vacuum cleaner. That should remove the smallest bits the brush and toothpick missed.
  2. Reassemble the coffee grinder
  3. Run the grinder cleaner pellets through the grinder. This would further clean out any remaining coffee grounds and most importantly, soak up all the oils in the burrs.

There are many grinder cleaner pellets like Urnez Grindz Capresso’s CleanGrind Grinder Cleaner you could order online or purchase in malls near you.

Some DIYs suggest the use of rice. This is a cheap option, and it is easily accessible. But the jury is still out on the effectiveness of rice as a grinder cleaner. Some claim rice damages the burrs and leave lots of fat residues depending on the type of rice.

To be on the safe side, stick to the specially made pellets

Using the grinder cleaner pellets – how many pellets you use depends on the size of the machine. For a medium-sized home grinder, about 40g of the stuff would do. Simply run it through the grinder like you are grinding coffee beans.

Note that the pellets are made from food grade material and are completely safe. So don’t be afraid about the residues getting into your coffee. Dump the ground pellets in the trash bin.

  1. Now run fresh coffee beans through your grinder. This is simply to remove any lingering flavor the pellets might have left behind that you wouldn’t want to taste in your brew.
  2. You are done.

So there you have it!

A few simple steps about how to clean your coffee grinder: if you did it correctly, it should get your grinder working like new again.

And that funny taste you’d noticed in your coffee recently should disappear completely.

The guide above might sound like a lot at first, but after a few trials, you should be able to nail it in about half an hour tops. Optimally, it shouldn’t take more than 10 minutes to clean your coffee grinder very well.

P.S. Here is a short (approx.3min) video from Whole Latte Love in case you want some visuals on how to clean a coffee grinder, it also adds an additional explanation on how to calibrate it. Enjoy!

by Selmir Omic

If, coffee aficionado that you are, you have purchased a good coffee grinder to be able to then brew the most delicious cuppa-joe, cappuccinos, and / or espressos, then you will want to keep your top-of-the-line machine in good working order.

Cleaning your burr grinder insures that black gold flowing continues to taste as great as it did when you poured that first fragrant cup.

Although some owners have reported going 3 years before having to clean their burr grinders, we recommend cleaning your grinder much more often.

This is because, although your burr coffee grinder may continue to grind your beans effectively, the buildup of coffee dust and oil can change – and even ruin! – the taste of your coffee.

Removing the dust or debris in the grinder will go a long way to keeping it working optimally, and should be done on a regular basis.

How to clean a mr coffeeBurr Grinder Cleaning

It is extremely important to NOT use water to clean your burr grinder. Or to get any moisture at all inside the machine.

As most burr grinders are made with metal parts, getting them wet could lead to corrosion.

You may want to consult your burr grinder manual for the best way to remove any parts that are covering the burrs.

We’ll show you a few different grinders specifically and how they’re cleaned, and you will see how different burr grinders require different techniques to clean them.

Let’s take a look at how to clean a Capresso Infinity burr grinder in the video below.

As you can see, its not too difficult to clean your burr grinder, especially if its a smaller one like the Capresso Infinity.

What’s required is a good cleaning brush to get into all those nooks and crannies.

We recommend the Brushtech coffee grinder cleaning brush, which is inexpensive but effective.

With a grinder that is slightly larger, you you might want to use some Grindz tablets, as we see here in the cleaning of this Baratza Encore below.

A capful of these tablets once in a while, plus a good cleaning brush and maybe a vacuum with do the trick.

Now, of course these are just two out of many different grinders, but we must say that the approach is going to be somewhat similar for all burr grinders, although some are trickier to take apart and usually this is referring to the more expensive commercial grinders on the market, which are larger and have more nuts and bolts, so to speak.

*Important! Always remember to unplug your grinder before using some of these cleaning methods

How Often Should I Clean My Burr Grinder?

Now that you know how to clean your burr grinder, knowing how often it should be cleaned will depend on various considerations.

How to clean a mr coffee MACAP M4 Stepless Adjustment Espresso Grinder 1

How big and how much you use your grinder is probably the biggest factor in how often your burr grinder should be cleaned. More coffee, more dust and oil.

If your grinder begins to perform slower than when first purchased, a decrease in power can often be caused by oil and residue build-up.

If your burr grinder is being used to grind espresso style and French roast beans, oil residue will build up quicker.

If your coffee begins to taste ‘off’. Oil residue left in the burr grinder will begin to spoil and can percolate into future brews.

Someone (not saying who) used the burr grinder for flavored coffee which was not intended or wanted.

The general rule of thumb is to do a light, quick, cleaning once a week; with a deep cleaning once a month.

How To Clean A Burr Grinder Using Rice

Although many coffee lovers have often, and successfully, used rice to clean their grinders, be warned!

Some manufactures believe that using salt can cause mechanical damage, and they will not honor a warranty for machines that have been cleaned using this method.

That said, this is what you do if you want to live on the edge.

Run 1/2 cup of uncooked rice through your grinder. The resulting grind should look like salt and pepper.

Keep adding rice until the grounds are all white and there is no dark residue remaining.

Follow this by grinding coffee beans until no white residue remains.

MORE RELATED VIDEOS

For anything not mentioned here in our article, these videos should provide a few additional helpful tips on how to clean your burr coffee grinder.


Thanks for reading! We hope this post helped. Click our logo below to return to our Home Page.

How to clean a mr coffee How to clean a mr coffee How to clean a mr coffee How to clean a mr coffee

About Selmir Omic

Selmir Omic is KYG’s cannabis lifestyle writer. He currently resides in San Francisco and can often be found enjoying design-forward cannabis accessories, candles and seltzer simultaneously. When he’s not writing about pot or waxing poetic about vape pens, Selmir can be counted on to offer sage advice about the best strains for anxiety or how to make cannabutter without a stovetop.

This post may contain affiliate links that do not change your price but share a small commission. I only recommend products I have personally used.

How to clean a mr coffee

Your coffee maker probably isn’t as clean as you think. A public health study found coffee maker reservoirs are among the germiest places in homes. Here’s how to clean it with or without vinegar.

How to clean a mr coffee

Why You Need to Clean Your Coffee Maker

Sure, coffee makers are kitchen champs that heroically brew our morning jolts of caffeine. But they’re also warm, damp environments. Know what likes growing in such conditions? Nasty stuff, which is why your coffee maker might be full of mold.

On top of that, coffee machines accumulate mineral buildup. That’s because most water contains calcium, magnesium, and sodium minerals. Although good for our bodies, these minerals can leave a residue that ruins your machine and your morning cup.

Signs You Need to Clean Yours

Wonder if you need to clean your coffee maker? There are definite signs that it’s time to do so. Here are a few.

  • Your regular coffee tastes odd.
  • It takes longer to brew a pot than it used to.
  • Your coffee maker makes noises but doesn’t brew.
  • Your coffee maker is louder than usual.
  • Your coffee maker spews coffee everywhere.

Keurig Users

How to Clean Your Coffee Maker with Vinegar

1. Dump the old coffee and any grounds in the basket. Return the basket and pot to place.

2. Fill the reservoir with 1/2 hot water and 1/2 white vinegar. Together, these loosen and remove limescale and other mineral buildups inside your coffee maker.

3. Run the machine like you would if you were making coffee. When the cycle is complete, pour the hot vinegar water back into the reservoir and run another cycle.

4. Once the second cycle ends, empty the pot and wash it in hot, soapy water.

5. Wash the basket in hot, soapy water, too. Use an old toothbrush if necessary to thoroughly remove any coffee residue from the basket’s crevices.

6. Fill the reservoir with clean, cold water, run another cycle, and dump the pot. Repeat this twice more to ensure all the vinegar is out of the machine. (On the last run-through, add a pinch of baking soda to the empty pot. Baking soda reacts with vinegar by fizzing — if there’s no fizz, you know the vinegar is completely gone.)

7. Remove water spots from the machine’s exterior using a lint-free cloth. Dip it into vinegar, scrub any stubborn spots, and then wipe with plain water. Buff it dry with a lint-free cloth.

8. Rewash the coffee pot and basket by hand with hot, soapy water or in the top rack of your dishwasher. Let the parts completely dry before putting them back into your machine.

How to Clean Your Coffee Maker Without Vinegar

If you’re out of vinegar or would rather not use it, here are some vinegar-free ways to clean your coffee maker.

Using lemon juice: Add 1/2 cup fresh or bottled lemon juice to the water reservoir then fill the rest with hot water before proceeding with steps 3-8.

Using baking soda: Add 1/4 cup of plain baking soda to your coffee maker’s reservoir, then fill it with hot water. Follow steps 3-8 to finish cleaning your coffee maker.

How to clean a mr coffee

Ready to love your home again?

Using borax: Powdered borax can decalcify and clean your coffee maker. Add 2 tablespoons of borax to your coffee machine’s reservoir, then fill it with hot water. Follow steps 3-8 to finish cleaning. You can find borax in the laundry section of most supermarkets or online. (20 Mule Team is one brand.)

Using hydrogen peroxide: Plain 3% hydrogen peroxide, the kind you get in a brown bottle in the first aid section, can also clean your coffee maker without using vinegar. To do this, add 1 cup to your machine’s reservoir, then fill the rest with hot water. Follow steps 3-8 to finish cleaning.

How Often Should You Clean Your Coffee Maker?

If you want to keep your coffee maker working like new and producing the best-tasting coffee, clean it on schedule.

Daily: Wash the removable parts (the pot, lid, and filter basket) after each use. To remove the oily coffee residue, use hot, soapy water. Use a baby bottle brush if you can’t get your hand into the pot to scrub it. Sprinkle salt or baking soda inside if you need added scrubbing power. Or, put them on the top rack of your dishwasher.

Monthly: To keep your coffee maker in the best condition, clean it monthly using one of these methods. It’s best to do this on schedule, even if your machine has a light or button that reminds you to clean it. Those reminders are notorious for not working after a year or so, even though there’s plenty of life left in the machine if you keep its pump free of mineral buildup.

How to Clean A Dirty Coffee Pot

If your coffee pot begins to grow a dark brown film, or you forget about it, and the bottom scorches, it’s not hard to clean it.

Use lemon and salt: Fill the pot with water and dump it. Then sprinkle enough coarse salt (Epsom, Kosher, or even rock salt) on the bottom to cover the mess. Cut a lemon in half, use the cut side to scour the mess, and then wash it in hot, soapy water.

Or a detergent tablet: If you’d rather take a hands-off approach, pop a dishwasher tablet into the pot and fill it with boiling water. Wait an hour, dump the mess, and rinse it until you don’t see suds.

Not only will cleaning your coffee maker help it work better, but it will also make for a much better-tasting brew. Enjoy!

How to clean a mr coffee

Join my Daily Small Wins Cleaning Series

This free series focuses on small, actionable cleaning tasks that leave you feeling accomplished in just a few minutes each day. They’re the “secret sauce” to taking your home from tidy to truly clean — or rediscovering your cleaning motivation if you’ve lost it under all that clutter.

How to clean a mr coffee

How to clean a mr coffee

If the transition from summer to fall has you getting the house in order to settle in for a cozy season, here’s a fun hack for descaling your coffee maker: Experts are suggesting you can drop a common toiletry product inside your coffee pot to remove buildup and brew the freshest cup. (This might be even better than running vinegar through your machine!)

Read up on this simple trick to clean your coffee maker for the most delicious brew. Also, check out: There’s a National Shortage of This Coffee Essential.

Minerals accumulate in your coffee pot.

You’re probably aware that in many areas, the water you run through your coffee maker contains minerals, like calcium and magnesium, that build up over time. All this can affect both how fast your coffee machine allows water to trickle through, and, of course, the taste of your coffee.

An alternative to vinegar.

A common solution for descaling coffee makers has been to run vinegar through the machine (minus any coffee in the filter basket, of course), followed by a couple pots of water to clear away the vinegar’s pungency. 6254a4d1642c605c54bf1cab17d50f1e

However, your coffee maker-descaling routine just got even simpler. This week, the “ProblemSolved” section of USA Today shared that you can use a denture-cleaning tablet to clean your coffee machine!

Here’s how to clean your coffee machine using a denture tablet.

It’s so simple. They suggest you fill the reservoir with water, drop one or two denture tabs inside, let that fizz until the tablet dissolves, and run that water through the machine.

Then, dump it and run clean water through the reservoir once or maybe twice, just to make sure the denture solution is fully rinsed away.

How does denture cleaner clean a coffee pot?

It’s science! As dental surgeon Lee Gouse, DDS, explained (via Cooking Light), denture tablets are made of ingredients like sodium bicarbonate (also known as baking soda).

In reaction to water, these chemical compounds become “micro-scrubbing” tools that eliminate mineral deposits, Gouse said.

Best of all? This method can be used for your single-cup maker, as well as for a full-sized pot. (One heads-up for single-cup coffee fans: Read One Major Side Effect of Using Coffee Pods, New Study Says.)

A good cup of coffee is affected by many factors, one of which is the cleanliness of your coffee machine. Any built-up oils and grime can taint the flavour of your home brew, and leave your coffee tasting bitter. So, if you want great coffee, you’ve got to do the dirty work and make sure your machine is clean at all times.

There are three main types of espresso coffee machines – manual, capsule/pod and automatic – meaning there will be some parts that exist on some models and others that don’t (fewer components to clean, woohoo!). With some coffee machines costing $5,000 or more, it’s in your interest to keep it clean and working for as long as possible.

How to clean a coffee machine

You’ll need to segment your cleaning priorities for the coffee machine across every day, weekly, monthly and annual cleans. There are smaller cleans that’ll need to happen if you’re using your machine every day, and bigger cleans to do every month.

Split your time up like this so you don’t end up using up all your time doing long cleans every day, while you’re also getting the best quality coffee your machine can brew. If you’re confused about any of the terminology we use, we’ve included a glossary further down the page.

Daily coffee machine maintenance

Anything that is used in the process of producing espresso coffee should be wiped frequently to remove grinds and oils that are left behind. It’s recommended that if you have an automatic machine, clean it every day and rinse it after each drink.

  • Basic removable wash: wash any removable parts
  • Outside clean: wipe down the outside of the machine with a soft damp cloth
  • Drip tray rinse: empty the drip tray and wipe it down
  • Milk frothing wand: wipe down and purge the milk frothing wand
  • Filter basket clean: remove the filter basket from the portafilter and wipe it with a clean cloth
  • Manual machine portafilters: for manual machines, remove any traces of coffee from the portafilters and rinse thoroughly.

Weekly coffee machine maintenance

Your machine should be cleaned more thoroughly at least once a week (or fortnight if you don’t use it every day) with a cleaner. Regular cleans like this will support the flavour of your coffee every day, and make your monthly clean easier.

  • Clean each component: thoroughly clean the housing, water tank and drip tray with a wet cloth when required. Never use solvents or abrasives on the outer machine surface. With some coffee machines, the spout outlet can also be removed for ease of washing
  • For pod-style machines: empty the used pod receptacle by sliding the container out. Never put your hands into the capsule shaft
  • For manual-style machines: empty your knockbox, which is the part that collects used grounds from the portafilter.

Monthly coffee machine maintenance

On a monthly occasion, it’s recommended to clean the internal parts of your coffee machine by following a process called ‘backflushing’:

  • Backflush: requires you to run a cleaning cycle (if your machine has one) or backflush (for three-way-valve systems) using a coffee machine cleaner. This will help to remove any oils and grime built up in the internal piping of the group heads. Follow up with a rinse cycle (if available) as coffee cleaners are typically quite strong and you don’t want to be left with residue inside
  • Cleaning portafilters: for manual machines, clean the portafilters by removing any traces of coffee and soaking each component (including the filter basket and shower screen) in a bucket of cleaning solution, then rinsing off with water. After, wipe out the filter basket with a clean cloth
  • Cleaning shower screens: depending on your unit, the group head shower screens may be secured by a screw, which you’ll need to remove to clean away any grime build up. You can use a toothbrush to help remove any coffee grounds. The group head’s rubber seals should also be wiped with a cloth to remove ground coffee build-up.

The video below demonstrates this particular step in detail:

Annual coffee machine maintenance

Every year you should dedicate some time to a much deeper coffee machine clean. Here are the things you should do:

  • Descaling: descale the coffee machine (by following your manual)
  • Deep clean: soak the group head, shower screen and portafilter in coffee machine cleaner solution
  • On-board hopper clean: clean the on-board hopper with a damp cloth
  • For stainless steel machines: if your coffee machine has a stainless steel design, you can use metal polish to finish
  • Coffee grinder cleaning: if your machine features a coffee grinder, brush grounds from around burrs.

Coffee machine terminology

If you’re confused about any coffee machine lingo, here are some coffee machine parts you need to know about:

  • Portafilter: a filter-basket with a handle that holds the coffee grounds and locks into the group head
  • Group head: the permanent metal attachment at the front of the machine to which the portafilter attaches. It transports hot water out of the machine into the portafilter’s filter basket.
  • Shower screen: sits inside the group head and disperses the water to ensure it spreads evenly over the filter basket, which is holding the coffee grounds
  • Knockbox: the container (plastic or metal) with a rubber bar across the middle that collects used grounds from the portafilter.
  • On-board hopper: the container that holds your coffee beans until you’re ready to grind them.

FAQs about cleaning a coffee machine

How do I a coffee pod machine

Coffee pod machines are a bit easier to clean and maintain than manual machines – simply run two cycles with clean water, and thoroughly wipe down your coffee maker for any excess coffee and staining. Clean any removable parts thoroughly by handwashing them, and empty the used pod receptacle regularly.

Wipe over the critical (and non-critical) parts of your coffee machine with a damp cloth. You should also follow your manufacturer’s advice on descaling, as specified in the manual of the coffee machine.

Can I clean coffee machine parts in the dishwasher?

Most brands don’t recommend that you clean removable parts in the dishwasher as it can decrease the lifespan of the components. Instead, handwash each part or soak it in coffee cleaner solution.

What do I do if my used coffee pod receptacle is jammed?

In this situation, coffee machine manufacturers recommend trying to loosen the container by shaking it lightly. Don’t put excessive force onto the lever or handle to avoid damaging the machine.

We hope you’ve found this guide helpful and will make the recommended steps above part of your coffee making routine. Keeping your coffee machine in tip-top shape could help enhance your coffee results, so you can enjoy a great cup of coffee every time.

Descaling. It’s a peculiar sounding word to say the least. Yet, if you are among the 27% of daily coffee drinkers in the U.S. who brew their cups of joe one at a time, descaling is a word you need to know and understand. The good news is that it’s not nearly as scary as it sounds. It’s good for you in fact as descaling is the process used to keep your single-serve coffee machine squeaky clean.

Why and when to descale

Just as you wouldn’t cook in a dirty pot, or eat from a soiled spoon, you shouldn’t drink coffee made from a machine that’s less than clean. And since submerging your machine in a sink full of hot, soapy water isn’t an option, we descale it instead to get rid of dirt and deposits that can build up over time.

While there are some tried and true methods of descaling, it’s always best to consult the directions that came with your machine when you purchased it. If, like so many of us, you were so anxious to get your coffee maker out of the box and brewing that you have no idea what you did with the directions, don’t despair. Most manufacturers now post them online.

The most common method of descaling calls for using a white vinegar and water solution. Simply brew up a few cups of vinegar water (sans the coffee pod) and then rinse repeatedly with water. That means, rinse, rinse, and rinse again to get rid of any lingering vinegar taste. Most machine manufacturers recommend descaling every three-to-six months.

What to do when vinegar won’t work

There are some single-serve machines, usually the commercial kind, that cannot be descaled with vinegar. That’s due to the type and location of the machine’s water reservoir. If yours is one of those, you will want to consult your machine’s directions for an alternative. There are several solutions, some all natural, on the market that will work.

Daily cleaning tips

While you only need to deep clean your machine a few times each year, the National Coffee Association of America suggests the following tips for ongoing maintenance:

  1. Use a coffee pod only once
  2. Use filtered water when brewing to reduce hard water deposits
  3. Empty and refill water reservoir daily
  4. Let your machine “air out” by leaving the lid off
  5. Replace the filter according to manufacturer recommendations
  6. Wipe down the outside of your machine, as well as the surface it sits on to prevent dust from settling inside

All that’s left now is to brew up your favorites and enjoy. For information on the single-serve varieties and flavors that are part of the Grande Kaffe Collection, click here. You can now order online and we’ll deliver the next day – direct to your door. A singular sensation, indeed.

How to clean a mr coffee

Table of Contents

Anybody who has ever used a French Press coffee maker is already too familiar with the arduous task of cleaning the thing. A big clump of wet coffee grounds at the bottom of a cylinder that my hand is too fat to fit in is a mess waiting to happen.

Why don’t I just rinse the grounds down the garbage disposal? Well, I would, but apparently, that is a faux pas, as it may clog my garbage disposal/sink. Otherwise, believe me, I would do that.

There is also more to cleaning a French Press than simply emptying out the used coffee grounds. Like any coffee maker out there, you need to give a thorough cleaning from time to time to prevent bitter, bad-tasting coffee from brewing on a consistent basis. So let’s outline the steps to cleaning a French Press below.

  1. Remove Used Grounds
  2. Disassemble and Soak
  3. Scrub
  4. Dry

In the following sections, I will illustrate how you can properly clean a french press, and also how to make this chore easier. So read on!

What Do You Need To Properly Clean a French Press?

  • A nonmetal spatula: for scrape out the spent ground
  • A mesh sink strainer: if you are lazy to scoop out the used grounds
  • Dish soap: To remove the oil in the vessel
  • Water: obvious you are going to need water.
  • Sponge and/or bottle brush
  • Baking soda (optional): if you want your french press to be extra clean.

How to Clean a French Press: Step by Step

1. Remove Used Grounds

Ok, I realize this may be an obvious step, but for many people, the best way to remove coffee grounds from a French Press isn’t so obvious.

Since we now know that grounds shouldn’t go in your sink or garbage disposal, the best place to dispose of them is a good old-fashioned garbage can. If you want to be really politically correct, toss them into a compost bin.

If you can’t get all of the grounds out by simply tapping the bottom of your French Press, you should use a long spoon, spatula, or brush to scoop out the remainder. By the way, a little bit of ground coffee won’t hurt your sink…so feel free to wash any remaining coffee grounds down the sink.

If this still sounds like an awful process to you, consider purchasing the Tambaroo (make sure you get the right size). It is a cool little device that you can place at the bottom of your french press to catch used grounds and easily dispose of them afterward. Check it out below:

How to remove coffee grounds from a french press even easier

If you are just too lazy to dig out all the spent grounds in the vessel or buy a french press ground collector on amazon.
You can try the following method, it is just quick and easy: All you need to do is to get a small sieve or fine mesh sink strainer!
Here’ how it works:

  1. Put a little water in the french press
  2. Swirl the french press around
  3. Dump it right in the strainer.

Since you grind coarsely for French press coffee, it forms a pile and doesn’t run through the strainer.

How to clean a mr coffee

2. Disassemble and Soak

Go ahead and separate all of your French Press components (the lid, plunger, plunger screen, cylinder) and submerge in hot water with light dish soap or baking soda. Many coffee snobs use baking soda because it could never compromise the long-term taste of the brewed coffee. However, if you decide to use dish soap you should be fine. Just make sure to rinse it thoroughly…nobody wants to taste soap in their coffee (or anything else for that matter).

If you want to get really fancy, you should consider a coffee machine cleaning powder like Urnex Cafiza. The stuff is apparently great (although we’ve never tried it). It’s supposed to get rid of all leftover oils that coffee inevitably leaves behind. Leftover coffee oils can be particularly problematic with a French PRess.

3. Scrub a Dub Dub

Using a small brush that won’t scratch up your beautiful glass French Press, scrub along the inside walls of the carafe thoroughly with the warm water/baking soda solution (or soap). Next, give your plunger and plunger screen a thorough scrubbing, making sure that all remaining coffee grounds are removed.

4. Dry

Keeping the parts separated, lay all of the pieces out on a drying rack. Or, if you need to use the coffee maker immediately, you can dry everything off with a dishtowel. Please note: this is easier for people with little hands.

More To Note…

Can you put the French Press into a dishwasher?

Most French Presses are dishwasher safe, so feel free to use one if you are lazy. Still, be careful if yours is made of glass.

Is it OK to put coffee grounds down the garbage disposal?

Nope, please collect your used grounds and throw them into the trash can. The coffee grounds will accumulate in drains and pipes, and eventually clog your garbage disposal. Another thing to note, the coffee grounds won’t harm the garbage disposal and they’ll actually help eliminate odors though. Despite that, do not do it.

best way to dispose of coffee grounds from a french press

Find a compost bin around you. If that isn’t an option, rinse the grounds, then spread them directly over your garden/plants (including indoor plants!).

If you don’t do any gardening and don’t have a lawn that could benefit, give them to a friend or neighbor who can make use of it.

If none of the above is applicable, throw them in the trash.

You may want to put the grinds for the french press in a container and let them dry out first (to avoid excess water/weight in your trash).

The larger chunks will act as a natural deodorizer, but the soggy base will start to grow mold, so toss it sometime before that happens.

Conclusion

Now it’s your turn…how do you clean your French Press? Please share in the comments below!

If your espresso machine is serving a pot of weak, off-tasting, tepid coffee and takes a longer-than-usual time to brew, chances are the machine may be lodged with limescale buildup. It’s now time to give your machine the descaling routine and attention it needs.

How does one descale an espresso machine? Follow this step-by-step guide to ensure that the many pipes and small jets in your machine are sparkling clean.

Prefer a quick video guide? Here’s a great place to start:

Tip: We recommend descaling your espresso machine at least once a month to ensure your morning brew is packed with a punch each day.

1. Get a Descaling Agent

Some use vinegar, others use citric acid, and there are people who use lemon juice as a descaling agent — any all-natural descaling agents work (albeit with varying degrees of effectiveness, and note that some may be more corrosive to your machine than others).

The best, though, is a commercial descaling solution. The De’Longhi EcoDecalk Mini is a natural descaler that works well for all coffee machines, from the smaller home varieties to fully automatic coffee machines.

Made of ingredients from vegetable origins, the De’Longhi EcoDecalk Mini is 100% natural. It descales your coffee machine to ensure your morning brew is packed with a punch each morning. The descaler also helps to extend the lifespan of your coffee machine by reducing the possibilities of premature breakdown from limescale build-up.

Other highlights of the descaler are its sanitising and anti-bacterial qualities, biodegradable technology, and non-corrosiveness so you wouldn’t have to worry about storing the descaler for a long period of time.

2. Descale Your Coffee Machine

Time to descale your coffee machine and get the pesky limescale out!

First thing’s first — check whether your coffee machine is programmed with an automatic cleaning and descaling cycle. If it does, you get to do a little happy dance. If it doesn’t, well, it just means you’ll have to do it manually. We advise referring to the user manual for any specific instructions on descaling your coffee machine.

If you don’t have a user manual, follow the steps below.

Dissolve the De’Longhi EcoDecalk Mini into the reservoir of your coffee machine. It runs through the boiler and the machine. You’d want to run it through your steam wand too. Close the steam knob and turn off the machine. We recommend letting the descaler sit for 15 to 20 minutes to allow it to run through all of the little pipes in your machine and clean away the gunk and other bits and pieces.

Next, run about half of your reservoir out of the steam wand before turning off the machine for another 15 to 20 minutes. The last step is to flush the remaining water in the reservoir out of the steam wand.

3. Rinse and Rinse Again

Particles from your descaling products may be lodged within the pipes in your coffee machine, so it’s important to flush it with water to remove any residues. Fill up your reservoir with water this time and do the above steps all over again.

While some people complete one cycle of rinsing, we recommend two cycles to ensure your descaling solution has been flushed out of your machine.

Our personal rule of thumb to measure if the cleaning is done is to take a big whiff of the water that comes out of the machine. Once the water is clear and smells like, well, water, your coffee machine is good to go.

4. Make an Espresso

Now that descaling’s done — what’s next?

It’s time to reward yourself with an espresso, made with the freshest beans and a clean coffee machine. For more tips on coffee making and member-exclusive discounts from our partner roasters, sign up for De’Longhi Rewards today.

By Gary Gresham | Submitted On August 07, 2005

How to clean a mr coffee How to clean a mr coffee How to clean a mr coffee How to clean a mr coffee How to clean a mr coffee

How to clean a mr coffee

Ever wonder how to clean a coffee maker the right way? Drip coffee makers need to be cleaned at least once a month to keep your coffee tasting good.

Cleaning your coffee maker takes away hard water mineral deposits, old oils from previously brewed pots and other impurities that can make your coffee taste bad.

A mixture of 1 part vinegar to 2 parts water is the best way to clean a drip coffee maker. Mix a full pot of the vinegar and water mixture, pour it in your water reservoir and turn the coffee maker on.

Once the mixture has run completely through, it’s important to turn the drip coffee maker off and let it cool for 15 to 20 minutes.

Pour the vinegar and water mixture down the drain. If you are cleaning a coffee maker that hasn’t been cleaned regularly, repeat this step again with a fresh vinegar and water mixture.

Next, rinse the pot out thoroughly with warm, plain water. Then, fill the water reservoir again with clean water and turn the coffee maker on to start the rinsing process.

To make sure all of the vinegar and water solution is completely gone repeat the rinsing process one more time after letting the pot cool for 15 to 20 minutes.

This is how to clean a coffee maker the right way. Cleaning your drip coffee maker on a monthly basis will make it last longer and keep your coffee tasting the best it can possibly be.

Wondering how to clean a coffee maker with vinegar? We know the answer!

Do you know how to clean a coffee maker with vinegar? And how often do you clean your coffee maker? I promise it’s not a trick question!

If you’re a coffee drinker, you look forward to that first cup of coffee of the day. You can’t imagine trying to function without it, or the other cups of joe that may follow. With regular cleaning of your coffee maker, it will taste even better!

You love your coffee for its flavor, its ability to help you be alert and for the comfort it provides. It’s one of life’s simplest pleasures.

Deep cleaning your coffee maker with vinegar is probably the last thing on your mind. But, did you know your coffee maker needs this regularly?

(Tip: Most coffee makers can handle vinegar, but check the manufacturer’s instructions in the user manual for yours.)

How to clean a mr coffee

Regularly cleaning your coffee maker with a simple vinegar solution will improve the taste of your coffee.

You’ll get rid of bacteria and mold (eww!), plus mineral buildup that can affect the flavor.

Plus, your coffee machine will function better and more quickly, running through the brewing cycle much faster than if it has a bunch of buildup.

Your appliance will last longer, too! (And who wants to replace their beloved coffee maker more often than necessary?)

A thorough cleaning with a few simple steps will deliver not only a clean coffee pot, but the benefits of a clean coffee maker also include premium coffee taste.

Why Cleaning With Vinegar?

Due to its acidic nature, vinegar is a powerful, effective and safe cleaning product to introdocue into your daily cleaning routine for a fresh, clean home.

Vinegar is eco-friendly, free of any harmful chemicals or toxins and proven as an effective way to clean even the germiest places.

Using vinegar to clean a coffee maker is an easy way of ensuring that the inside of your coffee maker, including the parts of the machine you couldn’t otherwise reach to clean, get fully cleaned and disinfected.

Vinegar is a proven disinfectant, plus is also helps alleviate calcium deposits, ensuring a good cup of coffee with every brew.

How Often To Clean Your Coffee Pot

For optimal performance, you should rinse out your standard coffee pot and wipe it clean every day using soapy water.

Additionally, you should remove the old coffee filter from the brew basket and compost it and the coffee grounds daily.

If you use tap water to make your coffee and you have hard water, which contains a lot of mineral deposits, you’ll need to decalcify your pot once a month to remove mineral buildup.

If you have soft water in your household, you can get away with doing this deeper cleaning once every few months.

They are several different ways to do so using your preferred cleaning agent, such as a specialized coffee maker cleaner, but cleaning with vinegar is our preferred method.

How to clean a mr coffee

How To Clean a Drip Coffee Maker With Vinegar

Good news! Cleaning your coffee pot with vinegar makes for a quick and simple cleaning process.

  1. Fill the water tank reservoir with equal parts white vinegar and water to create a simple cleaning solution.
  2. Make sure your filter basket is empty and rinsed of any coffee residue.
  3. Run the regular brew cycle until it’s halfway through.
  4. Turn off the machine.
  5. Wait 30 minutes, allowing the vinegar mixture to sit and work.
  6. Resume brewing the solution until it’s finished.
  7. Drain your coffee pot and rinse with warm water.
  8. Brew a full pot of clean water to rinse any remaining residue. Drain your pot of the hot water carefully.
  9. Brew one more full pot of fresh water for a last time and drain it again.
  10. Give the outside of your coffee maker, the warming plate and any removable parts a good cleaning with a lint-free cloth using a simple solution of 1 part vinegar to 2 parts water.

This simple cleaning cycle can be repeated as often as necessary to keep your coffee maker working to keep it in tip-top shape.

How to clean a mr coffee

How Much Vinegar To Use To Clean a Coffee Maker

A 12-cup coffee pot makes 12, 5-ounce cups of coffee, or 60 ounces total.

You’ll need 30 ounces of vinegar and 30 ounces of water to deep clean it.

A 10-cup coffee pot makes 10, 6-ounce cups of coffee, so it also holds 60 ounces total.

You’ll need 30 ounces of vinegar and 30 ounces of water to decalcify it.

How to clean a mr coffee

How To Clean and Descale a Keurig With Vinegar

You may not have a drip coffee maker, you may have an espresso machine, a French press or a Keurig coffee maker. You’re in luck!

No matter your preferred method of coffee preparation, or whether you buy coffee beans or coffee pods, cleaning with vinegar still works just as well.

Here are the basic steps for cleaning a Keurig with vinegar, keeping in mind that generally you should descale your Keurig every 3 to 6 months.

  1. Empty the water reservoir and wipe out any residue.
  2. Fill the reservoir with 10 ounces of white vinegar.
  3. Make sure the K-cup holder is empty.
  4. Get a tall mug and place it under the dripping area.
  5. Brew on the large setting, then drain your mug.
  6. Repeat until all the vinegar is brewed.
  7. Fill your reservoir with 10 ounces of water and repeat the brewing process until the water is gone.

Now that you know how to clean your coffee pot with vinegar, get brewing!

Planning a dinner party and need some inspiration?

How about looking for a new slow cooker dinner idea?

We’ve got you covered in our ever-growing Facebook group! If you’re not a member yet, why not?!

How to clean a mr coffee

We’re chatting cooking techniques, dessert ideas, and everything in between. If you’re already a member, invite your friends to join us too!

Cleaning Recipes

How to clean a mr coffee

Homemade All-Purpose Cleaning Solution Recipe

How to clean a mr coffee

Homemade Window Cleaner Recipe

How to clean a mr coffee

About Amber

Amber is a native Texan, born to a family of fabulous cooks. She shares her love of all things Tex-Mex and Southern both on her blog, Bluebonnet Baker, and here on Food Fanatic. She heavily endorses the use of the contraction “y’all”.

How to use a green screen

Need to use green screen?

Try VideoStudio

Discover just how simple it is to use green screen with our award winning video editor.

A 30-day free trial. No credit card required. The trial is designed to deliver access to the video editing software so that you may try it before you decide to buy it. The trial is limited in functionality and does not offer complete file support, features, and third-party effects.

How to use a green screen

If you don’t have the budget or resources to shoot your movie on a volcano, under the sea or in space, using a green screen is probably the next best thing. There’s no need for it to look amateurish either, thanks to the sophisticated compositing technology built in to VideoStudio. Once you’re all set up, just shoot the footage you need and do the rest in the software. Make a start with the guide below.

1. Install VideoStudio

To install a 30-day free trial of VideoStudio video editing software on your PC, download and run the installation file. Continue following on-screen instructions to complete the setup process.

2. Record a video with a green screen

Record a video of a green or any solid color screen. It’s because green screens are easily detectable and can be removed with the Chroma Key effect. Chroma Key is a popular visual effect, which is used to remove any solid color background like green screen from a video clip.

How to use a green screen

3. Add a background image

Choose a background image you wish to use and move it onto the main track of the timeline. Next, add the green screen video you recorded onto the timeline track, right under the background track. Then double-click on it to open the Options menu.

How to use a green screen

4. Apply the Chroma Key effect

Select the Attributes tab and choose Mask & Chroma Key > Apply Overlay Options > Chroma Key (from the dropdown list). It will remove the green from the video. If you have added your subject against a green screen background, the green screen will be removed after applying Chroma Key and only the subject will be left. Next, move the subject on another background to create unbelievable visual effects.

How to use a green screen

5. Select the color you want to make transparent

After applying Chroma Key, select the Eyedropper tool and click on the green screen of your video to pick the color. You will notice the green screen turning into transparent in the preview area. Customize the Gamma settings to achieve the look and application you want. It will adjust the image contrast and also can be used to lighten (move control to the right) or darken (move control to the left) the entire image.

How to use a green screen

Want to learn more about how to use green screen and Chroma Key? Watch our video tutorial to see it in action.

Do more than just use green screen with VideoStudio

Try out some of the other video editing features in VideoStudio, like How to Record Screen, How to Change Video Aspect Ratio, How to Make a Movie Trailer, and more! Create high quality videos with a fun and easy to use video editing software and make your movies stand out from the crowd.

How to properly use the green screen effect in VideoPad

Using a green screen is a fun and easy way to add a different background behind your subject in a video or movie. Simply put, all you have to do is film against a solid color backdrop and then use a video editor with a chroma key feature to replace that colored background with any image or video. Knowing how to use a green screen is a great way to make your video projects look more professional. Using a green screen allows you to transport your actors to new locations and achieve the impossible. With simple video editing software like VideoPad Video Editing Software, you can quickly learn how to use the green screen and chroma key effect in your videos.

Set Up Your Green Screen

When setting up your green screen, there are a few important things to consider. If you are using fabric, you want it set up in a location where it will remain still, so that the background is not moving in your shot. The size of your green screen should be large enough that your subject has space all around them when in frame. Finally, you will want your green screen to be well lit, which we will address in the next step.

How to use a green screen

Light Your Backdrop

You want your greenscreen in a place with adequate lighting for your subjects, and where shadows won’t be cast on your backdrop by them or anything around them. Shadows on your green screen make multiple shades of the background color and it becomes more difficult for the green screen effect to work properly. If you are using natural light, your subject will have to stand farther away from the background the prevent this. If you are using artificial lights, you will just need to light your background and your subject separately in order to eliminate their shadow.

How to use a green screen

Shoot Your Green Screen Video

Film your video against your green screen background as you normally would. Keeping in mind you want the green screen to fill your entire frame in order to fully replace your background. The more consistent you can make all of the different variables, the better your chroma key effect is going to work. That means your camera on a tripod, your background properly lit, your subject wearing bold colors and staying in frame, etc.

How to use a green screen

Download VideoPad Green Screen and Chroma Key Software

Download and install VideoPad Green Screen & Chroma Key Software and launch the program on your computer.

Import Your Green Screen Videos

Click on the Add Files icon at the top of the program, or drag and drop your recorded videos directly into VideoPad to begin editing them. Your imported clips will appear in the media bin in the top left-hand corner of the program. You can double-click on a video to preview it in the preview window before editing. Videos will have a green check mark next to them to indicate they are present in your timeline.

How to use a green screen

Apply the Green Screen Effect

With your clip selected in the media bin, click on the Effects tab at the top of the program and select Video Effects to view the video effects drop down menu. Choose the Green Screen effect option under the Blending and Color Correction effects. This will add the green screen effect as a layer in effects window.

How to use a green screen

Select Your Background Color to Remove it

Click on the color square in the Green Screen effect layer to launch the Edit Colors window. Then use the eye dropper tool to grab the most prominent color in your background. If you find that there is still background left due to shadows, you can add another green screen effect layer and follow these steps again to remove that color as well.

How to use a green screen

Adjust the Color Threshold

Within the green screen effect, there are multiple options to adjust the chroma key settings. The Threshold is what determines how strict the program will be about removing colors. The lower the threshold, the fewer colors similar to your background color it will remove. Increasing your threshold allows more colors in and will help remove almost all of your background. The Feathering option will help smooth out the areas where your background colors blend with your subject. Turn the feathering up to remove the background that is often left in your actor’s hair.

How to use a green screen

Replace Your Background

Now that you have used the Green Screen tool to successfully remove your background, you are ready to add a new background. Import your background video clip or image into VideoPad and then drag it down into the timeline first. Once your background clip is in the editing timeline, you can drag your green screen video into the track directly above it. You should now be able to see your green screen video with the background removed on top of the background you have just added.

How to use a green screen

Save & Share Your Green Screen Video

To export you new video, simply click on the Export tab in the top of the program and select one of the many export options. You can save your project as a video file to your computer, upload it to your preferred cloud storage space, or share it directly to YouTube from within the program.

How to use a green screen

Green Screen Tips & Tricks

Your Background Doesn’t Have to be Green!

A background doesn’t actually have to be green to use the green screen effect. The chroma key tool can actually remove any color. Green is just most commonly used because it doesn’t match any natural hair or skin color. You don’t want any part of your actor or subject removed when you use chroma key tools. So, unless your reporter is the Incredible Hulk, green is the least likely color to exist on your subject.

How to use a green screen

You Can Use the Green Screen Effect on More Than Just Backgrounds!

The green screen effect can be used to remove and replace any solid colored object in a video. This is where you will discover some really fun special effects. Try replacing the liquid in a cup with a video of ocean waves. Have your subject sit on a box that is the same color as the background and they will appear to be floating with a new background.

How to use a green screen

Don’t wear clothes that match your background!

Unless you want to appear as a floating head or torso, make sure that the clothes your actor is wearing are nowhere close to the color of your green screen or chroma key background color.

How to use a green screen

Like what you see?

Simply download and install VideoPad Green Screen Software to begin.

If you buy something through our links, we may earn money from our affiliate partners. Learn more.

Using a green screen as a virtual background can be incredibly useful. For example, you can use a green screen background for content creation, such as videos, to hide your background for camera-on virtual meetings and other purposes. We’ll look closer at the green screen effect for this article, including what a green screen is and making a green screen work for your needs.

What is a Green Screen?

A green screen is essentially a large backdrop made from color green fabric that is wrinkle-free, that is what makes it a physical green screen. It’s used in the background of a shot so that video content creators can add digital effects to it later. The effects could include making it into a colored background, adding digital images and special effects, and more using video editing software with tools such as chroma keying.

Why You Should Use a Green Screen

Using a green screen can be helpful for many reasons. Although primarily famous for their use in making movies, using a green screen and green screen software has increasingly become popular to use as a backdrop for video calls, video streams, and other video content.

1. Add any background: Using a green screen enables video content creators to add any knowledge or visual effects during the editing process in just a few clicks during the editing process.

2. Save time: Adding a green screen to the back of the shot means that content can be made at any time and effects added in post-production, rather than going to specific locations.

3. Hide your surroundings: If you’re on video calls often and don’t want your background to show, you can use green screens during Zoom meetings as a virtual background.

How to Use a Green Screen: A Beginners Guide

So now that we’ve established why a green screen is useful, the next question is how do you use a green screen?’ First, we’ll walk through some of the key steps needed and the role of the right software when it comes to using a green screen.

Find your spot for your green screen video

The first step is to figure out where you want to set up your video and how much space you have. That dictates the size of the green screen used, so make sure to measure the area beforehand. Once you have a physical green screen set, it is easier to set up the green screen itself. Use the best green screen possible to ensure your custom backgrounds come out perfect.

Light your green screenshot and use other green screen equipment as needed

Lighting setup plays an integral role in how successful your green screening will be. Keep the subject farther away from the green to avoid light leaks. A minimum of two lights are needed, such as this one, to bring in soft light. You may need more depending on how big the space is.

Adjust your camera for exposure

To make the green screen as seamless as possible, you’ll also need to check your camera settings and adjust the exposure to reduce the amount of light coming in. Ideally, the camera should only be able to pick up the green as the solid color and no others. It takes some time to get the lighting and exposure just right, so take time to prep for virtual backgrounds.

Get ready to film

Once you have your shot set up and as much space as you need, you’re ready to film. Start recording your video or start your live stream or meeting. If you’re recording with the intent of editing afterward, try to get several takes with different lighting to ensure you have enough raw footage to work with. After filming, you can put together a rough cut with the best takes to make editing smoother.

Green Screen Lighting

Lighting is a very crucial part of the video, so it’s important to use green screens correctly to get the footage you need and reduce how much chroma key compositing is required during the editing. Remember that darker areas make chroma key compositing more difficult in the editing process, so even lighting is vital.

Avoid reflective surfaces where possible, and make sure to do test shots with lighting with your capture device to ensure that everything is working as it should, especially when it comes to skin tone and different color hues appearing in the frame.

How to Edit Out Green Screen Footage

The editing process is when your green screen effects come in since it’s done after recording the footage. Then, you can use editing and green screen software for the final effects, such as chroma key software.

1. Editing tools: You can use video editing software such as Adobe Premiere Pro or Final Cut Pro to edit. Each one works a bit differently, but it essentially allows you to remove the green background and add your new background to the green screen image. You can toggle the Chroma Key option to do this once you’ve uploaded your video file.

2. Chroma keying: A chroma key is a technique wherein a composite image is created by layering two images on top of the other based on color hues. Video editing software enables you to use the green screen background and layer your own background-clip or background video on top. This can also be done with blue screens if needed. Essentially, chroma-keying is a way to take out the green screen background and replace it with other footage using an ultra key tool. The eyedropper tool will help you select the key color and a specific area you’re trying to remove if it’s just part of the screen that you’d want to edit.

3. General edits: Once you’ve added the footage needed and removed the green or blue screen with your background image, you can make other edits as needed. This could include fixing up human skin tones based on the new green-screen effects, any hair color adjustments, adjusting the video’s speed, and adding other visual effects.

Using a Green Screen Tips

Using a green screen can be effective for videos, but it’s often hard to get it just right and make a professional-quality video. Here are some tips to help you get the most out of using your green screen:

  • Colors: Colors, of course, make a massive difference in how effective the video is. Ask the subject of the shot to wear contrasting colors, and ensure that no green or blue items are in the foreground or background for the best results.
  • Be creative: If you’re not getting the lighting effect needed, experiment with different settings to get the result. For example, you can diffuse lighting using a softbox or even with simple items like white bedsheets to get softer lighting.
  • Camera settings matter: Asides from exposure, make sure to test out different shutter speeds, ISOs, aperture, and other elements to get the best shot possible. Avoid high ISOs where possible, and minimize motion blur with shutter speed to make the green screen as seamless as possible.

Qualify for discounts, special offers and more with a Business Prime account from Amazon. You can create a FREE account to get started today.

How to use a green screen

Robert Martin

You can now create green screen videos without owning or using a green screen. In this tutorial, we’ll show you how to remove the background from videos using a free online editor.

How to use a green screen

The green screen is a timeless piece of movie making hardware that creators and artists have relied on since the 1930s. This simple screen teleports actors and performers to distant lands and other worlds at almost no cost whatsoever. They can be as simple as a piece of a cloth hung in a Twitch streamer’s bedroom or as elaborate as a 20-foot wall on a Hollywood sound stage.

We love the green screen and don’t think it’s going away anytime soon, but software that automatically removes the background from video is rapidly becoming more accessible. We’ve seen some great examples of digital greens in apps like Zoom and TikTok that can remove the background behind a person. These solutions both require creators to have a mobile phone or powerful PC at their disposal, though. It’s now possible to create green screen style videos for free online with almost any browser using Kapwing’s Studio Editor.

In this tutorial, we’ll show you how to make a green screen video for free inside of a web browser on your iPhone, Android, PC, or tablet even if you don’t have a green screen.

  1. Upload a video to Kapwing Studio
  2. Apply the green screen effect to your video
  3. Replace the background in your video with a new background
  4. Export and Share your green screen video

Step 1. Upload a video to Kapwing Studio

Kapwing’s Green Screen effect – or more accurately, ChromaKey, since it can work with any near-solid color – is still in Beta, but it gives you full functionality over the way you want to erase and replace the background of any video. The Green Screen effect works best with videos that include a single person standing in front of a solid background like a wall. The background can be any color, as long as it doesn’t contain any major variations in tone or hue.

When you’re ready to get started, open the Kapwing Studio and upload the video you want to green screen. Once the clip has fully uploaded, you’ll be able to automatically remove the background.

How to use a green screenVideos featuring a solid background work best with the green screen feature

Step 2. Apply the green screen effect to your video

Applying a green screen effect to your video only takes a few clicks. Select the video you just uploaded and click the Effects tab on the right side of the screen. Inside the effects tab, click the Remove Background or Chroma Key button to instantly remove the background in the video without ever using a green screen.

How to use a green screen

Once you’ve removed the background from your video, you can use the Threshold sliders to adjust the strength of the green screen effect. The more you move the threshold sliders, the more pixels that are removed from your video. In the Chroma Key settings, the hue threshold will remove colors that are close to the one you selected, the saturation threshold will remove fainter or more intense colors, and the brightness threshold will remove lighter or darker colors near the one you selected. You’ll want to adjust the slider back and forth a bit until you are happy with the removal of your video’s background.

After the background is removed, you’ll likely notice a reduced frame rate in the preview of your original video. This is a known issue in the beta version of the Kapwing Green Screen feature and once your video is exported and processed the framerate will return to normal.

Step 3. Replace the background in your video with a new background

Now that you’ve achieved a green screen effect and removed the original background from your video, it’s time to add a new background into your video. There are several ways to approach Green Screen content and Kapwing can help support you in all of them.

Add an Image to the Background

The most basic green screen technique is to add a flat image into the background to make it appear that you are in a different static environment. You’ve seen this done countless times on Zoom and the effect is similar here. To add a new image to the background behind you, upload the image into the Kapwing Studio or use the Images button to search for an image you want to use.

Once your new background image is in the studio, select the image and then click the Send Backward button until the background is behind your original video layer.

How to use a green screenA static image is the easiest background to add with the green screen effect

Add a Video to the Background

Replacing the background of your green screen video with a new video layer is a technique found in reaction videos on YouTube, gaming clips on Twitch, and full blown movies. Kapwing makes the process of creating this type of green screen video just as simple as working with a static image.

You can upload a video to use in the background from your desktop or import a video directly from YouTube using the Upload button in the top left of the Studio editor. When you background video is fully uploaded, select the video layer and click the Send Backward button until the video background is behind your original video layer. With your background is in place, you can also choose to resize your original green screen video and move the person to a different part of the screen.

How to use a green screenAdding a video layer into the background makes it easy to create reaction videos

Step 4. Export and Share your green screen video

When your green screen video is finished and you’re ready to download it, click the red Export Video button in the top right of the screen.

How to use a green screenThe final video screen in Kapwing after a project has been processed

This will process your video on Kapwing’s cloud servers and stitch all of your edits together for free with no watermark as long as you are signed into Kapwing. You can leave this screen and come back at any time without affecting this process. After a few minutes, your video will finish and be ready for downloading or sharing on YouTube, Twitter, Instagram, TikTok, or anywhere else online.

And just like that you’ve created a high quality green screen video without ever investing in or owning a physical green screen! Follow us at @KapwingApp on Twitter and Instagram to show us the great videos you’re making with the Kapwing Studio editor. We’re always inspired by the things you create and can’t wait to see more.

So you know that green screen can add some extra value to your production, but you don’t know how to make a green screen?

In this article, we’ll take a look at how to make a green screen, and walk you through some options to create a green screen affordably.

Do you want to start your own video production company but don’t have the money for green screens? There are affordable solutions available!

These screens are perfect for creating backgrounds in your studio or on location to set the mood and scene without having to spend thousands of dollars on an expensive backdrop.

HOW TO MAKE A GREEN SCREEN

What Is Green Screen?

A green screen is used in film and video production to create the illusion that an actor or object is standing in front of a different background, such as a blue sky.

A green-screen works by having the subject stand on a specially designed platform while holding two pieces of PVC piping attached to either end of what looks like an old-fashioned TV antenna.

The camera films them from behind, recording their movements while they hold onto the pipes.

If you were to film someone with this setup against any surface – be it paper, fabric, or wood – then you can digitally remove all other surfaces around them and replace them with your own design.

A few things that make these screens so great are their portability, ease of use, and affordability among other features.

Affordable Green Screen Kits

You can purchase these kits in a variety of sizes which is perfect if you have limited space or need something smaller than what’s offered here.

They also come with everything you need for installation including instructions, hooks, clamps, and more!

All it takes is 2 hours from start to finish! We hope you enjoy our list below! Happy shooting everyone!

Ever wanted to make a video? A lot of people are looking for affordable green screen kits that don’t break the bank.

This article will provide information on some of the best options out there, as well as their pros and cons.

If you’re like me, then you’ve thought about how cool it would be to have your own YouTube channel or Facebook Live videos.

I can imagine myself sitting in front of my computer making video after video with all these amazing effects and feeling so accomplished when I upload them onto social media!

The problem is: where do I start? Which equipment should I buy? What if it isn’t good enough quality?

If only there was an affordable green screen kit that came with everything I needed to get started…

Do you want to start your own video production company? You may be surprised by how affordable it can be.

The best part is that the technology has become so advanced and user-friendly, that even someone with no technical experience can create a professional-looking product.

DIY Green Screens

Have you ever wanted to make your own green screen?

In this tutorial, I will show you how to create your own DIY green screen in about an hour for less than $10.

This easy and inexpensive solution will allow you to use it as often as needed without having the hassle of renting or purchasing one each time.

To start, find a room with solid walls that are light-colored (the more reflective they are the better).

Next, hang up some black fabric on one wall and take out any furniture from the room so there is about 3 feet between the floor and ceiling.

Finally, paint one wall green using either latex paint or chalkboard paint (either option can be removed).

How to use a green screen

What Is a Green Screen?

Ever wanted to be a superhero? A green screen is your ticket.

Green screens are used to create the background of videos and pictures, allowing you to pretend that you’re anywhere in the world.

A green screen is a piece of fabric that is lit up with a green light in order to make it appear as if you are standing in front of an environment.

It’s used in photography and video production to take away an object or person in the background of a picture or video.

For example, if you wanted to film someone on your phone sitting at their desk but didn’t want their messy room behind them, then you would put up a green screen behind them so it looks like they’re just sitting there by themselves.

The idea for this post came from my friend who was trying to create videos for her YouTube channel without having any professional equipment.

She didn’t have enough money to invest in buying expensive equipment so she found out about using a green screen instead!

A green screen is a surface that you can put in front of your camera as a backdrop, so it will be easier for editors to make the computer-generated images (CGI) look like they are behind the camera.

The color green is chosen because most cameras see it as black or dark gray, which means that if someone makes an error with their CGI software while making a video game, then when you play it on TV it won’t show up at all!

Why Use Green Screen?

I’m going to show you how easy it is to use green screen in your videos. You can do this for a variety of reasons, but the most common is so that you can integrate footage from different locations into one video.

It’s also great for making videos where people are able to see themselves as they would look if they were at an event or location.

This effect creates very realistic scenes and reduces production costs by avoiding costly location shoots. If you want more information on how to use a green screen.

Green screens are a great way to create video content that will look professional without the hassle of filming on location, or with actors.

Green screens used to only be available in large studios, but now they can fit right into your home studio and be set up by anyone with basic knowledge of how cameras work.

Green screens are a cost-effective way to create an environment virtually. They allow for the freedom to change your background, set, or location in order to help you produce better quality video content.

How to use a green screen

DIY Green Screen With Poster Board

The process for making this DIY green screen begins by finding an area in your home where you can create a taping area.

Place the poster board on top of the taping area, then tape off the edges using masking or painter’s tape.

Once you’ve done that, take a projector and shine it onto the poster board so that a bright light appears on one side of the wall behind it.

Then, use some sort of object from your surroundings like plants, furniture, or people to place in front of the other side of the wall behind your homemade green screen, and voila!

How To Make A Green Screen Stand

The materials needed are 2 PVC pipes, 1-2 yards of fabric, and some duct tape.

You can either cut the PVC pipe into three pieces that measure 16 inches long each (or whatever length you need) or use two long pieces of PVC that measure 24 inches long each (or whatever length you need).

Next, wrap the fabric around the entire pipe until it covers both sides, and then secure it with duct tape on all four edges.

You can now make the most epic videos of all time using only your smartphone and this tutorial.

How to use a green screen

Liza Brown

May 06, 2022• Proven solutions

Green screen videos are generally used to create realistic environments and background scenes without having to film on location. When done correctly, your green screen videos are not only safe, but also can bring unique and magic effects to your video projects, without letting anyone notice that you aren’t on location.

In the previous blog we have talked about the principle of Green Screen video and How to make and use a green screen in your own but professional way, as well as some of the best free green screen video compositing software. Here we are going to talk about how to successfully shoot a green screen video even when you at home. Check out the video tutorial below to get an instant overview of the process:

If you are wondering how to compositing the shot green screen video with your main video on your Windows PC or Mac, try Wondershare Filmora. Watch the video tutorial of How to make a green screen video with Filmora.

How to use a green screenHow to use a green screen

5 Tips for shooting better green screen video

We’ve figured out some useful green screen tricks, have fun and hope you’ll be more creative with the help of Filmora green screen video compositing software.

How to use a green screenHow to use a green screen

In the following section, we will share with you five tips when you shooting a video for compositing a green screen video, which covering the lighting tips, the camera tips, the clothing tips, the tips for using green screen sheet, and the tips for resolving motion blur in shooting videos.

1 Lighting tips in shooting a Green Screen Video

To shoot a nice green screen video, it’s better to be able to light the background and the subject separately. It allows you to fully control the intensity and color saturation of the green screen. You are free to light your subject as you wish and avoid any shadows falling on the background. So typically two or more lights are used to light the green screen. Adjust the light positions and filters until you get the satisfying result. If your subject is human, it requires 6-10 feet between your subject and the background.

Don’t throw too much light onto the green background. That will create hotspots and “green spill” on the subject and make the key less effective. The key to lighting a green screen is consistency – create a single, consistent shade of color across the entire screen.

How to use a green screen

2 Camera tips in shooting a Green Screen Video

How to use a green screen

When lighting your key surface, make sure the bounce light is not directed at the camera (as shown in the image above). For example, if your camera faces the key surface directly, set your lights at 45 degree angles to the key surface. This will ensure that the bounce light bounces toward the other light and not at the camera.

Also choose carefully the camera as some cameras are better to shoot green screen video, especially if you are shooting something with a bit of movement. Then shoot your video as HD quality video (720p or higher) and save in a format your green screen software can import.

When shooting the green screen video, it’s of great importance to keep the camera very still and a tripod is necessary for this purpose. The simplest shot is to captures the whole body in the center of the cloth so that none of the peripheral edges of the room can been seen. Another general rule is that it’s better to lose legs in a shot than the head of an individual. Although sometimes it’s essential to film a perspective that break these rules, many problems can be overcome in the editing process.

Looking for some best cameras for shooting green screen video? Check our picks of the Top 15 Best Cameras in 2018

3 Clothing tips in shooting a Green Screen Video

How to use a green screen

There are some mistakes that you can avoid to help your green screen video look more professional and more realistic. Perhaps one of the simplest mistakes that many people make with green screen video shooting is actually wearing green clothing. If you are wearing clothing or clothing that has buttons or accents that are a similar color green as your selected background green, the image that you project onto the green screen in post-editing will also get picked up by these accents on your clothing or by the clothing itself. This is great if you want to cut off part of an actor’s body, but not so professional if you are trying to make an actor appear in a realistic scene.

4 Wrinkles problem in shooting a Green Screen Video

How to use a green screen

Wrinkles in your screen can actually lead to heavy shadows and distorted image quality in your green screen video. If you regularly fold your green screen for storage it’s very important that you take an iron out and flat negative green screen to prevent shadows and distortions with your background image. This is a step that many skip over but it’s important to have a high-quality green screen without wrinkles and folds that cause shadows.

5 Motion blur problem in shooting a Green Screen Video

How to use a green screen

If you are planning on shooting a high action scene in front of a green screen with a camera that only has lower shutter speeds, you can run into real problems. When using a camera with a lower shutter speed consider doing action shots in slow motion or getting subjects to not make any sudden movements in front of the green screen. Motion blur from someone moving rapidly on camera in front of a green screen can really ruin the scene and ruin the realism of the scene. Alternately you could also consider renting a high shutter speed camera to avoid this motion blur if you do plan on shooting a lot of action scenes. Ultimately this is something that you will need to test for yourself before shooting a green screen video, so that you can get a feel for how much action your camera can handle with a green screen without motion blur.

Wanna adding a fake camera shake effect to your video? Check our tips of How to creating camera shake effects in your video

Till now, I believe we have basic skills on how to shoot a green screen videos, in technique way. The other important thing, is to have our own green screen ideas. Let’s check out the youtube green screen videos and inspire your own green screen ideas.

Besides compositing chroma keying videos in Filmora, you can also stabilize your shaky videos, put videos side by side, blur the face in the video and even more. Let’s watch the video below and find out how people shoot and edit green screen videos. Remember to download Filmora to have a try by yourself.

How to use a green screen

A green screen video effect is one of the most powerful tools in a filmmaker’s toolbox. It’s simple, easy to set up, and undeniably potent when cleverly paired with the ever so handy Chroma Key (amazing feature for the Green screen video editing).

At least in theory.

In practice, however, green screen video effects of professional quality are barely achievable without rigorous training, deep understanding of camera work, a fair share of hands-on experience, and you’ll need a decent green screen editor.

Yes, there’s no easy way to the top. You won’t be cutting any corners if you really want to be on top of your editing game but hey, practice makes perfect and these super-effective tips are as good a place to start as any.

Watch the lights!

How to use a green screen

Decent lighting is an integral element of any shooting set. It can make or break an otherwise perfect shot with an unwanted bleak or an unflattering shadow.

Decent lighting is – and we can’t stress this enough – quintessential to shooting with a green screen, because even the slightest of shadows will ruin your key with undesirable artifacts. In simpler words, bad lighting leads to things that need to stay hidden visible and vice versa.

If you are looking to make a professional green screen / Chroma key video, pay attention to:

  • The spread of light. It should evenly cover your screen.
  • A matte box is an incredibly potent tool for dealing with flares.
  • Make sure the light falls on the screen and not the object you are filming. It’s best if you were to keep some distance while shooting.

As for the tips:

  1. Use a selection of lights: Key, Fill, and Black.
  2. Your Key light is your go-to tool for making the actor look good. It’s best if you were to treat it as an alternative to natural lighting.
  3. Use the Fill light as a softener. Place it against the Key light to get rid of the pesky shadows.
  4. The Blacklight may not seem like much, but it is actually integral to green screening as it illuminates the edges of the screen giving the overall visual a polished look. Using it wisely will save you hours upon hours in post-production.

Use the right screen

How to use a green screen

There are actually several options for setting up a green screen, all with their unique benefits and disadvantages. Some of our craftier users have shared stories about building their perfect green screen wall from scratch. While that’s a viable option (and a pretty darn cool one), we certainly realize that most of us, mere mortals, don’t have the woodwork skills and craftsmanship to pull off a project like that.

Everyone can use paint though…

You can get a couple of gallons of Chroma key paint on Amazon. One jar is enough to cover 300 square feet. The rest is quite simple: find a flat surface and paint it.

On the Brightside, this is one of the simplest ways of creating a green screen from scratch (other than adding one in Animotica, of course). On the other, the paint is kinda permanent. As such, it has a series of limitations:

  • You won’t be able to use any angles longer than a medium shot.
  • You’ll be location locked.
  • You’ll be static shot locked.

That said, if you are working on getting your YouTube channel or Instagram/Snapchat vlog off the ground, you probably won’t find these limitations as a challenge.

A portable green screen can solve almost all of these issues. Most of the models available on the market are portable. Setting them up is as simple as hanging a coat.

As for the cons:

  • A decent portable green screen will cost you a pretty penny.
  • You’ll have to adjust the lights every time you set the thing up thus increasing the risk of a lousy shot.

As for the tips:

  1. Every wrinkle is a pain in the neck to deal with during post-production. If you went with the paint, use a flat surface. If you are using a screen, invest in a Blacklight as well.
  2. Pay attention to the angles. If the wall turns into the floor abruptly, you’ll be dealing with an additional level of shadows that could have been avoided by setting a curve.
  3. Surfaces reflect light. Too much green will reflect the effect onto your actors making parts of their face or clothes disappear.

Use Chroma Key Feature in Your Video Editor

Now the final part of the process – choosing the right video editing software to use Chroma Key effect in your video. If you’re using Windows 10, we recommend picking the top video editor, Animotica.

Step #1. Launch a video editor.

If you don’t have one yet, download Animotica from Microsoft Store for free.

How to use a green screen

Step #2. Create your first project.

Launch the app and create a new project (on this step you can choose the right Aspect Ratio for your video).

Upload image or video that you want to use as a background.

Step #3. Add your green screen video as an overlay.

Select the Chroma Key Effect and turn it on.

Adjust the tolerance.

Check up the detailed guide on how to apply Chroma Key effect to your video. (Applicable even if you use other than green background color)

Chroma Key Pro tips

The following tips don’t fall into any particular category but are definitely good to know if you are a beginner video editor.

  1. Use green screen Chroma key if there’s not a lot of natural greenery. If you are shooting in the woods, or the lion’s share of your background is green for any other reasons – opt for a different color, preferably a blue screen.
  2. Review early. Review often. Reshooting a scene because there’s a nasty shadow or some bits of the green are reflecting on the actor’s face is much simpler than dealing with them during post-processing.
  3. It’s hard to grasp this concept at first glance, but try keeping in mind the simple fact that your background won’t be in the finished product. The effects you are adding will have their own lighting and weather. You can make it rain in the shot, but what’s the point if the actor is dry? You can teleport to a fancy cafe in the middle of Paris, but what’s the point if your actor is lit like he is in the middle of a sunlit field? In simpler words, don’t start by asking how to use a green screen. Ask yourself why you are using it.

Master the basics

Sure, these 10 simple tips don’t seem like much at first glance. Partially that’s because they are not intended to be anything groundbreaking. Treat them as a solid foundation, a checklist of sorts, that’s tailored to teach you how to do green screen shoots right.

For everything else, you have the Animotica video editor; and in case if you need more visuals to help you understand Chroma Key feature, here you go!

The Chroma Key effect is a fan favorite for the lion’s share of our users who are into either blogging or streaming. So this is how you can use Chroma Key in Animotica.?

E ver watch a sci-fi movie and wonder how they filmed it? Are there secret movie studios on the Moon? Mars? Westeros? Unfortunately not, the answer is far less gratifying. Instead of Mars, it was probably filmed in a warehouse. However, luckily for us, chroma keying is cheaper and a lot more practical than a trip to the Moon. So cheap you might be able to use it on your next shoot! But what is a green screen, how do they work, and what are the various ways they can be used? Let’s get into it.

What is a Green Screen

First, let’s define green screen

Special effects and computer graphics (CGI) are added to countless Hollywood films each year. A green screen is a neon-green screen placed in the background of a shot. Like so:

How to use a green screen

What is a Green Screen

As we’ll explain later, the screen doesn’t have to be green (and it hasn’t always been). Don’t be fooled by its simplicity, this little screen packs a big punch.

Green Screen Video

What is a green screen?

A green screen is a large green backdrop placed in the background of a shot to allow for digital effects later. In Post-Production, the special effects department will edit the background from green to… anything they want with CGI (computer-generated imagery) or background footage called “plates.” The screen can take up the entire background or just a portion of it, depending on what needs to be replaced.

How Does a Green Screen Work?

The process of chroma keying or compositing involves layering two images together.

  • The subject in front of the green screen.
  • The special effects or CGI put onto the green screen.

Video VFX

What is a green screen used for?

Green screens are most commonly associated with superhero/sci-fi movies. But the applications are truly endless. In this video, we can what a film set these days actually looks like — covered in green.

Before and After VFX Examples

But chroma keying is not limited to the spectacular, it has much more practical uses. Newsrooms and the weatherman/weatherwoman are often filmed in front of green.

How to use a green screen

Green Screen Examples

More and more productions seem to use chroma keying. Whether it be vloggers, photographers, the video game industry, or your Grandma on Zoom, everyone is learning how to use green screen. We’ve come a long way in green screen technology, but how long has it been around?

Technology Origins

When was green screen invented?

When used today, chroma keying technology and special effects can feel seamless, but that wasn’t always the case.

The first uses came in 1898 with George Albert Smith, using a black cloth to make objects “disappear.”

Perhaps the most well-known early use came during The Great Train Robbery (1903). Here, they painted train windows black, allowing for the addition of passing scenery later.

The following video details how compositing worked in The Great Train Robbery and other iconic examples.

A History of Chroma Keying and Compositing

The early examples were often subtle, but historically significant. Other landmark moments in green screen history are:

  • 1918. Frank Williams creates a traveling matte technique. At this point they still used black, but it was one of the first chroma keying video effects.
  • 1933. The Invisible Man utilizes the technique to make a man seem invisible.

The Invisible Man (1933)

  • 1940. The Thief of Bagdad uses a blue screen and wins the Oscar for best special effects.
  • 1970s . Keying software starts to be used in films like The Empire Strikes Back(1980).
  • 1988. Who Framed Roger Rabbitwins Oscar for best visual effects.

How to use a green screen

Who Framed Roger Rabbit

So, after decades of evolution, chroma keying has become more than just a novelty to be an integral element in video and filmmaking. There have been milestones along the way that have pushed this type of visual effect but few have done more so than The Matrix (1999).

VFX in The Matrix still holds up

Why Are Green Screens Green

The battle: green screen vs blue screen

So by now, we know what is a green screen, but why green? Well, as explained earlier, it wasn’t always that way. At first, it was black, then blue, then yellow, now green (mostly).

Tips on working with chroma keying

The industry settled on green because, for compositing or chroma keying to work, the background color needs to be different. Different from skin tones, and different from wardrobe. It turns out that unless you go to the University of Oregon, most people don’t wear a lot of neon green… but people do wear blue.

Aside from wardrobe, blue and green do each offer some technical advantages:

  • Green: It’s the default, easier for digital cameras, requires less lighting, performs better in the day time, but can struggle with color spill. Especially with blond hair.
  • Blue: Cleaner edges and less color spill. Better at night but requires more lighting.

This is just a summary why green or blue would work in most chroma keying scenarios. For a full breakdown, read more on the differences between green vs blue screen.

Chroma Keying Today

The future of green screen

We’ve learned about the past, and we’ve come a long way in recent years, so what about the future? Where are we going next? Are we gonna stick with chroma keying or is there a viable alternative?

Well, shows like The Mandalorian have opted for a technique of LED walls instead. Watch this behind the scenes clip on just how advanced their system was and the benefits that makes it ideal.

Mandalorian’s LED Walls

These LED walls act like your LED TV, putting up graphics on the background of a set. So instead of shooting and choreographing in front of a blank colored screen, you do so in front of an LED background.

This can be helpful for the actors, directors, cinematographers, and for color spill. The short term cost is high, but long term, it can save money on locations, set building, and in Post-Production.

Other companies have started experimenting with in-camera VFX and holographic images. The creators will tell you green screen will soon be a thing of the past, and that the future is better, cheaper, and more efficient. And maybe they’re right, but for now, green is still king.

If things change, we’ll be sure to let you know.

UP NEXT

How to make a green screen

Now that you know what green screen is and how they work, now it’s time to make one! No matter your budget, this technology is no easier than ever — from green poster board you can buy at a craft store to constructing a permanent studio setup. Up next is a step-by-step guide on the hacks, tips and tricks to making your own DIY screen.

With the growing work from home culture, many people have started using platforms like Zoom for remote communication. Now, a major challenge with remote meetings is cleaning your background so that it looks neat and professional. However, it’s not always possible, especially for people who live with their families. This is where Zoom’s virtual background feature comes to rescue. Here’s how you can use a green screen to change your Zoom background to a custom image or video.

Use Green Screen to Change Zoom Background

Zoom’s virtual background feature allows you to display an image or video as your background during a meeting. While there are no special requirements, it works best with a green screen and under uniform lighting conditions.

Requirements

  • Windows, macOS, or Linux.
  • PC should fulfill the specs requirements.
  • A good quality web camera.
  • A green screen (or a solid background)

The virtual background with a green screen works specifically on Windows, macOS, and Linux provided that your PC is powerful enough to support the feature. You can check the detailed specs requirements here.

The green screen can be easily found for cheap on both online and offline stores. If not available, you can also use other solid colors as the background.

Set up & Use Green Screen with Zoom

  1. Install the green screen on your wall or a stand. Ensure that you have a good ambiance and a uniform lighting source.
  2. Do not wear clothing with the same color as the background, i.e., green in this case.
  3. Once done with the basic setup, open the Zoom client on your computer.
  4. Click the gear icon on the top right and select Background & Filters from the sidebar.
  5. Choose one of the pre-loaded virtual backgrounds. You can also a custom one from your computer.
  6. Check the “I have a green screen” box below the sample images.

That’s it. You can now start or join a Zoom meeting with the selected virtual background image or video. By the way, Zoom also lets you switch backgrounds in an ongoing meeting. Simply click the “^” button to the right of the ‘Stop Video’ button, and select Choose Virtual Background. You can then enable or disable the background or switch to a different one altogether.

Wrapping Up

This was all about how you can use a green screen with Zoom to change your Zoom call background. Anyway, if you don’t have a green screen, you can still use virtual backgrounds- all you need to do is untick the “I have a green screen” box. Try it once, and do let me know your experience in the comments below.

Oliver Haslam is a professional freelance writer with nearly ten years of experience. His work has been published on Macworld, PCMag, 1Password’s blog, and other websites. He writes about all things Apple. Read more.

How to use a green screen

Blue and green screens are used by TV and movie studios to blend two videos by replacing the background with something different. You have that power on your iPhone and iPad and we’re going to show you how to use it.

Studios have used blue and green screen for a long time, but you don’t need a huge crew or expensive cameras to make them work. With just an iPhone or an iPad, you can create some spectacular effects by yourself.

How Blue and Green Screens Work

By recording a video in front of a colored screen it’s possible to make that screen appear transparent. Then a second video is placed behind the original using software, allowing it to be displayed in the screen’s place

This technique was often used to show weather maps behind television presenters, for example.

How to use a green screenDmitri Ma/Shutterstock.com

How to Use a Green/Blue Screen on iPhone and iPad

Download Apple’s free iMovie app for iPhone and iPad from the App Store and open it. Tap the large “+” button to create a new project.

How to use a green screen

Tap ‘Movie” to create a new movie project.

How to use a green screen

Find the video that will be used as the basis for the new project and tap it. Then tap the checkmark button.

How to use a green screen

Tap “Create Movie” to open the new project.

How to use a green screen

Tap the “+” button to add a second video or image. This will be blended into the background of the video you chose earlier. A video with a background consisting mostly of a solid color will work best.

How to use a green screen

Locate the video or image you want to use and tap it. Tap the “…” icon in the resulting menu.

How to use a green screen

Tap “Green/Blue Screen” to add the video or image to your timeline.

How to use a green screen

Tap a color to make it transparent. This is the color that you want to remove.

How to use a green screen

You can move the secondary video or image through your timeline by dragging it left and right.

How to Edit a Blue/Green Screen

Now you have your timeline set up you can edit the Blue/Green screen effect in two ways; you can change how large it is, and how strong it is.

Tap the blue/green screen in your timeline and tap the settings button. Move the slider to strengthen and weaken the effect. You’ll see the changes immediately.

How to use a green screen

Tap the crop button to activate a four-point mask to alter the area of the video or image that is used. Drag the mask to only include the area you want to appear in your finished video.

How to use a green screen

You can now add any extra assets or effects and export the project as normal.

The example above was created in a couple of minutes. It’s not perfect, but it does show how powerful iMovie could be if you have the creativity, and the time, to make something awesome.

Apple’s free iMovie for Mac offers green screen functionality, too.

Из видеоизображения, записанного на фоне зеленой или голубой декорации, можно «вырезать» объект съемки для наложения на другой видеоклип. Это называется эффектом зеленой студии или голубой студии. Например, можно записать видеоизображение танцующего друга на фоне зеленой или голубой декорации, а затем наложить его на видеоклип с изображением звездного неба для создания впечатления, что друг танцует на небе.

Клип с эффектом зеленой или голубой студии также можно перетянуть на фоновый клип с однотонным или анимированным фоном.

При съемке объекта зеленого цвета или человека в зеленой одежде воспользуйтесь голубой декорацией. Аналогично, при съемке объекта голубого цвета или человека в голубой одежде воспользуйтесь зеленой декорацией.

Звуковые составляющие исходного клипа и клипа с эффектом зеленой или голубой студии воспроизводятся одновременно. Звук любого из клипов можно приглушить, чтобы выделить звук другого клипа. Подробные сведения приведены в разделе Добавление аудиоэффектов в iMovie на Mac.

Использование эффекта зеленой или голубой студии

В приложении iMovie How to use a green screenна Mac выберите на временной шкале клип или диапазон, снятый на фоне зеленой или голубой декорации, и перетяните его в позицию над другим клипом в проекте.

При появлении зеленого значка добавления (+) отпустите кнопку мыши.

How to use a green screen

Если элементы управления наложением видео не отображаются, нажмите кнопку «Настройки наложения видео».

How to use a green screen

Нажмите раскрывающееся меню слева и выберите «Зеленая/голубая студия».

Составное изображение в окне просмотра формируется за счет того, что из клипа, записанного на фоне зеленой или голубой декорации, удален зеленый или голубой цвет, и сквозь участки, которые были зелеными или голубыми, виден расположенный ниже клип.

Если в раскрывающемся меню выбрана команда «Зеленая/голубая студия», iMovie удаляет тот цвет, который преобладает в кадре, соответствующем положению указателя воспроизведения. Если кадр под указателем воспроизведения нетипичен для данного клипа, может потребоваться изменить положение указателя воспроизведения и применить эффект заново.

Для изменения положения клипа с эффектом зеленой или голубой студии перетяните его в другое место клипа или в другой клип. Чтобы удлинить или укоротить такой клип, перетяните его концы.

Чтобы принять изменения, нажмите кнопку «Применить» How to use a green screenв панели элементов управления зеленой/голубой студией.

Настройка эффекта зеленой или голубой студии

В приложении iMovie How to use a green screenна Mac выберите на временной шкале клип с эффектом зеленой или голубой студии.

Если элементы управления эффектами зеленой/голубой студии не отображаются, нажмите кнопку «Настройки наложения видео».

How to use a green screen

Выполните любое из следующих действий.

Регулировка резкости границ наложенного клипа. Переместите бегунок «Резкость».

How to use a green screen

Изоляция областей клипа с эффектом зеленой или голубой студии. Нажмите кнопку обрезки и путем перетягивания углов кадра изолируйте объект съемки на клипе на переднем плане.

Очистка областей клипа с эффектом зеленой или голубой студии. Нажмите кнопку очистки, затем перетяните указатель мыши по оставшимся участкам изображения в клипе с эффектом зеленой или голубой студии, которые не следует отображать.

Каждый раз при перетягивании в iMovie заново выбираются участки, подлежащие очистке.

Совет. Значение параметра «Мягкость» следует задать до нажатия кнопки очистки. Если настроить параметр «Мягкость» после нажатия кнопки очистки, выбор области для очистки фона отменяется и ее требуется выбрать заново.

Чтобы принять изменения, нажмите кнопку «Применить» How to use a green screenв панели элементов управления зеленой/голубой студией.

Chroma key is an updated technology for visual effects, removing a color background from images. It’s included as a filter in OBS which can help change and remove backgrounds for streaming. If you want to apply this function, then some preparations are needed. Here, you know how to use green screen in OBS fully.

Practical Tasks Step-by-step Troubleshooting
Task 1. Green Screen & Lighting Prepare a green screen and adjust the lighting for streaming to a suitable level. >> More
Task 2. Set Chroma Key filter in OBS Open OBS Studio and find the Filter key by clicking the “Scene” option. Then, choose Chroma Key in. >> More
Task 3. Adjust Chroma Key Settings To optimize the visual effects, you can adjust options like similarity, smoothness, etc. >> More

Simultaneously, you can know the recording method to meet your special needs. Click this link to read more.

How to Use Green Screen in OBS

Green screen setup for streaming is not an easy task, especially when you use it for the first time. While this part provides the full information for you. It shows OBS green screen setting in three tasks.

Task 1. Prepare Green Screen & Set up Lighting

For streaming, you need to prepare a green screen first. If you haven’t prepared it yet, collapsible backgrounds for the green screen are recommended choices for most of you.

After that, adjust the lighting to a suitable level. To obtain high-quality streaming, the lighting for the background is also essential. Usually, it’s advisable to adjust it to medium lighting.

Task 2. Choose Chroma Key Filter in OBS

As a visual effect technique that can remove the color background from images, Chroma key function is provided by OBS effectively. Many movies use the green screen to replace different scenes. You can use the OBS Chroma Key filter for the green screen in video capture sources, with a webcam.

Here is a list of steps on selecting Chroma Key button in OBS:

Step 1. Download OBS Studio from the official website. Then, open it and create the new Scene by clicking the “+” icon from the lower left side.

Step 2. Remember to add the Camera source in OBS. Now, it’s ideal if you stand in front of the green screen and the video’s background is in the green screen fully. Here, you can crop the video to meet the suitable size.

Step 3. On your Video Capture Source, right-click the dock and choose the “Filters” option.

How to use a green screen

Step 4. You can see there is the “+” button at the bottom side. Click it and select the “Chroma Key” option.

How to use a green screen

Task 3. Adjust Chroma Key and Settings

To learn how to use a green screen for live streaming, you can also change some settings. When adjusting options like similarity, smoothness, and contrast, you can view the effects and adjust these options as you like. The green screen for streaming in proper settings can result in a better green screen experience.

How to use a green screen

Here are some suggestive settings for the OBS Chroma Keying effect:

  • Similarity: The reasonable level is from 200 to 400
  • Smoothness: Advisable adjusting level is from 20 to 50
  • Key color spill reduction: You can set it from 10 to 100

You can change other options like contrast, gamma, opacity, etc. While the settings will be different, depending on the quality of your webcam and green screen, the external lighting, etc.

Bonus Tips: How to Record Green Screen Webcam

If you want to record the green screen webcam, choose practical recorders like EaseUS RecExperts, which allows recording the webcam without compromising quality. Meanwhile, you can select the audio resources like the microphone sound. What’s more, it has presets for choosing the output formats (video/audio).

It’s functional to adjust the quality/frame rate for video and bitrate/sampling rate for audio.

Without a time limit, you can start recording it! Click the button below to download this recorder.

Key Features:

  • Record screen, gameplay, webcam, and audio
  • Best streaming video recorder on PC/Mac
  • Choose the audio resource (system/external)
  • Select the output format for video and audio
  • Record LoL gameplay and other gameplay

After downloading this recorder, you can read the below post to learn more details.

How to use a green screen

To avoid losing quality when screen recording, choose the dedicated software to set frame rate, bitrate, and more.

How to use a green screen

FAQs About Green Screen in OBS

Believe that you know how to use OBS green screen. By using the Chroma Key in OBS, you can also edit it. Here, some other relevant questions are gathered from the public and you can grab some useful tips.

1. Can you change streaming background without OBS green screen?

Yes, there is an acceptable way to change the background without OBS green screen. Likewise, try programs like ChromaCam when you want to remove the background. It can edit a video by applying virtual effects, etc.

Firstly, download and install ChromaCam. Choose the green screen background from this app. Then, open OBS and add the video source from ChromaCam. Followed, remove the video background in OBS.

2. Does OBS has green screen?

OBS is a good choice for green screen streaming. It has the Chrom Key in filter for green color. Also, you can add an image in green color to this software.

Do you need to make green screen content on the go? We have comprised a list of all the top green screen apps out there and will cover them all.

Using a green screen can be a very useful tool when you need to shoot in a location you can’t actually travel to. For instance, the crew working on Star Wars Revenge of the Sith can’t shoot on Mustafar, the movie’s lava-filled planet. That’s where the green screen comes in. Also, you can use green screen for more practical reasons, like budget and travel time.

Here are some of the best green screen apps that will help content creators and smartphone videographers make green screen content on the fly:

1. PowerDirector

Free — Premium subscription: starting at $5.83 a month

How to use a green screenPowerDirector

PowerDirector is one of the highest-rated green screen apps on the Google Play store and on iTunes. While being able to handle 4K quality video, it has a multi-timeline and can share to YouTube, Instagram and Facebook. You will be able to choose the background color: homogeneous blue, green or other colors. You can then change the hardness and brightness of the color by adjusting the Denoise value with its slider. You can make the background more or less transparent and edit content directly in the app. Additionally, you can blur the edges around the main image, which can be very useful for making a subject look like it’s really in the scene.

It is worth noting, you will have a watermark in the free version of the app. However, the watermark is removed if you purchase the Premium account.

2. Kinemaster

Free — Monthly subscription: $4.99 — Annual subscription: $39.99

Our next entry is KineMaster. It’s a fully equipped video editor for iOS and Android. In addition to chromakey, it features multiple video layers, blending modes, voiceovers, speed control, transitions, video reverse and special effects. Additionally, it can export 4K 2160p video at 30fps. At first, you select one of the available colors. There isn’t a special palette available. That is one of the cons of this app. You have to select the color yourself using the slider. After that, you can replace the background. You can dim and brighten the background and adjust the level of transparency and background stiffness.

How to use a green screenKinemaster

Similar to PowerDirector, Kinemaster will have a watermark in the free version, which you can remove if you purchase the Premium version.

3. Motion Ninja

Free — One-time payment: $20

How to use a green screenMotion Ninja

Motion Ninja is one of the best chromakey apps available because it’s a feature-packed video editor. The app is available on both Android and iOS. Motion Ninja offers a few green screen resources in various styles and blending options. Also, it’s a full-fledge video editor, allowing you to do more than just chromakey your footage. It has a high user-review on both Android and the App Store. Also, it keeps ads to a minimum. Some features are only accessible to Pro users. However, the free version still offers a lot. If you end up wanting the Pro version, you need to pay a one-time $20 payment.

4. iMovie

Free

How to use a green screeniMovie

Next is iMovie. Now, this is only open for iOS devices. You will not find this on the Google Play store. One of the great things about iMovie is that it is free and can remove anything in the background that’s green or blue. So you don’t have to find other higher-end products to remove blue screens. Also, you can adjust the effect with a 4-point mask. You can also drop in images with transparent backgrounds and use photos as overlays.

5. Do Ink

$4.99

How to use a green screenDo Ink

For iPad and iPhone uses, you can use Do Ink’s green screen apps. Once considered one of the best new apps in education on iTunes, it’s a decent option for iPad and iPhone users to make green screen videos. You can use this app in two different ways. First, you can import a prerecorded video. Additionally, you can use the app with live video as well. You can also use photos and artwork as well. You can get it in the app store for $4.99.

6. WeVideo Movie & Video Editor

Free — Monthly subscription: $4.99

How to use a green screenWeVideo Movie & Video Editor

WeVideo’s free app offers a green screen feature. It is one of the highlight features of the app. The app itself is able to connect with the cloud as well, so you can always have access to your projects with Android devices. Additionally, WeVideo also has a web-based online editor that allows you to make a green screen video without having to download anything. You can get it for free, but for the green screen effects, you need to get the Mobile Pass version.

7. Chromavid

Free — Yearly subscription: $2.99

Available for: iOS and Android

Last, we have Chromavid. Offered on both iOS and Android, the app features unlimited recording time and doesn’t place a Chromavid logo into the frame. You can choose the chroma color: either blue, green, yellow or red. Now there are some drawbacks. You can only replace the background with a still image. You can’t place video. Additionally, the video you do use in front of the image has to be filmed live. Chromavid offers a 1-year premium subscription for $2.99.

How to use a green screenChromavid

So, these are some of the options available for mobile green screen editing. We hope this list helps you make great green screen videos.

How to use a green screen

“Using a green screen,” or Chroma keying is a special method that allows you to change the background of the objects you are shooting. Use free green screen software to make it faster and easier.

First, you shoot a subject against a green or another colored background. Then, edit the video in Chroma key software to remove the color background and add the one you need.

Top 11 Best Free Green Screen Software

  1. Wondershare Filmora9 – Cross-platform
  2. iMovie – Easy to use
  3. OBS Studio – Streaming capabilities
  4. VSDC Free Video Editor – Small-sized non-linear editor
  5. VirtualDub – Built-in screen capturing
  6. OpenShot – Open source
  7. ZS4 Video Editor – Lots of effects
  8. HitFilm Express – Professional grade tool for free
  9. Lightworks – Applying effects in real-time
  10. DaVinci Resolve – Great color grading
  11. Wax – Unlimited video tracks

You can find the Chroma keying feature in lots of professional video editing software. However, it can cost too much. For instance, Adobe Premiere contains this feature. But to use the software, you need to pay $19.99 per month if you choose an annual plan. If you can afford the purchase of a professional video editor, then you should check out my best green screen software review. Another option is to use outsource video editing services.

More people are participating in video conference calls than ever before. This can be a good and bad thing. It’s good that people are able to connect from anywhere at any time. However, the problem is that your remote-work location might not be video-conference ready. That’s where a good green screen background can really come in handy.

How to set up a green screen background

While you may need a more or less complex setup depending on your use case, there are a few fundamentals everyone should consider. Let’s go over what you might need.

You need a screen

To start using green screen in your video calls, you’re going to need to get a screen. There are a lot of options out there and many of them are cheap. There are pop-out portable screens that come in a variety of shapes and sizes. Smaller screens take up less space, but they will need to be closer to you in order to fill the frame.

You can also opt for green screen fabric. You can purchase green screen fabric online or at most video supply stores. If nothing else, a piece of plywood or poster board painted green will work as well. You don’t need to use any specific shade of green — just choose something vibrant and make sure the color is even across the entire surface.

Lighting is super important

Good lighting is crucial to pulling off a green screen background. Look for lighting that lights your screen with wide and soft light. Have the least amount of shadows possible. Any wrinkles, backlighting or off-color will mess with the green screen effect. Check out our lights buyer’s guide if you want some light recommendations.

Avoid wearing anything green

Unless you want to be a floating head, coordinate your outfit with your green screen. Avoid any greens. You can make small adjustments of the green screen color cutoffs if you really have to have green on, like say for branding or Saint Patties Day. However, the effect is harder to get right if you’re wearing green.

Be selective with your backgrounds

Depending on what call you’re on, you have to select a background that fits with the meeting. While you might want to use a picture of your new kitten as your background, if your meeting with a new client, that might not give off the professional impression you want.

Work with restraint and subtlety. Use what is appropriate for the meeting. In a meeting with your work friends, you can be flying through space at hyperspeed. On the flip side, in a meeting with your boss about your job performance, you should have a simple, gradient background. You could also choose a background to demonstrate or show things to clients or workers, like a project you’re currently working on.

Regardless of the type of meeting, always think beforehand what background you should use —not which ones you can use.

How to use a green screenEven green paper can work, as long as there aren’t a lot of wrinkles. Image courtesy: zacwoolfitt.blogspot.com

Keying your green screen out of your video call

Depending on what video conferencing service you’re using, you have a few different options for removing your green screen and replacing it with your desired background image.

Some video calling services have built-in green screen effects

Zoom, one of the most popular video conferencing services, has built-in green screen features that don’t even require a physical green screen. Zoom’s Virtual Background feature allows you to use a still image or video in the background. This can be used to hide a messy background or it can be a great tool to show a presentation or clients your work and point out particular things. Other services offer similar effects.

You have to meet Zoom’s requirements, however, to get full use of the feature. If you have a later version of an OS with an Intel Core i5 or i7 quad-core processor, you should be able to use the feature no problem. If you have a lower-end system, you might be able to use the feature, but you will need a physical green screen to use it.

How to use the green screen feature in Zoom

  • On the home page, click the gear Setup icon in the upper-right corner
  • Click “Virtual Background” in the left-sided menu
  • Click to either use the provided backgrounds or click the plus sign to add your own backgrounds
  • If you have a lower-end computer, click the “I have a green screen” box at the bottom.

How to use a green screenYou can select from provided background or use your own on Zoom. Image courtesy: Cute Wall Paper.

To change the background during the call, click on the up-arrow near the video symbol and then click the “choose a virtual background…” option. It will then take you to the same page as described above.

What if I’m not using Zoom?

You can still use a green screen to replace your background, even if your video call client doesn’t support it natively. The trick is to use a virtual webcam. A virtual webcam allows you to add effects and make changes to your webcam or other video input before sending it to your web conferencing service. Manycam, OBS-VirtualCam for OBS and CamMask all offer green screen capabilities.

Use green screen to make calls fun and professional

Green screens can be both fun and useful to use during meetings. They also can make an unprofessional meeting environment into a professional one. If you’re going to be on a lot of video calls, consider looking into getting or making your own green screen. If you want to learn more about green screen, read our chromakey guide.

Apply Chroma Key to a Video Online and replace green screens with a different background

Apply an effect to any video

Chroma Key has been a visual effects technique for over fifty years. The ability to composite people and objects onto a variety of backgrounds has changed the way we think about video production and expanded the scope of what is possible with visual storytelling.

Kapwing is an easy online video editing tool that will allow you to chroma key a video to the correct color. You can choose to either replace a color, or remove the color completely and make the video transparent. Use this chroma key tool to turn your green screen videos into usable footage that can placed on top of other content.

How to Apply Chroma Key to a Video Online

How to use a green screen

  1. Apply your video effect

Upload a video from your device, or use a link to a video from YouTube, Facebook, TikTok, Instagram, ect. Then, click the Chroma Key button in the Effects tab. From there, choose which channel to key out: we currently support Green and Blue, as well as Key to Color for removing a specific color value.

Adjust the threshold

If you are using Key to Color, select the color value you want to remove. Use the Threshold slider or sliders to adjust the tolerance of the removal filter. If you want to remove a wider range of color values, move the slider to the right. If you want the range to be narrower, slide it to the left.

Export and Share

Upload or search for a new background using the Upload or Images buttons in the upper toolbar. When everything looks just right, hit the Export button and give Kapwing some time to process your project. Once it’s done, you can download your finished video or share it directly on social media!

Remove or replace a green screen video online

Made popular by Zoom and TikTok, green screen video effects have cleared the way for creators to think about putting themselves or others in any virtual background settings, sharing animated assets, and making more video memes. Now with Kapwing, anyone can use this green screen editor to make video magic without having to download complicated software.

Kapwing’s Green Screen Video Editor lets you remove the background from any green or bluescreen video for free and online. Plus, you can use our eyedropper tool to key out any color from the background of the video. Then, you can overlay the layer on top of other videos and images to incorporate the green screen assets into a multimedia collage.

Open the Kapwing Studio and upload your video (or use a link to a YouTube green screen video). The free editor also supports images and GIFs. With your video layer selected, click the “Effects” tab and select the “Chroma Key” option. Choose the channel or color you want to key out and use the sliders to fine-tune your results. Add new backgrounds, frame your canvas, trim your video, and more to make a polished, professional video to download or share across all your social media channels.

The Kapwing Studio is the easiest place to make videos online – no watermark, no downloads required, no hassle. Now anyone can incorporate this post production green screen replacement for any video without needing a single-use app. We hope you enjoy making your videos with Kapwing.

How to use a green screen

Green screen technology has been around since the early 1900s. But did you know that green screen technology isn’t exclusive to the color green?

This visual effect is often called chroma key compositing or chroma keying. It is a post-production effect that allows video editors to replace backgrounds and insert footage or images into their scenes.

Many companies use a green screen to produce informative product videos, company updates, and more. It is a useful and valuable tool when you want to produce a professional-looking marketing video quickly and affordably.

In this post we’re breaking down how to use green software for beginners. The first thing to know is that it’s incredibly easy to produce a green screen video these days!

To help you get started, here are a few key things to remember when producing any video:

1. The first time is always the longest. Anytime you do something new it will take time. Be patient and continue to execute. You’ll get faster every time you do it.

2. Make a plan and carry it out. We wrote a great post on video pre production that explains the importance of a script and making a plan!

3. Last but not least, have fun! Green screen videos can be a blast to create. Don’t take yourself too seriously (even if it’s a serious video) and your production is sure to be more relatable to the masses.

What is Green Screen Used For?

There are many practical use cases for green screen and it all depends on what you are trying to achieve with your video production.

On big Hollywood sets you will see green screens as large as a city block! It’s unlikely that you’ll have that type of budget, but if your company is ready to invest in video marketing, you will have the tools to produce some amazing marketing videos!

Some common use cases for green screen are include:

1. Marketing Videos

How to use a green screen

Filming a quick marketing video for your organization can be easy. Keep in mind it doesn’t have to be green! You can purchase simple pop up green or blue screens for cheap online.

These are usually the best colors to use. Lucky for you, we’ve also put together a step by step guide on how to get started using green screen.

2. Creating Engaging YouTube Videos

How to use a green screen

Some of the most popular YouTube vloggers use green screen to add interesting backgrounds to their videos. Replacing the background can add depth and visually interesting patterns to keep the viewer engaged.

3. Split Screen Videos

With green screen technology you can create fun side by side or split screen videos to add comedic relief to your video production. Just make sure to write your script before pressing record!

4. Replacing Backgrounds

How to use a green screen

Green screen can be used to replace backgrounds on devices, computer screens and more. This is a great visual effect to use if you are creating a marketing video for a new application or piece of software, or making a video to share out campaign results with your co-workers.

It’s not as hard as it looks

You do not have to be a director on a fancy movie set to use green screen technology. This process can actually be very cost effective and easy to setup. Over 33,000 people search for green screen help each month, and most people think that it takes complicated software to accomplish this visual effect. But you only need a few things to get started.

Check out our in depth How to Create A Green Screen tutorial that lists the materials you need to get started. Below you’ll find out what software to use to achieve this effect.

How to Use Green Screen Software

Green software can be intimidating for many people, but there are simple and effective solutions that allow you to save time and make fantastic videos quickly. We should note that there are many different types of video editing software out there. If you’re just getting started we recommend finding the easiest and most user friendly software possible.

The first thing you will need to do is select the software you want to use for your green screen video. We’re pretty fond of Camtasia, which includes a click and drag “remove a color” feature that allows you to quickly replace the background. It is really that simple. We’ll be using Camtasia below in our examples.

Step 1 – Drag and Drop

Select the “remove a color” feature in the visual effects menu in Camtasia. Then all you need to do is drag and drop on the clip. Simple as that!

How to use a green screen

Step 2 – Select Color

Select the color you want to remove from your scene. This usually works best with green or blue in your scene. Fun fact, filmmakers have used many different colors including red, yellow and black to replace backgrounds, but often green and blue work the best.

How to use a green screen

Replace the image or background in your scene with your desired footage, background or image. In Camtasia, you can adjust the replaced image using the rotation tools in the properties panel to easily scale your image.

How to use a green screen

As you can see, green screen software can be very easy to use. With three simple steps in Camtasia you can replace a background using the “Remove A Color” feature.

Creating a Marketing Video With Green Screen

Now that you have the basics and use cases, it’s easy to see that creating a green screen marketing video won’t take you a ton of time. In fact, you have probably seen examples of these short marketing videos in your Facebook feed. Here is an example of one of ours:

Videos like this allow you to display information quickly and can be played silently while users are scrolling their feed, but did you notice that the computer screens were replaced? With simple editing tricks like the “Remove A Color” feature in Camtasia, you can create these exact same videos. Why not try it out for yourself?

You can find even more information on getting your DIY green screen set up on our blog.

You can make these same videos for your company. Even if you don’t have your own copy, you can try Camtasia free for 30 days. Give it a try and let us know how it goes on Twitter or Facebook.

David Patton

David Patton is the Media Coordinator for TechSmith. Follow him on Twitter @davidpatton6 Favorite things: Star Wars, iPhone, and Dr. Pepper Personal motto: “If you’re at a buffet, be first and fill up your plate.” Currently reading: The Art of Star Wars: The Force Awakens

  • Avoid These 7 Common Video Editing Mistakes
  • Here’s Why Marketers Are Obsessed with Facebook Video
  • B-Roll: The Secret Sauce of Any Great Video

Subscribe to TechSmith’s Newsletter

Join over 200,000 people who get actionable tips and expert advice every month in the TechSmith Newsletter.

If you’re watching a movie and it’s set in an out-of-this-world location, production has more than likely used computer-generated technology called chroma key.

Chroma key is a magnificent and highly popular film and video-making tool. So how can you take advantage of chroma key green screen for your own video from the comfort of your home?

This blog will discuss the ins and outs of chroma key and how to make a chroma key green screen video using Clipchamp online editor. Let’s discuss:

What is chroma key?

What is the chroma key color code?

What is the chroma key green fabric?

Can chroma key be blue instead of green?

How important are green screen backgrounds for video?

What are some examples of green screen effects that can be used in everyday videos?

Can chroma key green screens be used for OBS and live streaming?

How to use green screen on iPhone and mobile in social media videos?

How to make a chroma key green screen video effects using Clipchamp

What is chroma key?

Picture yourself watching the weather forecast with the presenter standing in front of the electronic weather map. How did they do this? What special effects did they use? The answer is chroma key.

Chroma key is a special effect achieved by the use of green or blue screen, chroma key green or blue paint. The feature enables users to remove a specific colour from an image or video, allowing the removed portion of the clip to be replaced with a different visual.

How to use a green screen

What is the chroma key colour code?

Chroma key is famously known for its distinct green colour, but did you know you can use chroma blue key as well? Chroma key green and chroma key blue are the best colours to use.

How to use a green screen

Chroma key colour code: Green

Chroma key green is valued as approximately 354C in the Pantone colour matching system.

Chroma green can be displayed in many different formats. Below is green screen colour green in different values useful for both digital and physical production:

Green Screen as RGB colour value: 0, 177, 64

Green Screen as CMYK colour value: 81, 0, 92, 0

Green Screen as Hex colour value: #00b140

Green Screen as Websafe colour value: #009933

Chroma key colour code: Blue

Alternatively, instead of using green screens, users can use chroma key blue. The blue Pantone colour matching system values the colour as approximately 2728C.

Chroma key blue can also fit into many different colour values. Here is a list of other chrima blue values useful for digital and physical production:

Chroma Blue as RGB colour value: 0, 71, 187

Chroma Blue as CMYK colour value: 90, 68, 0, 0

Chroma Blue as Hex colour value: #0047bb

Chroma Blue as Websafe colour value: #0033cc

What is the chroma key green fabric?

Chroma key green fabric is a single colour fabric backdrop that is used to create the green screen effect.

The green background is seamless so no shadows or false colour representations occur during filming or photography. Green screen fabric can be purchased from ebay, Amazon or usually any electronics online retailer.

Can chroma key be blue instead of green?

Chroma key blue does exist and can be used if you do not have a bright green background, or prefer to use a blue screen.

How to use a green screen

How important are green screen backgrounds for video?

Depending on what style of motion picture you are shooting, chroma key green screen can be an important element to add to your production.

Whether it’s for a business product photo or short film, green screen allows users to show the same content in a more unique, creative way. Visual effects make your video production stand out from the crowd, bring quality and production to a whole new level.

What are some examples of green screen effects that can be used in everyday videos?

The options are endless when it comes to what you can create when using a green screen or blue screen background. With the help of the latest editing software, anything is possible! Let’s take a look at some examples of green screen effects that you can achieve at home in your everyday videos.

1. Meet your favourite celebrity

We will most likely never meet our favourite celebrity in real life. Make your wish a reality with the help of chroma key. Edit yourself or customers standing next to their idol.

How to use a green screen

2. Extreme sports and stunts

Take the danger out of surfing a monster wave by using a green screen instead! It’s safer, far easier and no training required.

How to use a green screen

3. News headline

Launching a new product? Let people know by delivering the breaking news with a newsroom backdrop. Set the scene without even being there in person.

How to use a green screen

Can chroma key green screens be used for OBS and live streaming?

Yes! Chroma key green screens can be used for OBS and live streaming. With OBS chroma key, you can chroma key images and videos.

If you’re a streamer, portable green screens can fit to the back of your gaming chair, allowing you to have the green background only where you need it. Learn more about how to do chroma key compositing here.

How to use green screen on iPhone or mobile in social media videos?

Social media platforms like Instagram and TikTok have a built in green screen filter available for users to enjoy.

If your social media platform does not offer a personalised green screen, Clipchamp’s online video editor allows you to quickly and easily create a vertical and horizontal green screen video to share with your followers in minutes.

How to make a chroma key green screen video effects using Clipchamp

Special effects are made simple using our green screen video editor. Change backgrounds, add exciting special effects or transport your video to a whole new world without leaving your browser! Save, share and enjoy.

If you want to learn how to take your video to the next level using chroma key, check out our step-by-step guide to making a green screen video.

How to use a green screen

Create your chroma key green screen video today!

Sign up today to Clipchamp and begin creating your new masterpiece.

If you’re unsure where to start, check out our collection of green screen templates so you don’t need to start from scratch. We’ve even included customizable motion titles and transitions for you to personalize your specific branding. All you need to do is add your own personal flair!

Sometimes on video meetings you don’t want your surroundings to be visible. Maybe you didn’t have time to clean that day, or there are distractions that will detract from your meeting.

For times like these, video conference providers like Zoom and Microsoft Teams offer virtual backgrounds which replace your physical background with an image or video of your choice. These features are often meant to be used with a green screen—a single-color physical background that enables the software to work properly.

While using a green screen for Zoom may seem like a good presentation option, that isn’t always the case. In this article, we look at the reasons to use a green screen for video conferences, the downsides of this type of background, and when you should definitely NOT use the Zoom green screen for video meetings.

Why use a green screen for Zoom?

If you’ve ever used a virtual background feature without a green screen, you’ve probably noticed the glitches. That’s because without a solid color background, the software can’t fully differentiate between you and your background.

This becomes most apparent when you move. The program doesn’t know exactly where you begin and your background begins, so it will begin to glitch around the edges of your silhouette, such as your neck, head, and arms or fingers.

Enter the green screen.

Green screens have been used for decades in the movie, TV, and video game industries in a process known as chroma key compositing. By putting the actor or presenter in front of a solid green (or sometimes blue) background, technicians can separate the background from the person in post-production and add any image or video they want in the background. This makes it look like the actor or presenter is somewhere else.

You’ve probably seen this process used on a weather forecast news segment, with the presenter standing in front of a large map showing weather patterns. In reality, they’re standing in front of a large green screen, with the backgrounds added by the production team.

Contrast in color between the background and the people on camera is essential to making this work. Bright green is used as the background since it’s unlike any natural human skin tones, and it’s unlikely someone would be wearing that color on their clothing.

Using the same principle, Zoom recommends using a physical green screen for proper performance of the virtual background feature. To use a green screen for Zoom calls, you can purchase and set up a green screen kit in your home office or other workspace.

When NOT To Use a Zoom Green Screen

While a green screen can be fun, they’re not always the best choice. If you’re on a sales call, an interview, or any meeting where you need to impress the person on the other end, a green screen is likely to undermine your professional image.

Why? Because in a video meeting, green screens with virtual backgrounds can create a subtle impression that something is off (see our article on portable green screen pitfalls for more information).

Even with advances in technology, a green screen is relatively easy to spot. Because the person in the frame is in a different space than the background, it’s impossible to make them look completely natural. While your virtual background may look a lot better with a green screen, it will still look like a virtual background, mostly because of differences in lighting, coloration, and focus between you in your physical space and the virtual background.

Want a branded video background that’s uniquely you? Configure your custom Anyvoo video backdrop today.

Downsides Of Green Screens For Video Conferences

If you’re planning to use a green screen for video conferences, you may want to consider some of the following downsides:

Difficulty With Lighting

In order to make the green screen effect work, it’s crucial to have proper lighting. The backdrop must be completely wrinkle-free and evenly lit throughout with soft lighting. Otherwise, any variation in lighting will be interpreted as a color gradient.

Achieving this can be very difficult in a home office setting, and even harder if you’re in a temporary workspace. If you have natural light coming into your room through a window, the lighting on your face will change depending on the amount of light, but your background will not. The best way to avoid this is by having a physical background in the same space as you. That way the lighting will be consistent across both you and your background.

Inconsistency Across Video Platforms

A green screen on its own is ugly. (That’s why it’s the color it is, remember?) If you’re using a video platform that doesn’t have virtual backgrounds, this suddenly becomes a liability. Now you just have an ugly green color behind you. This looks bad on other platforms, and it doesn’t look or feel great to have in your workspace.

With a physical backdrop, you’ll have the same background no matter what platform you’re on. You can record a Quicktime video from your webcam, switch over to Vidyard for a sales meeting, record and send a Loom video, take a Slack video call, and then jump onto a Zoom conference and your background will always be consistent.

Lack of Portability

If you have a lot of space to hang a large green fabric and you’re only doing video meetings from that location, a green screen isn’t a problem. But if you have a smaller space, need to move your background, or travel, moving a green screen setup quickly becomes infeasible.

While there are smaller, portable options like collapsible backgrounds that can be used as a green screen, these come with their own issues (see our article on pop up backgrounds for more information).

Looking for the best way to appear professional on video meetings?

When you really need to look professional, communicate at your best, and be consistent in your presentation, there’s no substitute for a good physical background like the Anyvoo video conference backdrop. With an Anyvoo backdrop, you can have a great-looking, custom branded background (or use one of our professionally designed images) for your video calls that will look more natural than a virtual background ever can. Since you and your background are in the same space, you don’t need to worry about lighting issues or movement spoiling the effect.

If you travel a lot, Anyvoo backdrops come with a travel frame and are easy to set up and easy to move. And because Anyvoo backdrops are double-sided and offer a green screen option, you can still utilize a green screen whenever you want. Got questions? Ask us—we’re here to help.

Green screening also known as “chroma key” is a filming technology that is in charge for believable cosmic battles in Star Wars, gloom remnants of the human civilization in Terminator, and beautiful sea sunsets in Titanic. As computer performance progressed, the technology became available for home use too. Basically, green screening replaces some color of the original footage (usually, this color is green, that’s where the name comes from) with an arbitrary image, computer graphics or another footage.

In SparkoCam software, the green screen option allows you to replace the background of your webcam video with any picture or even movie, so you can turn your room to a fantastic landscape, or move the action to Amazon jungles, or just replace a part of the background with additional graphic content.

Now, all you need is a green background that you can buy in many photo supply stores around the web, and SparkoCam. Here is a step by step instruction on how to use green screen with a webcam.

Select the camera

Run SparkoCam and switch to the Device tab. Put the checkmark near the Web Camera section to open it, and find your device in the dropdown list.

How to use a green screen

You can configure your device by clicking the Properties button. Note that you can use other devices as a source of the web camera footage as well. They include Canon DSLR cameras, a real-time video of your desktop, predefined video files or even a static image.

Choose the key color

Now, as you chose the camera, you should apply a green screen effect to the image it produces. Switch to the Effects tab and activate the Green Screening section:

How to use a green screen

Now you should specify the color you want to be replaced with the background image. You can either pick it from the preview window with the Pick button, or let the program Detect it automatically.

Define background

You should select an image or video that will represent the new background of your camera picture.

Following image formats are supported: JPEG, PNG, BMP, TIFF

Supported video formats: AVI, MP4, MKV, WMV, FLV, MOV, MPEG

Adjust screening options

The Tolerance option specifies the threshold of the color value. The higher the number, the more variance of the chroma key color the program allows. Here are the same pictures with different values of applied Tolerance. The first one corresponds to the Tolerance value of 10:

How to use a green screen

while the second one corresponds to 65:

How to use a green screen

The Noise option allows you to take into account and compensate noise in the source footage caused by compression artifacts, antialiasing and other reasons.

Here we go! The virtual web camera powered by SparkoCam now transmits the actual footage with the background replaced thanks to green screening. This virtual device functions just like a normal web camera, so you can use it with Google Hangouts, Skype or other video chat applications.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Sound Recorder is an app you can use to record audio for up to three hours per recording file. You can use it side by side with other apps, which allows you to record sound while you continue working on your PC. (While there is also a desktop program called Sound Recorder, this article is about the Sound Recorder app.)

To start recording, tap or click the circular button with a microphone in the center. This is your Record button.

 How to record using windows sound recorder

To pause recording, tap or click Pause.

How to record using windows sound recorder

To resume the same recording you paused, tap or click Pause again.

To save the recording tap or click Stop. You’ll see the recording appear in your list of recordings.

How to record using windows sound recorder

(The next time you tap or click Record, you’ll start a new recording.)

Tap or click the recording you want to rename.

Tap or click Rename.

Enter a new name for your recording. Tap or click Rename.

Your recordings are stored within the Sound Recorder app. If you uninstall the app, your recordings will be deleted. To send the recording file to someone through another app, use the Share charm.

Open Sound Recorder.

Tap or click the recording you want to share.

Swipe in from the right edge of the screen, and then tap Share.
(If you’re using a mouse, point to the upper-right corner of the screen, move the mouse pointer down, and then click Share.)

You’ll see a list of the apps you have that can share. To mail your recording, tap or click Mail and follow the instructions. To share your recording to an app, tap or click the app and follow the instructions.

You can also send recording files as attachments right from the Mail app. Tap or click Sound Recorder from the menu when you’re choosing a file to attach to an email.

Tap or click the recording you want to trim.

Tap or click Trim.

Drag the left and right ends of the timeline to the new start and stop points you want.You can play the trimmed recording to make sure it starts and stops where you want. Adjust the start or stop points as needed. Tap or click OK.

Do one of the following:

If you’d like to save the trimmed portion as a new recording file, tap or click Save a copy.

If you’d like to replace your recording with the trimmed portion, tap or click Update original.

Note: You can’t trim if you have minimized Sound Recorder to take up less than 672px of width on the screen—you’ll have to make Sound Recorder larger in order to trim.

The latest generation of Microsoft Windows operating system, Windows 11, has several advanced features compared with the previous generations. Some of its new features include widgets, better virtual desktop support, and speedy multitasking, etc. Recording audio on Windows 11 for different online activities is something you may need, whether you are a gamer, freelancer, YouTuber, or digital worker. But how to record audio on Windows 11? Does this new OS provide users with any default options?

There are two ways to record audio on Windows 11, and you can use both the built-in tool or a third-party Windows 11 audio recorder to do that. This post will guide you to capture audio on Windows 11 step by step. Follow those tutorials to save the sounds you like.

How to Record Internal Audio on Windows 11 with Game Bar

Windows 11 allows users to record audio with the Xbox Game Bar application. This built-in program supports recording games and other digital activities on your Windows PC, including your voice note or different computer sounds.

Game Bar makes it easier for you to take control of your gaming activities while recording them. It has user-friendly features, and you can adjust the audio settings per your preferences. Moreover, it enables you to socialize with people of the same interest. All you need to do is join the Xbox community.

How to Record Internal Audio on Windows 11 with Game Bar:

  • Step 1. To enable Game Bar, press Windows + G. Click “Capture” from the game bar preset.

How to record using windows sound recorder

  • Step 2. If you want to include your verbal narration/voice note, click the “Mic” button in the “Capture” group. Or you can press Windows + Alt + M to turn the mic on and off.

How to record using windows sound recorder

  • Step 3. Click the “Start Recording” icon in the “Capture” pane. Or press Windows + Alt + R to start/stop recording. The Xbox Game Bar will be minimized, and a “Capture Status” will show on the right edge of your PC screen.

How to record using windows sound recorder

  • Step 4. Click the “Recording” button or press Windows + Alt + R to stop recording.

How to record using windows sound recorder

But this software also has a shortcoming. As it’s designed to capture the gameplay, Game Bar doesn’t support capturing only the audio. Although it has a versatile recording tool that enables you to capture internal audio and your own voice simultaneously, you have to record those sounds along with recording the screen.

For those who want to record a ringtone or record a song and use it as background music, Game Bar is relatively complex to use. You have to find a video editor that supports extracting audio from videos, such as EaseUS Video Editor, or you need to find a recorder with a more advanced audio recording tool, like EaseUS RecExperts.

How to record using windows sound recorder

If you want to know the detailed steps to extract audio from a video, this post is what you need.

How to record using windows sound recorder

How to Record Audio on Windows 11 with EaseUS RecExperts

Besides the disadvantage mentioned above, Xbox Game Bar sometimes may even affect the PC speed. You can get yourself a powerful third-party Windows 11 audio recorder, like EaseUS RecExperts, to avoid these issues. This way, you will never have to slow down your computer or get faulty recordings.

It is an ideal application for screen recording. It is lightweight, easy to use, and works fast. With this app, you will forget about problematic bugs your PC can face. When it comes to audio recording, this software enables you to capture internal audio and our voice from the microphone at the same time. Then, you can export those recordings in any audio format you like. In addition to that, the bitrate and sampling rate of the audio are all configurable.

As an all-in-one recorder, it also works well to capture the screen or record the webcam. And the built-in trimmer enables you to edit the audio or video recordings with ease.

Key Features:

  • Lightweight audio recording software for Windows 11/10
  • The best voice recorder Windows 11 users can’t miss
  • Record a specific area or full screen
  • Schedule recording to start and stop automatically
  • Support more than 10 audio/video formats
  • Add opening titles and closing credits

This recorder doesn’t require registration. Download it for free and capture the audio effortlessly.

Method of Recording Audio on Windows 11 PC:

Step 1. Launch EaseUS RecExperts, and there are four functions on the interface. Here you choose “Audio”.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 2. Select the sound source by clicking on the bottom left icon. It supports recording system sound, microphone voice, and both of them. The settings in “Options” helps you to adjust the volume.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 3. Hit “REC” button to start recording audio. To finish it, you just click on the red square icon to stop it.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 4. An audio player will pop up automatically. You can view the recorded audio or trim it with built-in tools.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Conclusion

Recording audio in Windows 11 is not an issue. You can do it with the built-in Game Bar app, which enables you to record screens with voiceovers or other sounds. But this app can affect your Windows in negative ways, like slowing down the speed. And you have to find a video editor to extract audio from the video.

However, EaseUS RecExperts is an intuitive screen recorder with easy-to-use tools that will help you record audio on Windows 11 without any hassle. It is not only lightweight but also quick in working. It enables you to record audio and edit it. Download and have a try.

Chris Hoffman is Editor-in-Chief of How-To Geek. He’s written about technology for over a decade and was a PCWorld columnist for two years. Chris has written for The New York Times and Reader’s Digest, been interviewed as a technology expert on TV stations like Miami’s NBC 6, and had his work covered by news outlets like the BBC. Since 2011, Chris has written over 2,000 articles that have been read nearly one billion times—and that’s just here at How-To Geek. Read more.

How to record using windows sound recorder

You don’t have to hold up a microphone to your computer’s speakers to record its audio. Even if you don’t have a Stereo Mix option on your PC, you can easily record the sound coming from any Windows PC.

You can record the sound coming from your PC in numerous ways, and we’re going to show you the three best we’ve found. The first two options use only software, and the third relies on an old trick that connects your computer’s audio output to its audio input with an audio cable.

Option 1: Stereo Mix

How to record using windows sound recorder

Stereo Mix is sometimes called “What U Hear.” It’s a special recording option that your sound drivers might provide. If it is included with your drivers, you can select Stereo Mix (instead of a microphone or audio line-in input), and then force any application to record the same sound that your computer is outputting from its speakers or headphones.

On modern versions of Windows, Stereo Mix is generally disabled by default—even if your sound drivers support it. Follow our instructions to enable the Stereo Mix audio source on Windows. After enabling Stereo Mix, you can use any audio-recording program, and just select “Stereo Mix” as the input device instead of the usual “line-in” or “microphone” option.

On some devices, you may not have this option at all. There may be a way to enable it with different audio drivers, but not every piece of sound hardware supports Stereo Mix. It’s unfortunately become less and less common.

Option 2: Audacity’s WASAPI Loopback

How to record using windows sound recorder

Don’t have a Stereo Mix option? No problem. Audacity has a useful feature that can record the audio coming out of your computer—even without Stereo Mix. In fact, Audacity’s feature may be even better than Stereo Mix, assuming you’re willing to use Audacity to record the audio. This method takes advantage of a feature that Microsoft added in Windows Vista named the Windows Audio Session API (WASAPI). The feature also functions in Windows 7, 8, and 10, and helps make up for the lack of a Stereo Mix option on modern Windows PCs.

In Audacity, choose the “Windows WASAPI” audio host, and then choose an appropriate loopback device, such as “Speakers (loopback)” or “Headphones (loopback).”

How to record using windows sound recorder

Click the Record button to start recording the audio in Audacity, and then click Stop when you’re done. Because you’re using Audacity, you can easily trim and edit the sound file when you’re done.

Update: If this doesn’t work, you may also need to select the correct number of recording channels to match your device using the dropdown box to the right of device selection box. For example, If you have a 7.1 channel headset, select “8.”

Audacity’s tutorial website explains why this feature is actually better than Stereo Mix:

“WASAPI loopback has an advantage over stereo mix or similar inputs provided by the soundcard that the capture is entirely digital (rather than converting to analog for playback, then back to digital when Audacity receives it). System sounds playing through the device selected for WASAPI loopback are still captured, however.”

In other words, your recorded sound file will be higher-quality when using Audacity’s WASAPI loopback option.

Option 3: An Audio Cable

How to record using windows sound recorder

If neither of the first two options suit your needs, there’s always the low-tech solution—although it’s a bit of a hack. Just get an audio cable with a male 3.5mm connector on both ends. Plug one end into the line-out (or headphone) jack on your PC, and the other end into the line-in (or microphone) jack. You’ll stop hearing the sound your computer produces, but you can use any audio-recording program to record the “line in” or “microphone” input. To actually hear the sound, you could get a splitter, and then output the audio to headphones or speakers at the same time you direct it back into your computer.

Sure, this is inconvenient and silly compared to to the first two software-only options we talked about. But, if you desperately need to capture the audio coming out of your computer in an application that isn’t Audacity and you don’t have Stereo Mix, the cable trick allows you to do this.

Windows 10 offers a slew of ways for users to operate their devices, from computers to tablets.

One of the most useful features Windows 10 offers, is the ability to record audio without the use of third-party applications or websites. Here’s how to record audio on Windows 10 using the Microsoft Voice Recorder app.

Check out the products mentioned in this article:

Windows 10 (From $139.99 at Best Buy)

Lenovo IdeaPad 130 (From $299.99 at Best Buy)

How to record audio on Windows 10 using Microsoft Voice Recorder

1. Boot up your Windows 10 PC.

2. Launch the “Microsoft Store” application.

3. On the Microsoft Store page, move your cursor to the search bar on the right-hand corner of the screen and type in “Microsoft Voice Recorder,” then click “Enter” on your keyboard.

4. Click “Get” and a download will begin for “Microsoft Voice Recorder” (don’t worry, it’s free to download) on your Windows 10 PC, then launch the application.

5. Once “Windows Voice Recorder” launches, click the “Record button” to begin recording audio.

6. When you are finished, click the “Stop” button and a new window will appear showing any audio recordings you have available.

7. To playback audio you recorded click on the audio file, then press “Play” on the right-hand side of the audio clip. You can also export, trim, or delete your audio file on this screen.

How to record using windows sound recorder

There are a lot of reasons why you would want to record the screen with audio on Windows 10. Perhaps you would like to record gameplay complete with sound. Or you want to record a screen flow video for tutorial purposes. The good news is; Windows 10 comes with an in-built screen recording utility that will allow you to do just that.

But sometimes, you may need just a little bit extra, making it necessary to find a tool with additional features. In this article, we will look at how you can use this Windows 10 screen recording utility as well as two additional solutions for those times when you need a little extra.

Way 1. Record Windows 10 Screen with Audio Using VLC

VLC Media player is one of the most popular media player software in the market and while you may have used it from time to time, most people are unaware that it can go a step further and allow you to record screen video and audio. The screen recording feature is easily accessible and easy to use; just follow these simple steps;

Step 1: Open the VLC media player on your computer and then click on the “View” tab. In the list of options that appear, select “Advanced Controls” to see some additional features.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 2: Click on “Media” and then select “Open Capture Device.”

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 3: The “Open Media” dialogue box will open with the “Capture Device” tab open. Select “Desktop” from the “Capture Mode” drop-down menu.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 4: Select the frame rate that you would like to use in the “Desired frame rate for capture” option.

Step 5: To include audio in the recording, check “Show more options.” You will need to have recorded the video previously.

Step 6: Check “Play another media synchronously” and then click “Browse” to add the pre-recorded audio.

Step 7: Click on the drop-down arrow next to “Play” and then select “Convert.”

Step 8: In the “Convert” dialogue box that opens, click on the “Create a New Profile” icon.

Step 9: In the next window, ensure that the “Encapsulation” tab is selected and then enter the “Profile Name” and select “MP4/MOV.”

Step 10: Click on the “Video Codec” tab and check “Video.” Choose “H-264” under “Encoding Parameters” in the “Codec” drop-down and then click “Create.”

Step 11: In the “Convert” dialogue box, click on “Browse” to select the destination folder for the completed recording.

Step 12: Once you have selected the destination folder, click on “Start” and a red recording button will appear to indicate that the recording has begun. You can click on the “Play” button to pause the recording.

When the recording is complete, click on the “Stop” playback button. You should then be able to see the recorded video in the destination folder.

Way 2. Use Windows 10 Built-in Game Bar Recorder

Speaking of the best free screen recorder with audio for Windows 10, you just can’t miss Xbox Game Bar. It comes with all versions of Windows 10 and can be very useful for screen recoding purposes. Here’s how to use it;

Step 1: Open the app, folder, web browser or game that you would like to record on your screen. You can even record your desktop.

Step 2: Use the “Windows Key +G” on your keyboard to open the Game Bar

How to record using windows sound recorder

Note: If using the “Windows Key +G” hotkey doesn’t work to open the Game Bar, make sure that it is enabled. To do this, search for “Game Bar Settings” and open the menu that appears. Turn on the switch next to “Enable Xbox Game Bar” button.

Step 3: Once the Game Bar is open, the recording tools will appear on the top-left corner in a small window labeled “Capture.”

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 4: Click on the white circle icon to begin the recoding. You should see a small bar appear on the right-side of the screen, indicating the duration of the recording,

Step 5: If you would like to add audio to the recording, click on the microphone icon and Game Bar will begin recording sound using the default microphone.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 6: When you’re done, click on the stop icon in the Game bar menu or the recording timer to end the recording.

You can find the recorded video in the Videos Folder under “Captures.”

Way 3. Use DemoCreator to Record Windows 10 Screen and Audio

Wondershare DemoCreator is a third-party screen recording software that has numerous features designed to facilitate screen recording with audio. It will capture the screen along with audio from the default microphone or an external microphone. You can also choose to include webcam footage with the screen recording.

One of the main benefits of choosing DemoCreator over other similar tools is that it is very easy to use despite its numerous features. It is particularly useful for how-to videos for complex topics. Here’s how to screen record on Windows 10 with audio using DemoCreator:

Step 1: Begin by downloading and installing the program on to your computer. Once the program is correctly installed, open it and then click on “New Recording” in the main window.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 2: In the next window, you will see 4 tabs that you can use to customize the recording process and settings.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Click on the “Screen” tab and here you can select whether you want to record the full screen or just a section of the screen. You will also be able to choose the frame rate and indicate if you are recording a game or not.

Next, click on the “Audio” tab and here you can decide if you would like capture the “Computer Audio”, the “Microphone” or both.

If you would like to capture both the screen and the webcam, click on the “Camera” to enable “Capture” and customize the frame rate as well as the frame rate.

Step 3: When all the settings are just as you want them to be, click on “Start Capturing” or hit “F10” on your keyboard to begin recording.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 4: When the recording is complete, hit “F10” again to stop the recording and the video will be saved in a specified folder on your computer.

How to record using windows sound recorder

We introduced you the top 3 Windows 10 screen recorder with audio tools for you to create your own video tutorial, guide or vlogs without much efforts. DemoCreator is by far the most ideal, primarily because it also comes with editing features to help you get your video to be just as you want it to be. If you have any further questions upon the screen recording on Windows 10 PC, you can contact us any time you want.

How to record using windows sound recorderWindows Media Player is a pre-installed video and music player of Windows computers. All Windows PC users know this tool if they always watch movies or TV series using this app. You can also play CDs and DVDs with this tool for free. Besides, it can also stream downloaded videos from the web. It is also a perfect tool whenever you need to record a video from a CD or flash drive while playing it with this tool. We are going to show you the best means to record video on Windows Media Player.

Best Way to Record Windows Media Player Videos or Audio

AceThinker Screen Grabber Premium is an excellent Windows Media Player record screen tool. It captures any videos played with the said app. It can record HD quality videos like 720p, 1080p, and 4K resolution. Also, it can capture in the full-screen, region, or a webcam. Besides, it can capture the audio of the video, and it can also record via external microphone if you want to put narrations on the video. To know how to use this tool, follow the steps below.

Try it for Free

Mac OS X 10.10 and above

Step 1 Install the Windows Media Player Recorder

Refer to the “Download” button provided up above to get the set-up file. Next, open that file to start the installation wizard. Follow it completely until the software is installed in your computer. Once done, open it to access the interface of Screen Grabber Premium.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 2 Settings Configuration

Next, go to the “Video Recorder” tab and hit the “Settings” icon to open the preference window. Using this, you can modify the output format, recording quality, folder, and more. Just hit the “OK” button to save all the modifications you made.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 3 Start Recording Windows Media Player

After you set-up, the recorder, make sure you turn on “System Sound” also to capture the audio. Then, select the recording mode between “Custom” or “Full.” Lastly, hit the “REC” button to begin the 3-second countdown. With the given time, play a video using Windows Media Player to start recording.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 4 Preview the recorded video

Once the video stops playing, go to the recording toolbar and hit the “Stop” button to end the process. Then, the built-in player will show so you can watch the video. You can click the “Save” button to keep a copy of the Windows Media Player recording.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Record Media Player on Windows 10 with Game Bar

Game Bar is a default software of Windows that can record screen Windows Media Player. It has a gaming overlay built recommended for recording gameplay videos. Not just games, but it can also capture any videos playing on Windows Media Player in HD quality like 720p and 1080p. Aside from that, this tool can record even the app playing in the background, and you can control their volume. You can check the steps below to know how to use this tool.

Step 1 Launch the Windows Game Bar

Since the Game bar is a pre-installed recording function on newer versions of Windows, follow the steps provided in these guidelines. To start, click the “Win + G” key on your keyboard to launch the Game Bar. Then, click the “Yes, this is a game” to start recording. It doesn’t matter if you are not currently playing a game. It will record other apps opened instead.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 2 Begin recording Windows Media Player

Next, access Windows Media Player on your computer and play a video on it. Click the “Record” icon to start the recording process. You can also press the “Win + G” key to minimize the Game Bar tool while recording. This will provide you a better workflow while recording your screen activity.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 3 Watch the recorded video

Once done, click the “Stop” button at the left tab to end the recording process. Then, open the Xbox app on your computer and locate the Game DVR menu to find the recorded video. Select the recorded video you have recently saved and play it to preview its content. To re-record video using Game Bar, follow through the steps prior to this one.

How to record using windows sound recorder

  • It allows capturing all the actions on your screen
  • Enables execution recording annotations
  • Supports operating systems such as Windows and Mac
  • The speed of its saving process relies on the stability of the internet connection

Comparison Chart

Here is the review of both tools that can record Windows Media Player easily. Both can record in 1080p HD quality. However, both tools have differences because of their style or capability to record computer screens. That is why we will show you a comparison chart to find the difference between the two tools.

Features AceThinker Screen Grabber Premium Windows Game Bar
Ratings according to Users satisfaction 4.8 4.5
Ultra-HD quality recording Yes No
Target Audience Basic, Prosumer, Professionals Professionals, Prosumers
Limitation and Concerns Not yet available on mobile devices. The game bar does not have any basic recording functions like putting annotations and more

Last updated on December 1, 2021

Reviews

How to record using windows sound recorder

Discover the Best Ways to Download Netflix Shows on Mac

By Trafalgar Law – May 22nd, 2020

How to record using windows sound recorder

How to Fix Audacity Not Recording Sound Problem

By Trafalgar Law – May 22nd, 2020

Ace Software Solution for Your Digital Life

Last Updated on March 27, 2020 by Amar Ilindra 2 Comments

Screen recording with audio is a general need that you might sometimes need to make a video tutorial because the video will be more intuitive to show the operations. You might also need to record a clip of the online video so you don’t need to find a way to download the whole of it. There are more needs, such as to record gameplay, record an important online meeting, etc.

This article teaches two significant ways to record computer screen with audio in Windows 10. One is to use the free inbuilt Windows 10 screen recorder. Another is to record screen with a more professional screen recording software for Windows 10.

Method 1: Record Screen with the Free Built-in Windows 10 Screen Recorder

You might have been using Windows 10 for quite a long time but haven’t known there’s a hidden feature that Windows 10 comes with a screen recording function. You can activate it by pressing Win + G . This function is built into Xbox. It is designed primarily for recording Xbox gameplay but it can also be used to record browser video or capture the activities on the applications.

How to record your screen with the Win10 inbuilt recorder?

Step 1: Press Windows key + G key simultaneously to open the recorder.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 2: In the Xbox game bar panel, you can adjust the volume for the microphone sound and system sound. After that, click on the recording button as highlighted to start recording your work.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 3: The Win10 recorder is recording the screen. You can click the “Stop recording” button when you are going to end the recording process. You’ll find your recorded videos under the “Videos” folder in a subfolder called “Captures“.

How to record using windows sound recorder

The superiority and inferiority of this free inbuilt screen recording software are quite obvious. The biggest advantage is that it can record “after the fact”. Just imagine you have experienced the best hit in your game playing history but you didn’t turn on the recorder beforehand? You can use the inbuilt recorder to record most recent 30 seconds of gameplay on Windows 10.

However, the shortcoming of this free inbuilt screen recorder is deadly. It doesn’t allow you to record the desktop and the file explorer. In addition to this, you can’t switch to record the activities on different applications.

For example, when you are recording the operation on the Chrome browser, and you switch to another software interface, the recording will automatically stop. That means it is almost impossible to record a video tutorial with the inbuilt Windows 10 recorder.

Don’t worry and keep reading. We will show a more professional way to capture all the screen activities on Windows 10 along with Audio.

Method 2: Capture Screen with VideoSolo Screen Recorder

To record anything that happens on the screen, it is necessary to find a more extensive screen recording software. VideoSolo Screen Recorder is a professional tool that perfectly works on Windows 10/8/7. It can record all the screen activities with system audio and microphone audio, whether it is the operation on desktop, file explorer, or other applications.

With the free version of VideoSolo Screen Recorder, you can record for 3 minutes. However, to record as long as you wish, you need to either buy the Pro version or restart the recording for every 3 minutes. Later you might need to combine them using any video editors.

There are many output formats for you to choose, such as MP4, WMV, MOV, F4V, AVI, TS, GIF. After recording, VideoSolo Screen Recorder enables you to preview and do a simple clip for the video. You can download the free trial to try.

Here is how to record computer screen with VideoSolo Screen Recorder

Step 1: Launch the Program and Click on “Video Recorder”

Launch VideoSolo Screen Recorder, the program interface looks like this. To record the computer video with audio, you will need to move your mouse to click on “Video Recorder“.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 2: Set the Recording Region and Adjust the Sound

After you click on the “Video Recorder” option, you will be taken to a new set of menu. Here you can customize the recording area: full or part of the screen. And then, you can adjust the system sound and microphone. If you don’t need to record the system sound, you can simply turn it off.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 3: Customize the Preferences before Start

VideoSolo Screen Recorder offers rich customizations. Click on the “Settings” icon on the program interface and it will bring you to the “Preferences” window. Here you can set your own hotkeys in the “Hotkeys” column, or customize many output settings in the “Output” column.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 4: Click the “REC” Button to Start Recording

Go back to the “Video Recorder” interface, and then click on the “REC” button to start the recording process. While recording, you can use the hotkeys to control the process. For example, end the record, pause/resume the record, take screenshots, hide/show the floating bar, and open/close webcam.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 5: Preview and Clip the Video

Click on the “Stop” button the end to the recording process. Before saving, you can preview the video and cut out the unwanted part, and then click on “Save“.

How to record using windows sound recorder

You can know more features about VideoSolo Screen Recorder in this video guide.

” data-lazy-src=”https://www.youtube.com/embed/HTWiNo4s7AU?feature=oembed&autoplay=0″ data-lazy-method=”viewport” data-lazy-attributes=”srcdoc,src”>

Above is how to record your screen with audio in Windows 10. The Windows 10 inbuilt screen recorder is great for recording Xbox gameplay and it is convenient to share the game video to the Xbox online community.

But comes to record anything you want on the computer screen, you can try VideoSolo Screen Recorder. It is a powerful, efficient and intuitive tool. You can get started very quickly.

Microsoft has just announced a revamped version of the existing Voice Recorder app on Windows 11 as the ‘Sound Recorder.’ This app is only accessible to insiders in the Dev channel but is soon going worldwide with its upcoming update. With that being said, let’s look at the new features that this app has to offer.

Installing the Sound Recorder App on Windows 11

Table of Contents

The new sound recorder app is only available to users enrolled in the Windows Insider program. Here’s how you can enroll yourself in the Windows Insider program to receive this new update. Upon successful update, the native Voice Recorder app will get replaced by the new Sound Recorder app.

1. If you don’t have the default Voice Recorder app on your Windows 11 system, you can search and download it from the Microsoft Store.

2. Next, to enroll yourself into the Windows Insider program, press the Windows key and search for the Windows Insider program settings to configure it.

3. To enable the Insider program, you need to enable the optional diagnostic data sent to the Microsoft servers.

4. Click on the Open Diagnostics & Feedback option.

5. Next, turn on the toggle to send optional diagnostic data.

6. Further, sign in with your Microsoft account and follow the on-screen instructions to enroll yourself in the Insider program. Ensure that you select the Dev channel to receive this new update on your system.

7. Now, to get the new Sound Recorder app, check and install the available app update from the system update.

New Features and Changes in App

After a successful app update, the existing voice recorder app will get replaced by the new sound recorder app. The new features offered by it are as follows:

New Visualization for Audio Recording and Video Playback

The new app offers beautiful visualizations while playing or recording audio. These visualizations appear in the blank space present in the previous version of the app.

Revamped Appearance

The new revamped appearance of the app is entirely based on the Windows 11 theme like the other apps such as Paint, Snipping Tool, etc.

Change Recording Devices and Formats

Unlike the previous version, the new sound recorder app allows you to change the recording devices and set your desired format.

Import External Audio Files in the App

Unlike the previous app that offered only to choose and use the in-app audio recording, the newly revamped app offers the option to import and use external audio files.

Wrapping Up

We hope that you’ve now learned about all the features that the new sound recorder app has to offer in Windows 11. If you find this read helpful and informative, then hit the Like button and share it with your friends to make them aware of this new sound recording application. Subscribe to GadgetsToUse for more jaw-dropping walkthroughs.

You can also follow us for instant tech news at Google News or for tips and tricks, smartphones & gadgets reviews, join GadgetsToUse Telegram Group, or for the latest review videos, subscribe GadgetsToUse Youtube Channel.

Windows 7’s Sound Recorder creates WAV sound file while the Voice Recorder of Windows 10 only records W4A format. Then how to record WAV or MP3-formated audio on Windows 10?

Handheld audio recorders are convenient for collecting voice on the move, such as class lecture, interview and private evidence (collection). While speaking of common audio recording requirements on Windows 10, a handy voice and sound recorder is just enough. As a part of screen capture, computer audio capture is usually taken by users to maintain some online streaming music, lecture, (voice) call, conference, webinar material or create file by themselves for voice memo, narration, podcast, interview, or other events.

Is there any internal tool to enable Windows 10 users to record audio natively? To some degree, yes and Voice Recorder is the official name. But this tool is an absolutely a voice recorder, which only supports saving sound from microphone into M4A. That’s to say, if you want to take internal sound coming from system, app, browser, video game or other places, or if you’d like to record audio into mainstream MP3 or WAV, you will have no other choice but to rely on a third-party audio or voice recorder.

What’s the best third party (MP3/WAV) audio recorder for Windows 10? Well, it’s totally based on your computing skill, feature requirements and surely the budget. Here after testing and reviewing on nearly 10 audio recorders for Windows 10, we’ve selected 3 typical ones out to level up your audio capture experience on the new-standard Windows system.

Now check out the 3 detailed guides on how to record MP3/WAV on Windows 10, each of which contains a quality MP3/WAV recorder.

Part 1. How to Record MP3/WAV on Windows 10 with RecMaster [Recommended]

Pros: Simple UI and workflow, Capture any system sound or microphone with ease, Allow screen & webcam video recording
Cons: Lack audio editor

RecMaster is a decent screen recording program that’s born with both video and audio capture capabilities. On one hand, it supports grabbing any screen activity with audio into MP4/AVI/FLV. On the other hand, the internal audio recording mode empowers users to save any system sound or microphone voice or they both to hard drive as WAV or MP3. No you can free download RecMaster and then follow the how-to steps below:

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 1. Install and launch RecMaster, then navigate to “Audio Only” main window.

Step 2. Define the audio format as MP3 or WAV, and then turn on the audio you plan to record and adjust the volume. System sound or Microphone, if your machine has more than one input or output, click the down arrow icon to select either at will.

Step 3. Click REC button to make the capture happen. Then play your target audio content or start your taking with mic. RecMaster has its default hotkeys for easier operation, so you can type Alt + 1 to start, Alt + 2 to end, Alt + 3 to pause and resume the process.

Note: Task schedule is a necessary function for automatic recording, which is widely used for live broadcast or private desktop capture. After creating and enabling a task with it, you can leave off software or even the computer, and it will start and stop by itself.

Part 2: How to Record MP3/WAV on Win 10 with Audacity

Pros: Multiple audio capture modes to record any sound from PC, Allow parameter settings and multi-track capture and waveform editing

For those who are not satisfied with general audio recording shareware or beginner tool and desire for a more professional video recorder and editor, free and open source Audacity should be the first destination. By offering an overall recording solution with several different capture patterns and many practical editing options, Audacity can help you record both what you hear and what you speak in high quality and moderate it to music/podcast file effortlessly. Specifically, it supports recording 16- or 24-bit audio at up to 192,000 Hz sample rate, editing recorded file by cutting, trimming, denoising, adding effects (from ready-made effects or effect plug-ins), or mixing external file (as high as 32-bit/384kHz). Also,user can export THE project into various audio formats such as MP3, WAV, FLAC, AIFF, and Ogg Vobis.

Step 1 – Download and set the latest Audacity v2.3.3 up on your Windows 10.

Step 2 – Connect your audio input, e.g Mic/instrument/mixer to computer if there is. And then open Audacity up and choose the source to record on Device Toolbar, and the quality to obtain with Mixer Toolbar, Recording Meter etc.

Step 3 – Test the recording beforehand and then start the real-time recording. Pause and resume your single track or more tracks recording.

Step 4 – Do editing if necessary. You are able to reduce background noise, delete any parts off, duplicate audio segment, rearrange and mix tracks, and do many edits for a perfect work. Although it can’t match many pro-level nonlinear music editor, if you are a light user and not going to product some composed music with virtual instruments, Audacity could be your first and last stop.

Part 3: How to Record WAV, MP3 with NCH Audio Recorder

Pros: Capture any from Mic or sound card.

NCH is a famed Australian software company providing a series of (80+) good-to-use multimedia-related utilities including audio recording. And SoundTap Streaming Audio Recorder is one of the NCH family members. Its free version – Ashampoo Audio Recorder is claimed as “a fuss-free audio recorder for Windows” embracing both microphone and sound card audio signals. However, actually, you will have to upgrade to the SoundTap version to capture everything you hear to (lossless) MP3/WAV, especially that from web like streaming broadcast/conference, internet webcasts, podcasts and music.

Step 1 – Go to NCH official site to get the most suitable audio recording facility for your PC.

Step 2 – Record your voice, system sound or streaming content to MP3 or WAV by following the simple wizard.

Step 3 – Listen to the audio and if you need to edit it, turn to NCH’s WavePad.

After finishing the reviews and how-tos on three MP3/WAV audio recorders for Windows 10, you will get to know what kind of software is more appropriate for you. RecMaster delivers a one-stop screen recording solution covering both audio and image. Audacity puts it focus on audio recording and editing. While the NCH line can meet your any audio recording and post-production needs with its diversified products.

How to record using windows sound recorder

How to record using windows sound recorder

Audio recording is simple in Windows 10. All you need is a microphone and software to capture the input.

You don’t have to spend money on a sound recording program, however. Good paid programs exist, of course, but you can do well with free offerings. That’s especially so if you plan to do very little in the way of editing.

Not all sound recording programs have the same level of features, so we’ve highlighted two that suit both basic and more advanced needs. You’re covered if straightforward is what you want, and also if you require greater control over inputs and edits. And both picks cost absolutely nothing to use.

Editor’s note: This article was updated to include a video of the process.

Voice Recorder

How to record using windows sound recorder

Recording in Voice Recorder is dead simple.

This dead-easy-to-use sound recording program comes included with Windows 10, so you can jump into it straightaway. To begin, tap the Windows key (or click on the Start button), type voice or recorder to bring up Voice Recorder as a search result, and hit enter.

Starting a recording is as simple as clicking on the large blue microphone icon in the left-hand part of the window. The screen will change to show buttons for stopping, pausing, and marking specific moments within the recording, as well as a counter that shows how long you’ve been recording. When you’re done, click on the blue stop button in the middle of the screen.

In the main window, you’ll see a list of recorded clips. You can also select files for playback, trimming, and renaming. If you’re having trouble recording through your microphone, or through the correct microphone, go into Win10’s Sound settings (Windows key, then type sound settings.) Under Input, verify that the microphone in use is set as the active device.

Files recorded in Voice Recorder are immediately accessible as .m4a files, which most modern devices can play through their default apps.

Audacity

How to record using windows sound recorder

Audacity might lack a sleek, modern look, but it has plenty of features to make up for its plain user interface.

Audacity may not look like much, but this well-known free audio recording program’s sophistication lies in its feature set.

To record, simply open Audacity after installation and hit the red recording button. Audacity makes the most important basic controls obvious and available in this main window: You can start, stop, and pause recordings as needed, easily change which microphone you’re using as an input device, and switch up the output device for listening to playback. Basic editing tools are available here on this screen too.

Audacity’s real benefit is its ability to accommodate more complicated recording setups, like multiple tracks and/or multiple input devices, as well as more intricate edits and adjustments. (Example: Increasing input levels because the mic’s output isn’t strong enough.) Learning the ins and outs of Audacity can take some time, but that time invested will make it easier to get the most out of your recordings.

You can also export your clips in a wide variety of common file types, which is beneficial to even basic users. Be aware that unlike Voice Recorder, Audacity doesn’t immediately save recordings as playable audio files. Instead, it saves whatever you’ve recorded as a project file, and you must export via File > Export to an audio format like .mp3 or .wav for other devices or programs to be able to play back the file.

For more detailed information on how to dive into Audacity’s wealth of features, check out our Audacity primer.

Recording tips

For higher-quality recordings, keep these tips in mind:

  • Record in a spot free of background noise and echo. As odd as it sounds, the inside of a closet full of clothes works remarkably well.
  • Stay closer to your mic—moving too far away from it can cause the recording to sound hollow.
  • Hardware does play a role in sound quality, so if you have some spare cash, upgrading to one of our best USB microphone picks from a laptop, webcam, or headset mic will let your voice shine.

Apart from downloading audio tracks or extracting sounds from other video or audio sources, recording is also a professional recommended solution to save audio files for playback on your computer. If you are a Windows 10 owner and have no idea about capturing sounds playing on your computer, you can read on this article to find the answer. Today, we will focus on recording Windows 10 audio.

There are so many powerful and smart audio recording programs for Windows users to easily record audio coming from your PC. In this article, we are going to introduce the three different Windows 10 audio recorders we’ve found and show you the detailed tutorial on how to use these audio recording tools on Windows 10.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Option 1. Record Sound on Windows 10 with Voice Recorder

It’s well known that Windows 10 is the latest Windows operating system developed and released by Microsoft. It comes with a wide variety of built-in tools and software that can make the digital world easier, also including audio capturing software. Voice Recorder app (previously famous as Sound Recorder) is the great audio recorder on Windows 10 PC by default, which is capable of recording output tracks from the microphone on your computer.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 1. Fire up Voice Recorder app in Windows 10 and click the big Record button at the left-bottom corner of the main interface to start the voice recording mode.

Step 2. You can talk to the microphone, or speak normally and use the built-in microphone to pick up your voice or any other sound, and Voice Recorder will automatically capture all audio tracks.

Step 3. If you would like to pause recording process, you can touch the Pause option to get it. To resume recording, you just need to hit on this button again. When you finished recording audios, please simply tap the Stop button.

Option 2. Record Internal Audios in Windows 10 with Free Sound Recorder

If you are looking for the way of recording computer system sound or sound from the internal sound card, you should install some virtual cable or sound card software on your PC and then you can use Voice Recorder to record internal sound well. Alternatively, you can turn to the third-party audio recorder on Windows 10 that can directly do this task.

Free Sound Recorder is such a Windows 10 sound capture, which is total free for Windows version. It can not only record sound from any source but also record your own voice. Even if you don’t have a Stereo Mix option, you can use it to record any sound playing on your Windows computer.

Step 1 Choose recording source and device How to record using windows sound recorderWhen you launch Free Sound Record on your Windows, you can open to Mixer window to choose the sound source from the ‘Recording Mixer’ option, such as Stereo Mix, Video, Line In, etc. In this window, you also need to select the target recording devices under the ‘Recording Device’ list. Step 2 Set output settings How to record using windows sound recorderPlease click the ‘Options’ button to open the settings window, and you can enter into ‘General Settings’ menu to define output format as MP3, Ogg, WMA or WAV and check the mark next to ‘Auto make file name by date and time’. Step 3 Record Audio on Windows 10 How to record using windows sound recorderNow, you can click the ‘Start recording’ button to start recording audio files. Once recording process done, you can hit on the ‘Stop recording’ to stop it. All recorded sounds are output directly to the destination folder.

Option 3. Record Streaming Audio on Windows 10 with AudFre Audio Capture

In addition to the above two cases, you might also want to know how to record special audio track online, such as streaming music, in-game sound and in-video tracks so that you can listen to audio tracks offline. Since audio recording freeware could damage the output quality and come with some limitations, here, we’d like to introduce the full-featured streaming audio recorder app, called Audfree Audio Capture for Windows.

With advanced audio recording technology, it can record audio tracks from online radio station, music streaming services, video sharing sites and local media players. Besides, it’s also an all-in-one audio converter, since it can convert recorded audios to MP3, FALC, WAV, AAC, M4A and other common audio formats so that you can play all audio recordings on any device and music player offline.

We show you how use Stereo Mix in Windows 10, a hidden virtual audio device that allows to record Windows System Audio with audacity or any other audio recording software.

Whether you’re a YouTuber, a streamer, a gamer, or a professional, you’ve probably needed to record system audio in Windows at some point. We will show you how to record Windows system audio as you hear it by utilizing the “Stereo Mix” feature, which is a hidden audio mix option in form of a virtual media device most people don´t know about.

In just five simple steps, you can record audio within Windows just as it comes out of your speakers. Windows 10 does this by looping back the output audio signal into this “Stereo Mix” virtual audio device which then can be set as input device in any application.

All you need to record Windows system audio recording is a Realtek sound card and a recording software. The former is included in most computers on the mainboard in form of a chipset provided by Realtek. Here are the steps you’ll need to follow in order to enable Stereo Mix and record system audio in Windows 10.

How to activate Stereo Mix in Windows 10

Time needed: 1 minute.

    Open “Input devices” in Windows 10 settings

The fastest way to see available “Input devices” in Windows 10 is by searching and opening “Manage sound devices”.

Enable Stereo Mix in “Managed sound devices”

In “Manage sound devices” you will find a disabled “Stereo Mix” entry in “Input devices”. Just click on “Stereo Mix” to show the “Enable”-button. Then you can enable “Stereo Mix” with a simple click.

How to Record Windows System Audio using Stereo Mix in Audacity

Time needed: 2 minutes.

With “Stereo Mix” enabled, you are now ready to record audio in Windows exactly as it comes out of your speakers. You can now open your favorite recording program and select “Stereo Mix” instead of your microphone as the recording source.

A good and freely available pc recording software you can use example is Audacity. With Audacity, you can record audio in Windows easily, and the program allows “Stereo Mix” to be used as the recording device.

    Setting “Stereo Mix” as input device in Audacity

Click on the “Microphone” pane and choose “Stereo Mix”. Now you are ready to record system audio in Windows 10 using Audacity.

Stereo Mix is missing – What can I do?

In some cases, your audio chipset drivers aren’t helping you record audio using “Stereo Mix”. There is a chance that you open the “Recording Devices” pane and “Stereo Mix” will be missing.

To fix this problem, you can try to update your audio chipset driver. With sound chipsets from Realtek, it should usually work. In other instances, however, it’s because the newest Windows drivers for your chipset don’t support this feature.

In order to fix this, you should try downloading and installing drivers from older Windows versions for your audio chipset. As always, before doing so make sure you create a backup of your system.

If you want to make a tutorial video of how to use a certain program, recording an active window is a better choice. There is no need to record full screen desktop video. Just select which software you want to record. Later, all activities will be recorded into a digital video.

Both Windows and Mac have the default screen recording functions. You can capture your screen for a presentation, how-to video, online courses and more with the default screen recorders. However, lacking advanced recording features is the main drawback of built-in screen recorders. If you want to add your voice, face and on-screen drawing tools into this recording video, a third-party screen video recorder is required.

Luckily, you can get 3 different ways to record a specific window on your Windows and Mac computer here. All installed programs and browsers are supported. You can record your screen of any app with sound and webcam. Just read and get more details.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Record Specific Window

  • Part 1: How to Record a Specific Window with Annotations
  • Part 2: How to Record an Active Windows on Mac
  • Part 3: How to Record a Specific Window on Windows 10
  • Part 4: FAQs of Recording a Specific Window

Part 1: How to Record a Specific Window with Annotations

To record a specific window on a low end computer, AnyMP4 Screen Recorder is your best choice. You can record what’s going on without delay or hassle. It is highly recommended to record gameplay window. Because the desktop screen recorder minimizes the CPU, GPU and RAM usages. Your computer’s running speed will not be influenced. Meanwhile, you can add real-time drawing effects on your screen recording video.

  • 1. Recognize and record a specific window with the original quality.
  • 2. Screen record with system sound, microphone voice and webcam overlay.
  • 3. Add annotations into your recording video with custom color and size.
  • 4. Adjust the output video format, quality, resolution, frame rate and other settings.
  • 5. Preview and trim your recorded screen video file before export.

Step 1 : Free download, install and launch AnyMP4 Screen Recorder. To record a specific screen video, choose Video Recorder in the main interface.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 2 : Hover your mouse above the active window, then click it to set the recording area. Turn on System Sound to record a specific window with sound. If you want to add your voiceover, you can turn on Microphone as well. To record yourself in this video, you can turn on Webcam too.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 3 : The default output video format is MP4. You can click Settings to get the Preferences window. Here you can customize output video settings and make other changes. Click OK to confirm and move on.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 4 : Click REC to start recording a specific window. You can pause and resume recording video freely. When you want to finish the screen recording, you can click the Stop button. In the Preview window, preview and trim the video file if necessary. At last, click Save to save your screen video recording.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Part 2: How to Record an Active Windows on Mac

QuickTime Player is a free screen recorder for all Mac users. If you use macOS Mojave and later and later versions, you can get one more choice. By pressing Shift , Command and 5 keys on your keyboard, you can record the entire screen or selected portion on Mac for free as well. After that, you can trim, share or save the recorded video within Mac. Considering not all Mac users update to the latest Mac OS version, this article will show you how to use QuickTime to record a specific window on Mac.

Step 1 : Open QuickTime Player. Choose New Screen Recording from the File menu bar.

Step 2 : Draw around the active window. Unfold the arrow next to the Record button to adjust recording settings and set input audio source.

Step 3 : Click REC to start recording with QuickTime. You can click the same button to stop Mac screen recording.

Step 4 : When the QuickTime recording process ends, you can play, edit or share the recording file.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Part 3: How to Record a Specific Window on Windows 10

Xbox Game Bar is the default screen recording tool for Windows 10. You can record a video of your active window on Windows 10 for free. Game Bar is pre-installed on all Windows 10 computers. Thus, you can start recording a specific window on Windows 10 PC directly.

Step 1 : Open Settings followed by Gaming and Game Bar . You can set hotkeys and other preferences or Game Bar recording.

Step 2 : Navigate to the target active window. Press Windows and G keys to activate it.

Step 3 : Press Windows, Alt and R keys to start recording an active window on Windows 10 quickly.

Step 4 : Once the Windows 10 screen recording process ends, you can see it in the Screenshots folder.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Part 4: FAQs of Recording a Specific Window

Can you record any program with Windows 10 Game Bar?

No. You cannot record File Manage or other apps from the Windows Store/desktop apps with Game Bar on Windows 10.

How long can you record on your computer?

It depends on the free storage space mainly. As for Windows 10 Game Bar, the maximum recording length is 10 minutes.

How to record a specific window with OBS Studio?

Open OBS Studio. Click Settings on the lower right corner. Select the input audio source in the Audio section. Click + under Sources . Choose Window Capture and then select OK . You can see your display window appearing in the OBS dashboard. Later, you can use OBS to record a specific window for free.

Conclusion

That’s all to record a specific window on Mac and Windows. You can use 3 different tools to record any window on your computer with ease. If you still have questions about screen recording, you can feel free to contact us.

What do you think of this post?

  • 1
  • 2
  • 3
  • 4
  • 5

Rating: 4.9 / 5 (based on 201 ratings)

Looking for the way to record video or audio playback in Windows Media Player? You are lucky since this guide tells you three ways to do the job efficiently.

Looking for the way to record video or audio playback in Windows Media Player? You are lucky since this guide tells you three ways to do the job efficiently.

When you want to crop the unwanted parts of a video clip, you can learn more about the 2 effective and easy ways to crop and trim a video on Windows 10/8/7.

Here’re 2 powerful XviD recorders for Windows and Mac users. You can record screen video with audio as XviD format on your computer without quality loss.

by Christine Smith • 2022-05-06 14:28:22 • Proven solutions

If you are one of those people who have questions like how to record video on windows 10, there is nothing to worry about. There are abundant tools that you can use to record high-quality videos. These screen recorders can record specific areas of the screen or even full screen as your preferences. You can set the frame rates, resolutions, and everything else to get the best possible output from these tools.

Windows operating systems support online and offline tools, and it also has an in-built recorder that is equally capable. You can use it to record screen processes, gaming sessions, tutorials, and Skype-chat with ease along with the internal sounds. Due to these features, these tools are extremely common among content creators worldwide.

Part 1. How to Record Video on Windows 10 Directly

One of the best ways to record your screen on Windows 10 enabled computers is by busing the inbuilt recording tool present in the operating system. It can record high-quality screen recording, and as it is a natively installed tool, you won’t have to worry about the privacy of your files. In order to be able to use this tool, you will not need to install bulky software on your computer and make it cluttered. This tool can easily be accessed by pressing keyboard shortcuts so you won’t have to close your work to start recording.

If you want to understand how to record video on laptop windows 10, read the step given below.

Step 1 Press CTRL+G keys on your keyboard simultaneously and hold. Also, accept the popup notification.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 2 Click on the red recording button on the floating widget, and your recording will start.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 3 When you are done recording the screen, press the red button again, and the recording will stop and will be automatically saved.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Part 2. How to Record Video on Windows 10 Easily

If the bundled Windows 10 screen recorder doesn’t satisfy your needs, use Wondershare UniConverter instead. This program is simple to use and packed with multiple tools, including a smooth screen recorder. It lets users capture computer activities by selecting the entire screen or choosing a particular section. You can also add a Picture in Picture (PIP) effect via a webcam and record voice narrations through a microphone. It doesn’t end there, though. Wondershare UniConverter lets you add highlights like texts, shapes, lines, and drawings as you record a video. Plus, you can convert and edit the captured desktop screen using the Video Converter function.

Wondershare UniConverter – Best Windows 10 Screen Recorder

Wondershare UniConverter – Best Video Converter for Mac/Windows

How to record using windows sound recorder

  • It can record all Windows 10 activities, including multimedia players, VoIP apps, system settings, video games, etc.
  • Users can capture Windows screens in full-screen or partial modes.
  • It can record Windows screens with webcams, voiceovers, and annotations like texts, shapes, lines, and drawings.
  • Edit the captured Windows 10 screen by trimming, adjusting video effects, adding subtitles, applying watermarks, cropping, etc.
  • Convert the captured Windows 10 screen to MOV, AVI, MTS, 3GP, MP3, OGG, and more.
  • Best screen recorder for Win 10/8/7 & macOS 10.9+ (including Catalina).

Below is how to record a video on Windows 10 using Wondershare UniConverter:

Step 1 Open the Screen Recorder tool.

Install and run Wondershare UniConverter on your Windows 10 computer, then click Screen Recorder . Now launch the screen capture tool by clicking the Camcorder button at the center.

Step 2 Select a region to capture.

Launch the app or video to record, then set Custom or Full Screen as the recording mode. If you have specific video frame dimensions, choose Custom before clicking Lock Aspect Ratio . A more straightforward way is to resize the video recorder frame by dragging inwards/outwards.

Step 3 Configure the recording settings.

If you want to record the Windows 10 screen with all computer sounds, click the System Audio menu, then choose an appropriate device. You can also apply voiceovers and Facecam recording by selecting a device on the Microphone and Webcam sections.

Next, click the Advanced Settings button, then set the output file format as MP4, AVI, or FLV. Not only that, but you can also customize the output frame rate, quality, folder, set a recording timer, and choose the keyboard shortcuts.

Step 4 Start recording a video.

Before commencing the recording process, preview the capture area firstly. After that, tap REC to begin capturing the computer screen on Windows 10. If you want to highlight something using texts, shapes, lines, arrows, and drawings, open the recording menu bar, then click Annotation . You can also enable/disable the webcam, microphone, and system audio. Tap the Stop icon, then preview the captured video.

Part 3. How to Record Video on Windows 10 with Online Video Recorder

Nowadays, there are a lot of online recorders to answer your queries like how to record video on windows 10. These tools can easily be used to record your screen in high quality, without requiring you to download any bulky tools on your device. One of the best online tools to record high-quality videos is ScreenApp.io . It is a free-to-use online recorder that can easily record HD videos according to the settings that you prefer in the quality of the video. It is an online tool, which means it makes use of high-performance cloud servers for its processing.

If you want to understand how to record video on PC Windows 10, make sure you go through the steps given below.

Step 1 Open the website of the tool and click on the red get started button in the middle of the screen.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 2 Provide necessary permissions.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 3 Now, click on the circular red button, and your recording will begin.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 4 Once the recording is done, press the red circular button again. Download the recorded file on your device

How to record using windows sound recorder

If you are unaware of how to record video on laptop Windows 10, make sure that you understand how to do it, and the various tools that might help you like this are something you might have to do often. There are inbuilt recorders, online tools as well as efficient offline tools like Wondershare UniConverter that can get the job done for you in no time. If you have no idea about how to record videos on Windows 10, make sure that you try this tool out as it is straightforward to use

Capture the sounds you want with ease

Want to convert some of those old cassette tapes to digital MP3s? Want to use voice dictation software? Want to record some audio from a website that streams music? Want to use your PC as a makeshift karaoke machine? Getting Windows to record all those sounds isn’t always so easy or straightforward.

Windows allow more than one audio device, a “feature” that usually makes troubleshooting audio problems needlessly complicated. This is particularly true when recording sound, given that Windows can only record from one source at a time.

A single audio device may have two or three audio inputs: an analog (mono) microphone input, an analog stereo “Line-In” or auxiliary input, and sometimes a digital S/PDIF input. Also, special devices, like voice dictation headsets and TV tuner cards, have their own inputs.

Sound Inputs in Windows

All the inputs for all your audio devices are listed in Control Panel ➝ SoundRecording tab.

How to record using windows sound recorder
To choose the default audio source, highlight the device you want to use and click Set Default. Most applications will automatically use the default device to record sound, but some (particularly voice-dictation software) require that you choose a source separately in the application itself. If you speak to your mic, the mic level should rise real time:

How to record using windows sound recorder

If you select the microphone and click on Properties, you’ll be able to adjust quite a few settings. On the General tab, you get some basic information about the device and you can choose to disable it here if you like. The more interesting feature is on the Listen tab.

How to record using windows sound recorder

This is a cool feature whereby you can play the sound that is being recorded by your microphone directly to your speakers. So as you talk into the microphone, the sound will be played in real time to your speakers. Obviously, this will work much better if you are using headphones, so that the sound from the speakers doesn’t feed back into the microphone.

Check the Listen to this device box and select the device you want to play the audio back through. By default, it’s set to your default playback device, which will normally be your headphones or speakers. If you have multiple playback devices, you can choose from the dropdown list. Click the Apply button and any sound picked up by your mic should play through your speakers in real time.

How to record using windows sound recorder

On the Levels tab, you can adjust the sensitivity of the microphone depending on your needs. On the Advanced tab, you can change the default format for the audio. By default, it’s set to 1 channel, 16 bit and 44100 Hz, which is CD quality. There are many other options, including DVD quality, which you can use if you have a high-quality microphone.

How to record using windows sound recorder

If you go back to the Recording tab, select Microphone and click on Configure, the Speech Recognition dialog will appear. Here you can setup voice control for Windows, train the computer to understand your voice better and setup your microphone properly for speech recognition.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Lastly, back on the Recording tab, you may notice an option called Stereo Mix. If you don’t have this option, it means your sound card doesn’t support the feature.

How to record using windows sound recorder

So what does it do? Basically, it lets you record any sound that is playing on your computer. For example, if you are watching a YouTube video on your computer, how would you record the audio? You could try to place a microphone next to your speakers, but that’s not an ideal way to record that audio. Stereo Mix will let you open a sound recording program on your computer, choose Stereo Mix as the input and it’ll record whatever sound comes out of your computer.

If you use the default Sound Recorder or Voice Recorder (Windows 10) apps, they will automatically record from Stereo Mix as long as you disable the microphone first. If you’re using a program like Audacity, just change the sound input to Stereo Mix. Using this input, you can record music playing on your computer, audio from a video playing on your computer, or any other sound from your PC.

Hopefully, this gives you a good overview of the different audio inputs in Windows and how you can use them to record the audio you need. If you have any questions, feel free to post a comment. Enjoy!

Founder of Help Desk Geek and managing editor. He began blogging in 2007 and quit his job in 2010 to blog full-time. He has over 15 years of industry experience in IT and holds several technical certifications. Read Aseem’s Full Bio

Take a video of any window you have open

If you buy something from a Verge link, Vox Media may earn a commission. See our ethics statement.

Share this story

  • Share this on Facebook
  • Share this on Twitter

Share All sharing options for: How to record your Windows PC screen using Xbox Game Bar

How to record using windows sound recorder

Photo by Avery White for The Verge

Screen recording is helpful for a number of things, from creating a tutorial to grabbing a clip to post on Twitter to share with friends. On Windows 10, you can capture a video of your screen by using the built-in Xbox Game Bar.

How to record your screen on an iPhone

How to record your screen on a Mac

The Xbox Game Bar was designed to record clips of video games, but it’s useful for any type of video capture. In order to use it, your laptop’s video card must support one of three encoders (an encoder translates video input into a compatible digital format): Intel Quick Sync H.264, Nvidia NVENC, or AMD VCE encoders.

If you want to check which video card your laptop has, open the Device Manager (by searching for “device manager” in your taskbar), and then click on “Display adapters.” Or you can simply try a test recording; if your laptop’s specifications don’t allow screen recording, you’ll get a message saying so.

If that happens, try to update the drivers for your video card. If your drivers haven’t been updated in a while, that might fix the problem. If that doesn’t work, there is a variety of Windows apps available (such as SnagIt) that can capture video for you.

Meanwhile, assuming that you have a computer that is capable of using Game Bar, here’s how you do it.

Game Bar is automatically installed in Windows 10. (If, for some reason, you can’t find it, you can download it here.) However, if you haven’t used it yet, it might be worth checking to make sure it’s working — especially before you try to record an important video. Press Windows + G on your keyboard. This should open up the Game Bar. If it doesn’t, here’s how to enable it:

  • Go to the Start Menu
  • Click on the cog icon to open Settings

How to record using windows sound recorder

  • Click on “Gaming”
  • Make sure the switch at the top labeled “Record game clips, screenshots, and broadcast using Game bar” is toggled to On

How to record using windows sound recorder

  • This page also has keyboard shortcuts for Game Bar commands like opening the Game Bar, taking a screenshot and starting and stopping a screen recording. You can come up with your own shortcuts for these commands and enter them here if you wish.

Record your screen

Now you’re ready to record your screen. Keep in mind that Game Bar only records one application window at a time, usually the last window you clicked into, and you can’t switch to recording another window after you start recording. In addition, it won’t let you record your whole screen, so you can’t record your Desktop or File Explorer or a few other apps, such as Maps. The best thing to do is experiment ahead of time if possible.

Here’s how to record your screen:

  • Open up the application window you want to record. It may help to close or minimize other windows to avoid accidentally recording the wrong one. Also, make sure any audio you don’t want in the recording is off, even if it’s from a different app or window — even though the screen recorder only records one window at a time, it will still record all of the audio playing across applications on the device.
  • Press the Windows key + G to open up Xbox Game Bar

How to record using windows sound recorder

  • You can click on the microphone button to enable external audio recording so you can add commentary or do a voiceover. (You’ll still record internal audio either way.)
  • There is a number of other options that you can play with before you start recording. For example, using the “System sounds” section of the Audio window, you can lower the audio or mute any sounds from specific apps that happen to be open. When you have a moment, take some time to experiment.
  • When you’re ready, click on the Record button (the one with a dot in it) to start recording.
  • Alternatively, if you know that all of your options are set the way you want them, you can simply press Windows + Alt + R to start recording without going into the Game Bar.
  • Either way, you’ll get a small pop-up bar with a timer and two recording controls. Click on the microphone button to switch your external mic on and off (your internal mic will still be on).

How to record using windows sound recorder

  • When you’re done, click on the stop button in the recording bar or press Windows + Alt + R to stop recording
  • Once you finish recording, a notification will pop up on the right side of your screen, saying “Game clip recorded.” You can click on that to open the “Captures” folder in File Explorer.
  • Alternatively, you can find your recording through File Explorer. Go to “This PC” >“Videos” > “Captures.”

How to record using windows sound recorder

Vox Media has affiliate partnerships. These do not influence editorial content, though Vox Media may earn commissions for products purchased via affiliate links. For more information, see our ethics policy.

We show you how to quickly record audio with the built-in Windows 10 Voice Recorder and Audacity, a free open-source tool.

Whether it’s for a presentation, song, or YouTube video, at some point in your life you’ll need to record audio from your computer. Windows 10 has multiple options to record sound due to its litany of apps, but today we’ll be focusing on recording with Audacity and the built-in Windows 10 Voice Recorder.

The latter is by far the simpler of the two, allowing you to quickly record voice snippets and export them in a high-quality format for use in music production and beyond. Though few realize it, however, Voice Recorder for Windows 10 also serves as a basic audio editor, allowing you to flag, cut, and share clips.

Audacity, meanwhile, is a free, open-source alternative that is more complex but holds a lot of functionality. Initially released almost 20 years ago, it recently received an update that brings it closer to modern standards.

We’re going to take an in-depth look at how to record audio from your computer with each of these tools. However, we should note that this is not a tutorial on how to record your desktop audio. For that, you should try our dedicated Windows 10 Stereo Mix guide.

How to Record Audio on Windows 10 with Voice Recorder

If you’re just looking to record voice and do some basic editing, Voice Recorder in Windows 10 is the tool for you. Like most of its in-built apps, Microsoft has made this tool incredibly easy to use and very lightweight. Here’s how you can use it to record audio from your computer:

Press the Start button on your keyboard, then type “Voice Recorder”. Click the top result to open it.

Press the Microphone button to start recording

It’s really that easy. Windows will automatically pull audio from your default input device. Say hi!

Set a marker and view the running time

While recording, you can press the flag button to set a marker at a particular section. For example, if you made a mistake and would like to cut that part later or transition to a different topic. Your markers will show at the bottom of the app with their timestamp.

The time you’ve been recording will display at the top of the screen. You can press the pause icon to temporarily stop the recording or the central button with a square in the middle to stop it permanently.

Edit your voice recording in Windows 10

Once your recording is complete, Windows 10 Voice Recorder will automatically display it in a sidebar on the left. You can click it, or any previous clip, to open it. Pressing the big play button will let you listen back and determine whether any changes are required.

Jump between your flags in Windows 10 Voice Recorder

Each of your flags will display above the play button with their time stamp and also as an orange line below.

Edit and rename your voice recording

You can right-click your audio recording in the list to rename it. In the main pane, below the timeline, you also have some options, the most important one being the trim icon, which allows you to trim the audio.

Trim your voice recording

After pressing the trim button, you’ll be presented with a start and end marker, which you can drag to the left and right to trim the recording. Move them to the desired location to adjust the audio track, then press the “Save” button underneath the timeline.

Optional: Use hotkeys for increased efficiency

If you’re editing a lot of clips, knowing the hotkeys for Windows 10 Voice Recorder will save you a lot of time. You can hold-down ALT to see them all. Important ones to remember are ALT + P to play, ALT + T to trim, and ALT + R to record.

Share your Windows 10 voice recording with others

Under the timeline, press the square box with an arrow in it to share your recording with other people or apps.

Choose an option from the share menu

Pressing the share button will surface the share menu, from which you can send the audio file to nearby devices, your mail app, and more.

Open file location to find the audio file

You can also press the three dots under the timeline on the right-hand side and click “Open file location” to find the audio file itself.

Find the file in your Sound Recordings folder

You can now share it with a wider range of applications and sites as you would any other file.

How to Record Audio on your PC with Audacity for Windows 10

Audacity is a well-known free voice recorder that can provide both basic and advanced functionality. We’re just going to cover the basics today, but you can check out the Audacity manual for further information.

Before you start, you’ll of course need to download Audacity for Windows 10 from the official site and install it.

Press the Start button and type “Audacity”, then click the top result.

Press “Edit > Preferences”

Alternatively, just hit “Ctrl + P” on your keyboard.

Choose the correct Audio Input

In the “Devices” section of the Preferences window, look for the “Recording” section. Press the dropdown next to “Device” and choose the correct microphone from the list. Press “OK” when you’re done.

Use the Audacity record function

In the toolbar, click “Transport > Record”, or simply press R on your keyboard to start recording.

Stop the Audacity recording when you’re finished

When your voice recording is complete, press the large stop button below the toolbar.

Save your Audacity Recording and export the audio

With your voice recording complete, first save the Audacity project file so you can come back to it later. To do so, press “File > Save Project As..”, then choose a location and file name.

You then export the audio by pressing “File > Export Audio…”. and following a similar process.

Now you should know the basics of recording with Audacity and the Windows 10 Voice Recorder. You may now want to record some video to go alongside it, which you can do by following our screen record guide.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Need to record system sound in Windows Vista or Windows 7? Use the Solveigmm’s HyperCam sound recorder to bypass the recording sound limitations on these operating systems.

HyperCam is one of the best sound recording software. To record system sound as well as music and voice recording consider some aspects of this audio recorder for pc.

You can use the HyperCam in Windows 7 or Windows Vista for audio recording with or without video recording. To record only the audio track you need to turn off screen recording so that only audio remains – this is the only way to capture audio without video.

At the moment HyperCam from SolveigMM is the fastest, most proficient and very simple way to make digital video and audio recording. The HyperCam versions are constantly updated and improved.

How to enable your system sound recording in Windows Vista or Windows 7

To record sound in Windows Vista or Windows 7 you need to make sure the stereo mixer is turned on by following these steps:

1. Navigate to the Control Panel.

2. Select the “Sound” section by double-clicking on the corresponding icon to open the settings dialog.

3. Select the “Recording” tab.

How to record using windows sound recorder

4. Open the context menu with the right mouse button and select the “Show disconnected devices” function.

How to record using windows sound recorder

5. A window will open and you will see all inactive devices. Right click on “Stereo Mix” (“Wave Out Mix”, “Mono Mix”, etc.) and click “Enable”.

How to record using windows sound recorder

7. To make the device you just turned on as the default recording channel select it from the list and click “Set as default”.

The steps sequence for turning on the stereo mixer for Windows 10 is different. You will need:

1. Open the “Parameters” section in the “Start” menu (there is an icon Gear in the left column).

How to record using windows sound recorder

2. Click the “System” button and then select the “Sound” tab.

How to record using windows sound recorder

3. In the “Related Options” section click on the “Sound Control Panel”.

How to record using windows sound recorder

4. Select the “Record” tab.

5. Open the context menu with the right mouse button and select the “Show disconnected devices” function.

How to record using windows sound recorder

6. A window will open and you will see the list of inactive devices. Right-click on “Stereo Mix” (“Wave Out Mix”, “Mono Mix”, etc.) and click “Enable”.

How to record using windows sound recorder

8. To make an activated device the default recording channel select it in the list by clicking on “Use as default”.

The “Stereo Mix” availability depends on your sound card and drivers. You may not see this line in the list of disabled devices.

If you managed to enable sound recording as described above apply special settings before starting recording with the HyperCam.

1. Download the HyperCam sound recorder for Windows 7/ Vista from our website.

2. Install the Windows 7 / Vista sound recorder software on your computer.

3. Double click the HyperCam audio recorder icon on the desktop to launch the program and start recording computer audio. You can also record music.

4. Navigate to “Parameters”, select the “Sound” tab, check the “Record sound” checkbox and select “Stereo mixer” to record internal sound in the “Source” drop-down list (when working with a stereo mixer consider that it must first be turned on in system; you can also use “System Audio”). Be sure to select computer screen recording with sound (including from a microphone) and turn off screen recording. If you record sound with video and you only need sound, you can remove video from audio using the HyperCam Media Editor or another program from Solveigmm – Video Splitter.

5. Adjust compression parameters (if necessary). By default the recording is performed in the MP4 format, and audio is encoded in the AAC format in this case. You can get uncompressed audio if you are recording a video in the AVI format.

6. To start recording audio click the big red button – this is the start recording button.

How to record using windows sound recorder

7. If you need to stop and then resume audio recording on Windows 7 / Vista you can use the interface buttons that stand for “Stop”, “Pause”, “Start”.

How to record using windows sound recorder

To see the result of your capture audio actions navigate to the “Recent Recordings” section.

Bandicam is a great capture program that allows you to easily record the computer screen, computer sound and microphone all together. If you want to record the system audio and/or your voice, please see the tutorials below:

How to record computer sound

How to record your voice

Other sound settings (Two Sound Mixing, Noise. )

How to record your voice without a microphone

Audio Sound Recording in Windows Vista, 7, 8 and 10

To record computer sound and your voice at the same time in Windows Vista, 7, 8 and 10, start Bandicam -> Video -> Settings -> and choose “(Default Sound Device)” and Microphone at the Recording settings. Then, check the “Two Sound Mixing” option.

1. How to record “computer sound” in Windows Vista/7/8/10/11

To record “computer sound”, choose “(Default Sound Device)” as the Primary Sound Device. » See more

How to record using windows sound recorder

* Tip) If you can’t see “(Default Sound Device)“, Properties > Compatibility > and then–> uncheck the Run this program in compatibility mode for:How to record using windows sound recorder option.

2. How to record microphone sound only in Windows Vista/7/8/10/11

How to record using windows sound recorder

To record your voice, you have to choose the “Microphone” device in the Sound settings window. » See more

3. How to record “computer sound” and “your voice” at the same time in Windows Vista/7/8/10/11

How to record using windows sound recorder

To record “computer sound” and “your voice” at the same time, choose “(Default Sound Device)” and “Microphone“. Then, check the “Two Sound Mixing” option. » See more

Audio Sound Recording in Windows XP

To record computer sound and your voice at the same time in Windows XP, start Bandicam -> Video -> Settings -> and choose “Primary Sound Capture Driver” and Microphone at the Recording settings. Then, check the “Two Sound Mixing” option.

1. How to record “computer sound” in Windows XP (Stereo Mix)

How to record using windows sound recorder

If there is no sound for the captured video in Windows XP, you have to enable “Stereo Mix” in Volume Control and change the sound device in the Recording settings of Bandicam. » See more

2. How to record “your voice” in Windows XP

How to record using windows sound recorder

To record your voice in Windows XP, you have to enable “Microphone” in Volume Control and select “your microphone”. » See more

3. How to record “computer sound” and “your voice” at the same time in Windows XP

How to record using windows sound recorder

To record “computer sound” and “your voice” at the same time in Windows XP, choose “Primary Sound Capture Driver” as the primary sound device, select “your microphone” as the secondary sound device. Then, check the “Two Sound Mixing” option. » See more

This post helps you learn something about Realtek Stereo Mix. Check how to show and enable Stereo Mix in Windows 10. MiniTool Software not only provides various computer tips and tricks but also releases some free utilities like MiniTool Power Data Recovery, MiniTool Partition Wizard, MiniTool ShadowMaker, etc.

What Is Realtek Stereo Mix?

Stereo Mix comes with most computer sound cards. It is also called “What You Hear” and mixes all the audio channels in your Windows 10 computer.

Realtek Stereo Mix is a sound tool that can record the output audio streams in your Windows 10 computer including speaker or microphone outputs, live streaming audio, broadcast radio, etc. You can use it as audio recording software to record all audio outputs from your computer.

How to record using windows sound recorder

3 ways for how to open Realtek Audio Manager in Windows 10. You can also create a shortcut for Realtek Audio Manager.

How to Enable Realtek Stereo Mix in Windows 10

The Stereo Mix feature of Realtek High Definition Audio is disabled by default in Windows 10. You can follow the steps below to enable Realtek Stereo Mix in your Windows 10 computer.

  1. Right-click the Sound icon at the right corner of Windows taskbar and click Sounds option.
  2. Click Recording tab and you can see Stereo Mix of Realtek Audio.
  3. Right-click Stereo Mix and select Enable. Click Apply and click OK to enable Realtek Stereo Mix in Windows 10.

How to record using windows sound recorder

How to record using windows sound recorder

Here is guide for Realtek HD Audio Manager download for Windows 10. Check how to download Realtek HD Audio Manager for PC.

Fix Realtek Stereo Mix Not Showing or Missing in Windows 10

If you don’t see Stereo Mix under Recording tab in Sound window, it might be hidden in your sound card. Check how to make Realtek HD Audio Stereo Mix feature visible.

  1. Right-click Sound icon at the taskbar and select Sounds.
  2. In Sound window, click Recording tab.
  3. Right-click the blank area in the window and check Show Disabled Devices. After this, the Stereo Mix device should appear in the list of recording devices. You can then follow the guide above to enable it.

If you still don’t see Stereo Mix in your Windows 10 computer, it might because your sound card drivers are outdated or the new sound card driver doesn’t support Stereo Mix feature. You can update audio drivers to see if it can fix Stereo Mix not showing in Windows 10 issue.

  1. Press Windows + X and select Device Manager to open Device Manager in Windows 10.
  2. Expand Sound, video and game controllers category, and right-click Realtek High Definition Audio to choose Update driver.
  3. Click Search automatically for drivers option to search and install the latest version of the Realtek audio driver. You can follow the same operation to update the audio drivers of your computer default sound card.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Check how to download and update ASIO driver on Windows 10, what is ASIO and ASIO driver, how to fix ASIO driver not working on Windows 10.

How to Use Realtek Stereo Mix in Windows 10

You can open the audio recording program on your PC and find the option for microphone input of the program. Select Realtek Stereo Mix as the sound input in the recording software.

If you don’t want to record audio from other devices, you can mute other audio recording devices like your microphone or headset before clicking Record or unplug your microphone, and set Stereo Mix as the default recording device in Sound window.

How to record using windows sound recorder

This post introduces what Dolby Digital is, how to download and install Dolby Audio for Windows 10/11 PC, how to convert Dolby audio (AC3) to MP3, etc.

Realtek Stereo Mix Windows 10 Download

If your computer doesn’t have Realtek Stereo Mix device, you can go to Realtek official website to download and install Realtek High Definition Audio Codecs Software for your Windows 10 computer and get Stereo Mix.

Stereo Mix Alternative Windows 10

If Realtek Stereo Mix is not working and has no sound in Windows 10, you may try some Stereo Mix alternatives for audio recording.

Top free sound recording software for PC include Audacity, WavePad, Adobe Audition, FL Studio, MixPad, Audio Highjack, etc.

Tip: If you want a free tool to record screen and audio at the same time on your Windows computer, MiniTool Video Converter is top recommended.

MiniTool Video Converter is a 100% clean and free PC software and it has three main functions: screen record, video/audio convert, and video download. Extremely easy-to-use and intuitive interface.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Check the 5 tips to fix Realtek HD Audio Manager missing in Windows 10. Fix Realtek HD Audio Manager not showing in Control Panel.

I like listening to music, and my favorite singer just released a new album. It is unfortunate that I am not allowed to download the music yet. Is there any perfect way to record them? I don’t like the noise at all. Thanks in advanced!

Do you love to record audio into MP3/WMA/WAV formats? Do you want to record skype sound when you’re chatting with someone? Are you engaged in making audio tutorials for games?

How to record using windows sound recorder

All you need is an audio recording tool.

There are a lot of audio recording tools available on the market. However, if you cannot find a right audio recorder, a number of things like noise or air may come in the path of a decent sound and affect recording quality.

In the following, I will introduce 2 audio recorders on Windows.

1. How to Record Audio on Computer

Windows has a default feature for users to record audio on computer. If you don’t know how to use it, you should read below tutorial carefully.

To do this follow these steps, as appropriate for the version of Windows that you’re running.

How to Record Audio on Windows 7/8

Step 1 Plug the microphone to your computer. If you don’t have a microphone, you should go to method 2.

Step 2 Launch Sound Recorder on Windows.

  1. In Windows 7, you can go to Start >All programs >Accessories, then click Sound Recorder.
  2. In Windows 8, just go to the Start >All Apps >Windows Accessories, then find out Sound Recorder and click it.

Note: Alternatively, you can just go to Start menu, and type Sound Recorder in the search box, then press the Enter on your keyboard. Click Sound Recorder in the search result.

Step 3 Click the Start Recording button.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 4 If you want to finish it, just click Stop Recording to stop.

How to record using windows sound recorder

The audio recording can only be saved as the format with .wma extension.

How to Record Audio on PC Windows 10

As the latest release of Windows operating system, Windows 10 comes with many functional built-in features and programs. One of them is Voice Recorder, which can help you to record sounds, lectures, or any other events.

Let’s show you how to do that.

Step 1 Launch Voice Recorder.

Step 2 Click the Record button in the left panel.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 3 Click the Stop button to finish the recording. Then this audio will appear in the left panel under the Today item.

Select the recording file, you are allowed to play it back to check if it meets your need.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Disadvantages of Windows Sound Recorder

  1. You will need a microphone connected to computer to begin the procedure.
  2. You can save the audio file into .wma format only.
  3. The recorded sound has a poor quality.
  4. You can not record webcam, video and more at once.

What if you don’t have a microphone? Or do you want to save the file into other formats?

Please keep moving to figure out another solution.

2. How to Record Windows Audio without Microphone

FoneLab Screen Recorder is a powerful tool, which you can use to record video, capture screenshot and more on computer. In addition, it is easy to use, just need to launch it, and then start and stop the recording.

If you want to record the screen of gameplay, online course, TV show on computer, or others, FoneLab can help you do what you want easily.

Below is how to record window audio.

How to Record Windows Audio with FoneLab

Step 1 Install Screen Recorder on your computer and launch it.

FoneLab Screen Recorder allows you to capture video, audio, online tutorial, etc on Windows/Mac, and you can easily customize size, edit the video or audio, and more.

  • Record video, audio, webcam and take screenshots on Windows/Mac.
  • Preview data before saving.
  • It is safe and easy to use.

Step 2 Click Audio Recorder, then you will go to the audio recording interface.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 3 Set recording audio from system audio or microphone voice as you want, then click REC button to start audio recording.

If you also want to record the screen on Windows, FoneLab helps you to do it easily.

How to Record Screen on Windows

As you might know, Windows 10 has a new feature to record videos with its default tool, which you don’t have on Windows 7 or 8.

Here we will introduce the best screen recorder for Windows 7/8/10 – FoneLab Screen Recorder.

Below is how to use it.

Step 1 Choose Video Recorder on the interface.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Step 2 Adjust the recording area through dragging the dots of the box. You can modify the number in it, too. You are allowed to enable webcam, sound, microphone recording at the same time if you want.

Step 3 Click the orange REC button to begin.

Step 4 Click the stop button and then Save on the pop-up window.

How to record using windows sound recorder

Advantages of FoneLab Screen Recorder

  1. You can record audio without a microphone.
  2. There are different formats, quality and more output specifications for options.
  3. You can select hotkeys.
  4. Windows and Mac versions are available.
  5. It is easy to record a video, gameplay and more with a few clicks.

FoneLab Screen Recorder is a powerful screen recorder, which allows you to record sound, screen webcam, microphone at once. So, it can be your best audio recorder.

With the trial version, you can record and playback as much as you like, but you can only save a 3-minute sample every time.

Why not download and try to record screen on Windows now!

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

When a beneficiary is deceased, who will get the inheritance? You may be wondering whether if you leave property to your brother Jim, but he dies before you, would his kids inherit the property in his place? The answer is, only if your will explicitly states as much. To ensure your document is correct, it’s best to say so specifically in various particular ways.

The surest way is to word your will or trust like this: “To my brother Jim, but if he predeceases me, then to his surviving children [insert their full legal names], or to their heirs, __________.” The blank line shows another critical choice which we can discuss in more detail during a consultation.

If you haven’t explicitly worded your documents like that – for example, if your will or trust says “to my brother Jim,” but he has died first, and there’s no mention of his children – then the answer may become unnecessarily complicated. The gift would likely be saved for his immediate family, thanks to “anti-lapse” laws that all states have on the books, but it’s safer not to rely on those laws. Things might get complicated fast, especially if your brother’s family is a “blended” one with numerous stepchildren.

Attorneys Can Help Ensure Your Will or Trust be Established Correctly

Ensure that your will or trust will work the way you want it to with the best solution, a lawyer. We help families with their estate planning needs and would be honored to meet with you.

It’s important to remember that estate planning is not “one and done.” You should at least review your plan every year or two (or sooner if you or a loved one’s health or life circumstances change) to account for any changes in the lives of your beneficiaries or if your goals have changed (sometimes referred to as “major life-changing events”). Some of the events could be the birth of another beneficiary or death of a designated fiduciary (trustee or executor) that was supposed to outlive you, sudden terminal illness, purchase or sale of real property, or moving to another state.

If you have questions or would like to discuss a personal legal matter, don’t hesitate to reach out. Please contact our office at (212) 920-6371.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

It’s not easy when a loved one dies. Not only are you dealing with the grief associated with the loss of your family member, but you are likely dealing with probate issues as well. This is especially true if one of your beneficiaries dies before they can receive an inheritance. Such a situation can lead to complicated matters with wills, trusts, transfer on death (TOD) accounts, payment on death (POD) accounts and life insurance policies. This is because you can’t leave assets to a person who is no longer alive. Depending on when the beneficiary dies, there are several situations that can occur under Florida law.

If a person dies after their beneficiary, the person should take steps to name new beneficiaries right away. Having secondary beneficiary designations is always a good idea to prevent such a situation from occurring. In the event that there are no living beneficiaries, life insurance policies, TOD and POD accounts will go to the decedent’s estate. This will require that the estate go through the probate process.

A gift to a deceased beneficiary will go away, or lapse, unless it is protected under Florida’s anti-lapse statutes. If it lapses, it becomes part of the deceased’s estate. The state’s anti-lapse provisions state that a gift will not lapse if the beneficiary has died and was a descendant of a grandparent. In that situation, the assets go to the lineal descendants of the deceased beneficiary, such as children and grandchildren.

Another possible situation is that the beneficiary could die after the person making the gift from whom they will inherit, but before distribution. If the beneficiary outlives the person creating the estate plan, but dies before receiving the gift, the gift will go to the probate estate of the deceased beneficiary. It will then go to the appropriate heirs. If there is no will or trust, then Florida’s intestacy laws will apply. This will delay the deceased beneficiary’s probate and distribution process.

If the beneficiary dies after receiving the gift, it becomes the property of the deceased person’s estate when they die. This can be a complicated matter because if you will your money to your child, and your child is married, their spouse will receive your money upon their death. Maybe that’s not something you want. To prevent this, you’ll need to get a trustee involved. Finding a person to be around to take care of this situation can also be difficult. You’ll have to have one or more backup trustees in place to make this work.

Seek Legal Help

When a beneficiary dies during the probate process, things can get much more complicated. The laws vary by state as well, so make sure you hire an experienced lawyer to guide you through the process.

How Long Does It Take to Settle an Estate?

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Unfortunately for beneficiaries, handing out inheritances is the very last thing the executor or personal representative of a probate estate will do. The same goes for the successor trustee of a trust. These individuals must take several steps before an estate or trust can be closed, from valuing assets to paying any taxes due.

Inventorying the Decedent’s Documents and Property

All the deceased’s estate planning documents and other important papers must be located before a personal representative or an executor can be appointed by the probate court, or before a successor trustee can take over the administration of a trust.

The decedent’s estate-planning documents can include a last will and testament, funeral, cremation, burial or memorial instructions, or a revocable living trust.

Important papers include bank and brokerage statements, stock and bond certificates, life insurance policies, car and boat titles, and deeds. Other information requested may be related to the deceased’s debts, including utility bills, credit cards, mortgages, personal loans, medical bills, and funeral expenses.

The probate court will then officially appoint the executor if probate is necessary and when the will is submitted to the court. A petition must also be filed to open probate if the decedent didn’t leave a will. The successor trustee can now accept the appointment without probate court involvement if the deceased left a living trust.

A delay of up to two weeks is common from the date of death until probate is officially opened in some states. For example, a New Jersey court cannot accept a will for probate until 10 days have passed since the date of death. Anyone who wants to object to the will can do so during this time.

Valuing the Decedent’s Assets

Next, the date-of-death values of the deceased’s assets must be determined. Most state probate courts require the filing of a comprehensive list of all property owned by the decedent along with corresponding appraised values.

This is additionally important information for the beneficiaries. Any capital gains tax will be calculated using these date-of-death value should a beneficiary decide to sell an inheritance.

This is referred to as a step-up in basis, and it’s a good thing. Otherwise, any capital gains tax would be based on the difference between the sales price and whatever the decedent paid to purchase the asset, which could be a great deal more.

The total value of the deceased’s assets also determines whether it will be liable for state estate taxes and/or federal estate taxes after subtracting the decedent’s outstanding debts, certain gifts such as those made to spouses or charities, and costs of administering the estate.

Paying the Decedent’s Final Bills

The deceased’s final bills, creditors, and ongoing administration expenses must be paid before the probate estate or trust can close and transfer the remaining assets to beneficiaries. This occurs after the value of the deceased person’s assets has been established and, in the case of a probate estate, after the list has been supplied to the court.

Estate executors are required to notify all potential creditors of the deceased, both those they know about and those they might not be aware of. This is typically achieved with a newspaper notice, alerting creditors to the death and instructing them how to make claims to the estate for the money they’re owed.

This published notice is typically in addition to written notice made to known creditors.

Creditors then have a prescribed period of time to make claims, depending on state law, but it can run simultaneously with the inventory period in some states.

The executor has the right to decide whether claims are valid and whether they should or should not be paid. Denying claims can result in numerous court hearings where a judge will ultimately decide, and all of this can eat up a lot of time. For example, in Washington, creditors have 30 days to file a suit against a rejected claim and that could slow down the process of closing the estate.

The decedent’s final bills will probably include cell phone bills, credit card bills, and medical bills, as well as the ongoing expenses of administering the estate or trust, such as storage fees, utilities, and attorney’s fees. Any mortgages and other secured debts must also be resolved.

Tax Returns and Applicable Taxes

The executor of the probate estate or the successor trustee must also file all necessary federal and state estate tax returns, inheritance tax returns, the decedent’s final income tax returns, and estate or trust income tax returns.

Of course, any taxes that are due must be paid in a timely manner to avoid interest and penalties. When estates owe estate taxes, they typically can’t close until receiving written approval from the IRS or the state taxing authority.

Distribute What’s Left to Beneficiaries

Finally, the executor or successor trustee will distribute inheritances to the beneficiaries. This is the very last step, because executors and trustees can potentially be held personally liable for the deceased’s unpaid bills, administrative expenses, and all unpaid taxes if they fail to take care of all the prior steps first.

When Can You Expect Your Inheritance?

How long the settlement process takes depends on many factors, including the types of assets the decedent owned, the value of those assets, whether the estate is taxable at the state and/or federal level, how many beneficiaries are involved, and the skills and diligence of the executor or successor trustee.

A simple estate or trust can often be settled within a few months, while a complicated estate or trust can take a year or more to close.

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to be construed as legal advice. Prior to making any significant decisions relative to its content, you should consider seeking the advice of a licensed attorney who specializes in estate law for your particular state.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Who inherits the money if there is no will?

If you die without a will, your assets will be divided according to the laws in the state where you lived. Most places designate your spouse or children as your heirs-at-law if you don’t have a will. If you have no living spouse or children, your next-of-kin might be your grandchildren, parents, siblings, or grandparents. If you have no heirs-at-law, your money would revert to the state.

How much is the inheritance tax?

Whether you will pay inheritance tax depends on where you live. Six states—Nebraska, Iowa, Kentucky, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and Maryland—have inheritance taxes, ranging from 0% to 18%, depending on the size of the inheritance. There’s no federal inheritance tax, but the federal estate tax ranges from 18% to 40% for estates valued at over $12.06 million after credits and deductions.

What is a beneficiary?

A beneficiary is named in a Will or through the laws of intestacy as the recipient of a gift (cash or possession) or an inheritance from the testator’s estate.

A testator can choose whomever they wish to be a beneficiary of their estate this includes family, members, friends, organisations, and charities. If the deceased did not have a valid will then the beneficiaries of their estate or decided through the laws of intestacy.

Beneficiaries have certain rights that are protected by law this is to help ensure that the estate is distributed according to the testator’s wishes.

What happens when there is a predeceased beneficiary?

When a beneficiary passes away before the testator their benefit from the estate will Lapse. This means that their death has rendered their gift void. In this circumstance, the share of the estate that they would have received will be returned and become a part of the residual estate which will be distributed amongst the estates Residual beneficiaries.

There are certain exceptions to this rule, the most of common is applicable when the predeceased beneficiary was a direct descendant of the testator. If a gift in a will is made to a person’s lineal descendant (child or grandchild for example) their inheritance will not lapse if the named descendant has surviving children at the time of the testator’s death. (The Wills act/ s33) This does not apply when the gift that the predeceased issue was given was a life interest.

The other most common exception to the Lapse rule is when the testator makes alternative provision in their will for the circumstances in which a beneficiary has predeceased them. This means the lapse rule does not apply as the testator has provided direction for what to do with a predeceased beneficiaries share. There are different ways of expressing this under the terms of a will. Some examples are “in the circumstances that one of my named beneficiaries was to predecease me their share of my estate should be redirected to (name of alternative beneficiary)” or “my children, those who are alive at the time of my death, shall inherit.” This clarifies that the surviving children will inherit and not the children (or Issue) of any predeceased children.

What happens if a beneficiary dies after the testator but before they inherited?

When a beneficiary dies after the testator but before the completion and distribution of the estate the deceased’s beneficiary’s estate will still inherit their share. The assets that are inherited to their estate will be treated as their own and will be distributed according to the wishes in their will or if they had no will the laws of intestacy.

It is possible to have a clause written into a will, known as a survivorship clause, to account for the circumstance of a beneficiary passing away during the estate administration. This clause allows the testator to dictate where the assets should be redirected in this eventuality. This clause can state a set amount of time that a beneficiary must survive them in order to inherit; this time period is normally 28 days.

Similarly, to the survivorship clause, an inheritance can be subject to certain conditions for example that a person must reach a certain age in order to inherit. If this requirement is not met, for example, if the beneficiary was to pass away before reaching the specified age, their estate cannot claim the benefit upon their death.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased < if (sources.length) < this.parentNode.removeChild(sources[0]); >else < this.onerror = null; this.src = fallback; >>)( [. this.parentNode.querySelectorAll(‘source’)], arguments[0].target.currentSrc.replace(/\/$/, ”), ‘/public/images/logo-fallback.svg’ )” loading=”lazy”>

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased < if (sources.length) < this.parentNode.removeChild(sources[0]); >else < this.onerror = null; this.src = fallback; >>)( [. this.parentNode.querySelectorAll(‘source’)], arguments[0].target.currentSrc.replace(/\/$/, ”), ‘/public/images/logo-fallback.svg’ )” loading=”lazy”>

How to Make a Weighted List for Estate Disbursal

If you die leaving behind property and heirs, your heirs generally stand to inherit your property. When an heir predeceases you, however, how your property gets distributed is dependent on specific laws. Laws about inheritances differ considerably among states, so consult an attorney if you need legal advice about predeceased heirs and inheritances in your state of residence.

Intestacy

If you die, the laws of your state automatically determine who inherits your property unless you created a valid last will and testament. These laws, known as intestacy laws or laws of intestate succession — i.e., laws governing inheritance in cases where there is no will — predetermine not only who your heirs are but how much they stand to receive.

Per Stirpes

In some states, intestate estates pass to heirs in a manner known as “per stirpes.” In per stirpes states, all children of an intestate parent stand to inherit from the parent after his death. If a child predeceases the parent, that child’s own children receive the portion of the estate the child would have received if she were still alive. For example, if a parent had four children and dies intestate, each of the four children receives a quarter of the estate. If, however, one of the children predeceased the parent, that child’s own children divide the one quarter of the estate among themselves.

Per Capita

In some states, intestate estates pass to heirs “per capita” instead of per stirpes. In a per capita succession state, heirs stand to receive the portion of the decedent’s estate that the predeceased heir would have received. For example, if a woman has three children and one child predeceased her in death, only the surviving children are entitled to inherit the estate property. Each child, in this scenario, receives half of the estate, instead of receiving a third of the estate with the remaining third going to the children of the predeceased child.

Wills

A person can choose his own heirs by creating a last will and testament. A person who creates a will is generally known as a testator. If a person creates a will, leaves property to an heir and that heir predeceases the testator, the terms of the will determine who receives the property the heir would have received. For example, a testator can choose to leave the property to an heir or her offspring, in which case the offspring receive the portion the heir would have received.

  • Cornell University Law School Legal Information Institute: Per Capita
  • Cornell University Law School Legal Information Institute: Pure Per Stirpes
  • Justia: 2010 Arkansas Code section 28-9-205 — Per stirpes distribution

Roger Thorne is an attorney who began freelance writing in 2003. He has written for publications ranging from “MotorHome” magazine to “Cruising World.” Thorne specializes in writing for law firms, Web sites, and professionals. He has a Juris Doctor from the University of Kansas.

What determines the inheritance of marital assets after divorce?

Whether inherited money or property is part of the marital asset pool is an important question as it determines how inherited money, property or other assets are divided after separation or divorce. The Family Courts will determine this, and will take a number of factors into consideration.

Some of the factors the Court may consider include:

How long ago was the inheritance received?

If a long time has passed between the inheritance and the separation, the asset is more likely to be treated as part of the family assets and divided between the parties. If the inheritance occurred close to, or during, separation it is much more likely that the Family Court will allow you to keep your inheritance and it not be put in the pool of marital assets to be divided.

What were the intentions of the deceased?

If the deceased had specific intentions for how the beneficiary should use the inheritance, then this may be relevant to how it is divided after separation. For example, if the deceased intended the inheritance to benefit the whole family, not just the named beneficiary then the inheritance will more than likely be considered part of the marital assets.

Who helped care for the deceased?

If the spouse or partner of the beneficiary helped care for the deceased this will also be taken into consideration. For example, if the deceased lived with the family, then it is more likely that the assets will be treated as belonging to the family and therefore be part of the marital assets.

Every case is different, and there may be many factors in your situation that will need to be taken into account.

If you are worried about where you stand in a family law property division or to find out what steps to take next call into our office and talk to a family law expert at Dawson & Gardiner. Phone: 02 4954 8666.

Whether you’re married or in a de facto relationship, separating from your partner is never easy. And when it comes to dividing the property and assets, things can go from bad to worse.

Everyone wants to protect their own interests, so disagreements about how to divide assets occur very often. When you have property that you wish to keep, such as an inheritance you have received, you need to know where you stand legally.

Every case is different, but here is our guide to what can happen to your inheritance when you separate from your partner or spouse.

Get a free phone consultation for your legal matter. Find out what’s involved.

Can you keep your inheritance if you get divorced?

It is possible that you will be able to keep inheritance that you received while married when you get divorced, but it will depend on your circumstances.

One way you can keep your inheritance is to come to an amicable agreement with your former spouse about how to divide the marital assets. This will likely require some negotiation and compromise from both parties, and you can formalise the agreement by applying for consent orders through the Family Court or signing a Binding Financial Agreement with lawyers.

If you cannot come to an agreement, then it will be up to the Court to determine whether or not your inheritance is considered part of the pool of marital assets to be divided or whether it is solely your property.

In most cases, only one member of a couple is named as a beneficiary of the Will of the deceased party, who is often a parent or other family member. It is also very common for the funds to be used for the betterment of the family, such as house renovations, holidays or even just bills and household expenses. When this is the case, the Court will often count the inherited asset as a contribution to the marriage made by the person who inherited it, so it would not necessarily be returned to them when the marital assets are divided.

On the other hand, if the beneficiary took steps to quarantine their inheritance from the rest of the family assets, the Court will be more likely to recognise this and allow them to keep the inheritance. This means that the inherited asset can not be used for the betterment of the family, and family assets cannot be used for the betterment or management of the inherited asset.

In the rare case where an inheritance is clearly given to both member of a couple, it is likely that the asset will be part of the general pool of assets to be divided between the parties.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

More questions about Wills and Estates?

Find out more about Will and Estate legal services or read some of our other articles:

Is your inheritance part of your marital assets?

Whether the inheritance will be treated as part of your marital assets or separate will depend on your situation. Some of the factors that the Court may consider include:

  • Time since the inheritance – If a long time has passed between the inheritance and the separation, the asset is more likely to be treated as part of the family assets.
  • The intentions of the deceased – If the deceased had specific intentions for how the beneficiary should use the inheritance, then this may be relevant to how to how it is divided. For example, they may have intended the inheritance to benefit the whole family, not just the named beneficiary.
  • Who helped care for the deceased – If the spouse of the beneficiary also helped to care for the deceased, for example if the deceased lived with them, then it’s more likely that the assets will be treated as belonging to the family.

Every case is different, and there may be unique factors in your case that will be taken into account.

How are marital assets divided?

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Child custody arrangements will be decided by the Court if you cannot agree with your former spouse.

If you and your former spouse cannot agree on how to divide your marital assets , including inheritance you have received, you will normally need to attend family dispute resolution before Court proceedings can take place. Coming to an agreement before going to Court is the best way to minimise the emotional and financial stress involved.

If coming to an agreement is impossible, then you can apply for property orders through the Courts. There is no formula for how a judge will decide to divide the asset; they will decide what is just and equitable when all the evidence and unique facts about your case have been heard.

If your inheritance was of particular sentimental importance to you, it is possible that the judge will take this into consideration. Some of the other factors they will consider include:

  • Financial contributions to the marriage made by each party, both direct and indirect.
  • The responsibilities each party had for things like childcare and homemaking.
  • The future needs of each party, including age, health, and financial resources.

The financial order that you receive will always depend on your unique circumstances.

Get expert family law advice

Getting advice from a divorce lawyer will ensure that all your legal bases are covered.

At Rose Lawyers, we have decades of experience helping our clients protect their interests when going through a divorce. Our family lawyers will handle your case with the care and sensitivity that it requires.

For expert advice on your divorce and inheritance, call Rose Lawyers on 03 9878 5222 .

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Date: October 5, 2020

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

One thing that is clear with each probate case is that every family is different. Some families agree about what should happen with the estate, and others do not. But what happens when the person who passes away has heirs who cannot be located?

Whether an individual is an heir or a beneficiary of an estate depends on if the person who passed away, also called the decedent, had a Will. When there is a Will, the individuals or charities named in the Will are beneficiaries of the estate. But, if there was no Will, the family members who could inherit property are called the heirs.

When a probate estate is opened but some of the heirs cannot be located, the personal representative has the responsibility of locating the heirs, or at least making the best efforts possible to locate those heirs. There are a few ways that this can be accomplished.

1. Affidavit of Heirs

An Affidavit of Heirs is a document that is prepared for the court and lists all of the known heirs of the individual who passed away. It is important that the person filling out the document is familiar with the family of the decedent so that they can provide adequate information on the heirs. If there are questions about some of the relatives, it is important to try and communicate with other family members to get the necessary information. The Affidavit of Heirs asks about the names, addresses, ages, and dates of death of the relatives of the decedent. While the spouse and children are typically easy categories to complete, other relatives such as grandparents or aunts and uncles of the decedent are often a little more difficult to have all of the information for.

It should be noted that just because a relative is listed on the Affidavit of Heirs, this does not mean that they are necessarily entitled to inherit from the estate. That being said, by filling out the Affidavit of Heirs completely, the probate process can move more quickly because the court knows where the potential heirs are located.

If you want additional information on the process for completing an affidavit of heirs, please check out our article Affidavit of Heirs: Speed Up the Probate Process by Locating Heirs.

2. Heir Search

An heir search is exactly what it sounds like – it is a search for heirs. The search can either determine who the heirs are or the location of the heirs. A number of companies provide the service of conducting an heir search on behalf of someone for an estate. These companies will do a search to determine all of the heirs of an individual and attempt to locate them.

This can be useful for filling in gaps on the family tree and then being able to locate and contact those heirs if necessary. Some probates will be opened where the decedent’s heirs are. Heir searches help to provide a clearer picture of the heirs that need to be included in the probate process.

Another option that works for some families is hiring a private investigator to look into the heirs and the current addresses for those heirs. This is not the best option for every probate but may be helpful in certain situations. If you choose to use an heir search service, please ensure that you have read reviews or other information about the heir search before proceeding with a particular company.

3. Publication

Another option to locate heirs is to run publication in a newspaper. While this can be useful and even required by the court, publication will only help if someone sees the notice in the newspaper. The publication would include information such as the probate case number and the name of the decedent. Generally, publication will not be the only step that someone takes to locate heirs in an estate.

Conclusion

When there are heirs that need to be located, it is important to communicate with other family members and heirs to attempt to locate anyone whose name or address you do not know. This information is essential for the Affidavit of Heirs, which can help to progress the probate process. If there are still people whose names you do not know or if you do not know where they are currently living, an heir search can be useful to obtain that information. Finally, there is also the option of publishing a notice in a newspaper to try and locate heirs.

The process of locating heirs will be different for each family. We handle many cases where clients and heirs live outside of Florida, in different states, time zones, and countries. We are always willing to answer questions that you may have about opening a probate and locating heirs. If we cannot assist you with your case, we are happy to help you find another attorney who can. Contact us today.

As a reminder, the information provided on this blog article is only to be used for general informational purposes and not intended to be used as legal advice.

  • Author
  • Recent Posts

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Justin helps clients put together unique estate plans, including assistance with Trusts, Wills, Powers of Attorney, and Advance Directives. He also works with clients to set up Special Needs Trusts for their children.

Justin serves as a member of the American Academy of Estate Planning Attorneys (AAEPA), a national organization comprised of legal professionals concentrating on estate planning. As a member of the Academy, he receives ongoing, comprehensive training on modern estate planning techniques.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Receiving an inheritance can provide a financial windfall, but there are some scenarios where you may prefer not to receive one. In that case, you might be wondering if it’s possible to decline an inheritance and the responsibilities that go with it. This process is called “disclaiming” an inheritance, which means you’re turning down the rights to the assets you were supposed to inherit. Initiating this starts with understanding the legal process and various rules that are involved. If you’re considering disclaiming an inheritance, you may want to speak with a financial advisor about it.

What Does It Mean to Disclaim an Inheritance?

First, it’s important to understand what disclaiming an inheritance means. In a nutshell, it means you’re refusing any assets that you stand to inherit under the terms of someone’s will, a trust or, in the case of a person who dies intestate, the inheritance laws of your state. You can also disclaim an inheritance if you’re the named beneficiary of a financial account or instrument, such as an individual retirement account (IRA), 401(k) or life insurance policy.

Disclaiming means that you give up your rights to receive the inheritance. If you choose to do so, whatever assets you were meant to receive would be passed along to the next beneficiary in line.

It’s not typical for people to disclaim inheritance assets. And while it may seem strange to do so, there are some instances where it might be preferable for an heir or beneficiary to turn down an inheritance.

Reasons for Disclaiming an Inheritance

There are no specific rules for when you can or can’t disclaim an inheritance; it’s more a matter of personal choice. With that in mind, you may choose to refuse an inheritance for any of the following reasons:

  • You’d rather have someone else, such as a sibling, child or charity, inherit the assets that were intended to go to you instead and you want a workaround for paying gift tax.
  • Inheriting assets would increase the size of your estate and potentially create tax planning complications for your own heirs once it’s time to pass your assets on.
  • Accepting certain assets, such as money held in an IRA, would push you into a higher tax bracket and you’d rather avoid getting stuck with a large tax bill.
  • Allowing the inheritance to pass to someone else would allow for the wishes of the deceased person to be more accurately fulfilled.
  • Receiving an inheritance would affect your ability to qualify for certain types of federal benefits, such as student loans or Medicaid.
  • You just don’t need the inheritance because you’re financially stable and would rather someone else benefit from it.

Those are all valid reasons to disclaim inheritance, but in some instances it may come down to simply not wanting whatever it is you’re supposed to inherit.

Say, for example, a relative leaves you their home, which is in need of extensive repairs or has expensive property taxes. If their will stipulates that you can’t sell the property and renting it out isn’t an option, then disclaiming it may be the best choice for shifting the financial burden of owning it to someone else.

How to Disclaim Inheritance Rights

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

If you feel that refusing an inheritance is the right thing to do, for whatever reason, you need to know what’s required to do so. First, there are certain guidelines you need to follow to satisfy the IRS and ensure that you’ve properly disclaimed an inheritance. Specifically, the IRS requires that:

  • You make your disclaimer in writing.
  • Your inheritance disclaimer specifically says that you refuse to accept the assets in question and that this refusal is irrevocable, meaning it can’t be changed.
  • You disclaim the assets within nine months of the death of the person you inherited them from. (There’s an exception for minor beneficiaries; they have until nine months after they reach the age of majority to disclaim.)
  • You receive no benefits from the proceeds of the assets you’re disclaiming.
  • The assets you disclaim don’t pass to you in any way, either directly or indirectly.

Aside from that, you also have to follow any guidelines set by your state to disclaim an inheritance. For example, your state might require that a disclaimer be notarized or witnessed, filed with the probate court or shared with the executor of the deceased person’s estate or the trustee in charge of distributing assets from a trust.

What Happens to a Disclaimed Inheritance?

It’s very important to note one thing about disclaiming an inheritance: you don’t get to decide what happens to it.

Once you sign off on a refusal to inherit, the assets you would have received are passed on to the next person in line. That’s important to remember if you plan to disclaim an inheritance so that your child or another family member can receive it instead. Unless they’re the next beneficiary or heir on the list, there’s no guarantee that the assets will go to them.

And if you’re considering disclaiming assets you should consider how that may impact the person who will receive them. Say, for example, that the next beneficiary after you is a family member with special needs. If you’re passing on a large inheritance to them because you’ve refused it, that could affect their ability to continue receiving Medicaid, disability or other government benefits.

It’s also important to keep in mind that disclaiming an inheritance is permanent. If you change your mind down the line and decide you do want the assets you would have inherited, you can’t reverse your original disclaimer.

But you could avoid disclaimer’s remorse by only refusing part of an inheritance. There’s no rule that says you have to disclaim all of the assets you’re entitled to receive as an inheritor. So if a family member names you the beneficiary of their IRA, for example, and also wills their home to you, you could choose to keep the money from the IRA and let someone else have the house.

Bottom Line

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Disclaiming an inheritance isn’t something you might automatically choose to do, but it’s good to know the option exists if receiving an inheritance isn’t right for you. The most important thing is to understand what you’re giving up and how to disclaim assets properly so there are no questions or conflicts later. Talking to an estate planning attorney can help you decide whether it makes sense to disclaim and understand how to do it properly based on the laws in your state.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

most popular online will service

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

most flexible online will option

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

After a person passes away, it is often a challenge for loved ones to figure out what happens next. In addition to the emotional and mental distress of losing someone, there are added challenges when it comes to handling everything the deceased person left behind. Whether you are an executor or a relative, you may find yourself in need of assistance when it comes to things like last wills and testaments, medical records, or titles.

In this guide, we will discuss one of those topics – how to transfer a car title. Transferring ownership of a car after death is one of the many cumbersome tasks that are left in the hands of loved ones and beneficiaries. While it is likely one of the last things a grieving person wants to deal with, it is a part of the process of handling the deceased person’s belongings. To help you with the process, we’ve outlined the few steps you will need to take to transfer the title.

How to Transfer a Car Title When The Owner Is Deceased

So, why do you need to transfer a car title when the owner is deceased? This process is necessary for beneficiaries if you want to keep the vehicle, gift it to a family member, or sell the vehicle to someone else. However, it is not as simple as handing over the keys to the new owner. Below, we will discuss who is in charge of the title transfer, as well as the steps to take if the vehicle is a part of a probated estate, what to do if there is no probate, and how to sell the vehicle.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Who Is Responsible For Transferring A Car Title Of A Deceased Person?

We’ve been asked a form of this question many times: “My husband died and my name is not on the car title. What do I do?” Whether you are a surviving spouse, a joint-owner, or a beneficiary, you have the legal authority and obligation to transfer the title of the vehicle to someone else after the owner has passed away (if the vehicle is going to be used, that is). The way to do so simply depends on whether or not the vehicle is part of a probated estate.

Is The Vehicle Part of a Probated Estate?

Once a vehicle owner has passed away, the process for transferring the car title of the deceased person varies depending on whether the vehicle title was in the individual’s name as a decedent or whether it was in a joint ownership. If the title was only in the decedent’s name, you’ll need to determine if the estate is being probated.

What’s a probated estate? Probate is a legal process that involves administering the estate of the individual who has passed away. It typically happens when there is no living spouse or beneficiary listed on the will. A probate proves that the last will and testament is legitimate, checking out the deceased person’s assets and property. Then, the Probate Court determines how to proceed with the person’s belongings. During this process, the deceased individual’s property will be distributed based on their will.

If the vehicle is part of a probated estate, follow these steps to transfer the car title of a deceased person:

1. Contact Probate Court and attorney.

A car title cannot be transferred until the probate is completed, so the executor or administrator of the deceased should contact Probate Court or an attorney as soon as possible to receive further instruction. Depending on the situation and the circumstances, getting the title transferred can be a complicated process. Because every situation is different, it helps to have someone who understands the legal process working in your favor. Once the probate is completed, the heir will receive the vehicle, or the executor can opt to sell it if he or she was the one given the vehicle.

2. Gather the required documents to transfer the car title of a deceased person.

While the documents needed does vary slightly from one state to the next, you need to have all of the following in order to transfer the title in most states:

  • Order from Probate Court to transfer the vehicle
  • Certificate of the title
  • Odometer disclosure statement
  • Death certificate
  • Transfer fee
3: Visit the Title Office.

If you are the beneficiary of the vehicle or the administrator of the deceased person’s estate, you can visit the Title Office with the above documents to initiate the title transfer.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

How to Transfer a Car Title Without Probate

The process of transferring the title of a vehicle without probate varies depending on what state you live in. Most states require the deceased individual’s property not to exceed a certain amount and it to be a certain amount of time since the person has passed away before the transfer of the title can be initiated.

In many states, the Department of Motor Vehicles makes it fairly easy to transfer the car title of a deceased person when there is no probate involved. If you are the administrator, joint-owner, spouse, or beneficiary, you may only need to take the death certificate and the title of the car to your Title Office and they will retitle it – no court order or attorneys required.

Affidavit To Transfer Without Probate

In some cases, the vehicle of the deceased person will be in the possession of someone other than the beneficiary or administrator or the will. This does not mean that the vehicle is gifted to that person, however. If there is no probate on the deceased person’s belongings, the beneficiary can use an affidavit in order to obtain possession of the vehicle. In most states, you can find the Affidavit for Transfer of Personal Property form online.

Keep in mind, using an Affidavit for Transfer of Personal Property is not the same thing as transferring the title of the vehicle. You will still need to follow the steps mentioned above after gaining possession of the vehicle.

How To Sell The Car of a Deceased Person

If you have already transferred the title, you can sell the vehicle of the deceased person much like you would sell any used car. However, if the beneficiary or executor is certain they want to sell the car after the person has passed, they do not necessarily need to get the title transferred prior to putting the vehicle on the market. Instead, they can put the car up for sale; once they find a buyer, the beneficiary or executor will sign the title with their name and role (executor for [deceased person’s name]). Then, the buyer will be in charge of getting the title transferred themselves.

There may additional registration fees depending on what the status of the vehicle is. All of these fees will be determined and relayed to you after you submit your application to your local DMV. Furthermore, in the event that the vehicle was not registered by the deceased, the new owner will be held responsible for paying any registration fees or penalties.

To learn more about handling the legalities of a deceased family member, here’s a look at how to obtain medical records of someone who has passed away.

When the one insured in a life insurance policy dies the proceeds go to the named beneficiary. If the beneficiary dies ahead of the insured, the proceeds will still be paid out.

Who becomes the beneficiary of a life insurance policy if the beneficiary is dead?

The insurance company will determine if there are primary co-beneficiaries named in the policy. If there are, the proceeds will be divided among these co-beneficiaries. When one of the co-beneficiaries dies, the remainder of the proceeds will be paid out to the surviving beneficiaries.

But what happens if all primary co-beneficiaries die ahead of the one insured?

The insurance company will check if there are secondary beneficiaries. These are individuals who will get to receive the proceeds when all primary beneficiaries are deceased.

For example, under a policy the wife is named the primary beneficiary and a son is named as secondary beneficiary. The husband may have wanted that the son receives the proceeds only in the event the wife dies ahead of him. Contrast this to having the son named as co-beneficiary wherein he and the wife would both be awarded with the death benefit.

What happens when both primary and contingent beneficiaries die?

In case all beneficiaries have died, the proceeds will be paid to the insured individual’s estate. It will pass through probate and will be subject to procedures and charges determined by court.

Usually, distribution of the money will be in accordance to the insured individual’s will. If the will does not contain specific instructions as to how the proceeds will be distributed, it will follow the laws of the state or the court will make that decision.

Do life insurance proceeds go to the estate or to the next of kin?

The beneficiary named in the policy will receive the proceeds regardless whether he or she is next of kin or not. In case the beneficiary is deceased, the insurance company will look for primary co-beneficiaries whether they are next of kin or not. In the absence of primary co-beneficiaries, secondary beneficiaries will receive the proceeds. If there are no living beneficiaries the proceeds will go to the estate of the insured.

Can the next related person be a contingent beneficiary if not named?

No. Contingent beneficiaries have to be named in the policy. It is therefore important to name indicate who are the primary and secondary or contingent beneficiaries. Not naming them will cause the proceeds to be passed on to the insured individual’s estate which will be subject to probate and therefore incur charges and delays related to estate settlement.

By naming beneficiaries, the probate process is bypassed. Furthermore, creditors can make claims on estate proceeds. In majority of the states, proceeds from life insurance policies are exempted from creditors claims when beneficiaries are named in the policy.

Basis In Inherited Property

May 15, 2017
Publications

A beneficiary of an estate will often receive property other than cash as a part of an inheritance. It is common for the beneficiary to be unfamiliar with the circumstances under which the decedent obtained the property or the price paid by the decedent for the property. When a beneficiary decides to sell inherited property, either immediately upon receipt or at some later time, it is important for the beneficiary to know his or her cost basis in the property for purposes of determining gain or loss.

In general, basis in property inherited from a decedent who died before or after 2010 is either: (i) the fair market value of the property on the date of the decedent’s death, or (ii) the fair market value of the property on the alternate valuation date (if the executor of the decedent’s estate chooses to use an alternate valuation).

Despite these general rules, there are some notable exceptions. For example, under a special-use valuation rule, the executor of an estate can, for federal estate tax purposes, elect to value qualified real property on the basis of its actual use for farming or closely held business purposes rather than on the property’s fair market value. In these situations, the basis of such property in the hands of the beneficiary is the value used under the special use-valuation method and not the property’s fair market value. Additionally, if a beneficiary inherits property subject to a qualified conservation easement, the beneficiary’s basis in that property will generally be equal to the decedent’s adjusted basis in the property to the extent of the value excluded from the decedent’s taxable estate as a qualified conservation easement. Moreover, if a federal estate tax return does not have to be filed (for example, if the decedent’s gross estate is less than $5,490,000 in 2017), then the beneficiary’s basis in inherited property will generally be equal to the property’s appraised value as of the date of death for Pennsylvania inheritance tax purposes.

Special rules apply for determining basis in jointly owned property. If spouses held property as either tenants by the entirety or as joint tenants with right of survivorship, then the surviving spouse’s basis in the property is the cost of the survivor’s half of the property with certain adjustments. The cost must be reduced by any deductions allowed to the surviving spouse for depreciation and depletion, and the reduced cost must be increased by the survivor’s basis in the half inherited.

If a non-spouse beneficiary and a decedent owned property as joint tenants with right of survivorship, the beneficiary’s basis in the property is determined based on a contribution rule. The contribution rule provides that the beneficiary’s basis in jointly owned property will be determined based on the proportionate amount the beneficiary contributed to the original purchase price and, with respect to depreciable property, the way the beneficiary had been allocated income from the property.

If a beneficiary receives appreciated property from a decedent and that beneficiary (or the beneficiary’s spouse) gave the property to that decedent within one year before the decedent’s death, the beneficiary’s basis in the property is the same as the decedent’s adjusted basis in the property immediately before death. Thus, a basis step-up cannot be obtained by transferring property to a decedent immediately before death with the intent that the property be returned to the donor.

If a beneficiary inherited property from an individual who died in 2010, the beneficiary’s basis in the property depends on whether the executor of the decedent’s estate made a “Section 1022 election.” If the executor did not make a Section 1022 election, the beneficiary’s basis in the inherited property is determined under the general rules previously described. If the executor did make a Section 1022 election, the basis of property acquired from the deceased individual generally is determined under the modified carryover basis rules of Section 1022, which provide that the beneficiary’s basis is the lesser of the decedent’s adjusted basis or the fair market value at the date of the decedent’s death, increased by any allocation of “Basis Increase” (with certain other adjustments).

Lastly, the basis of certain property acquired from a decedent cannot exceed the value of that property as finally determined for federal estate tax purposes. If the value is not finally determined for federal estate tax purposes, the beneficiary’s basis cannot exceed the value of that property as reported on Form 8971.

There are many rules that apply to determining a beneficiary’s basis in inherited property, and those rules can be complex. It is advisable for a beneficiary to have a clear understanding of his or her basis in inherited property at the time the property is received, as it can be difficult to determine basis in inherited property many years after the estate has closed. If you have questions concerning basis in property you inherited, please contact a member of the McNees’ Estate Planning Group or Andrew Rusniak at [email protected] to assist you.

© 2017 McNees Wallace & Nurick LLC
McNees Insights is presented with the understanding that the publisher does not render specific legal, accounting or other professional service to the reader. Due to the rapidly changing nature of the law, information contained in this publication may become outdated. Anyone using this material must always research original sources of authority and update this information to ensure accuracy and applicability to specific legal matters. In no event will the authors, the reviewers or the publisher be liable for any damage, whether direct, indirect or consequential, claimed to result from the use of this material.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Schedule a Consultation

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Sign up for a Webinar

Search Blog

Blog Categories

Do Grandchildren Have Inheritance Rights?

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Grandchildren do not have automatic inheritance rights except under certain circumstances. In New York, the most common scenario where a grandchild may inherit is when a grandparent passes away without a Will and the grandchild’s parent is no longer living. This intestate succession is controlled by statute and passes down the bloodline. Pursuant to the intestacy statute, if a married person passes away, then their first $50,0000 and half their assets pass to their spouse with the other half split between any children. But if a child had previously died, then that deceased child’s share passes to the deceased child’s children. If unmarried, all assets pass to their children, again with a grandchild standing in the shoes of the deceased parent.

A grandchild could also inherit assets intended for a parent under a last will and testament. An estate planning attorney drafting a Will for a client always considers who would inherit if a beneficiary dies before the person making the will, called the Testator. In many cases a parent wants their child to inherit and if any child passes away, the assets to pass to grandchildren. This can be written into a Will in several ways. The assets could be left per stirpes, with the share that would have been given to the heir being distributed among the heir’s issue in equal shares. The assets could be left per capita, literally meaning “by heads”, which do not pass on to the next generation if a beneficiary is predeceased, but are instead distributed equally among the living beneficiaries. The Will could also specifically spell out who inherits if a beneficiary predeceases the Testator. Finally, if the Will is silent as to who inherits if a particular beneficiary is no longer living, the asset would pass to the “remote contingent.” A remote contingent is a catchall clause that specifies who inherits if any bequest fails due to the beneficiary predeceasing the Testator. The remote contingent can be multiple individuals and charities. The default remote contingent clause cites to the intestate statue, leaving it to the statute to determine shares. As discussed above, the intestate statute uses per stirpes distribution.

Including a Grandchild in a Will or Living Trust

If a grandparent wishes to provide for a grandchild, they should do so explicitly in a Will or living trust. If grandchildren are under the age of 18, assets must be left in a testamentary trust because minors are not permitted to own assets directly. By directing a grandchild’s share to a trust, the testator can name the Trustee of the trust and determine at what age the beneficiary is to receive the assets. A grandchild can receive income under the trust and the Trustee can distribute principal for their health, education, maintenance or support. The trust can also continue for a grandchild’s lifetime instead of terminating the trust at a certain age. By keeping the assets in trust, the assets remain creditor protected.

Supplemental Needs Trusts for Disabled Grandchildren

If gifting to a disabled grandchild who is the recipient of any means-based government benefits, their share should be directed to a Supplemental Needs Trust rather than outright to the grandchild. This will ensure that they maintain eligibility for their government benefits, while still enjoying the inheritance in a way that can enhance their quality of life. The Supplemental Needs Trust can be drafted within a Will estate at the testator’s death or as a free-standing supplemental needs trust during a grantor’s life.

It is important to note the passing of the Secure Act in 2019 did away with the availability of the lifetime stretch and the incentive to leave retirement accounts to grandchildren. Under the new law, unless a grandchild is deemed disabled, paying out a large retirement account to them comes with negative tax consequences because all the assets must be distributed within ten years and are taxed as ordinary income tax to the beneficiary. It is therefore important to speak with a professional prior to naming anyone other than a spouse a beneficiary under an IRA or 401K.

In assessing who inherits what, it is crucial to consider which assets actually pass through a Will or via the intestacy statute. Certain types of assets, such as retirement accounts and life insurance policies, usually have named beneficiaries, so these assets go directly to whomever was named and never pass through the courts. Beneficiary designations supersede wills and trusts and will pay out to the beneficiary immediately at death. Likewise, any joint account passes to the surviving account holder. Real estate held by spouses or with rights of survivorship also pass to the survivor. Married couples often avoid probate on the first spouse’s death this way, with nothing passing to children. Therefore, estate planning involves knowing which assets pass through a will and which directly to a named beneficiary, to avoid any surprises.

Experienced Help in Estate Planning for Grandparents

Lack of planning can result in undesired and unintended consequences. Whether or not to provide for your grandchildren is not a simple yes or no question. Anyone contemplating how to leave assets to grandchildren should meet with an estate planning attorney to discuss review all options and design a plan that works best for the family.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceasedInheriting an IRA without messing up your required minimum distributions (RMDs) is surprisingly difficult. There are thousands of articles telling you things not to do. Even estate attorneys make mistakes. The worst part is many of these articles have seeming disagreements. One says that you should never leave your IRA to a trust. Another touts the benefits of establishing an IRA Beneficiary Trust. All this advice is very confusing to sift through.

Oddly enough, how a trust inherits an IRA is as important as what it does with the IRA after receiving it.

If the IRA is passed to probate and, via the Will, given to the Trust, then it doesn’t matter what the trust does with the IRA, the balance of the IRA must be distributed within 5 years of the decedent’s death or according to the original IRA owner’s divisor if the decedent died after his or her required beginning date.

This is because only spouses or designated beneficiaries are given an exception to this 5-Year rule.

If however the trust can trace its inheritance back to a beneficiary designation, then it is on its way to qualify for the exception.

The trust has two things it can do with an inherited IRA:

  1. It could hold it in trust, meaning in an account under its own ownership.
  2. It could distribute the account in-kind to the trust’s beneficiaries to own outright or free of trust.

Which method of inheritance depends on what the trust instrument requires.

The average trust is really just a will substitute, designating beneficiaries and allowing the assets to pass out of trust on to new owners almost immediately. After opening an inherited IRA owned by the trust and transferring the decedent’s assets in, then you can open one inherited IRA for each beneficiary and transfer just their share into the account. In this way, you provide the heirs with an in-kind inheritance free of trust.

If you must host the heir’s assets in trust but are allowed to create separate trusts, then you can open separate accounts titled after the various beneficiary trusts and transfer just their share into each of those accounts.

You have until Dec. 31 of the year following the year of the original IRA owner’s death to split the IRA into separate Inherited IRAs, one for each beneficiary. If you don’t split the accounts by that date, then you have to use the Inherited Divisor of the oldest beneficiary to calculate all RMDs for those funds. This hurts all the younger beneficiaries by a factor of the difference in their ages.

Some trusts have provisions which require keeping the assets of different beneficiaries combined. A “common pot” trust, where beneficiaries are all equally entitled to the funds according to their needs not shares, is an example of an estate plan that would not be able to split among the heirs.

If the assets must be held in one trust, then there needs to be at least one clear beneficiary who receives distributions from the trust to qualify as a “Look-Through Trust” and allow heirs to use the oldest beneficiary’s divisor from the Single Life Table to calculate their Inherited RMD.

If the trust does not allow distributions to the beneficiary or beneficiaries, then it is not a “qualified trust” according to the 401 rules and any IRA assets must be distributed according to the 5-Year Rule.

Trusts which require net income distributions should qualify as look-through trusts as the value of the RMD will be included in the net income distribution calculation.

For these types of trusts, the inherited IRA will be owned in the name of the trust. You can then take the trust RMD from the trust’s inherited IRA to the trust’s taxable account. Then, later, when you are calculating net income distributions, you can distribute the full net income (already taken RMD included) from the taxable account to the respective beneficiaries and their individually-owned taxable accounts.

For more on how IRAs interact with trusts, you may enjoy reading “6 Ways To Prevent Your Estate Plan From Ruining Your Roth IRA.”

New York’s Children Inheritance Laws

Related Articles

  • New York’s Children Inheritance Laws
  • How to Determine Who Is an Heir
  • Intestacy Rules in Colorado
  • The Property Rights of a Wife After a Husband’s Death

If the decedent owns stock when he dies, the stock is included in his estate. A beneficiary is someone who receives property from the estate through a will. The entire process of distributing property is defined by the probate code of the state where the decedent lived. While state laws vary, the Uniform Probate Code has influenced almost all states’ probate laws. As a result, when speaking of probate matters generally, the UPC offers a good framework for general discussion.

Valid Will

If there is a valid will but it does not specifically identify a beneficiary who will receive the stock, that asset will probably be distributed through the residuary clause. A residuary clause is normally the last part of the will that distributes to a beneficiary whatever remains of the estate after all the other dispositions expressly authorized by other provisions of the will have been made.

Intestate

If there is no will, there are no beneficiaries and the estate is considered “intestate.” The intestate process is a state-approved distribution plan for estate property. The property is generally distributed among the surviving relatives of the decedent. Most times the surviving spouse, parents, and children of the decedent get the property. If the decedent is not survived by any close relatives, his property may go to any surviving aunts, uncles, nephews, nieces or grandparents. If he is not survived by any living relatives, his property generally goes to the state where he lived.

Spousal Share

Another reason a beneficiary may not be named for stock is because the decedent assumed it would automatically go to his spouse. In the 13 states that follow the “community property rule,” all assets acquired during the marriage by either spouse is co-owned by both of them. When one spouse dies, the community property generally goes to the surviving spouse.

Close Corporation Shares

If the stock is not listed in a will, it may be because the stock is in a close corporation and is subject to a shareholders’ agreement. A close corporation is a non-publicly traded corporation. Often the few shareholders hold significant positions in the business. Given the nature of the business, the shareholders may not want to permit a new person gaining an ownership share merely because one of the original shareholders died. As a result, the shareholders may draft a shareholders’ agreement where the shareholders agree that when one of them dies, the business will buy out the shares from the estate. As a result the shares are not transferred to a specific beneficiary, but are repurchased by the business with the proceeds from the acquisition being put in the estate.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Hinterhaus Productions / Getty Images

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

It can create a significant problem if a last will and testament isn’t regularly updated and a beneficiary dies. The question becomes what happens to that person’s share of the estate if they’re no longer alive to receive it when a beneficiary dies before the “testator,” the person who left the will. That depends on the language stated in the will.

When a Bequest “Lapses”

Your will might say, “I give 20% of my estate to Bob if he survives me.” Bob’s share of the estate will “lapse” if Bob doesn’t survive or live longer than the testator so he isn’t alive to receive it. Bob’s 20% share would legally cease to exist because he’s no longer living to accept it.

A lapsed bequest can cause a complicated ripple effect.

All states have some form of “anti-lapse” statutes on their books that would allow the deceased beneficiary’s share to go to their family, provided that they were a close relative of the deceased. But these laws can vary widely from state to state, so don’t depend on this provision when you’re planning your estate.

The Residuary Estate

A lapsed share remains in the estate to be divided among other beneficiaries. Bob’s lapsed 20% would become part of the estate’s “residuary,” what remains and is effectively left over after all other specific bequests have been made. The residuary estate will typically move to other surviving beneficiaries.

Residuary estates often include assets that a decedent forgot to include in their will. They can also occur because the decedent acquired additional assets, then failed to update the will to pass them on, or because a beneficiary has died.  

For example, Bob might have been given 20%, while Sally received 40% and Joe received 40%. Sally’s and Joe’s shares will grow, because Bob’s 20% will be absorbed back into the estate, effectively making it larger than it would have been if he had been alive to accept his share. Sally and Joe would receive 50% each, each of them gaining half of Bob’s unclaimed bequest.

“Per Stirpes” Provisions

Another possible scenario is that your last will and testament provided for the eventuality that all your beneficiaries might not outlive you. Your will might instead have said, “I give 20% of my estate to Bob if he survives me. I give 20% of my estate to Bob’s then living descendants, per stirpes, if Bob doesn’t survive me.”

“Per stirpes” is a Latin phrase that translates to “by roots.” The roots, in this case, are Bob’s children—Susie and Walter. Each would inherit 10% of the estate in a per stirpes distribution, or half of Bob’s share if Bob isn’t living but if they survive him.

Per stirpes provisions can extend for a generation. Maybe Susie is also deceased, but she’s survived by her two children, Alex and Zane. Alex would receive 5% of Bob’s share, and Zane would receive 5%—half each of Susie’s inherited 10%. Walter would still receive his original 10%.

Each deceased parent’s share passes to his or her children in equal measure in a per stirpes distribution.

State Intestacy Laws

Your state’s intestacy laws would become involved if your will states, “I give 100% of my estate to Bob” . . . and nothing else. There are no other beneficiaries, and Bob is deceased. That makes your will null and void.

Each state has a prescribed list in its statutes as to who inherits when this happens. The process is called “intestate succession.” The estate will most likely pass to the deceased’s closest kin based on his state’s intestacy laws—not Bob’s kin as a deceased beneficiary because Bob’s own death has made the will null and void.

Intestacy laws come into play when a decedent dies without any sort of an estate plan.

The lion’s share of an intestate estate typically goes to the surviving spouse, with the decedent’s children also getting a share. It’s possible that no one else—not Bob’s siblings, not his parents, and not even his grandchildren—would receive anything if the deceased left both a surviving spouse and children.

The deceased’s most immediate family would most likely inherit everything if they haven’t also predeceased the testator. They’ll get Bob’s 100%, even if that’s not what Bob would have wanted or intended.

The worst case scenario would be that both the decedent and Bob leave no living kin, or that they can’t be identified or located. The estate would “escheat” to the state in this case—the state would “inherit” and receive all his property.

The Bottom Line

Estate planning attorneys usually recommend that you update your will or living trust after life-changing events, such as the death of a named beneficiary. It will save your estate time and money in the long run, and your true wishes will be clear and unambiguous.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

What happens if the executor named in the will predeceases the person who left the will?

The probate court will appoint someone to take on the role and responsibilities of executor if the individual named in the will has predeceased the decedent, and if the decedent didn’t name an alternate executor in their last will and testament.

What happens to life insurance benefits if the beneficiary predeceases the insured?

Life insurance policies will often name both “primary” and “contingent” beneficiaries. The contingent beneficiary would inherit if the primary beneficiary were deceased at the time of the insured’s death. The benefits would go to the estate if neither a primary or contingent beneficiary were living or named.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

By Deborah Shipman, CIP, CISP, CHSP

How are beneficiary payouts affected when a primary beneficiary dies after the IRA owner?

When a primary beneficiary dies after the IRA owner, he is still considered a beneficiary. If that deceased beneficiary did not name secondary beneficiaries to continue receiving his portion of the IRA, it will be subject to the probate laws that would apply to his estate. If the deceased beneficiary did name beneficiaries to receive his portion of the IRA upon his death, they will receive his portion of the IRA assets. Keep in mind, however, that such secondary beneficiaries would not be able to use their own life expectancies to determine the required payments.

Example 1

Thomas was the original IRA owner and William, Joseph, Lynne, and Louise are each 25% primary beneficiaries. Thomas died in January of this year. Louise died in March of this year and did not name beneficiaries to her inherited IRA assets. According to the default in the IRA Agreement, Louise’s estate becomes her beneficiary. Therefore, the financial organization will pay out as follows; 25% each to William, Joseph, Lynne, and Louise’s estate.

Example 2

Joanne was the original IRA owner and Jackson, Jacob, Vanessa, and Sue are each 25% primary beneficiaries. Joanne died in January of this year. Sue died in March of this year and named Benjamin and Evelyn as each 50% beneficiaries of her inherited IRA assets. Therefore, the financial organization will pay out as follows: 25% each to Jackson, Jacob, and Vanessa, and 12.5% each to Benjamin and Evelyn.

How are beneficiary payouts affected when a primary beneficiary dies before the IRA owner? Do we just divide his or her percentage equally among the remaining beneficiaries?

Not necessarily. If a primary beneficiary dies before the IRA owner, she generally ceases to be a beneficiary and the assets would be divided among the remaining surviving beneficiaries. (Less common than this “per capita” beneficiary succession is what is known as “per stirpes” succession, in which the heir(s) of a primary beneficiary who died before the IRA owner would inherit after that primary beneficiary’s death.) If the original beneficiaries are entitled to equal percentages, then they are entitled to an equal share of the predeceased beneficiary’s portion. But if the original beneficiaries are not entitled to equal percentages, then they are not entitled to an equal share of the predeceased beneficiary’s portion.

Example 1

Mark was the original IRA owner and Logan, Kathryn, Elizabeth, Andrew, and Erika are each 20% primary beneficiaries. This year, Erika died in April and Mark died in May. Because Erika predeceased Mark, the original IRA owner, she is no longer considered a beneficiary. Additionally, because Logan, Kathryn, Elizabeth, Andrew, and Erika were named as equal beneficiaries at 20% each, the surviving beneficiaries will split the IRA assets equally, with the financial organization paying out as follows: 25% each to Logan, Kathryn, Elizabeth, and Andrew.

Example 2

Sarah was the original IRA owner and Amy, Melissa, Peter, Michelle, and Luke are primary beneficiaries—each designated a different percentage: Amy 15%, Melissa 5%, Peter 5%, Michelle 40%, and Luke 35%. This year, Luke died in April and Sarah died in May. Because Luke predeceased Sarah, the original IRA owner, he is no longer considered a beneficiary. Additionally, because Amy, Melissa, Peter, Michelle, and Luke were named as beneficiaries with different percentages, the surviving beneficiaries will each receive a portion of Luke’s 35 percent based on their initial percentage.

To determine the surviving beneficiary’s new percentages, the financial organization will

1) add together the surviving beneficiaries’ original percentages (15 + 5 + 5 + 40 = 65), and

2) divide each of the surviving beneficiaries’ original percentages by the total percentage to be received by the surviving beneficiaries (15/65 = 23.08%; 5/65 = 7.69%; 5/65 = 7.69%; 40/65 = 61.54%).

The financial organization will pay out deceased beneficiary Luke’s share as follows: 23.08% to Amy, 7.69% each to Melissa and Peter, and 61.54% to Michelle, all of which total 100% (23.08 + 7.69 + 7.69 + 61.54).

If a loved one passes away and you are the beneficiary of their IRA, you might not know what you need to do next. The IRS has a lot of complicated rules about inherited IRAs, and you can be subject to large penalties if you don’t follow them.

While it’s always a good idea to get tax advice from an attorney or accountant, we’ve put together a handy guide to help you figure out what you need to do to stay on the IRS’s good side when calculating RMD an inherited IRA. That’s the “required minimum distribution,” and it can get confusing!

Note: The information here pertains to Charles Schwab, eTrade and Ameritrade IRAs . or even an inherited self-directed IRA (SDIRA) . But, as always, you should check with someone on our team for the solution that will apply to you and your situation.

What Is An IRA?

Let’s start from the beginning. An IRA, which is short for Individual Retirement Account, is a retirement savings account that is not provided by your employer. You open the account yourself and can contribute up to $6,000 a year of pre-tax income, or $7,000 a year if you’re 50 or older. Yes, that means you don’t get taxed on the money you invest in your IRA.

But since Uncle Sam is involved, of course you know there must be a catch. A traditional IRA allows you to make pre-tax contributions, but you will be subject to required minimum distributions after you turn 72, and any withdrawals you take will be taxed as ordinary income after age 59½. Since you’re skipping taxes now and paying them later, traditional IRAs are called “tax-deferred retirement accounts”.

Another type of popular retirement account, the Roth IRA, is NOT a tax-deferred account. With Roth IRAs, you pay your taxes up-front by investing post-tax dollars, so you aren’t subject to required minimum distributions later in life.

How Do Required Minimum Distributions Work?

While you can invest pre-tax funds in an IRA, you’ll eventually have to pay taxes on that income. For this reason, the IRS is going to start making you take money out of your account once you turn 72, so that they can tax you on your distributions. However, if you’re still working, you can get out of taking distributions until you retire.

These mandatory annual withdrawals are fittingly called required minimum distributions, or RMDs for short. Your RMD requirement is calculated based on your age and the amount of money in your account.

Before 2020, the RMD age for IRAs was 70½, but when the SECURE Act passed in 2019, they raised the age to 72. If you turned 70½ before January 1, 2020, you may be subject to RMDs. A tax advisor can tell you if you are required to take RMDs now or when you turn 72.

If you try to skip an RMD, you can receive a whopping 50% tax penalty from the IRS. However, you may be able to receive an RMD Penalty Waive r to avoid IRS penalties under certain circumstances.

Inheriting IRAs

Upon an IRA owner’s death, the remaining balance of the account will be inherited by their designated account beneficiary. The rules are different for spouse beneficiaries and non-spouse beneficiaries, so we’ll talk about them separately.

A quick note before we get into the nitty-gritty of calculating these things. These rules apply to BOTH traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs. While the original account owner was not required to take RMDs from their Roth IRAs, if you inherit a Roth IRA and transfer the assets into an Inherited Roth IRA, you will be required to take RMDs. However, as long as the funds have been invested in the Roth IRA for at least five years, your RMDs will not be taxed.

Spouse Beneficiaries

If you inherit an IRA from your spouse, you have three options:

Treat the IRA as your own by becoming the account owner.

Roll the inherited IRA balance into your own IRA.

Transfer the balance to an Inherited IRA .

If you decide to treat the IRA as your own or roll over the balance into your own IRA, you would simply follow the regular RMD rules for your IRA. If you choose to transfer the balance into an inherited IRA, your RMD amount will be based on your age and be recalculated each year.

Non-Spouse Beneficiaries

If you inherit an IRA from someone who is not a spouse, you cannot roll the inherited balance into your own IRA and must transfer the balance to an Inherited IRA.

If The Original Account Owner Died Before January 1, 2020

If the original account owner died before January 1, 2020 and was younger than 70½, you have two options:

Deplete the account within five years.

Take RMDs over your lifetime.

However, if the original account owner was 70½ or older at the time of death, then you must receive RMDs over your lifetime.

If The Original Account Owner Died On January 1, 2020 Or Later

If the original account owner died on January 1, 2020, or later and you are not an eligible designated beneficiary, under the 10-year rule instituted by the SECURE Act, you must deplete the account within 10 years.

Eligible designated beneficiaries include:

The original account owner’s spouse.

The original account owner’s minor child.

A disabled or chronically ill person.

Any other person who is not more than 10 years younger than the original account owner.

Under the SECURE Act, eligible designated beneficiaries still have the option to take RMDs based on their life expectancy.

How To Calculate RMD For Inherited IRAs

RMDs for Inherited IRAs are calculated based on two factors:

The account balance as of December 31 of the previous year.

The life expectancy factor for your current age.

Your life expectancy factor will be recalculated each year based on the IRS Single Life Expectancy Table . This table provides a life expectancy factor based on your current age. The older you are, the lower your life expectancy factor will be.

Once you determine the life expectancy factor for your age, you can do the following calculation:

Account Balance ÷ Life Expectancy Factor = RMD

You can also use an online RMD calculator to determine annual RMDs for you. We’ve linked a few good ones below:

Of the three systems, “common law” is unsurprisingly the most common

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

It’s easy to assume that writing up a last will and testament is all it takes to guarantee that your assets will be distributed according to your wishes. And in most parts of the United States, that’s basically correct. However, there are a handful of states with a caveat in place that can intervene to ensure you and your partner will receive your fair share of property whenever either of you expires.

There is no one perfect system when it comes to inheritance; some may reflect a person’s actual wishes in the event of an untimely death, while others may end up superseding what they had envisioned for their assets. There are three systems of inheritance laws in the U.S. It’s important to know which ones affect your state and, thus, your will.

Understanding Inheritance Laws

Inheritance laws are statutes and regulations that determine how individuals receive assets from the estate of a deceased family member. These laws ensure that beneficiaries can acquire some form of inheritance in the event that a will was never written or doesn’t cover all of the deceased person’s assets. In some cases, these laws also provide certain relatives with the right to claim an inheritance, which they can exercise regardless of the actual terms of the deceased’s will.

In the context discussed here, inheritance laws typically pertain to the spouse/partner of the deceased individual. While there are fewer rules regarding children, it is common for them to be able to receive a share of a decedent’s property.

Most states do have laws to protect against accidental disinheritance, should a will predate the birth of a child and fail to be revised before the death of the relative. That way, if property isn’t left for one child but is left for their siblings, it’s assumed this omission was accidental and the child in question will be given an equal share. In some jurisdictions, these laws can also apply to grandchildren.

When an individual passes away without a will, their estate is considered “in intestacy.” This means that a court-appointed administrator will compile all of the deceased’s assets, pay any debts or taxes, and distribute what remains to the beneficiaries based on the laws of their state. A will may also be considered intestate if it is declared invalid for a variety of reasons. In either case, only the probate court with jurisdiction over the estate is responsible for distributing the deceased’s assets.

State-by-State Breakdown

Make sure you know which of these three systems of inheritance law governs your state. Here’s how each one works and might affect you.

Community Property

The first type of inheritance law is what’s known as community property. Under this system, each spouse automatically owns half of what they each earned while married. Ergo, when one person expires, half of their estate automatically goes to their partner, while the latter half may be distributed to other beneficiaries.

Of course, this is only a minimum requirement. If a will has been written, then the deceased had the option of reserving more than half of their assets for their spouse. According to our research, the nine community property states are Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, Washington, and Wisconsin.

For the purposes of inheritance, community property laws consider income received from employment, property bought during the marriage (with income from work), and separate property that a spouse gives to the marriage community (and therefore will be obliged to share with their spouse) as being “shared” between partners (i.e., going toward each of their “halves” should the other pass away).

Property that doesn’t apply to this policy includes anything acquired prior to the marriage, inheritances or gifts, and anything covered under an agreement between the spouses that’s to be kept separate from the marriage community.

Common Law

Thirty-eight of the remaining 41 states operate under common law policies. In the context of inheritance, spouses living in these states aren’t automatically entitled to half of the assets obtained throughout the marriage.

That said, many states will still give the surviving spouse the right to claim a third or even half of the deceased’s estate, also regardless of the terms of the will. However, these provisions only apply if the surviving spouse petitions the court for their share. Under common law, the ownership of property is determined by the name on the title of the property or by whoever’s income was used to purchase it.

Elective Community Property

Three states don’t fit neatly into either of these two categories. Alaska, for instance, adopted an elective community property system in 1998. It’s still effectively a common law state, but a spouse may also have an automatic right to an inheritance, so long as they sign a written agreement with their partner or create a community property trust together.

Tennessee established a similar law in 2010, while Kentucky adopted its elective community property system in 2020. In each state, both residents and nonresidents may create community property through a community property trust.

The Bottom Line

The last thing anyone would want to deal with while mourning is complications in the inheritance process. As such, even though it isn’t fun to think about, it’s crucial to ensure that you have your affairs in order as soon as possible to avoid confusion and make sure that your will can be carried out as written. To that end, make certain you understand the inheritance laws of your state when planning for your estate. That will give you the best chance that your plan for your assets won’t be overridden.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

If a Thrift Savings Plan account holder dies, his/her account will be inherited by his/her beneficiary. Participants can designate a beneficiary on Form TSP-3 (which can be found on the TSP website). If there is no designated beneficiary, the Thrift Plan follows the standard order of precedence for federal benefits.

That order is:
• Spouse;
• Child or children equally, with the share due any deceased child divided equally among that child’s descendants;
• Parents;
• Appointed executor or administrator of your estate;
• Next of kin who is entitled to your estate under the laws of the state in which you resided at the time of your death.

If your beneficiary is your spouse, and your TSP balance is $200 or more, the TSP will set up a beneficiary participant account in his/her name. Non-spousal beneficiaries are not allowed to keep their money in the Thrift Savings Plan. The owner of a beneficiary participant account will not be able to make any contributions to, borrow from, or transfer money into the inherited account. They will be able to withdraw from the account and to make interfund transfers.

Regardless of how your TSP account was invested, your spouse’s beneficiary participant account will be invested in the age-appropriate Lifecycle (L) Fund. Because beneficiary participants are allowed to make interfund transfers, they are free to reallocate the investments based on TSP rules.

In addition to this general information, there is specific information that applies to beneficiary participant accounts.

If your beneficiary has an existing TSP account of their own, they are allowed to transfer the beneficiary participant account into their personal TSP account. But wait; they can’t do the reverse! They cannot roll or transfer an existing TSP account (as well as an outside IRA or other retirement plan) into a beneficiary participant account.

There are other rules that deal with combining regular and beneficiary participant accounts. If there is a Roth balance in either account the “Roth initiation date” (this date is used to determine whether or not Roth earnings are qualified) would be the earliest date a Roth TSP was initiated, regardless of whether the date applies to the regular account or the beneficiary account.

If you are younger than 59 ½ at the time you inherit a beneficiary participant account, Roth rules bring up another caveat in deciding whether or not to combine it with your regular TSP account. With few exceptions, withdrawals taken prior to age 59 ½ in regular TSP accounts are subject to a 10% early withdrawal penalty. Beneficiary participant accounts have no such penalty.

Regarding withdrawals, the rules that apply to regular TSP accounts also apply to beneficiary participant accounts. When the withdrawal is a required minimum distribution RMD), the distribution is based on whether or not the deceased participant has reached their “required beginning date”. The required beginning date is April 1 of the year after the deceased participant would have turned 72 (70 ½ for those born prior to July 1, 1949).

If the participant died before his/her required beginning date, the beneficiary must begin receiving RMDs by whichever is later, December 31 of the year in which the deceased participant would have turned 72 or December 31 of the year following the year in which the participant died. The amount of these RMDs will be based on the age of the beneficiary participant.

On the other hand, if the participant died on or after their required beginning date, the beneficiary would have to begin receiving RMDs by December 31 of the year the participant died (unless, of course, the participant had already received their RMD prior to their death. In this case, the first year’s RMD would be based on the age of the deceased participant, while subsequent year RMDs would be based on the age of the beneficiary.

What happens when a beneficiary participant dies? The money cannot remain in the Thrift Savings Plan. The payments must be made directly to those who the beneficiary participant designated as his/her beneficiaries. In addition, the money cannot be rolled over into an IRA or other retirement account. This could result in a major tax liability for the beneficiary of a beneficiary participant. Unless there is a strong reason (e.g., the beneficiary participant is under 59 ½), it would be best for the beneficiary participant to combine the beneficiary participant account with their regular account (if they have one), or to roll it over into an IRA.

Everything that is in this article, and more, can be found in the TSP’s helpful booklet, Your TSP Account: A Guide for Beneficiary Participants https://www.tsp.gov/publications/tspbk33.pdf.

What it Takes to Be a TSP Millionaire in Today’s Dollars
With a long enough timeline, involving consistent large contributions and decent long-term stock returns during the period, it’s possible to become a millionaire from compounding a middle-class or upper middle-class income, including most jobs in federal service.

The Latin term per stirpes is commonly used in estate planning to describe how a person making a will would like his assets to be distributed. In case a family beneficiary dies before the will’s owner, a per stirpes distribution means that person’s portion of the assets go directly to that beneficiary’s heirs. There are other options if the will’s owner (called a “testator”) does not want his assets to be distributed this way. To explore this concept, consider the following per stirpes definition.

Definition of Per Stirpes

Pronounced

Adjective/Adverb

  1. By familial stocks, or by each branch of a family
  2. By equal shares to a deceased person’s beneficiaries

Origin

1675-1685 Latin per stirpes (literally: by stocks)

Per Stirpes in Estate Planning

When making out a will, the testator should consider where he wants his assets to go should a named beneficiary die before him. It is common for that deceased beneficiary’s inheritance to go to his or her children, which is a per stirpes distribution. The testator has the ability to specify how such an inheritance will be distributed in this situation. For instance, rather than being distributed to the deceased beneficiary’s children, the he might specify that the inheritance goes back into the pot, to be shared equally among the original remaining beneficiaries.

Example of Per Stirpes Distribution

George, who has carefully managed his finances all of his life, is making out a will for the distribution of his $1.5 million estate after his death. George specifies that his wife, if she is still living upon his death, will get 50% of his assets, and the remaining estate will be divided equally among their four adult children, named in the will as Donald, Arthur, Samantha, and Edward, per stirpes.

Ten years later, when George passes away, his wife inherits $800,000, and the remaining $700,000 is supposed to be divided among the adult children. Unfortunately, the couple’s son, Donald, had been killed in an auto accident about a year prior to George’s death. Because George made a per stirpes distribution, Donald’s share is divided equally among his children.

Example of Non-Per Stirpes Distribution

If, on the other hand, George had specified that his estate would be divided among his children per capita, which means “for each person,” Donald’s portion of the estate would not flow down to his children. Instead, his portion would remain part of the assets left to George’s children. This entire amount would then be evenly divided among the three living children. Arthur, Samantha, and Edward would inherit about $233,000 each, instead of the $175,000 they would have received had Donald still lived.

Use of Per Stirpes Language in Modern Wills

When making out a will, the testator has the right to give away his assets in any way he chooses. He can name specific people or organizations, to receive all or a portion of his assets. He is free to determine where those same assets will go should one of those beneficiaries be deceased, or otherwise unable to receive the assets, when the will goes into effect. The most common line of distribution is per stirpes, as it just makes sense that a deceased beneficiary’s family receive the money intended for him or her.

This can become a complex issue, making it a good idea to consult with an estate planning attorney, who can prepare a will and other estate planning documents, ensuring the estate goes to the right beneficiaries with the least amount of confusion. Many legal professionals are moving away from old fashioned terms, like per stirpes, and per capita, because they can be confusing, or even misused. It is not required that any person use complicated language or Latin terms in their will. Simple, clear language specifying which assets should be given to which people is perfectly legal.

To ensure that those assets are distributed according to the testator’s desires, it is important to include alternative plans, should one of the original beneficiaries be unable to receive his inheritance. This normally happens by death of a beneficiary, but the testator may also choose to withhold assets if a beneficiary does not meet some specific test. For instance, if an adult child beneficiary fails to attend college, which is a requirement specified in the will, the testator may specify that his inheritance go to someone else.

Examples of Per Stirpes Distribution

  1. Roger has three children, Nathan, Emilia, and Alice. Roger passes away, and all three of his children are still living. Because of his per stirpes distribution in Roger’s will, each of his children will receive one-third of his estate. Of Roger’s $3 million estate, Nathan, Emilia, and Alice will each receive $1 million.
  2. Roger has three children, Nathan, Emilia, and Alice. Roger passes away, but his daughter, Alice had passed away a year before, leaving behind two children (Roger’s grandchildren). Nathan and Emilia will each receive one-third of Roger’s estate, and Alice’s children will each receive one-half of Alice’s share. Of Roger’s $3 million estate, Nathan and Emilia will each receive $1 million, and Alice’s children will each receive $500,000.
  3. Roger has three children, Nathan, Emilia, and Alice. Roger passes away, but his daughter, Alice had passed away a year before. Alice had no children. Alice’s share will remain in the pot, to be divided equally between Nathan and Emilia. This means that Nathan and Emilia will each receive one-half of Roger’s estate. Of Roger’s $3 million estate, Nathan and Emilia will each receive $1.5 million.

Related Legal Terms and Issues

  • Assets – Property or finances owned by an individual or entity, and regarded as having value.
  • Beneficiary – A person designated as the recipient of money or other assets under a will, trust, insurance policy, etc.
  • Estate Planning – The process of arranging, during one’s life, for the disposition of his assets upon his death.
  • Heir – A person who, by right of inheritance, inherits the assets of a deceased person.
  • Will – A legal document in which a person specifies who should receive his assets upon his death.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased report this ad

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Related Articles

  • What Is the Capital Gains Tax Rate on the Sale of a Home?
  • What Happens if I Can’t Pay the Mortgages on Homes Willed to Me by a Parent, Who Is Deceased?
  • California Mobile Home Property Tax Laws
  • What Does the Right of Redemption Mean in Real Estate?
  • What Are a Husband’s Rights to the House in a Divorce?

Settling an estate is never an easy matter, even if the deceased left a will and his estate entered probate. When a home is inherited jointly by more than one heir, that process can become much more difficult, as the home will need to be sold for all heirs to liquidate their share of their inheritance. While some heirs choose to place the property on the market and split the proceeds, sometimes an heir wishes to hold onto the home, purchasing the others’ share of the property. To do this fairly, you’ll need a fair evaluation of the home’s fair market value.

Consult the county clerk’s office to determine the value of the home the last time it was assessed. While assessments that haven’t been adjusted in years aren’t much use to determining its value, the Internal Revenue Service allows heirs to use the home’s assessed value on the date of the prior owner’s death as its value at inheritance. Because of California’s parent-child reassessment exclusion, if you inherit a home from your parent, it isn’t automatically reassessed, so the assessment may not be up to date.

Hire a professional real estate appraiser to determine the home’s value. An appraiser can determine the value of the home on the date you and the other heirs inherited it as well as its current value. If you and the other heirs held the home for a lengthy time before you planned your buyout, its value may have changed significantly since you owned it.

Determine which valuation method you wish to use to when you purchase the home, but consider the tax ramifications to the other heirs. If you purchase it for an artificially depressed assessed value, the IRS may consider the undervalued portion a gift to you from your other heirs, and they’ll owe gift taxes on the amount. If you purchase the home for more than its value on the date of the deceased’s death, the other heirs will face capital gains taxes on their share of the amount above its value upon inheritance.

Have you inherited a 401(k) plan? Understanding the various considerations involved can help minimize your tax liability and maximize your inheritance.

by Edward A. Haman, Esq.
updated May 02, 2022 · 4 min read

If you’ve inherited a 401(k) plan, you need to understand the tax implications. The 401(k) inheritance tax rules vary depending upon factors such as your relationship to the deceased person, when you withdraw money, and your age. When you may—or must—withdraw money from the 401(k) also depends upon the rules of the particular plan.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

Plan Documents

The inheritance of a 401(k) plan is determined by how the plan was set up by the decedent, or person who has passed away, not by the decedent’s will. Unless a spouse signs a waiver, they must be named as the plan holder’s beneficiary. If a waiver is signed or the decedent is not married, one or more other individuals can be named as beneficiaries. A trust may also be designated as a beneficiary, in which case the terms of the trust determine the distribution.

Review the 401(k) plan documents to see if the inherited funds must be withdrawn immediately or can be withdrawn in smaller amounts over time. Many plans require a lump-sum withdrawal of the funds so that plan administrators don’t have to maintain an account for a beneficiary. However, some plans allow the beneficiary to withdraw the funds over a period of five years or even longer, based upon the beneficiary’s life expectancy.

Estate and Income Taxes

If the value of the decedent’s estate exceeds a certain amount, it becomes subject to the federal estate tax, which changes annually. For 2018, the estate must exceed $1.18 million in order for the tax to come into play. For 2019, the estate must exceed $1.4 million. There may also be a state inheritance or estate tax.

Income tax is owed when funds are withdrawn from a 401(k) or an individual retirement account that is not a Roth IRA (individual retirement account). If the plan is a Roth 401(k), different tax rules apply because taxes were paid on the funds before they went into the plan.

For most people, it is advantageous to delay the withdrawal of funds in order to minimize the tax liability. If the 401(k) plan requires a lump-sum withdrawal, the beneficiary is subject to tax on the full amount in the plan. If the plan allows for withdrawal over a five-year period, the tax obligation can be spread out over five years. If the funds can remain in the plan or be rolled over into another plan or an IRA, the tax obligation can be spread out even longer.

Surviving Spouse

A surviving spouse may have three options:

  1. Leave the funds in the inherited 401(k) plan, if permitted.
  2. Roll the funds into their own 401(k), if their plan allows. Ideally, this should be a direct rollover from one 401(k) to another. Any rollover checks must be deposited within 60 days and are subject to Internal Revenue Service (IRS) withholding rules.
  3. Roll the funds into an IRA, either your own or an inherited account. Again, this should be done as a direct rollover. If you leave funds in the decedent’s plan, the decedent’s beneficiary designations apply. If you roll the funds into an inherited IRA or into your own 401(k) or IRA, you can name your own beneficiaries.

A person with a 401(k) or an IRA is required to begin withdrawing funds at age 70 ½. The least amount that must be withdrawn under federal law is called the required minimum distribution (RMD). How this applies to a surviving spouse depends upon the ages of the surviving spouse and the decedent, as well as whether the surviving spouse leaves the funds in the decedent’s plan, rolls them over into an inherited IRA, or rolls them over into their own 401(k) or IRA. You may always withdraw more than the applicable RMD.

The analysis is dependent upon whether the decedent had reached age 70 ½. It is also different if the surviving spouse is over age 70 ½, is between the ages of 59 ½ and 70 ½, or is under age 59 ½.

Other Beneficiaries

A beneficiary who is not the surviving spouse may have two options:

  1. Leave the funds in the inherited 401(k) plan, if permitted.
  2. Roll the funds into an inherited IRA. If you leave funds in the decedent’s plan, the decedent’s beneficiary designations apply. If you roll the funds into an inherited IRA, you can name your own beneficiaries.

As with a surviving spouse, the RMD rules that apply vary depending upon whether the decedent was over or under age 70 ½.

Tax laws are complicated and always subject to change. Consulting with a tax professional can help minimize your tax obligations, especially if the inherited plan contains company stock. In addition to the advice of a tax professional, more information can also be obtained from an online service provider.

How to determine inheritance if the intended beneficiary is deceased

For an inherited IRA, “basis” means the amount on which the decedent paid taxes.

tax forms image by Chad McDermott from Fotolia.com

More Articles

  • 1. Tax Implications of an Immediate Annuity Bought With Roth Funds
  • 2. Is an Inherited Retirement Account Taxable?
  • 3. How Is Tax Basis Determined on a Roth IRA Rollover?

Inheriting an individual retirement arrangement can be both a blessing and a curse. Although you get access to the account and can take distributions without paying any early-withdrawal penalties, you often have to pay taxes on all or some of the distributions. However, if you know the basis in the account – or amount of nondeductible contributions – you avoid any potential for double taxation.

With regards to an IRA, the basis refers to whether or not nondeductible contributions were made to the account.

Evaluating Relationships to the Decedent

When you inherit an IRA, your basis in the account is the same as the decedent’s basis. For traditional IRAs, that’s the amount of any nondeductible contributions made to the account. For Roth IRAs, the basis equals the amount of total contributions, because all Roth IRA contributions are nondeductible.

For example, if the decedent had a $20,000 basis in his traditional IRA because over the years he made $20,000 of nondeductible contributions to the account, your basis is $20,000.

Significance of Basis

The basis of an inherited IRA is significant because it often determines whether you will pay taxes on all or a portion of your distributions from the account. Knowing the basis in the account allows you to avoid paying taxes on money that has already been taxed. If the decedent made nondeductible contributions to a traditional IRA, the decedent has already paid taxes on that money. If you are unaware of the decedent’s basis in the IRA, you’ll pay taxes on all of the distributions from the account, including the money that was already taxed.

Taxability of Traditional Distributions

If the decedent had a basis in a traditional IRA from making nondeductible contributions, you have to figure the tax-free portion each time you take a distribution. Divide the basis of the IRA by the value of the IRA at the time you take the distribution to figure the tax-free percentage. Then multiply the percentage by the amount of the distribution. Finally, subtract the tax-free portion from the old basis to find the remaining basis.

For example, say you inherit a traditional IRA with a basis of $20,000 and you take a $10,000 distribution when it is worth $100,000. The tax-free portion of the distribution equals 20 percent, or $2,000. Your remaining basis in the account is $18,000.

Taxability of Roth Distributions

Unlike a traditional IRA, contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible by the account owner. That also means withdrawals are tax-free. If the decedent made her first Roth IRA contribution to the account at least five years before she died, the basis doesn’t matter, because all of the distributions come out tax-free. However, if the Roth IRA is less than 5 years old, basis matters. When taking distributions, you first remove the basis tax-free. Only after you’ve removed all of the basis are the distributions of the remaining earnings taxable.

Protecting your loved ones requires establishing an effective estate plan that ensures that your assets are distributed according to your wishes while easing the tax burden on your heirs. When you created your estate plan, you no doubt made the assumption that your beneficiaries will live longer than you. However, it is sometimes the case that a primary beneficiary dies first, which gives rise to various questions, including who stands to inherit assets designated for the deceased beneficiary.

This is just one of the complexities of estate planning that requires the help of a knowledgeable and experienced legal professional. Reach out to Brady, McFarland & Lord, LLC, and our Longmont estate planning attorney for questions regarding all facets of estate planning, from gift and estate taxes to probate and trust settlement.

The Death of a Beneficiary – Ramifications on Wills and Trusts

When a primary beneficiary—which is essentially a chosen heir—dies prior to the estate creator’s death, then problems can arise if the estate plan does not list a contingent beneficiary. This designee may also be known as a second-in-line beneficiary.

Most estate plans are thorough and include contingencies in the event that a primary beneficiary predeceases the estate plan’s creator. However, if the contingent beneficiary is not mentioned in the original estate documents, it is possible for the person who created the will or the trust to amend their estate plan to add the new beneficiary’s information.

Per Stirpes Passage of Inheritance

Another method for naming beneficiaries when planning an estate is what is known as “per stirpes,” which translates to “by branch” in Latin. A designation of “per stirpes” simply means that if a beneficiary dies prior to the estate creator’s passing, then the beneficiary’s share of the estate automatically goes to the beneficiary’s offspring. In this setup, other named beneficiaries receive the portion of the inheritance intended for them, while the deceased beneficiary’s portion goes to his/her heirs in equal parts. For example, if the deceased beneficiary has two children, both children would receive 50 percent of their estate.

No Beneficiaries Remaining: What Happens Then?

Although rare, an estate planner may also suggest planning for the unlikely scenario that an entire family passes away at once—due to a plane crash, for example. A common disaster distribution plan allows the estate’s creator to determine what will become of the assets in the estate if such an occurrence happens. Commonly, estates may fall to the closest living relatives—also known as heirs-at-law. In other cases, the testator may decide to designate that the estate is given in whole or part to one or more charities or other causes to which they are affiliated.

Protect Your Legacy

At Brady, McFarland & Lord, LLC, our estate & business planning lawyers in Colorado are ready to help you create the right estate plan for you and your family. Our team has a broad range of experience helping clients set up trusts, conservatorships, and guardianships, and we offer help with estate and Medicaid planning. Schedule an appointment to discuss your needs with our caring, compassionate staff.

How to make a libra man fall in love

How to make a libra man fall in love

You are smitten with a Libra man. However, you are not sure whether he likes you back or not.

Good news for you, I can help you with that. To be honest, I had once put myself in the same dilemma. I wish I knew better and I wish I already knew then all these tips I am going to tell you.

Be Confident

A confident woman easily captures the attention of a Libra man. He finds it impressive in a woman to be confident yet humble. Believe in yourself more than anyone else. You will be able to do it if you are completely accepting of who you are as a person.

With confidence comes independence. An independent woman easily captures the heart of a Libra man. He likes a girl who is fine with being on her own, who does not need a helping hand in anything. Be that girl. Be independent. Besides, being independent will help you deal with life in general. Show him that you can take care of yourself. Show him the things you can do and he will be totally impressed.

Be Spontaneous

A Libra man has a heart for fun experiences. He is a social butterfly and would love to be with a person who enjoys going out and interacting with people from time to time as well. Show him you are easy-going and that you enjoy time with people. Accompany him in social events and make friends. Try getting out of your comfort zone and do things you do not normally do.

Compliment Him

How to make a libra man fall in love

If you have been relying on astrology for a long time now, you would know that Libras are quite narcissistic. A Libra man loves to receive compliments often. It makes him feel appreciated and valued. He is a generous giver of compliments himself so there is no way you will find it hard to say nice things about him. Tell him how you appreciate all the nice things he continues to do for you, compliment his fashion sense, or tell him how nice he smells all the time.

Dress Elegant

One noticeable trait of a Libra man is his strong sense of fashion. You can get his attention by dressing elegantly.

Wear Light Colors

A Libra man prefers light and soft colors over dark and overwhelming ones. Make sure that even if bright colors seem to overpower your light-colored dress, you still get to distract your Libra man in a good way by how you are wearing it and how you are carrying yourself.

Accentuate Your Best Features

A Libra man does not have a particular preference when it comes to body shape and size. What really counts is the way you are able to showcase your good features. Choose a dress that magnifies your beauty. You must also remember that confidence is the best accessory.

Wear Feminine Styles

A lacey dress could do the magic for you for your Libra man loves to see girls in feminine styles. Do not wear rough and over-the-top fabrics.

Make A Libra Man Chase You

Even though you do not want to push him away, you should at least make him chase you a little at the beginning. After you have successfully caught his attention with your physique and communication skills, it is now time to put a limit on what he is doing with and for you. Make him feel that he is chasing you and not the other way around.

Be Mysterious

Do not give away all your personal details. Make him feel that there is a lot more to discover about you.

Surprise Him

How to make a libra man fall in love

The element of surprise never fails. Learn more about his favorite things and hobbies and surprise him with them. Your Libra man will definitely be happy.

Below are surprise ideas that will definitely make the heart of your Libra man jump with joy.

Give Him One of His Favorite Things as a Gift

A Libra man loves music very much. This fact easily gives you an idea about what to get him. It is probable that he likes all types of music. However, he is least happy with loud sounds and is most likely happiest with jazz and classical music. Get him an album of his favorite artist or musician, a ticket to a concert of his favorite band, or a musical instrument. This will make him really happy.

Plan A Romantic Dinner

Nothing hits the spot quite like a candle-light dinner. It will show your Libra man that you can be sweet and romantic. Treat your Libra man to an unforgettable dinner experience. It could be at the beach, by the pool, in the garden, or even in a tent. Use scented candles, flower petals, and paper lanterns to complete the setup.

Take Him on a Trip

A Libra man loves spontaneous escapades. His love for fun activities will make it easy for you to make him go on a trip. Research about his favorite places or places he wants to see, and plan a trip.

Opt For Traditional Romance

Libra is considered to be one of the most romantic horoscope signs. The traditional accouterments of romance captivate the heart of a Libra man. Consider preparing a picnic in the park or making heartfelt poems.

Open Yourself Up to Fun Experiences

A Libra man loves to try new things. You will find yourself being encouraged by him to do lots of activities that you have never done just yet. All you have to do is be open to these new and fun experiences.

Summary

A Libra man is passionate when it comes to giving romantic love to someone. He is sensitive and considerate towards your feelings and goes the extra mile just to make you happy. This is a no-brainer, though. He is naturally like that since he is ruled by Venus, the planet of love and pleasure.

Truly, it is a win for you. You see, all the things mentioned above do not end with successfully making your Libra man fall in love with you. Yes, these tips are catered to what a Libra man likes in a girl. However, these could also be ways to become a better human being in this beautiful but cruel world. After all, it is a great decision to date a passionate and romantic Libra man.

Primary Navigation

How to make a libra man fall in love

There are many signs of a Libra man when he’s in love. However, there are only 4 that are really obvious and easy to see. If you notice any of them, you know you’ve got him! Keep reading to find out the signs a Libra man is falling in love with you. Stay on top of this!

4 Signs a Libra Man Is Falling in Love with You

1. He Sacrifices Time to Be With You

When a Libra man is falling in love with you, he’s actually going to want to spend more quality time with you. He will initiate dates and phone calls. He will also make it a point to contact you daily whether by phone or by text.

Libra men are highly independent and love spending lots of time apart from their partner. However, when he’s falling in love he’s feeling high on life so he’s going to be more flexible for quality time.

He might want to be with you quite a bit in the beginning because he’s truly excited and it’s something new to him. Just be aware that later when he’s totally committed to you, he’s going to calm down a bit.

He’ll go back to wanting to have a bit of time apart. You two will have to find a way to compromise how much time you will spend together and when. It’s not impossible so don’t worry!

Just know that he will reach out more, he will call more, text more, and ask you to spend time with him. He may want to take you out to eat somewhere nice or take you shopping.

He may also invite you to his house so he can cook for you. These are gestures of love and giving you his precious time. He’s totally in love with you when you can see he’s going out of his way like this.

2. He Wants To Help Solve Your Issues

How to make a libra man fall in love

When the Libra man is in love with you, he is actually going to want to give you really sound advice to help you through any troubles you may be having. Whether its work related or on a personal note, he will want to help.

He wants you to be happy and so he will do what he can to find a solution that will work well for you so that you don’t have to be quite so stressed. He’d rather see you happy and free than stressed out.

Don’t be afraid to ask him for some advice. In fact doing that shows him that you value his opinions and thoughts. This will draw the two of you closer. Just don’t ask him for help all the time or he’ll think you’re too clingy.

Open up to him and tell him what is going on that is causing you anxiety or sadness. Ask him what he’d do if he were in your position. He’ll tell you and it will likely be very sound advice.

Whatever he can do to make you smile or feel happier is what he’ll do because he’s in love with you. He hopes you’ll be the same with him when he’s in need of some uplifting.

3. Thoughts Of You

Just like most people, Libra man succumbs to thinking of you all the time if he’s in love with you. He will show you in various ways such as sending you cards, gifts, randomly calling or flirting with you, taking you out to a special place, or saying sweet things.

You can rest assured that if he’s showing you lavish affection, he’s falling for you head over heels. He’ll look over at you and smile in a way that you won’t be able to resist.

He gives you this look like a school boy with his first crush. It’s very endearing and something that is fairly obvious. When you see this look, you can tell what he’s thinking and you’ll know exactly what he means by it.

That being said, he is absolutely thinking of you all the time if he’s in love with you therefore he’s going to do what he can to make sure that you know this. He may actually even tell you!

4. Suggests Commitment or Exclusivity

When the Libra man suggests to become exclusive or to become more serious, he’s totally “in”. It also means that he’s very into being with you. He’s given it a ton of thought and is ready to settle in with you.

Libra men think things over many times before they actually decide. When he finally reaches the point of decision, that’s when he’ll reach out and tell you how he feels and what he wants.

You will need to be patient for him to get to this point but once he does then you’ll know for sure he’s in love with you. He may actually go ahead and lock it down by telling you he is in love with you.

He could be having a normal phone conversation with you and casually slip in there “I do love you”. When it happens it will probably seem shocking but you’ll be very happy.

After he says it to you then you’re free to say it back. If you don’t, it will hurt his feelings badly. He will feel a sense of rejection. Don’t lead him on. Unless you’re ready to fall in love, you need to let him know.

Otherwise he’s a pretty obvious guy when he’s falling in love. He doesn’t hide it and he doesn’t mind being very open with it. Enjoy the Libra man when he falls for you because he’s a charming romantic guy.

These are the 4 most obvious and detrimental signs that the Libra man is in love. There are other various other ways to tell however, once you are able to identify at least 2 of any of them, he’s most likely on the way to being deeply in love with you.

Has a Libra man fallen in love with you? What does he do to show you? Tell me about it!

Share your story (or situation) with our community in the comment section below (don’t worry, it’s anonymous).

How to make a libra man fall in love

How to make a libra man fall in love

Libra is known as the love sign in astrology! They’re often the most charming and flirtatious signs in the zodiac, so how can you tell when they’re truly in love?

Libra is a sign that “falls in love” all the time! Even when he’s not meaning to, he comes across as interested in you, and you alone.

A Libra man truly in love is someone who puts you first, shares everything with you, including his thoughts and his possessions, tells you all the time how much he adores you, and wants to commit to you.

Getting into a relationship with a Libra man will be one of the sweetest experiences of your life, and you’ll be adored like never before!

This is one guy that thrives at his best when he’s got a lady by his side.

As an air sign, he’s all about that mental connection too, so you should not only have a good-looking man, but also a clever one!

There’s very little not to love about the Libra man!

How a Libra Man Acts When He’s Secretly in Love?

One common way to tell when a Libra man is secretly in love with you is when he’s stopped looking at other people and flirting.

This sign is well-known for being very popular with the ladies, and he knows it! However, when he’s got his eyes only on you, he’s truly smitten!

He’ll show his love for you by spoiling you and including you in all of his plans, and always putting you and the relationship first.

A Libra man secretly in love doesn’t bother to hide it – he wears his heart on his sleeve!

The planet that rules the sign of Libra is Venus, planet of love and relationships. This makes him naturally romantic and giving, and one of the few men out there who want to bond closely.

He’s tender, sweet and very giving of himself.

8 Clear Signs a Libra Man Is in Love with You

1. He Tells You All The Time!

Libra is an air sign, which means that they are verbal and intellectual.

Often, a Libra man’s love language is verbal affirmation – in other words, telling you how he feels about you!

This may be through a sweet text message, a letter, or even an email!

But, most often, he just says it. And he tends to say it in the most creative and sweetest of ways, making you go weak at the knees!

2. He’s Always Complimenting You

When a Libra man is truly in love, he’s always complimenting you!

This is a guy who is more visual than most, so when you look good, he’ll tell you!

From the way you do your hair, to the clothing you wear and the perfume you love, he’ll be constantly reminding you of how delicious he finds you to be!

There’s nothing nicer than having a man around who takes notice of all the effort you make, right?

Of course, he’ll also compliment other things, such as your specific personality characteristics and special skills and talents.

There’s nothing that he won’t notice when he’s interested in you!

3. He Does Everything with You

Libra is the type of sign that needs another person in their lives to share activities with them.

If they don’t have a partner, then usually this is a man who has some sort of close friend to spend time with.

When he finds and falls in love with you, you are his go-to person!

He’ll want to spend all the small, special moments like washing the dishes with you, to the bigger things such as travelling together.

In a Libra’s world, time spent together is far better than time spent alone, especially with his favorite person!

4. He Includes You in All His Decisions

Decision making is never easy for the typical Libra man!

In fact, this is a guy that needs someone around to help him make all those important choices in life!

When he’s really in love, you’ll be that person by his side.

When he truly cares about you, he’ll also include you in his solo decisions and always take you into consideration.

This is how you do a good relationship!

5. He Stops Flirting with Other Women

The truth is, Libra men like to flirt – they’re built for it! After all, how can you claim to be the love sign if you’re not flirting us by talking?

Libra men really love to charm others, and they often have no intention of making people feel like they’re being flirted with. But they do!

When he’s heads over heels for only you, that subconscious desire will simply switch off, and he’ll have eyes only for you.

This is a very clear sign that he’s deeply, deeply in love with you!

6. He Talks to You Nonstop

Whether by text or in person, a Libra man in love talks to his person non-stop!

He just loves sharing his ideas with you, and eagerly wants to know what’s on your mind, too!

He thrives when there’s a strong mental connection between the two of you, and nothing makes him happier than a good conversation!

You’re not only his lover, but you’re also his best friend, and his number-one person to bounce ideas off!

7. He Idealizes You

When a Libra man is really in love, he totally idealizes you! He puts you on a pedestal and make you the queen of his universe!

There’s nothing you can do wrong, and even when you do make a mistake, he will overlook it!

A Libra man in love truly makes you feel like on top of the world, and builds your confidence from the inside out!

8. He Shares Everything with You

When a Libra man shares everything with you – from his possessions to his thoughts – he’s got deep feelings for you.

He now considers you one half of the whole, and there’s very little he won’t give you in the attempt to bring you closer towards him.

A Libra man in love is generous and caring, sweet and seems to know exactly how to make a good relationship even better!

When A Libra Man Says “I Love You”

A Libra man might say “I Love You” quite early into your relationship, as he’s so geared to love another. Does he mean it?

Most of the time, he does, and it’s likely he’s gone back and forth in his mind a thousand times to decide whether to say it or not.

If it comes too early in the relationship, proceed with caution and give it a bit more time before you believe it.

A Libra man does tend to fall “in love” fairly often – that’s what the love sign does, after all!

And only time tells and his actions, to say if this is the real deal!

See more:

Conclusion

A typical Libra man craves mental and emotional connection, and he seeks someone he can share his thoughts and his life with.

When he’s deeply in love, he’ll notice no one else but you, and he’ll tell you all the time how he feels about you!

You’ll be complimented all the time when a Libra man is in love with you, and he will make you the center of his world.

A Libra man expresses his love by always showing you through his words and actions how he feels about you!

Being loved by a Libra man is a one-of-a-kind experience, something that you’ll never forget!

Give this relationship time, and watch the bond develop even deeper between you.

How to make a libra man fall in love

Share

Belonging to the seventh zodiac, a Libra woman is gifted with a pleasant personality. Did you fall in love and are you under this woman’s personality spell? Has she conquered your heart with her graces and intelligence? A Libra woman is smart, intelligent and diplomatic and it is not easy to resist her charms. However, it is difficult for her to surrender in love, but once she feels attracted to and is truly charmed by a man, she is not the kind of woman who would step back.

Here are some tips and secrets from astrology to make a Libra woman fall in love with you like crazy and to help you better understand her psychology!

What a Libra woman wants in a man?

She is the epitome of balance amongst women of all the zodiacs. Hence she looks for a partner who is complementary to her and shares similar tastes and personality traits.

Supportive men are her ideal kind. Although she is an independent woman, she is most attracted to men who are encouraging and supportive. She appreciates men who are independent like her and who can provide her with the luxuries of life.

She wants her partner to be sensitive and caring. Empathy, emotional intelligence and attention to others are qualities she looks for in a man.

Passionate men are her type. A Libra woman is passionate in whatever she does. And she looks for the same quality in her ideal man. Half measures are not her thing.

How to drive a Libra woman crazy?

The quality and choices of a Libra woman are all well put together. She is selective in what she likes and does not like.

She is fond of elegance. A woman of this zodiac sign is bound to love lavish and fine wining and dining, grand romantic gestures and elaborate surprises. Chivalrous attitude, flowers, a well laid out dinner table are good ways to impress her.

Well groomed men are irresistible for a Libra. If you want to drive a Libra crazy, be impeccable in your appearance as well your mannerisms. Casual dressing is not what is going to impress her.

How to make a Libra woman miss you like crazy?

Play the waiting game to woo her. Do not respond to her calls and messages in a hurry. Responding within seconds kills the interest of the chase. Give her some time to miss you. This will make her crave for your attention.

Give her something that constantly reminds her of you. Maybe a keychain, a scent or something thoughtful that will make her miss you each time she uses or sees the object.

How to keep a Libra woman interested?

Appealing to her senses and showing her that you can maintain a good balance, are some of the best ways to keep her interested in you.

Understand her artistic soul. A Libra woman highly appreciates beauty and art. Take her to a museum or an art exhibition. Talk to her about your hobbies and artistic pursuits and ask her about hers. This way she will be engaged with you on an extremely deep and personal level.

Be romantic. Women, especially Libras, are extremely fond of romantic gestures. They are huge romantics at heart. Compliment her constantly. Appreciate her and make her feel wanted and loved. This is the key to have a long-term relationship with her.

How to get her to commit?

It might take some time and patience to get a Libra woman to say yes, but it is not an unachievable feat.

Be as fun and spontaneous as she is. A Libra woman likes adventure. And she likes men who share this taste and passion.

Complement her in her spontaneity. Be a part of all the adventures she seeks and show her your playful side. Make her laugh and have fun together. It’s a great way to conquer her heart and keep her addicted to you!

Exhibit the positive side of your personality. She is a woman with a sunny disposition. Match her level of optimism and cheerfulness.

How do you know if a Libra woman is falling for you?

Women born under the Libra Zodiac sign do not hide their emotions and feelings. Here are a few signs to know if a Libra woman likes you and is falling for you .

If she flirts with you without hesitation, it’s a clear sign she likes you more than a friend. Libra women tend to behave playfully around men they like and feel attracted to. She will participate in the game only if she is really interested in you.

Libra women have a habit of making others wait. They do that for example before saying a yes to a date. Or they do not show up at the date venue on time. But if a Libra woman has feelings for you and is serious about the relationship, she will make it a point to reach on time and will not refuse an offer of a date, or even a casual lunch with you.

If a Libra woman takes initiative, it’s also a sign she likes you. If she plans a dinner, a one-on-one romantic evening or something exclusively for you, you know she likes you and wants to impress you.

Best love compatibility with a Libra woman

Libra women match easily with men from most of the zodiac sgns. But they are most compatible with air signs like Gemini and Aquarius.

Aquarius, Gemini and Sagittarius are best matches for a Libra. An Aquarius man and a Libra woman share a fulfilling and rewarding relationship. With a Gemini, a Libra shares the best romantic equation. While a Sagittarius and a Libra complete each other and can form a beautiful couple.

Pisces, Taurus and Cancer are not considered ideal when it comes to love compatibility with a Libra. It is difficult for a Libra to bond on an emotional level with a Cancer, hence the equation can be frictional.

A Pisces-Libra pair starts off well, but is bound to be short-lived. Taurus’ lack of patience often annoys the Libra partner, hence there is not a high love compatibility between them.

A Libra woman is not astrologically compatible with a man of the same zodiac sign. As neither the Libra woman nor the Libra man will want to resolve conflicts or complete a task started off by the other partner, this may lead to some problems in the relationship.

By Alexis George — Written on Jan 05, 2019

How to make a libra man fall in love

Libras are some of the fairest people you will ever meet.

So, keeping a Libra in love with you is easier than the rest, but it will require that you follow some simple rules.

The Libra zodiac sign is ruled by Venus, the goddess of love and passion! But they are also the Scales of astrology, which makes them just, kind, fair, and most of all, drama-free.

They have found that steering clear of drama at all costs puts them in a position to have a peaceful and balanced life.

Libras apply this mentality to their love life.

For them, there is nothing more important that finding a partner. When a Libra has finally decided to settle down with someone, they have decided that this person is worth it. They are in it for the long haul.

Their dedication will be limitless, and they want their partner to be equally as invested in the relationship. Harmony is the key to a happy life. For Libras, falling in love is a goal. Staying in love is an achievement of that goal.

As their partner you should strive to understand what puts your Libra lover at ease. Making yourself knowledgeable about their likes and dislikes based on their zodiac sign is a good place to start. Knowing is half the battle.

You can use what you learn to know how to best interact with them to maintain a successful relationship. For example, Libras are known to be intellectual beings. They love being aware of what is going on in the world around them and having deep and meaningful conversations about it.

Libra horoscope signs tends to do this by becoming well versed in many topics due to their love of reading and other activities that allow them to be mentally stimulated. If you as their lover can be sure to keep up with them by being well versed yourself then they will never fall out of love.

There is nothing that makes them happier than having someone they can share everything with. Here are a few ways that you can make sure your Libra lover will stay in love with you, per astrology.

1. Plan outdoor trips.

Libras love the great outdoors.There is something peaceful about being out in the open. Your Libra will adore the fact that you pay attention to their likes enough to plan a trip for them.

Libras are dedicated to their partners and are attentive to their wants and needs. When they see that you are willing to do the same by taking initiative and giving them a chance to enrich their lives by seeing a beautiful space, they won’t help but to just fall deeper in love.

2. Stay up-to-date on current world issues.

Anyone who truly knows a Libra knows that they are constantly fighting for justice and equality. It is a big part of who they are. If you make sure to stay aware of what is going on in the world around you and can engage in deep and meaningful discussions about it, they will be impressed.

They love people who have a lot to say, so if you are well versed and can come up with ways to help those who have been wrongfully treated, then you will continue to steal their heart away.

3. Buy/Read books with them.

This air sign has a strong mental stimuli. They are some of the most intellectual beings you will meet. Reading good books have a way of getting their thoughts flowing and inspiring them to go out and make a change.

Buying boos and reading them with your Libra lover will show them that you support their eagerness to make a difference. You will always be a winner in their eyes for that.

Related Stories From YourTango:

4. Boost their ego.

Even though they might seem to have it all together, Libras can be extremely insecure. A Libras bruised ego and problems with self-esteem are things that haunt them. They want and need a partner who can cheer them on and boost their confidence when they are feeling lost.

Tell them that they look good and that they are worthy and watch how they will do everything in their power to keep you near and happy since you can get them out of their dark times.

If you stick to doing these things, a Libra won’t be able to get enough of you. This air sign will be sure to hold on tight so you won’t fly off in the wind. They will stay in love with you forever.

Alexis George is a writer who covers love, relationship advice, astrology and personality topics.

How to make a Libra man fall in love? How do you get a Libra man to love you? Libra men are great romantics who are secretly looking for someone to commit to. This is a man who will fall in love with a woman who will accept him for who he is. But there are things you need to know about his personality, demeanor, and expectations in love.

What does a Libra man look for in a relationship? What does he like in a woman? How do you win his heart and get him hooked? If you’re trying to attract and seduce a Libra man, here are 7 astrology tips that will help him fall in love with you!

1. Respect his individuality

To make a Libra man fall madly in love with you, love him for who he is. If you expect him to behave exactly as you expect (and want) then that is a mistake. He wants a woman who will support him, motivate him and let him do things his way. Acceptance is important in Air sign men like Gemini and Aquarius (and Libra, of course). The man born under the zodiac sign Libra loves his freedom and would not trade it for anything in the world.

He can often be misunderstood for his indecisiveness and active social life, but he thrives in the company of people who seek approval from others. He has trouble convincing people of his way of life. As long as you stay with him and let him do his thing, he will be attracted to you. Stop pointing out his flaws or criticizing him. He will like you more if you don’t force him to conform to standards he doesn’t believe in.

2. Wear nice clothes to impress him

Men born under the Libra zodiac sign are attracted to women who look radiant. You must strive to dress gracefully and elegantly. In order to impress a Libra man and make him fall in love with you, you need to take care of your appearance both in public and in private.

He is a man who will definitely spoil you with gifts, clothes, and perfume. He likes anything that is visually attractive. He is a romantic man and you will often find that he goes to great lengths to charm and seduce you. He wants to make you feel special. He has a magnetic attraction to beauty and unless something physically appeals to him and he feels an irresistible sexual tension, it’s hard to hold onto him forever.

3. Experiment with him in bed and explore his sexuality

Charismatic Libra men are fun-loving. They love experimenting with different sex positions. The closer you get to him, the more you’ll know just how vivid his sexual imagination is. He will easily transition from a dominant to a submissive role during sex. If you are just as wild and passionate about sex, he will keep you up all night. He needs intensity in bed and wants every encounter to be unforgettable.

If you are sexually passive, he may lose interest in you. So make time for erotic moments and increase his pleasure by talking about intimate things before the act. Be creative to arouse him: play with lights, decorate your room with flowers, buy props, offer him aphrodisiacs, give him a massage and tell him everything you want to do with him. This will make him crazy about you!

4. Communicate with him intelligently

Like all air signs in astrology, Libra men are good communicators. They are effective speakers who know how to use that power to win people over. This helps them make amazing connections and keep them for a long time. You are open to learning and accept diversity without judgment. In short, they value harmony and balance in their social and romantic relationships.

Try to maintain an intense loving relationship with your Libra man. It is important to maintain the strength of your love relationship. If you show him too much negative or critical behavior, he will take offense and get offended. So if problems arise in your relationship, be transparent and let him know. Libras are good at solving problems. Suppressing your feelings rather than expressing them will only increase his lack of understanding or anger, and you risk making him distance himself from you.

5. Be a stable, structured, and organized woman

The Libra man likes tidy rooms. The way you live reflects a lot of your personality and way of thinking. Men of this zodiac sign are intelligent and can easily pick up on even the most subtle of clues. They like the aesthetics of the environment and are not attracted to unkempt, overly messy, or torpedoed bohemian women. They can sometimes be a little too picky in their expectations and mate choice as they test the waters before actually committing to anyone.

It’s a very small tip, but it goes a long way in keeping your Libra man interested in you. Pay close attention to how you set up your home and how it looks. Untidy, untidy, chaotic people don’t speak to him (cambiato) anyway. Declutter your space, let go of clutter and ensure there is enough room to breathe. Make sure there is positive, peaceful energy in your cocoon. He leads a particularly orderly lifestyle and will always seek out a woman who is on his wavelength.

How to make a Libra man fall in love?

6. Help him find balance

Libra men are very well groomed. They are pleasant to look at. They also have multiple talents. He’s a man who can be very poetic and romantic when he feels like it. He has great ideas that only need to be materially implemented so that he gets a certain satisfaction in life. He is very idealistic, somewhat of a dreamer, and often far from reality. Very nomadic, he seeks balance in chaos.

As much as he enjoys complimenting and caring for people, he still seeks the love of a woman who makes him feel special. Help him find a balance in life so that he can find you as a role model, a muse. You must also allow him to maintain his individuality but at the same time be the guide he needs and be able to give him advice when he needs it. He needs to be comfortable around you to open up and give up his vagabond life to find a home.

7. Trust is key in a relationship with the Libra man

He has a unique way of going about his life, which can be difficult to understand for those who like to plan and have their routine in order to feel safe. He’s his own boss and hates being told what to do. You will often find that like other people, he gets bored easily (cambiato) and changes his work from one day to the next. He finds it difficult to open up and express his feelings, especially when he feels that he is being controlled or that certain behavior is expected of him.

The Libra man wants to be trusted. One must be able to have blind faith in one’s ability to find oneself and achieve one’s true passion. Be patient with him or he will embark on his next adventure. There’s enough turmoil in his life, even if he has a hard time projecting it into the future. Stop trying to make him see the world the way you see it. If you could give him enough reasons not to dangle from one fling to the next, by offering him a balance of consistency in effort and the simplicity of the joys of living by your side, maybe he could fall in love with you forever and you never want to leave. How to make a Libra man fall in love?

Libra In Love

Love, love, love and only love. This is how Libra feels when in love with the right partner. Yes, it is true that Libra will love with all heart, but only one partner can have all the love Libra can give. Libra’s love is magical and is full of pleasant surprises.

Those born under the sign of Libra love to talk their heart out. Also, they tend to agree with the partner, rather than have conversations that can lead to any sorts of hatred. For Libra, passion can often represent some kind of sexy battle. Under a calm and soft appearance, Libra hides a passion that sometimes can be overwhelming.

Libra’s Qualities In Love

Libra’s best qualities show during their lovemaking stage, exhibiting a romanticism with irresistible tones. Without a doubt, the sign of Libra has a particular preference for the feeling of love, and for that state of disturbance typical of people in love.

This sign has a sophisticated spirit, and even the love relationship becomes an expression of his/her deep and refined soul. Libra feels the need to have at his/her side a person with a strong personality, who knows how to understand their needs and who can help them become a better lover.

When Libra Is In Relationship

When Libra in love is involved on an emotional level relationship, he or she will demonstrate an exceptional openness to every type of need expressed by the partner. This type of generous character is fundamental for maintaining stability within their relationship.

This is an undeniable sign of their compatibility. Although at the beginning the Libra seems to assume a cold and detached attitude, with time they will reveal the intensity of their feelings.

As a result, within the relationship of love, this role shifts continually from the ruling to the dependent, showing the two sides of the same coin. Also, their sympathetic character pushes them to diplomatically avoid any kind of dispute, preferring to postpone the discussion in the hope of finding a compromise solution.

  • Sees love as the breathing air
  • Wants to enjoy every minute of love
  • Will wait for the right partner
  • Libra be the protector of love

Naturally Romantic

Libra’s romantic nature is common to all the signs that Venus has as a guiding planet. During the initial stages of a love relationship, Libra’s might seem extremely shy and sometimes even detached. Once the valid agreement with the partner is established, Libra will free their romantic and sensual charge.

Honesty is essential when dealing with the sign of Libra, a dishonest person cannot in any way win Libra’s trust. Libra is very seductive and is always looking for ways to get more pleasure out of the sexual relationship.

Waiting For The Right Partner

They will wait without a problem until the right partner shows up. The time wait for the right partner is irrelevant compared to what Libra expects from a lover. One thing is for sure that Libra expects to spend the rest of his/her life with one partner only.

In their everyday life, Libra will continuously keep looking to find a suitable suitor for their prospective future. The right partner has to be honest, sincere, loyal, intelligent, warm-hearted and open-minded.

Partner must also have good manners, to be polite, to respect Libra and also should not be an egoist but should know how to love and should have a pure heart. These are just the tip of the iceberg because Libra is very demanding and by right they have to be because the level and quality of love Libra will give is worth waiting for.

  • Will support partner in bad days
  • Wants unconditional love
  • Expects loyalty and honesty
  • Partner should have secrets
  • Each must be free to express emotions

Can’t Handle Emotional Demands

Libra’s partner should not make too many emotional demands because Libra will be distanced from a partner. Libra may tell partner once or twice about it but won’t keep repeating the same message all the time; otherwise, this may be a good reason to end the relationship. Before ending a relationship, Libra will make sure to fight and give his/her partner a nasty flavor of what it means giving up on Libra.

Libra will make sure to learn from mistakes done and sooner or later Libra will make sure that another love will flourish again. Also, Libra will show a particular attraction when having a conversation with their partner. Therefore, Libra wants to avoid a provocative conversation at any cost and try to maintain a balanced relationship.

Libra and Sex

Libra enjoys passionate love very much although there is a need for more imagination in bed because Libra is a very sensual and passionate lover. Sex for Libra may not be the main priority because Libra are always trying to focus equally on an ongoing relationship whereas, for other zodiac signs through sex, love and relationship are achieved many desires.

As is generally case with all the Signs of Air, sex is not just a physical matter, but above all a mental issue. Libra is very skilled in bed just like Gemini is. The sign of Libra also has an unerring instinct that allows them to identify what are the needs of others quickly. Libra needs balance and sentimental security to best express their sexual charge. Libra is a lover of foreplay and is an expert in the art of seduction.

Breaking up with Libra

Although Libra’s desire it to make love last forever sometimes things don’t go as expected and there are few why it happens. If a partner fails to be loyal and honest to Libra, then there is no point in going on. Libra doesn’t forgive neither will forget any bad relationships for a long time or until they start on the next journey.

Libra will learn from one experience to another and will make sure not to have the same mistakes repeated again. When Libra is new in a relationship mistakes may happen. Not having a proper balance may be another reason for Libra not succeeding in love.

Their partner may take advantages of Libra’s kindness and would try to dominate relationship which is a NO NO for Libra since Libra expects a fair share of love.

What does Libra need?

The ideal partner Libra is the one who can succeed in providing safety. Libra needs a confidant, a counselor and someone who knows how to make Libra feel special at all times. Sometimes a beautiful gift is a strong stimulus for Libra. So, it is essential to understand how to conquer Libra with words. Long discussions with passion and depth could reveal the romantic side of Libra.

Those who show themselves capable of penetrating a spirit as deep as that of Libra will be repaid by a loyal and devoted love. It is also necessary that the person alongside Libra shares the passion of this sign for art and cultural manifestations. Libra, when involved in a serious and passionate relationship, manages to free a sex appeal out of the ordinary.

How to make a libra man fall in love

Share

Confident and attractive, a Gemini woman is not an easy catch. Have you lately succumbed to her charming personality and been moved by her aura of confidence? Are you finding it difficult to impress and seduce her? As the sign of the twins in astrology, there are two sides to her personality, and you first need to observe and understand both of these. Here are some astrological secrets to help you win her heart and make her fall in love with you madly.

What a Gemini woman wants in a man?

Possessing a double set of characteristics, she is an eclectic individual who is on the outlook of specific personality traits in her ideal partner.

Gemini women find intelligence sexy and irresistible. They themselves are smart, intelligent women and men with sparks of wit and intelligence attract them.

One of the aspects of a Gemini personality is adventure. Hence she is attracted to adventurous and spontaneous men. Men who take interest in adventure sports and take part in extra activities, apart from sticking to their usual routine, catch her attention and impress her.

Successful men impress her quite as much. She is a hardworking and career oriented woman and she loves the company of a man who is an achiever.

How to drive a Gemini woman crazy?

A Gemini woman is a curious soul and she loves surprises and gifts.

Amaze her with a surprise date or plan a thrilling weekend retreat with her. She will love you all the more, if you appeal to her adventure loving spirit.

A witty and humorous banter is what she is looking for in a man. Your smart textual or conversational banter will make you appear more interesting, and she will be crazy for you.

How to make a Gemini woman miss you like crazy?

A Gemini woman will miss you like crazy if you remind her of yourself through words and gestures, and make her feel your absence.

Use wit and humor when sending her text messages. When she asks you to meet up over text, take some time and indulge in a light hearted banter before actually agreeing to meet her. Your texts will make her miss you.

Post interesting pictures and stories on your social media. She will want to be a part of the interesting aspect of your life and this will make her miss your company.

How to keep a Gemini woman interested?

Since the Gemini woman belongs to the twin zodiac, she has two aspects to her personality. This can sometimes be a little tough to handle.

A man who is patient can keep her interested. Patience is the key to keep her engaged. She might behave or act strangely at times due to her temperament, and only a man who truly understands her personality and is patient in dealing with her, will keep her interested.

To keep a Gemini woman interested, it is essential to catch her attention. She is known for having a short attention span. And for being fond of intriguing and new things in life. Hence a great way to catch and keep her attention, is to find out interesting events to take her to, and new activities, that you can enjoy with her.

How to get her to commit?

A relationship with a Gemini can be quite exciting, but they are a bit scared of commitment.

Listen and pay attention to a Gemini woman. Once she realizes that you understand her and are patient with her, she will take no time to say a yes.

Live up to her expectations. A Gemini woman wants you to go around with her, be a part of her adventure trips and weekend getaways. Show her that you are always supportive of her, and she will commit to you.

How do you know if a Gemini woman is falling for you?

Women born under the Gemini Zodiac sign do not make their emotions and feelings apparent. They are not quite vocal about their likes and dislikes. Here are a few surefire signs that she likes you (and 10 signs your Gemini woman secretly likes you ):

If a Gemini woman makes time for you and stays around you for long, she is surely falling for you. She will find reasons to be around you and will try to match schedules, so that she can spend more time with you.

If she includes you in all her plans and activities, it is a good sign she has feelings for you. She wants to include you as a part of her life and have stories of personal experiences with you. That is a way to show her affection.

She will flirt with you. A Gemini girl is quite sporty when it comes to flirting. She will be fun around you and will let her guard of seriousness down. She will make suggestive comments and will earnestly flirt with you.

Best love compatibility with a Gemini woman

Some of the Zodiac signs that are most compatible with a Gemini are Aries, Libra, Leo and Aquarius. The astrological signs that do not make an ideal match for a Gemini woman are Virgo and Pisces.

The best three matches are Libra, Aries and Aquarius. A Libra and a Gemini form, what can be called an ideal partnership. They bond on an intellectual and artistic level. An Aries is the perfect love match for a Gemini female. While with an Aquarius man, a Gemini woman forms a long lasting bond of mutual love and understanding.

Pisces and Virgo, are not well paired with a Gemini. With a Pisces man, a Gemini female shares a bond of miscommunication and with a Virgo, the relationship is boring and tedious.

By Gillian Reynolds | Submitted On January 31, 2009

How to make a libra man fall in love How to make a libra man fall in love How to make a libra man fall in love

How to make a libra man fall in love How to make a libra man fall in love How to make a libra man fall in love How to make a libra man fall in love How to make a libra man fall in love

How to make a libra man fall in love

How to make a Libra man fall in love with you is a question many women want an answer to. If you meet and start to fall in love with a man born under this astrological sign you definitely want him to feel the same way about you. Are there specific things a woman can do to ensure she captures the heart of this type of man? There are and they are easy to do and very effective.

You may be asking the question of how to make a Libra man fall in love with you because you recognize how utterly romantic these men are. In order to capture his heart forever you must know how to bring out his romantic nature. Doing that requires you to be feminine and a little mysterious. Libra men aren’t attracted to women who reveal everything about themselves on the first date. Make him see that there’s more to you than meets the eye. If you can do that, he’ll become more and more intrigued by you.

Men born at this time of year want to be with women who appreciate beauty. This certainly doesn’t mean that you have to be drop dead gorgeous but it does mean that you must take care of what you have. Dress nicely and appropriately when you see your Libra man. Dressing too provocatively isn’t going to win him over. He’s much more attracted to a woman who covers up and still looks sexy. Be willing to accompany him to nice restaurants, museums and gallery openings. His tastes are definitely towards the luxurious and if you want to make him yours, ensure that your tastes reflect his.

Specific things you say and do can make a Libra man feel helplessly drawn to you. If you are convinced he is the one there are things you can do to ensure he only has eyes for you. For more insightful tips about understanding men including a way to get him to fall deeply in love with you, visit this informative site!

You don’t have to leave love to fate or chance. If you are tired of waiting for him to fall hopelessly in love, there are things you can do to make it happen now. Find out right now what you need to do to capture his heart forever.

LIBRA Men

How to make a Libra man fall in love with you is a question many women want an answer to. If you meet and start to fall in love with a man born under this astrological sign you definitely want him to feel the same way about you. Are there specific things a woman can do to ensure she captures the heart of this type of man? There are and they are easy to do and very effective.

You may be asking the question of how to make a Libra man fall in love with you because you recognize how utterly romantic these men are. In order to capture his heart forever you must know how to bring out his romantic nature. Doing that requires you to be feminine and a little mysterious. Libra men aren’t attracted to women who reveal everything about themselves on the first date. Make him see that there’s more to you than meets the eye. If you can do that, he’ll become more and more intrigued by you.

Men born at this time of year want to be with women who appreciate beauty. This certainly doesn’t mean that you have to be drop dead gorgeous but it does mean that you must take care of what you have. Dress nicely and appropriately when you see your Libra man. Dressing too provocatively isn’t going to win him over. He’s much more attracted to a woman who covers up and still looks sexy. Be willing to accompany him to nice restaurants, museums and gallery openings. His tastes are definitely towards the luxurious and if you want to make him yours, ensure that your tastes reflect his.

Specific things you say and do can make a Libra man feel helplessly drawn to you. If you are convinced he is the one there are things you can do to ensure he only has eyes for you. For more insightful tips about understanding men including a way to get him to fall deeply in love with you, visit this Informative Site!

You don’t have to leave love to fate or chance. If you are tired of waiting for him to fall hopelessly in love, there are things you can do to make it happen now. Find out right now what you need to do to capture his heart forever.

HINT!
CK , weechang , and I are all LIBRA Men.
(:

How to make a libra man fall in love

How to make a libra man fall in love

Understanding the Libra man in love is a very interesting process.

Unlike other signs of the horoscope where it can really be a big and tough challenge, understanding the Libra man in love can be actually quite straightforward and simple. You only really need to wrap your mind around one key concept.

Libra man is superficial. This is not a judgment. This is not a putdown. This is just the plain fact. Libra guys tend to weigh certain factors and they tend to get stuck at a certain level with those factors. There are many ways to describe this.

It can easily be analysis paralysis or it can also be characterized as laziness. It can also be described as a plain stuck.

Either way, they remain close to the surface and they really don’t dig deep unless they are forced to by circumstances.

This is the key factor you need to keep in mind when trying to understand the Libra man in love.

Commitment is an Issue

It’s easy to get in a relationship with a Libra guy. After all, Libras are quite famous for being able to get along with other signs of the horoscope. They can get along with pretty much anybody. This comes as second nature because they are able to look at different factors and really weigh them in real time. This versatility and adaptability makes them great crowd pleasers.

While they might not take centre stage like a Leo or and Aries, they are social enough where they can become quite indispensable in any circle of friends or organization or social gathering. They can easily be not only the life of the party, but a key part of the soul of the party too.

Since things go rather easily for the Libra man, it’s very hard for this type of person to commit. It’s very hard for this type of person to go beyond the surface. It’s another reason why Libra men tend to have a tough time committing when it comes to relationships is that they’re always weighing things.

Libra guys would like to view themselves as well-balanced or rational. They would like to think that they look at both sides of an equation fairly carefully before they can make a decision. They would like to think that they truly make rational and informed decisions.

But in practice, all this goes out the window because they get so caught up in the details that they tend to analyse in circles. This can really be a problem for relationships involving Libra men and Gemini women.

They tend to chase their tail in terms of analysis. As a result, they get caught in analysis paralysis and they can’t seem to pull the trigger, get off the fence or use whatever helpful metaphor you’d like.

Regardless, they have a tough time making decisions. They have a tough time committing.

Getting Them to Admit They Are Wrong is a Problem

Understanding the Libra man in love also involves understanding the Libra man in a relationship. In any relationship, there are always ups and downs.

There are always disagreements. There are always misunderstandings.

There’s always miscommunication.

This can be a serious issue with the Libra man, especially with Libra rising. As much as Libra guys are easy to get along with and as adaptable as they may seem, they have a tough time owing up to mistakes.

They have a tough time saying I’m sorry. The only kind of sorry that you’re going to get from the Libra guy tends to be quite superficial and shallow and very limited.

Why do Libra man have a tough time admitting and owing up to mistakes they make in relationships?

They have a tough time going beyond the surface. Everything has to be superficial. Everything has to be constantly weighed.

Otherwise, they feel that they would have to reinvest a lot of time and emotional energy going to the core of matter. They have a tough time doing that.

That’s why they have a tough time making changes. They have a tough time changing their minds once they have committed to something.

This can all of course make for truly interesting emotional times if you are in a romantic relationship with a Libra man.

You have to understand this aspect of himself and figure out a practical workaround. Otherwise, it can doom your relationship.

The Libra person is not normally known as a stubborn person. After all, we’re not talking about a Taurus or an Aries. Still, in terms of practical effect, they can be very hard to dislodge from their current setting or assumption.

Once He Commits, He Goes All The Way

Once the Libra man commits, it can get quite scary. It can go the other extreme. You have to remember, the Libra scale works best when it is fully-balanced. However, things can really get hairy when the scale is imbalanced, when one scale is above the other and this is at play when you finally get the Libra man to commit.

This may seem like a contradiction because as I’ve mentioned earlier, it’s very hard to get the Libra men to commit.

It’s very hard for him to sign on the dotted line. It’s very hard for him to pull the trigger. However, once he does get off the fence and makes a commitment, he tends to overdo it.

He tends to be stubborn in one particular position of your relationship. This is a serious problem because real relationships grow based on challenges.

Real relationships change according to the contour of the emotional maturity of the partners involved.

Understanding the Libra man in live is really trying to understand how somebody can become emotionally stubborn. It almost seems like this person has no emotional imagination.

As you probably already know, a truly deep and meaningful and fulfilling relationship involves challenges.

It involves changes. It involves maturing. In many cases, Libra men tend to become emotionally immature because they get too comfortable.

They get stuck in a comfort zone. This is why your biggest challenge is to give him an emotional challenge. We’re not talking about unnecessary drama.

We’re not talking about blowing things out of proportion emotionally. But instead, hold a person by the hand and walk them through certain aspects of your relationship so he can maturely grow and fill out as a fully loving, responsive and truly engaged person.

About the author

How to make a libra man fall in love

Imelda Green

Since 1982 Imelda Green has been the Psychic Medium and spiritual advisor of choice to the rich and famous. Imelda’s immense gifts have helped thousands of people over the years and each and every day Imelda and the team are flooded with emails and letters thanking them for their insight and advice regarding interpretation of angel numbers, spirit animals, dream meanings etc.

Read about Libra man, which horoscope signs are the best match for him & 10 unmistakable signs to tell if the Libra man is in love with you.

How to make a libra man fall in love

  • Tweet
  • Share
  • Google+
  • Pocket
  • Feedly

Libra Man In Love

A post shared by David Copeerfil (@davidcopeerfil) on Nov 13, 2017 at 11:47am PST

Love is the ultimate expression of emotions for the Libra man. The Libra man in love is an irreconcilable romantic, he likes to be in love. When the Libra man is in love, he behaves like someone who has found the secret of perfect harmony. When he is in love he will not flirt or play games. If the Libra man says he will invite you on a date, he will. He is also fair in love. The Libra man feels the most complete when he is in a relationship and he will do much to make sure that the relationship will last. Libra man keeps the stability and balance that he has achieved with his partner. Impartial and honest, the Libra man is very careful not to hurt you with his words. Do not ask the Libra man if your butt looks bigger in your new jeans, as you will probably get a detailed analysis of the reasons for the affirmative answer.

10 Unmistakable Signs That A Libra Man Loves You

Libra man likes to hang out, he is very communicative and likes to flirt with everyone and it’s very difficult to spot and to distinguish love from ordinary flirting. He has such a charming smile that he will win you at first glance. But here are 10 signs that will tell you that the Libra man is not only flirting with you but is deeply in love.

1. He tries to be the best version of himself

The Libra man, when in love, strives to be elegantly dressed more than usual and is constantly in front of the mirror checking if everything on him is where it should be. Then he will try to spend more time in your company and invite you to a romantic date, looking like a film star. The Libra man will always try to be as beautiful as possible when he spends time with his loved one.

2. Always smiling

When he is in love, he is overwhelmed by happiness. It is enough for him to be in love to be fulfilled. Sometimes he completely forgets about his every-day obligations and makes mistakes, but it doesn’t matter because he always will wear a smile on his face because the most important thing for him – love – has just happened.

3. He notices only you

It is commonly said that the eyes speak more than words. This is absolutely true when it comes to loving Libra man! When a man in the horoscope sign of a Libra is in love, he can not take his eyes off a woman. He is a “visual” being so when he has the woman he wants in front of him, he just can not stop staring at her! Of course, if a woman does notice or looks back, he is smart enough to look the other way. If the Libra man you love behaves like this, you surely know that you’ve won his head and heart.

A post shared by Man Influence™ (@man_influence) on Nov 11, 2017 at 4:20am PST

4. He meets you with all his friends and family

One of the surest signs that a Libra man is in love with a woman is when she meets his friends, colleagues, family, and all the other people in his environment. It is a man’s way of “marking his territory,” telling others that the lady is “busy.”

5. He cares about you

Is he concerned about your well-being? If you were out into the wee hours, would he offer to take you home? If you’re in some kind of trouble, does he leave his friends, business, and everything else to be next to you? If the answer to these questions is affirmative, it shows that the Libra man is in love with you!

6. He tries to make you happy

One of the sure signs that the Libra man is in love with you, is that he will do everything in the world to make you happy. He will go shopping with you, though he hates the very thought of the action. He will surprise you with flowers, chocolate or an unexpected trip or journey. In other words, he will do everything in the world to see a smile on your face and make you happy.

7. When he talks about the future, you are in it

A Libra man in love will do everything to not hurt the feelings of his chosen one. He will appreciate her, take care of her, and he will be faithful to her. So if your Libra man besides appreciating and taking care of you, also involves you in his plans about the future, be sure that he is deeply in love with you and has serious plans about your relationship.

8. He wants to know all about you

Whenever a Libra man really wants to meet you, he wants to know all about you, about your thoughts and who you truly are. He wants to know all your secrets and thoughts, dreams and ambitions. If a Libra man starts asking you about these things, you will know that he cares about you.

A post shared by TheCoupleGoals (@couplegoals) on Nov 28, 2017 at 12:38pm PST

9. He calls you frequently

If he is the first that sends a message or he often calls you when you’re not together, you know that he cares. Nevertheless, do not expect the Libra man to call you always or to send you messages constantly. Libra man always needs a little space for himself, no matter how attached he is with his loved one.

10. He tells you that he loves you

“I love you” – Of course, the most obvious sign that he is in love with you is when he tells you, because then you know that he really feels it (of course, there are exceptions). For a Libra man, this is a big step, even though the woman is not placed in a good position because it is always difficult to break the ice with such an important statement. Remember that is difficult for the Libra man to express his feelings too. Just pay a little attention to the behavior of a Libra man. The more you pay attention to his behavior, you may be able to catch the signs that tell you that he is in love with you.

How To Love A Libra Man

1. Be fair and have wide views. A Libra man extremely appreciates balancing, justice, and equity. 2. Do not ever isolate a Libra man from society. Libra is one of the most communicative and out-going zodiac signs, although it prefers smaller, more intimate groups. People of this sign are very proud of their sleek and good manners and enjoy the smaller and selected group of friends. 3. Love him with all your heart. A Libra man does not give his heart so easily, but once he gives it, it’s for the rest of life. If you love the Libra man and he gives you love, you are a very happy person. He is very sensitive, so make sure you do not hurt him. 4. Appreciate the romantic dates. When it comes to the Libra man it is all about the charm. He makes his own efforts to please you and makes a romantic atmosphere and you should appreciate it. 5. There is no second chance. The Libra man never returns to the past and there is no other chance! If you’ve messed things up and the relationship has ended, do not wait for another chance! You only have one chance!

By Greggory Hammond | Submitted On January 03, 2010

How to make a libra man fall in love How to make a libra man fall in love How to make a libra man fall in love

How to make a libra man fall in love How to make a libra man fall in love How to make a libra man fall in love How to make a libra man fall in love How to make a libra man fall in love

How to make a libra man fall in love

It is often true that women are the ones being chased when it comes to relationships. It does not always work like this. Women learn how to attract the men they desire and leave them thinking that they are trying to get the girl. “But how do women learn this?” I hear you ask. Hopefully this article will help you.

A Libra man in love puts his partner’s happiness above his own and would do anything for her. Some say that a Libra man is simply programmed for love and is therefore the most desirable lover of all. They are competent in romance and can be sexually adventurous so bear this in mind!

One thing to be aware of however, is that a Libra man in love tends to idealize their lover somewhat and prefers to neglect the negative traits in his relationship which can sometimes lead to disappointment. This being said, a Libra man has a stronger inclination to a long term relationship.

A Libra man in love requires support and reassurance that he is a treasure much appreciated. A woman with the ability to make such a man feel more and think less will be left with a respectful and passionate lover.

These men often display a natural ability to rationalize and negotiate disagreements and are therefore extremely well placed in a diplomatic environment. Desmond Tutu is a great example of this. Their innate sense of fair play and justice make Libra men attractive to intelligent women.

It’s not easy for women to know how to attract particular men. These elementary steps will help you learn how to make yourself desirable to any man.

As is often the case with a Libra man, in love matters, inconsistency and laziness can be a problem. Excessive flattery may put him off on the one hand, and playing ‘hard to get’ could anger him too. It is all about finding a successful balance; this is the key to learning how to make men run after you.

The way you act around such a man can definitely make them feel helplessly attracted to you. If you desire to be with this Libra man, the extremely effective methods of seduction and attraction are explored in more detail in this ridiculously informative website.

“It’s not fair. Women do not get the guidance men do when it comes to attraction.”
This is completely false. Learn how to attract your dream man today! CLICK HERE.

In relationship compatibility, Libra is one of the most loving of all zodiac signs, and arguably the sign most longing for a stable partnership. In order to maximise Libra sign compatibility, however, there are some must-dos and some must-nots – read on to find out five secret ways you can woo your Libra.

1 – Flatter Libra’s Ego

You know whatever it is that made you fall in love with Libra in the first place? Keep telling your Libra lover about it. Whether it’s his startlingly beautiful eyes or her sensational singing voice – let Libra know, and keep letting Libra know. When it comes to compatibility, Libra loves flattery. It’s not because he or she is shallow or superficial, but rather because Libra is so desperate to be loved. Your Libra lover doesn’t quite believe that you’re staying around for the long term, so every time you flatter him or her you’ll make Libra feel that little bit more secure.

How to make a libra man fall in love

2 – Opt for Luxurious Loving

Charmingly urbane, sophisticated and cultured, Librans like their sex lives to be likewise. Woo your Libra with fine restaurants, expensive gifts and lovely things, and ensure that you set a romantic scene in the bedroom too. Luxurious materials and perfumes put Libra in the mood for love, and material things really do enhance his or her sexual compatibility; Libra is nothing if not turned on by luxury. If finances don’t stretch to a life of luxury, at least make sure that your bedroom is neat and tastefully decorated, and don’t expect Libra to romp anywhere which doesn’t meet his or her exacting standards.

3 – Give Libra some Self Respect

Because Libra is so keen to be in and remain in a partnership, the Libra lover can become a bit of a doormat, agreeing to anything and everything in order to keep you. Abusive partners can easily take advantage of this, of course, but if you really love your Libra, you’ll want to nip that in the bud. Make it clear to Libra that he or she is an equal partner in the relationship and should sometimes take the lead. This is a great way to increase your compatibility; Libra will feel cherished (if rather taken aback) at the notion of being in charge for a bit, and will love you all the more for it. Take care also to allow your Libra lover to disagree with you; if you’re a strong personality, it’s vital that you don’t just shout over him or her, because Libra will quickly give in – all the time – if you do.

How to make a libra man fall in love

4 – It’s Not Indecision, It’s Fair Mindedness

Lovers of Libra are often driven to distraction by the sign’s inability to make up its mind. If your Libra partner keeps changing opinions, stances, decisions and choices, have some patience. Libra is a supremely rational sign and always seeks fairness and harmony. What seems like indecisiveness is actually just Libra making sure that all bases have been covered. When it comes to compatibility, Libra needs a lot of understanding in this area, even if you have to roll your eyes in private. Give him or her time before you think you’ve heard the final word on anything.

5 – Lead a (Slightly) Separate Life

If it’s left up to your Libra lover, you and he or she will do absolutely everything together. Living in each other’s pockets is nice while you’re in the first flush of intoxication – but it’s vital for Libra’s mental health and for your sanity that you also maintain separate hobbies and friendships. Keep some independence and ensure Libra does too. This will increase your compatibility; Libra may find it challenging at first, though, so reassure him or her that you’re not trying to get out of the relationship.

For more information on Libra sign compatibility, browse our star sign articles, or enter the draw to win a free Astromatcha astrology compatibility report. Based on your full birth chart, not just your Sun sign, these fantastic reports will offer you a whole new level of insight into your relationship.

Related Posts

  • Astromatcha Relationship Compatibility Reports
  • Astrology Compatibility Questions Answered
  • 5 Things You Should Know About Sun Sign Compatibility
  • What Makes Good Astrological Compatibility?
  • Cardinal Sign Compatibilty: When Cardinal Signs Fall in Love

How to make a libra man fall in love

Ready to discover the real potential of your relationship? Take our free “Star Sign Compatibility Quiz” to instantly reveal your compatibility score!

He values conversation, intelligence, honesty, and femininity

  • Share
  • PINTEREST
  • Email

How to make a libra man fall in love

Justin Case/Getty Images

Libra guys are naturals in twosomes, which is why they’re great when it comes to love. He has a secret love ally—his ruling planet is Venus herself. In romantic relationships, he’s very responsive, and that’s not his only attractive trait.

The Libra Man and Love

Libra men are often devilishly charming and socially confident. There are fewer awkward moments on those first dates because he knows how to put a woman at ease. He loves ultra-feminine women, bright minds, classic put-together looks, and an appreciation for (or participation in) the arts.

A Libra guy wants to make the best choice in love. He wants to be together all the time and finds partnership very natural. He’s a serial monogamist. He makes friends easily, but his true desires in a relationship take time to discover. He often has an instinct for making women feel appreciated. Libra in love is flirty, easy-going, and at home with a lot of togetherness.

Here’s a tip: Look at his Venus sign. This will give away his desires and also his version of a good time. To pique his interest, find out what he’s fascinated by and start conversations about that. Plan first dates in stimulating settings with a lot to talk about, such as museums, cultural centers, and festivals.

A Sense of Self

The polarity is Aries, the sign of “I am.” Libra is the first sign of knowing the self through what’s reflected in the eyes of another (or the public). Because of this, some Libra men are hyper image conscious and take a lot of time with their look.

More than any other sign, he gets his sense of self through the relationship. The main focus is the give-and-take and how the two of you harmonize. He’s looking for someone to complement him but also challenge him.

Don’t forget, this is a cardinal sign, with an internal pressure to push into new ground. Through Libra and love, this can mean actively (and at times, forcefully) upgrading the relationship.

A Keen Observer

The detachment of Libra makes them great observers and astute listeners. The Libra man finds himself by closely observing what’s mirrored back to him in relationships. How he responds to you depends on how you’re responding to him. From the outset, if the vibe isn’t there, it’ll likely not get past the light friendship stage.

Libra guys will be deflated if you’re not returning respect or admiration. The Libra man wants to be with those who think he’s an incomparable wit.

The Dark Side of Libra

The dark side of Libra is that it’s a sign skilled in social manipulation, which can be used nefariously, such as using you to circulate among your friends in order to get ahead. If he has a wandering eye or seems preoccupied, he might be imagining life with another.

What the Libra Man Wants

He’s an air sign, so a key to knowing if it’s a match is discovering his mind. Being on the same wavelength in terms of preoccupations is what creates the foundation. His leanings are toward refined living, and he’s likely a bit of a metrosexual. That’s not to say he’s not manly or edgy; Libra actors Viggo Mortensen and Clive Owen spring to mind.

You score points when you show that you appreciate his artful eye. This might be complimenting his home decor or his clean and upscale man-style. He knows how to evoke a light, luxurious mood to relax and be sultry in. If you’re receptive to his generous moves, he’ll keep it up with the romance.

A Libra man is attracted to a mate who complements him in every way, including aesthetically. In other words, you have to look good together. He values women who are well put together, healthy, sophisticated, bright, socially curious, and fair-minded. Above all, honesty will win his heart.

Being an excellent conversationalist and having good taste will also score points. Dress well but don’t reveal too much; he doesn’t want to know everything all at once. That applies to appearance and the inner you, so go slow and let his charm reveal who you are.

If it’s right, his inner curiosity will spark a friendship into something more. Understand that it’s not all about sex. The friendship and then the relationship are priorities.

Libras love love and many born under this sign find each other. If a Libra man likes his reflection in you and finds room there for growth, it’s a divine match of incredible twosome synchronicity.

What Not to Do

To win the Libra man, don’t stoop to a gossipy or lowbrow attitude. He can’t handle a lot of confrontation and could be flustered by a strong-willed partner. He’s not particularly direct because there’s always a beat in between as he’s sizing up a situation.

If he’s thrown off balance too much by an impatient date, he’ll start to get surly. He’s looking for closeness but needs that mental space to do his thing before taking action. The right partner gets this and respects him enough not to take advantage of the pregnant pauses.

Practice Patience

Unless he’s head over heels, it may be hard to trust the Libra man’s sincerity. That’s because he’s charming and charmed by each dazzling possibility in his orbit. He’s reluctant to be claimed, wanting to stay open to the best life has to offer.

However, once he’s found his “other half,” his focus turns to the relationship. He’s a steady anchor for long-term pairing, always looking for ways to make it better.

Saturday, July 27, 2013

How To Make A Libra Man Fall In Love With You : Ignoring Your Ex Is The Proper Way To Obtain Your Ex Back!

How to make a libra man fall in love

How To Make A Libra Man Fall In Love With You : Ignoring Your Ex Is The Proper Way To Obtain Your Ex Back! – Sadness and dejection are but the outcomes of a heartbreaking breakup The other aftermath of a breakup is attempting to forget all of the sweet moments you had shared with your ex It would be memorable moments that you may possibly be attempting to forget You at the same time have to comprehend that It’s ego and bursts of anger that is the cause for all of your dreams and aspirations that you had of the future Getting washed away well it would be best to ignore your ex In case you sincerely enjoy your ex and hold feelings of Having . [Read More – How To Make A Libra Man Fall In Love With You]

Best Way To Make Him Want Me – If you are looking for info about How To Make A Libra Man Fall In Love With You : Ignoring Your Ex Is The Proper Way To Obtain Your Ex Back!, you are come to the right place.

How to make a libra man fall in love

Best Way To Make Him Want Me

How to make a libra man fall in love
How to make a libra man fall in love

Best Way To Make Him Want Me – Excellent secret superEnergy now. “Claire is every a lot like the no-BS, wiser friend I wish I had. She’s a sweetheart, but she’ll give it to you straight. and no philosophical crap either– just real, useful step-by-step guidance. I’ve learned so considerably and I every do feel that I have a secret superEnergy now. As an extra bonus, this stuff is enjoyable! In the event you decide to were believeing homeworky drudgery, don’t. You’re going to have a blast with it. “

Don’t miss get particular Offer for Best Way To Make Him Want Me (How To Make A Libra Man Fall In Love With You : Ignoring Your Ex Is The Proper Way To Obtain Your Ex Back!). You really don’t would like to miss this option. The quality from the information found in How To Make A Libra Man Fall In Love With You (How To Make A Libra Man Fall In Love With You : Ignoring Your Ex Is The Proper Way To Obtain Your Ex Back!) is well above anything you will discover available today.

Maybe You Also Want To Read About :
related

News and Video on How To Make A Libra Man Fall In Love With You : Ignoring Your Ex Is The Proper Way To Obtain Your Ex Back!

Fashion and Lifestyle Blog : February 12, 2013 — 24 year old Brazilian Model, Actress and Spokesperson Gianine Abdallah launches a fashion and lifedesign Her blog promises to be an intimate, behind the scenes, diary of an Atlanta based

[+] Norah Guide Presents New intuitive Reporting Services for January 2013 : February 03, 2013 — Premium Astrology has collaborated with Norah Guide to offer new reporting services for

[+] Your exes to appear on next episode of ‘As the Web turns’ : A revealing post in New York Magazine suggests that social media is enabling us to maintain the soap opera of failed relationships alive long after the “shows” were canned. [Read more] Tue, 23 Jul 2013 12:39:52 -0700

[+] CS Man Accused of Assaulting Ex-Girlfriend : A College Station man was arrested over the weekfinish for breaking into the residence of his ex-girlfrifinish’s boyfrifinish.Mon, 29 Jul 2013 15:54:49 -0700

[+] McQueary: Paterno said ‘Old Main screwed up’ : Ex-Penn State assistant coach is significant witness during hearing for former Penn State president, other former administrators. HARRISBURG — Nine years passed after Mike McQueary reported to Penn State officials that he had witnessed former assistant football coach Jerry Sandusky naked in a shower having a boy. Mon, 29 Jul 2013 09:42:00 -0700

How to make a libra man fall in love
Popular Search : how to make a libra man fall in love with you, how to make a libra man fall in love with you again, how to make a libra man fall back in love with you, how to make a libra man fall madly in love with you, how to make a libra man fall in love with you

How to make a libra man fall in love with you

How to make a libra man fall in love

You want to enjoy his loving gaze. Do the small things in life like going out for a coffee date or to the movies. Sip and share your soft drinks. All this can happen if you know your Libra man inside out.

Recent Posts

To know him perfectly, you need to know his personality traits as per his star sign. Are you curious to know how to handle a Libra man in your relationship? Anna is an expert on zodiac signs and their influence on human relations and has authored twelve http://fakenews.rs/wp-content/uploads/content/casino/what-causes-pyloric-sphincter-spasm.php guides for each one of them. In the Libra Man Secrets book, she has advised on how to take your relationship from initial courtship to blooming romance and finally going steady.

The Libra Man Secrets handbook reveals how the Libra man is strong, emotionally balanced, diplomatic, bright, and friendly. He is exclusive, kind-hearted, and gentle in his approach towards his woman.

About Libra Man

Most of the time, he is calm and relaxed and listens to his woman before giving his opinion. Also, he is talkative and expressive in his feelings towards his woman. Due to his friendly nature, his circle of friends is vast, which keeps him socially busy. But to every positive attribute, there are some negatives as well.

Libra Man Secrets tells you how the Libra man can be a little indecisive and confused at times in your relationship. You may even find him to be self-indulgent and on the lookout for premium things in life to please himself.

How to make a libra man fall in love

Sometimes you may find the Libra man getting hooked to outer beauty than inner strengths. So understanding the mind of a Libra man is sometimes a bit complicated. The Libra Man Secrets book will give you an extra pair of eyes to peek into the mind and soul of your Libra man.

Using the specialist points from the Libra Man Secrets book, you can become aware of his genuine feelings for you.

Categories

Is he deeply in love with you or simply going with the flow? You will know well in advance if he is cheating on you or planning to ditch you.

How to make a libra man fall in love

The book, Libra Man Secrets, will also provide you with unusual and exciting facts and expert advice, all of which can be applied in your relationship with a Libra man. Once you start following the maestro tricks suggested in the Libra Man Secrets book, you will find your Libra man greatly attracted to you and wanting to be with you at all times. Anna Kovach is a psychology student who studied and became an expert on zodiac signs and their influence on love and relationships. By reading her book, Libra Man Secrets, you will source all the information on how to be with your Libra man and cope with his complicated personality.

You are going to have an excellent relationship with the love of your life. Anna Kovach has shared all her experience of astrology in the book to help women better understand their Libra man.

37 Tips To Make A Libra Man Fall In Love With You

How to seduce him and keep him interested in you? How to improve your bond with him and make you Libra man want to be yours for life? The simple answer is YES!]

The Libra woman is all about balance. This sign is represented by the scales, which is an apt metaphor for the Libra woman. She believes in justice and fairness. This woman embodies yin and yang. She is quite the charmer with a sociable attitude and a talent for communicating with others. While she is rational and logical at times, she can also exhibit erratic emotions. Her charm and logic means that she is often the person who wins arguments. If your argument is based in common sense and logical, she will be open to it. You just have to martial logic to your side if you want to win her over.

How to make a libra man fall in love

The Libra Woman in Love

This sign is ruled by Venus, which means that she will always seek out harmony and balance in her relationships. She wants to have a relationship that exists in an equilibrium. Her ideal lover will make romantic gestures like candlelight dinners and fresh flowers. She loves to love, and she tends to fall in love quickly. Once she does find the right partner, she will be completely devoted to them.

The Libra woman in love seems calm and cool on the exterior. While she might be a very collected lady, she can be quite romantic and playful with the right person. Once she does fall in love, she is not going to play games. She will be completely honest with you and impartial in arguments. Don’t play mind games or manipulate her because she will not appreciate it.

The Libra Woman in a Relationship

Since she can easily see both sides of an argument, she tends to have extremely strong relationships. Even when there is an argument, she will work hard to see your side of the problem. She is quite even-tempered and coolly logical, so she is not someone who passionately argues a point. Even if an argument becomes hot-tempered, it will eventually devolve into a quiet conversation about the best option to take.

The Libra woman often switches between being subservient and independent. It all depends on what the correct response is at the time. She ideally wants to find a partner who is stead and supportive. With this in mind, the Libra woman tends to work best with Gemini and Aquarius men.

When she does fall in love, she will question her decision to be in love. This is because the Libra is naturally indecisive. She falls in love easily, but she will only hang around if the guy meets her standards. The Libra woman loves the finer things in life. She is completely comfortable going to high-class restaurants, ballets and the theater. She expects that her partner in life will be able to handle these same social situations. If you are uncomfortable in elegant surroundings, it will be hard to make the relationship work.

In addition to being indecisive at times, this sign tends to lack initiative. She tends to passively go with the flow in work and in her relationships. She is often drawn to traditional values and social mores. In a relationship, she tends to be caring and deep. At times, she can also be selfish and manipulative. Understanding her can be hard at times, so it is important that her partner takes time to understand her intimately. She might be calm and collected on the outside, but deeper emotions lurk within. Once she does find the right guy, she will be completely faithful and committed.

The Libra Woman in the Bedroom

The Libra woman is quite the intellectual. Even in the bedroom, she thinks through each decision. She will contemplate your needs and her own needs. She naturally loves to please, so she will put her all into pillow talk, foreplay and seduction. Her charm and attractiveness makes her an ideal partner in the bedroom.

At first, the Libra woman might not feel confident enough to try new things or be adventurous. When she is with the right person, she starts to open up sexually. After you have dated for a while, she will be willing to experiment and try new things. She will openly communicate bout her preferences and sexual desires.

Since she likes the finer things in life, there are a few things that you can do to turn your Libra woman on. Think of setting the mood before you enter the bedroom. Scented candles, sexy music, dim lighting and rose petals can all create the type of environment she loves. Buy her expensive lingerie or scented massage oil to make her happy.

How to make a libra man fall in love

Dating a Libra Woman

When it comes to love, the Libra woman falls in love easily. She is happy dating for pleasure and having fun if that is the only potential she sees in the relationship. When she is ready and finds the right partner, she will commit and be serious. This sign can seem needy at time, and Libras are certainly known for being indecisive.

This is a sign that is wonderful and caring. The hardest part of dating a Libra woman is her self-esteem. She has a tendency to listen too much to what other people think, which can hurt her self-esteem if she chooses the wrong friends. She can end up questioning her own decisions because she does not understand why other people do not see the world the same way that she does. Ultimately, she is a loyal, committed partner. Her sociable, charming nature means that she is tactful in relationships and knows how to make you happy.

Can You Trust a Libra Woman in Love?

For the most part, the answer to this question is yes. Her goal is to be a faithful, loyal partner. The only problem is that she has an unfortunate tendency to fall in love too fast. When this happens, she quickly starts to realize her mistake. Once she has decided that it is not the right relationship for her, she is less committed to being loyal and faithful.

Emotionally, she tends to hide feelings that she thinks are shameful or unproductive. Her rational, logical nature means she tries to tamp down any feelings that she does not understand. For most people, this would create a situation where she explodes in anger, but this is not the case for the Libra. She is just far too calm and peaceful to allow this to happen. She hates arguments and would much rather talk over any problem with you. If you argue with her, don’t be surprised if she shuts down. If you want to address a problem, you have to talk about it calmly and openly. She wants to please you, but you have to create an environment where she can open up, speak her mind and listen to what you have to say.

Buying Gifts for the Libra Woman

A nice surprise is always welcome for the Libra. Obviously, you should make an effort to remember her birthday. If you really want to please her though, buy her a gift when she least expects it. As for the gift, look for the finer things in life. Feminine, beautiful jewelry is always a good choice. A balanced perfume, chocolates or flowers are also excellent options.

How to make a libra man fall in love

He loves you, he loves you not. With the Libra man, your relationship can feel like a pendulum, swinging wildly until it finally settles at a comfortable point. Why can’t he just make up his mind?

More than anything, what the Libra man wants from a relationship is to be sure—a hundred million trillion percent sure—that you’re The One. If that takes him five minutes or five years, so be it. You could already by his commonlaw wife by the time he drops to one knee.

Of course, it doesn’t have to take that long. It depends on how well you complement each other. The Libra man craves an interdependent, equally balanced relationship. He wants you to be autonomous and capable of finding your own happiness, with or without him. At the same time, he likes to feel like you’re the missing piece in his romantic puzzle, to create an even higher state of bliss together. A slight contradiction, but that’s Libra. If you provide the counterweight that balances out his bad habits and shortcomings, he’ll gladly join forces.

Libra is the sign of the judge, so he subjects prospective mates to a lengthy evaluation before committing. During his weighing and measuring process, he’ll examine whether he’s “settling” by being with you. This guy has a breathtaking sense of entitlement—only the best for Prince Libra! Years can pass between his relationships, and he often marries late. Unfortunately, he also has a case of verbal diarrhea, and will babble out his whole messy thought process well within your earshot. Hello, insensitive. You’ll need to develop a thick skin to tough out those times.

The Libra man craves peace, and if you’re better at making war than love, you’ll only delay his evaluation process. If your demands, temper or unexamined emotions tip his scales too far, he’ll wisely draw back and let you reconfigure your own system. He can only handle so much drama, especially since he’s often staging his own. After reboot, you must return mature and self-possessed if you want to regain his favor.

Although his tough love pays off in the long run, it’s also infuriating. Even though he can be a spoiled brat, he has little tolerance for you being pouty, clingy or childish. Of course, he may foster that very dependence with baby talk, silly voices and cute nicknames. It’s all about moderation and proportion with Libra. If you’re going to be a little girl today, he wants you to be a sophisticated woman tomorrow.

Equality is a big deal for Libra. He needs you to play fair, and although he denies it, he’s always quietly keeping score. When he needs to win an argument, he’ll pull out his arsenal: “Well, I did the laundry last time and the dishes, so you should take out the trash.” Or, “We went to your favorite restaurant last time, so tonight we have to go to mine.”

Anything too extreme throws Libra out of alignment, turning him into a grouchy ogre, even a tyrant. Our Libra grandfather had two favorite sayings: “Too much!” (when we served him an over-filled dinner plate) and “Q-U-I-E-T!” (he’d bellow out this warning out before taking his daily nap). He needs to retreat and refresh himself, and has a few regular routines that must not be denied. For our grandpa, it was a 1:00 nap, followed by a cup of Lipton tea and two crumbly Pecan Sandies—every single day of his 30 post-retirement years. Our friend Amanda has grudgingly accepted that at 7:00 p.m., her Libra husband will be meeting his cyber-buddies online to play World of Warcraft, a multi-player computer game. Whatever the Libra man requires to unwind and rebalance—a cold beer, a run on the beach, an hour in his model airplane studio—the wise woman learns to let him have it.

As much as he may take the long side roads to the altar, Libra is the sign of partnerships, contracts and marriage. Ultimately, he’s at his best when he teams up with his equal partner. The right relationship can be a wonderful canvas for him to express his finest qualities of diplomacy, love and harmony. Just don’t rush him, okay?

How to make a libra man fall in love

Libra Man and Scorpio Woman Compatibility in 2022

Take some time to get out of your usual groove and enjoy some new settings and experiences as a couple. You could find a romantic atmosphere is an unlikely spot, perhaps via a new sport or group you’ve joined that brings you together in a new way and helps you newly appreciate one another. The Scorpio woman is abuzz with feeling, for spirituality, for romance, for creative pursuits. The Libra man can be encourage and a good listener when new ideas are shared. As a pair, seize an exciting opportunity that comes your way. It would be a welcome break from the stress of recent days. Draw on your collective intellect and creativity to make something new happen that excites you both.

Libra Man and Scorpio Woman Relationship – Complete Guide

Libra and Scorpio are beautifully attracted to each other due to the qualities they possess. The luminous energy of Libra and strong intensity of Scorpio stands in stark contrast but makes the relationship proactive. Scorpio wants soul in love relationship while Libra is most interested in companionship and outward expressions of togetherness.

Libra man is much more sensitive and yielding than most men. He hides his passions well behind a debonair smile and a persuasive voice. He is a great orator with answer to almost every question of the world. He keeps his distance while analyzing others around him. His delicacy allows him to feel pain in his heart much quickly. He is a romantic and extremely charming and can pretty much get any woman he wants to with just a flash of his warm and natural smile. Once he captures a woman’s heart, she becomes a die hard lover for him.

Scorpio woman is strong, independent and her beauty exudes through her qualities and magnetism. She hides the truth more often than not, often giving a different meaning to mask what it is she is trying to hide. She appear to be drawn back but it is a mere act, actually her silence is her mystery. It creates a magnetism that attracts others to her. Although Scorpio woman always wants to dominate any relationship, whether in business or in love, she holds back, temporarily so as to let her companion control the relationship in the beginning and then take over with time.

A Scorpio woman is a wonderful woman who easily attracts Libra man by her mysterious beauty and magnetism. Moreover, her intensity to love and her loyalty is unmatched which makes the Libra man fall for her even more quickly. She has an aura that makes her man feel great about having her in his life. She respects him a lot and considers him to be the most important person in her life. Normally, she is extremely patient and helps him through his many mood swings. But for that he has to pay a price because love of a Scorpio woman never comes without price. She demands equally intense loyalty and love from him and respect which she strongly feel he should owe for her. If not treated well she can turn into one of the most dangerous and revengeful woman.

Libra man has an innate ability to attract any woman he wants and even Scorpio woman is allured by his charm. But she gets to know just how sincere or playful he is being with her. She knows if he is just toying with her or if he is sincerely interested in her. Whether she chooses to act on her Libra male’s less than noble antics is her decision. Their ability to debate with one another is high on the roster and they can spend huge amounts of time doing so. It can end quite abruptly, however, when Scorpio woman is tired of it all. But he is also one person who gives her the most romantic relationship of all. He respects and honors her and appreciates her intellect. He gives her a new airy approach towards life which makes her feel light and easy breaking all the boundaries around her.

Libra man’s unconquerable optimism along with the strong intensity of the Scorpio woman, strikes a perfect chord. He has the potency and compassion she needs, while he adores her innocuous nature. As they deeply discover the miracles of bonding, she starts giving the Libra man the peace he needs, this also helps her to calm her jealousy and suspicious nature. Likewise he is always ready to provide his lovely maiden the excitement she needs, this shakes him from lethargy and bring more colors to his life too. Their true love is a sacred flame. That burns eternally and none can dim its special glow or change its destiny. The love of Scorpio woman and Libra man speaks in tender tones and hears with gentle ear. They give affection and trust to each other with open heart, conquering all their fears and intertwining their hearts forever.

The sexual relationship of Scorpio woman and Libra man is on a higher level. Scorpio woman has a deep sexual passion that needs to be expressed. She enjoys showing Libra man that his normally superficial sexual nature is not enough for him. He soon realizes that his libido matches hers and the ecstasy created is more than satisfying. He is vulnerable and sentimental as well as extremely romantic and affectionate. Their passion for each other drives them to places they thought only dreams could come from. Their love and desire touches their body and soul making them complete only in each other’s arms. She loves these qualities in him. Her need to possess him completely is fulfilled initially but when he makes her realize that love making is so much more than that, they reach an even higher level of intimacy. Scorpio woman’s relationship between sexuality and spirituality is a very strong bonded one. This haunts Libra man and touches him deeply creating an even closer connection between them.

To love a Scorpio woman is to be completely devoted to her and have a passion for her that burns deep. To marry a Scorpio female is not to be decided lightly, however. She is intense in what she desires and craves for. Her needs are fierce and she expects complete loyalty from her partner and may not entertain Libra man’s easy going nature. If she so much as suspects differently, he can rest assured she will show her anger and her jealousy. It is not to be a passing argument, so do not expect it to just blow over. Her torn heart enrages her and she gets her revenge on her man. To create a strong bond between Libra man and Scorpio woman, they need to suppress their egos somewhat and learn to adjust to the others needs and desires. An enormous amount of loyalty and devotion is needed but the results are sexually and spiritually heightened many times over.

By Chinyere Ibeh — Written on Dec 11, 2020

How to make a libra man fall in love

Learning how to make a Libra man obsessed with you is a beautiful experience.

Libra men are wonderful companions who value beauty, love and friendship.

They are fascinated by symmetry and balance, and they are champions of justice and equality.

Libras will do anything to protect their inner peace, which includes avoiding conflict and drama.

Out of the entire zodiac, Libra would be described as the “marrying kind.”

Libra men are people born between the dates September 23 to October 22.

Libra men love to be in a relationship.

The more serious and long-term the relationship is, the happier they are.

If you want a committed relationship, look no further than a Libra man.

And, once you have his heart, it won’t be hard to keep his interest with astrology’s help.

Here’s how to make a Libra man obsessed with you:

1. Be available.

Once a relationship is officially declared to be over, Libra men don’t like to dwell on the relationship and they can move on quite quickly.

Once that relationship is over, they begin looking for another partner almost immediately.

With this being said, you have to show him what you’re about and make sure to catch his attention.

Try to send strong signals and show him that you love him before anyone else catches his attention.

2. Be yourself.

Confidence within yourself is key.

Libra men tend to be confident and they’re attracted to those who are just as confident.

If you are the type of person to hide behind your friends while hanging out, then Libra men aren’t for you. Confidence is a sexy trait for Libra me.

The key is to be secure within your inner self.

If a Libra man ever likes you, it’s because of your confidence and your personality.

Rather than change how you are, make sure to stay true to who you are.

As corny as that may sound, it couldn’t be more true when it comes to attracting Libra men.

3. Live a balanced life.

Don’t lose yourself to appease his needs.

They wouldn’t want their partner to give all of their attention to the relationship while not paying enough attention to themselves.

A Libra man is drawn to someone independent and can do well on their own.

A person who can spend time on themselves and live your life without relying on anyone is someone who can attract the attention of a Libra man.

4. Be a free spirit.

Do not try to control or pressure a Libra man too much.

Avoid being too bossy or demanding with a Libra man, because it will only confuse him.

He’ll feel as if he’s losing his right to make decisions about certain things.

You wouldn’t want to push him to do things that he doesn’t want to do, either.

Professional Matchmaker; President of SamanthasTable.com; Founder of iPhone dating app, The Dating Lounge; Author, ‘Matchbook: The Diary of a Modern Day Matchmaker’

How to make a libra man fall in love

Have you ever wondered how to make a man fall in love with you?

I am a professional matchmaker, and here’s what I know:

  1. Men fall in love with women who seem special, who seem different from the other women with whom they have been out. Make sure to differentiate yourself.

Men fall in love with women whom they are afraid to lose.

Men fall in love with women who respect themselves and demand respect from a man. A man can smell, from a mile away, a woman who is lacking in self-respect.

Men fall in love with women who are happy with themselves. Why would a man love you if you don’t love yourself?

Men fall in love with women who pick “the right time” to have sex. When is the right time? It can be any time, but it should be a time when you know deep down that it’s right and that he agrees. When a man likes you, he will not be looking to “lay” you; he will be looking to make love to you.

Men fall in love with women whom they will be proud to introduce to their friends and family. What does this mean? You can’t be a basketcase, a girl who causes a scene or a girl who drinks too much. Why would he want to bring all that into his life?

Men fall in love with women who doesn’t make his life harder. Is it okay to play some games? Sure. Is it okay to give him a hard time sometimes to keep him on his toes? Of course. And is it okay to pick your spots to make a point? Sure. However, there is a difference between giving a guy a hard time and making his life hard.

Men fall in love with women who are helpful and help them take care of things. A man wants to be with a woman who will be a partner and help him get out of jams, help him think of things he forgot to remember, and help him improve his life. Try to stay ahead of the curve. You know what your guy needs; help him get it.

Libra is ruled by Venus which is the planet of love and pleasure. This fact pops out Libra’s characteristics in men. They are natural givers when it comes to their loved ones. They can provide extreme pleasure, unearthly love and a balanced approach to your life. They can respond mindfully to anything thus never speak irrelevant stuff.

To be in good books of a Libra man you need to show him your pleasant personality. They are social beings and thus expect to see the same in you, in order to indulge with you better. They love balance in their lives and thoughts. Libra man traits allow them to speak about their ideas to anyone who is interested in hearing him out.

A Libra man is a great team player but can never be a leader because it is hard for them to make decisions promptly. Libra man never signs up for a monotonous and boring life. They are uncomplicated beings and stay away from drama. They always make sure that they don’t hurt people by what they say. Thus they speak in a very balanced manner.

Libra Man Traits and Characteristics:

Libra traits in males consist of being a balanced and fair being. They are the most neutral and unbiased people you will ever come across in your life. For them, it is important to look at all the sides, hear every individual and then come to any conclusion. So if you want to include a Libra man in any of the decision-making processes then be ready to see a result which might be unsuitable for you, but which would be perfect.

They are very particular in maintaining peace around them. It is because they avoid confrontation and don’t want anything to do with arguments. They never rush into things, be it deciding something for their future, giving advice or finding someone for them. Libras are very casual and easygoing. Libra men can get along with almost everyone because they know the art of comforting people.

A Libra man is very sensitive but masculine. They are balanced people so never experience emotional outbursts. They are very charming and intelligent.

Libra Man in Love

A Libra man in love is a beautiful sight. They are known to be the deepest and true lovers. It is hard for them to show their inner feelings, as they lack the quality of opening up in front of others. Contributing to their indecisive nature, it becomes hard for a Libra man to make up their mind about the person they are seeing.

They take their sweet time to be sure about things. All the possible sides are being looked at, all the pros and cons judged, and then only some conclusions are made. So if you are impatient and have trouble with tolerating this kind of behaviour, you might find a Libra man, not on your favourite side. It takes a lot of coaxing and assurance from the opposite gender in order for a Libra man to be sure about his feelings and the bond.

Libra man’s personality is a soft one. They are very deep and feel things very beautifully. They can be very open in front of you if they make their mind about it. Practically they behave as an open book and never hide their feelings or thoughts from you in any situation whatsoever. They never back out, never fall out of love. If they have committed to you, they make it work even in the hardest times.

They are natural pleasers. They want to have pleasure and give the same to their partners while being in love. Libra men are always looking for stability in their life and thus prefer to choose a partner with common interests. They never rush to fall in love and when they do they never come out of it, due to normal conflicts and fights.

Libra Man Compatibility with Other Signs

Gemini and Libra are the most compatible signs. They compliment each other in so many ways that the match is somewhat magical and dreamlike. Libra accepts the duality of a Gemini and lets them open up to an extent that is hard to find and comprehend by a Gemini.

Libra Man’s Traits attract Sagittarius, Leo, and Aquarius. The least compatible signs with a Libra man are Cancer and Capricorn. Cancer can have an emotional outbreak multiple times and an indecisive Libra can find it very hard to understand it.

How to explain or defend theism

by John DeRosa · Published January 15, 2018 · Updated September 17, 2020

My friend texted me the other day: What’s your argument if someone says Jesus is just a crazy person? I would respond in the following way.

What evidence is there to support that Jesus’ supposed insanity? The Gospels certainly do not portray him as such. They narrate the events of a man who taught with authority, performed miracles, and was crucified. His clever and thoughtful interactions with the Jewish leaders demonstrate control of his faculties.

Perhaps the objector has in mind people with mental disorders who suffer from intense delusions. They think they are God, for example, or that they are destined to become the Messiah in 20. Or that surgeons inserted a third robotic arm in their abdomen at a young age. Psychiatrists and psychologists surely know such cases of grandiose delusion. The objector thinks Jesus could have been one such person.

I would reiterate that we need to hear some evidence for this possibility. Why think Jesus was like that? The evidence we have shows him in control, debating, teaching, and refuting the Pharisees. Crowds followed him to hear His teaching and see His miracles. If were merely a deluded maniac, His followers would have caught on to this. Yet, the Jewish leaders accuse Him of blasphemy, not insanity.

Of course, the objector might reject all of that evidence and state that the Gospels are mythical, fictional embellishments. The real Jesus, he insists, may have just been a crazy person. At this point, one could argue for the historical reliability of the Gospels, but I suggest another path.

The “Jesus was just a crazy person” hypothesis fails if one can make a good case for the Resurrection. Here’s why. Jesus came on the scene with unquestionable authority, claiming to be the Son of God in a unique way, and promising to usher in the Kingdom of God. By rising from the dead, he vindicated these extraordinary claims.

So, can we make a strong case that Jesus rose from the dead? Yes. The case unfolds as follows:

(1) Even if the Gospels are not treated as reliable historical accounts, there are several important facts from the first century agreed upon by a great majority of scholars. These scholars include unbelievers, agnostics, and also believers.

(2) Historians use several criteria to decide what happened in the past. They use these criteria to analyze competing hypotheses.

(3) When we analyze competing hypotheses that explain the minimal facts of the first century, agreed upon by scholars, we arrive at the conclusion that God raised Jesus from the dead. All other hypotheses suffer from glaring deficiencies. One can therefore rationally believe in Jesus’ resurrection and acknowledge that this vindicates His divine claims.

That’s just a quick overview. For a great example of the strong case, watch this lecture by Dr. William Lane Craig. Also, grab his very affordable eBook Did Jesus Rise from the Dead?

A common move in classical apologetics refers to the martyrdom of the Apostles as evidence of the sincerity of their claims. After all, why would anyone consent to be crucified, burned alive, beheaded, tortured, and the like if one merely were following a made-up story he didn’t believe? Now that is crazy.

However, two contemporary popular responses come to mind. In response to that, skeptics might tell you:

People die for a lie all of the time. Think about the Muslims who flew planes into buildings!

But you can swiftly note the difference. Those flying planes into buildings did not do so for what they knew was a lie. The 9/11 hijackers thought they were right in their actions (or at least that’s the most plausible interpretation). On the other hand, the Apostles, if they made up the whole story, would have known they were dying for a lie, and knowingly dying for a lie strains credulity.

Most people spending time in apologetics know all of these replies. But, there are two replies that have gained more popularity in our time.

(1) The martyrdoms of the Apostles are largely mythical. There is no good evidence that they occurred.

(2) The Mormon religion or Islam provides an example of how a religion can rise up from a lie. At least, the Christian affirms the falsehood of major tenets of those religions. This undercuts the use of the origins of Christianity as evidence of its truth.

One could offer some direct counterpoints to these claims, but that’s not what I suggest. Rather, I would point out to the critic that neither of those objections eliminates the evidence for the Resurrection as the best explanation of the first-century facts. At this point, I recommend watching Craig’s presentation again to see how that is so. While skeptics may come up with hypotheses to explain a particular datum or two, their hypotheses do not best explain all of the relevant facts. Only the Resurrection can do that.

For a great, affordable eBook making this case for the Resurrection see this one. If you’re intrigued by the objection (1) above and want to defend the historicity of the martyrdoms of the Apostles, there is not a ton out there right now. I will write on the subject in the future. The best work is Sean McDowell’s book but it’s very expensive [1].

  • Jesus was not crazy. The burden of proof is on the skeptic here to make the case that he was.
  • The evidence for the Resurrection is good!
  • Popular, contemporary objections fail to explain away the evidence for the Resurrection.

[1] This is an extremely important footnote. I just listened to Sean McDowell on a podcast discussing the updated version of a classic Christian apologetics book called: Evidence Demands a Verdict. The updated version of the book from 2017 contains an entire chapter explaining the evidence for the martyrdoms of the Apostles. I don’t yet own this book, but I hope to buy it soon, check it out on Amazon. The table of contents looks awesome.

Have doubts? questions? You’re not alone

Pages

  • Home
  • About Us
  • Pansapien Ex-Christadelphian Website
  • Ex-CD Voice of Reason
  • Whose Truth?
  • Ex-CD Facebook Group
  • How to become an Ex-Christadelphian

‘LIVING ON THE EDGE’ – A NEW CHRISTADELPHIAN BOOK TO DEFEND THEISM BY JONATHAN BURKE



How to explain or defend theism
Jonathan Burke thinks that the
Theist position is precarious.
– We agree.

The Berea-Portal team are advertising a book launch in November 2013 when Living on the Edge by Jonathan Burke is due to be released. Part of their blurb runs as follows:

“Today Christians in the Western world are typically living in a post-Christian society. Christian beliefs are met with scepticism, and people see little reason to believe. Christians are confronted with daily challenges to their faith, and often struggle to understand the relevance of Christianity to modern life.” 

Hmmmmmm – we Unbelievers can agree with every word of that! Except that we don’t see “little reason to believe” we see “no reason to believe.”

More details of the book can be seen in this PDF file click here.

It contains the lines:

* Big Bang ‘pointed very strongly to the concept of creation’

* Big Bang gives ‘some comfort to those who believe in supernatural creation’

Errrrrrrrrrr – can we have chapter and verse for the Big Bang please? Is that the fourth day of creation when the heavens were created by God? So plants were created on the Third day of creation, one day before the Big Bang! They must have been tough plants. 🙂 If they were Australian weeds I agree that they were probably tough enough to withstand the Big Bang. 🙂

But of course the Berea team rejected the literal account of creation years ago; so they could not care less what the Bible account says.

What can I say about this book?

Firstly: it should not be necessary for anyone to write such a book if the Bible had been written correctly in the first place. It’s basically a “clean up the Bible mess” book which is the reason why the Berea-Portal team exist. They call it “apologetics” but I see it as mopping the floor. Their mission in life and their need to produce this book is yet another reason for believers to realise that the Bible can’t explain or defend itself. That’s because the book is not inspired by God; it is the work of human forgers pretending to write God’s holy book.

Secondly: as the book seems to be a rehash of old material from the Berea-Portal forum, I don’t see why anyone should be asked to pay for it. The modern way to get your message across is to do it as we do: online, free of charge and open to immediate comments by anyone who wishes to disagree or ask questions.

The Berea-Portal team have the academic Christadelphian audience; which has to be the smallest Christadelphian audience in the world. We have the largest Christadelphian audience in the world (look at our page views) and they are the Christadelphians who are doubting their faith and who want to know more about the reasons for quitting the CD religion. Our audience is the one that Berea-Portals don’t have. But they need it to get their Pro-Theist message across.

So I’ll make this offer to them:

Publish your book online on THIS website so that you can reach the largest possible audience of Christadelphians who are doubting their faith. That will give you a chance to encourage them round to your way of thinking. We will upload your book unedited, no matter how much we disagree with it and allow unmoderated discussion in our comments after each chapter. The Berea-Portal team are welcome to join that discussion and defend their work.

If the Berea-Portal team don’t agree to my offer (and of course they won’t) we will spend several months on this website exposing all of the errors in the book and allowing discussion anyway. Therefore their attempt to stop people deconverting will have the opposite effect and promote deconversion amongst our readers – who are the wavering Christadelphian readers that they need to reach.

Except their will be a difference. If the Berea-Portal team are unwilling to discuss and debate their book on this Unbelievers website; our wavering Christadelphian readers who are already thinking of deconverting, will draw their own conclusions.

And for the Berea-Portal team, that won’t be good.

And now for some music. Living on the Edge performed by Arrowsmith, to celebrate the new Berea-Portal book that is going to send our page views up to 30,000 per month and help to deconvert even more Christadelphians.

How to explain or defend theism

How to explain or defend theismIn our Rapid Response series, we tackle common concerns about (and objections to) the Christian worldview by providing short, conversational responses. These posts are designed to model what our answers might look like in a one-on-one setting, while talking to a friend or family member. Imagine if someone made the following claim: “I hear Christians say that God is the best explanation for our experience of consciousness, but I know there are many atheist scientists who disagree. You don’t need god to explain ‘minds’.” How would you respond to such a statement? Here is a conversational example of how I recently replied:

“Here’s the problem: every one of us experiences consciousness. We usually associate that with our mental processing in our brain. But if atheism is true, we’re living in a material universe, which means we’re living in a physical universe consisting of nothing more than space, time, and matter, governed by the laws of physics and chemistry. Can such a material, physical universe produce non-material consciousness?

It certainly can produce a material, physical brain, but is the brain the same as the conscious mind?

I think there are many reasons to think this is not the case, that our minds are not identical to our brain, and there are several ways of demonstrating that. Brains can be weighed and measured, your thoughts cannot, for example.

Many materialistic, naturalistic philosophers call this the “problem of mind” because they recognize the “problem”. It’s hard to explain how a mind could exist if what we really have is nothing more than a material brain.

This is this “mind-body” dualism problem that everyone talks about. Either we have to reject consciousness altogether as an illusion (and many committed atheists who are at least consistent in their worldview do reject consciousness), and ignore our common experience of consciousness, or we have to redefine consciousness in a way that defies our common experiences.

But there’s a more reasonable explanation. If we can’t get immaterial, nonphysical consciousness from inside this material “room” we call the universe, is it possible – even reasonable – that there might be an explanation outside space, time and matter? What if there is a non-material Mind outside the “room” of the physical universe that has created us in its image?

How to explain or defend theism

A cause such as this might explain why we are also conscious creatures, but it would require us to look beyond the material universe for an explanation. That’s why I do think the best explanation for consciousness is a conscious Creator, beyond space time and matter.”

This brief answer was modified from my interview with Bobby Conway. To learn more and watch many other short answers to difficult questions, please visit the One-Minute Apologist website.

How to explain or defend theismFor more information about the scientific and philosophical evidence pointing to a Divine Creator, please read God’s Crime Scene: A Cold-Case Detective Examines the Evidence for a Divinely Created Universe. This book employs a simple crime scene strategy to investigate eight pieces of evidence in the universe to determine the most reasonable explanation. The book is accompanied by an eight-session God’s Crime Scene DVD Set (and Participant’s Guide) to help individuals or small groups examine the evidence and make the case.

How to take a tragus piercing out

A tragus piercing, also known as a conch piercing, is a piercing on the front of the ear. It is an ear piercing that sits just below the opening of the ear. It is a surface piercing and usually heals very quickly.

A tragus piercing is a piercing placed behind the ear, into the cartilage of the tragus. This part of the ear is located about a centimeter or two away from the opening to the ear canal. If you are looking to get a tragus piercing, make sure you know how to take out a tragus piercing!

What is a tragus piercing exactly?

Table of Contents

A tragus piercing is placed on small ear cartilage called the tragus, which is located just above the entrance to the ear canal. The tragus is a small triangular-shaped cartilage piece just before the ear canal. The piercing is typically above the tragus.

A Tragus piercing is a piercing of the Tragus. The tragus is the piece of cartilage just in front of your ear canal. A Tragus piercing follows the helix and enters the ear directly in front of the ear canal. This is one of the most common ear piercings, and everyone seems to have done it once.

What should you do if you have an infected tragus piercing?

The infection is caused by staph bacteria, and it can be treated by a healthy diet and topical antibiotics. However, you should always consult with a specialist and have the infected jewelry removed. Tragus piercings are very delicate, and an infected one should be avoided.

First, you should clean your piercing. Use sea salt solution or rubbing alcohol on a cotton ball to clean the affected area. Next, you should apply antibiotic ointment to the infected area. Do this a few times a day until your tragus piercing stops hurting.

Why do people get Tragus Piercings?

Tragus piercings give the face a more delicate and youthful look. They also enhance the overall facial features and make the person look more attractive. Many celebrities have the tragus piercings. They are also very popular in teenagers who are going through the puberty phase.

There are two types of piercings, one is surface piercing and another is tunnel piercing. Surface piercing is the piercing of the skin with an object that is comparatively thin. On the other hand, tunnel piercing is the piercing of the skin with an object that is comparatively thick.

What do you need to do the piercing?

Clean ears using antiseptic solution Use the clamp to get a firm grip on the upper ear. The piercer must make an initial hole with the needle, to help guide the jewelry in place. Attach the jewelry, and apply a bit of pressure to ensure it is being held tightly.

The piercing is usually done by a ear piercer. They must have a license in order to do the piercing. It takes a very long time to get a piercing at a piercing studio. Piercing studios use sterilized, single-use ear-piercing needles. While getting pierced you are required to fill out a consent form.

How to prepare for a Tragus piercing?

The Tragus is the small flap of cartilage that is located at the entrance to the ear canal. If you have an existing piercing there, it is often possible to just add a new set of earrings to your existing piercing.

The tragus is the little “flap” of cartilage on the outer ear—looks like a little butterfly or triangle. Piercing the tragus is by far the most common ear piercing in the world. It’s very popular with men and women of all ages and about 20% of my piercing clients get the tragus pierced.

Conclusion

A popular piercing style is tragus piercing. People with this piercing have a small stud placed behind the tragus. While this is a small piercing, it is surprisingly painful. If you have decided to get a tragus piercing, make sure you know how to take out a tragus piercing!

A tongue piercing isn’t unusual, neither are lip or belly button piercing, but ear tragus is a bit of a novelty. Not as funny as the previous two mentioned but piercings do not have to be funny, they can be really beautiful.

Experts say that tragus piercing is one of the most painful among body piercings. Do not get me wrong, I have been pierced and it is not that bad but if you have any ear allergies like a pierced earlobe or a pierced ear or anything like that, then you might want to think twice about the tragus.

What is tragus piercing?

Table of Contents

Tragus piercing is a type of ear piercing that is done in the ear cartilage in front of the ear canal. It is also called a Tragus Piercing. The name comes from the Latin word Tragus which means a triangular piece of land. It is the triangular piece of cartilage that protrudes out from the side of the head just in front of the ear canal.

It is one of the most common types of piercings. It goes through the tragus, which is the small flap that extends outward from the opening of the ear canal. Tragus piercings can be done in many different locations on the ear and heal in 4-6 months.

How to take out double tragus piercing?

Double tragus is a big commitment so make sure you are comfortable with your decision. Once you have taken the decision, you can easily get it out. If you have your friend’s help, ask him to grab hold of the ring on one side and slightly pull it towards the outside of your ear. This is so that the earring does not injure your ear in any way.

In case you are able and comfortable, take the ring out your own. Make sure that you have a good grip and hold it between your thumb and forefinger and then gently tug on it. The skin should come out with the ring, leaving behind a small hole. Clean it with cotton dipped in soap and warm water.

How to take out anti-tragus piercing?

If you are looking at taking out your anti-tragus piercing, you are most likely not happy with your choice. This is a very tricky area to heal, and removal is not easy. If you have not been taking good care of it, the area can be closed up like a door.

The best thing you can do is start by cleaning the area with an antiseptic, like rubbing alcohol. This will make sure that you have not left any dirt in the hole, which will lead to infection. Once the area is clean, you can use a small sewing needle to remove the jewelry.

How to Remove Tragus Piercing?

Removing a tragus piercing is not very difficult. However, it is advisable to consult a doctor or an experienced piercer to make sure that you are following all the correct precautions.

The process is quite simple, but the most important thing you need to ensure is the infection-free condition of your piercing. Every time you remove your earring, you must clean it properly with antiseptic. You should do this every day until you get rid of the piercing. Otherwise, you’ll have to face the risk of infection.

conclusion

It was a difficult choice for me, but I have decided to get my tragus pierced. I have always wanted to get something pierced, but for some reason, it took me a long time to actually do it. I guess I was waiting for the perfect moment, but it never came. I think I was scared, I mean, it’s my ear after all. The most important organ of the body, right? That’s why I looked at many pictures of tragus piercing online. I looked at all kinds of pictures, from the most extreme ones to the ones that were just a little bit different from the norm.

  • Medical Author: Divya Jacob, Pharm. D.
  • Medical Reviewer: Pallavi Suyog Uttekar, MD

The tragus is the tongue-like projection of the outer ear and consists of a thin layer of flexible cartilage. The tragus does not have as many nerves as other parts of the ear. Hence, tragus piercing is the least painful as compared to other ear piercings. However, the tragus cartilage is difficult to pierce than regular flesh, which would require the piercer to exert a little more pressure than for other piercings. As a result, you might feel some discomfort during the piercing. Usually, the piercing will typically sting when the needle goes in, but the sting subsides within a few minutes.

Who shouldn’t get their tragus pierced?

It is advisable to refrain from tragus piercing or any body piercing if you have the following conditions:

  • You have skin irritation or an unusual lesion or a rash, lump, cut, moles, or lots of freckles and/or abrasions on the tragus.
  • If you have the following medical conditions that might interfere with the healing process:
    • Diabetes
    • Hemophilia
    • Autoimmune disorders
    • Congenital heart disease
  • Your current job or any activity you frequently participate in does not accept this type of piercings (e.g., many corporate and government profiles).
  • You have plans to become pregnant, or you are pregnant.
  • A licensed professional piercer feels that it would be a bad idea.

How is a tragus piercing done?

Make sure you consult a certified professional piercer with several years of piercing experience. Also, ensure that the salon that you are visiting is clean and hygienic with adequately sanitized equipment.

The piercer will make you sit on the chair and mark a spot with the marker and check with you if the position is acceptable. They may also place a cork or other barriers in your ear canal to protect it from the needle. Next, the piercer will clean your ear with a surgical soap or solution.

After cleaning, the piercer punctures the tragus quickly. Next, the piercer inserts starter jewelry and applies pressure to stop bleeding. You need to wear starter jewelry for the first few months while the site heals.

How long does it take for the tragus piercing to heal?

The tragus piercing may take about 4 months to heal. The maximum it would take is a year based on the aftercare. Certain factors may delay healing, including:

  • Underlying medical conditions
  • Certain medications
  • Lifestyle choices, such as smoking

How to take a tragus piercing out

QUESTION

What are the aftercare instructions for tragus piercings?

There are some things you need to take care of after tragus piercing. The pierced area is sensitive and susceptible to infection. Some of the aftercare instructions include:

  • Avoid unnecessary touching the piercing and pierced area. Even a slight movement of the jewelry would irritate the pierced area.
  • Use a saline solution or spray at least twice a day to clean the area.
  • Wash your hands thoroughly with antibacterial soap before touching the pierced area, especially during cleaning time.
  • While taking a bath, clean the pierced area with mild soap and water. Be gentle while cleaning the ear.
  • Clean the area two to four times per day and pat it dry to prevent infection.
  • Pat drying is the best way to dry the pierced area after washing it. Ensure to use a clean paper towel or cloth.
  • Do not remove your jewelry unless the physician tells you to do so.

Consult your physician immediately if you have these symptoms:

  • Severe pain
  • Persistent or worsening inflammation or redness
  • Swelling that lasts more than 48 hours
  • Excessive bleeding
  • Warmth from the piercing
  • A bump at the piercing site
  • Fever
  • Thickening or flaking around the piercing
  • Thick, smelly discharge or pus

Tips and advice from the pros themselves.

How to take a tragus piercing out

There’s no denying that ear styling has become a huge trend. We’re no longer just getting our lobes done at our local Claire’s Accessories, it’s all about individually placed earrings to create the ultimate curated ear. It’s basically an art form if you ask us.

Celebrities led the trend, with the likes of Zoe Kravitz, Rihanna and Scarlett Johansson all sporting a tragus piercing.

Thinking of getting your own tragus piercing? We asked the experts about what to expect before, during and everything you need to know about aftercare.

How to take a tragus piercing out

What You Need To Know Before Getting A Tragus Piercing

What is a tragus piercing?

Piercing specialist Stephanie Anders, who’s pierced the likes of Jennifer Aniston, Jessica Alba and Cameron Diaz, explains that, ‘The tragus is the part of the ear that attaches to the side of the face that protrudes into the centre of the ear, and partially covers the ear canal.’

With every piercing location, there’s always a terrifying rumour to go with it. The horror story that comes with the tragus is that in that particular location if pierced incorrectly you can cause nerve damage but Stephanie says that’s not the case, ‘While it is true that veins, arteries and nerves run up and branch into the side of the face, piercing one in the ear is a very wide spread myth.’ No need to panic.

ELLE Edit: Best Tragus Jewellery

How to take a tragus piercing out

How to take a tragus piercing out

How to take a tragus piercing out

How to take a tragus piercing out

How to take a tragus piercing out

How to take a tragus piercing out

How to take a tragus piercing out

How to take a tragus piercing out

How painful is a tragus piercing?

This is of course the main question we all want to know before we make any kind of needle-based commitment and although it is cartilage (known for being more painful than the lobe) it’s not as scary as you may think.

Piercing Specialist at Lark & Berry, Francieli Franke, advises that, ‘It may not look it to some, but the tragus piercing is actually one of the least painful locations around the ear to get pierced. It consists of thick cartilage, which is good protection, and there’s not a lot of nerve endings there. It hurts maybe a 6 out of a10, pain-wise. But it’s just a few seconds—just a quick “hot” feeling, and then it’s done!’

What are the risks when getting a tragus piercing?

No piercing is risk free, but this particular one is so close to the face, we tend to err on the side of caution. Stephanie warns that:

‘All piercings are going to be puncture wounds, we are piercing completely through the ear and introducing a foreign object. This always comes with some risks like scarring, rejection, over swelling and catching or tearing the piercing but the biggest risk of all piercings is infection. Cartilage piercings (like the tragus) are going to be much less vascular than other areas so white blood cells aren’t as prominent in these areas to help fight infection. Most infections we see are localised to the ear but infections can be very dangerous, and lead to tissue necrosis and can enter the bloodstream leading to sepsis.’

Her best piece of advice? ‘I can not stress enough how important it is to do your research, find a reputable studio and follow all of your piercers suggested aftercare.’

For f*ck’s sake, put down the pliers.

How to take a tragus piercing out

IMHO, the worst part about getting an ear piercing isn’t the pain (that shit is temporary) or the regular cleaning (twice a day? I can handle that)—it’s waiting for that bb to be fully healed so I can take out the jewelry. I don’t have a problem with piercing jewelry, per se, but basic-ass studs and rings can feel a little meh when there’s a whole world of cute jewelry waiting to elevate the hell out of your ear.

But as anyone who’s attempted to swap out their starter earrings at home knows well, piercing jewelry is kinda a bitch to remove—it’s not always intuitive (there usually isn’t a visible back or latch to unhook), and the process can leave you highkey panicked (see: me reaching for a pair of pliers).

That doesn’t mean you need to wait to see a professional piercer though. All it takes is a little patience and a few easy-to-follow tricks—all of which I’ve rounded up for you, below. Keep reading for the ultimate guide to removing every type of starter earring, including seam rings, screw-in studs, and more.

But first: how to tell if your piercing is *actually* healed

How to take a tragus piercing out

PSA: You should never, ever swap out your jewelry before your piercing has healed—doing so can lead to infection, scarring, permanent swelling, and rejection of the earring (aka when your ear literally pushes the jewelry out), says Ava Lorusso, professional piercer at Studs in NYC. “Your ear could also ‘swallow’ the new jewelry, which requires a surgical procedure to reverse,” she warns. TL;DR: Your piercing needs to be 100 percent healed before you take out your jewelry, okay?

So what exactly does that look like? Glad you asked. “Healed piercings should have no signs of redness, swelling, pain, or discharge of any kind—and it shouldn’t hurt if you touch it,” says Lorusso. Piercings heal differently from ear to ear, so there isn’t an exact timeline you should be following—just make sure you’re cleaning it with salt water or super-mild soap (no alcohol or fragrance) two to three times per day. BTW: Yellow or clear crusties are totally normal (even on healed piercings) and not a sign of infection, says Lorusso.

4 super-gentle ways to clean your piercing

How to take a tragus piercing out

How to take a tragus piercing out

How to take a tragus piercing out

How to take a tragus piercing out

How to Remove Seam Rings

How to take a tragus piercing out

Don’t worry, even though seam rings give you the illusion of a closed, infinite hoop, they actually have two breaks. “With clean hands, find both breaks in the ring—in between the breaks, there should be a big section and a smaller, shorter section,” says Lorusso. “Grip each section as best as you can, pull the smaller section open like a hinge, and remove the jewelry from the flush end of the ring.”

How to Remove Push-Pin Studs

How to take a tragus piercing out

“With a good grip on each side of the jewelry, pull the front and back straight apart,” says Lorusso. “If the jewelry is tight, add a slight twisting motion while pulling out the removable end,” she says, adding that the process will definitely require a little force.

How to Remove Screw-In Studs

How to take a tragus piercing out

Screw-in studs don’t require force—it’s more about twisting. “Tightly grip the back of the jewelry and start twisting the removable end until it’s completely out from the back,” says Lorusso. “Remember: The ‘righty tighty’ rule is reversed while working on yourself, so you’ll want to twist the removable end to your right.”

How to Remove Fixed Bead Rings

How to take a tragus piercing out

If your ring has a bead, start by gently torquing each side of the bead away from each other, says Lorusso, then push one side up and the other side down. “If the ring doesn’t have a bead, gently find the break in the jewelry and follow the same steps, removing the jewelry from the flush end of the ring,” she says.

Piercing still not coming out? Don’t freak:

DW, we’ve all been there. But if you’re experiencing any pain or swelling while swapping out your jewelry, you should pause, clean the area with saline solution, and wait at least three hours before you try again. Remember though: All jewelry is removable. “It’s okay if it takes a while, and it’s okay to add pressure to the jewelry—it’s more durable than it looks,” says Lorusso.

Don’t panic if your jewelry isn’t coming out right away, because “it’s normal for your ear’s natural buildup to harden the jewelry, which can make it more difficult to remove,” says Lorusso, adding that professional piercers have a variety of tools that can help remove jewelry. So if you can’t get it on your own, just wait until you can see a professional, k? You ears are better safe than sorry.

A labret stud is a piercing in the lower lip. The jewelry can be removed and changed after six to eight weeks when the piercing has healed, but the inner tissue of the piercing remains soft and delicate for up to a year. If you remove your starter stud too soon, there is a possibility that you may not be able to put it back in. A newly pierced lip will close up within minutes once the stud is removed, and even established piercings can close within 24 hours without a stud to keep the piercing open.

Preparation

Rinse your mouth thoroughly with the saline solution, paying particular attention to the pierced area. The Association of Professional Piercers recommends this type of cleansing solution for oral piercings because strong mouthwashes can irritate the mouth lining around a piercing.

Wash your hands with the antibacterial soap and dry them with the paper towels.

Clean the area around the labret stud on your face, taking care to remove any residue on the labret bar or under the stud next to your skin.

Dry your face with the paper towels.

Removal

Put on the latex gloves and stand or sit in front of the mirror with the towel positioned so that it can catch the stud if you accidentally drop it.

Dry the area around the labret stud inside and out and check that it moves freely when turned.

Hold the flat disc on the back of the labret stud with one hand or use your teeth to keep it steady.

Grip the outside part of the stud with your other hand and unscrew it counterclockwise until the ball comes off.

Remove the piercing by gently pulling the disc up and out of your mouth. If there is any resistance or pain or you cannot remove the bar easily, replace the ball and seek advice from your piercer or doctor immediately.

Latex gloves are not essential, but they keep germs to a minimum and help you to grip the labret stud making removal easier.

Warning

Wash everything thoroughly to lessen the risk of infection and clean the labret stud every day if you replace it. Piercings are very prone to infection unless strict personal hygiene is observed at all times. If your labret does not turn freely or you cannot move it, see your piercing professional for advice. They will be able to remove the stud safely for you.

What is a tragus piercing? Read to get more insights on tragus piercing. This includes the meaning, price tools used like needles,s and the dangers behind the art. Pictures and how this piercing affects pregnancy.

* As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

What Is a Tragus piercing?

“A tragus piercing is the perforation of the tragus, which projects immediately in front of the ear canal, for the purpose of inserting and wearing a piece of jewelry. The piercing itself is usually made with a small gauge hollow piercing needle, and typical jewelry would be a small diameter captive bead ring or small gauge post style piercing jewelry. A related piercing is known as the antitragus piercing.”[Wikipedia.com”

Like ear-piercing tragus will take a brief time to recuperate. As a rule, six months are sufficient to see a complete recuperating. Regardless of the dismissal by a few lion’s share of ladies has inspired this symbolization making it broadly spread among other body penetrating.

Because of the modernization and prevalence of tragus piercing, there is another style of inventiveness that is connected with it. Tragus Jewelry started to be to improve more the penetrating at the tragus. There are different outlines and sorts of tragus jewelry utilized for this case.

Tragus piercing Dangers

It is of probably piercing a tragus is such an excellent and valiant design style in making numerous delights look alluring. The opposite side of the coin conveys dangers and dangers much the same as ear piercing or whatever possible body piercing procedure. Among the dangers related include:

  • Infections: There is a danger of bacterial and parasitic contamination to the punctured zone. This is particularly when negligible levels of cleanliness are watched. It takes 6 to 9 months for the puncture to mend totally. During this period there are numerous dangerous elements, for example, sweat and tidy that can spread germs.
  • Scaring: The skin gets harmed amid the methodology consequently leaving a scar paying little heed to mend. The imprint may be of shifting power depending on the single person.
  • Pain and bleeding: When the procedure is carried out amateurishly there are high risks of feeling ache that goes with bleeding. That is the reason you ought to pick a trustworthy and sanction

Tragus piercing Price, Tragus piercing Cost or How Much Are Tragus piercings?

It is safe to say that you are wanting to get your tragus punctured? It is extremely vital you start by knowing the expense of tragus piercing. There are numerous tattoo parlor and shops where this methodology is directed. It should be done professionally and you must be agreeable as far as age.

There are spots you pay for the ring and the piercing is carried out for nothing out of pocket while others charge for both the ring and penetrating itself. Once in a while there are cleaning results gave and henceforth making the cost to be expanded.

Most importantly, in many shops and spots, it will be carried out inside the scope of $40 to $70. It could additionally be as shoddy as $25 relying upon where you go. To be sure of the expense you can visit some of the supplier’s sites to take a gander at the audits and get an agreeable framework on the amount are tragus piercing.

Trying for a shoddy and non-trustworthy shop to perform any piercing is not fitting. Additionally directing it yourself is unsafe. Get to a respectable shop with an expert who is approved to perform piercings and tattoos. This is restricted to minimizing on possibilities of contaminations and harms on the nerves.

Cleanliness is essential in body piercing methodology. Having picked on your shop to do your tragus piercing, visit the spot ahead of time and see the cleanliness as you likewise research on the notoriety. The penetrating needles should be overall cleaned and if conceivable disposable. In the event that fulfilled then you can book an errand.

Tragus piercing FAQ – Tragus piercing Information

While settling on your tragus piercing it is important to have earlier information and data to do with dangers, aftercare, and certainties. Think about the agony and contaminations and how to manage them. Get ready both physically and mentally until you achieve complete piecing mending. Here are a percentage of the quick answer questions you ought to ask yourself:

Should I puncture my Tragus?

Think of some as variables before settling on umbilical dip penetrating. Very nearly every shop won’t permit underage people to experience the operation. In the event that you are 18 years, you are at freedom to settle on it. Underage should talk about with the gatekeepers before rounding out the obliged structure.

Be careful with agony, dismissal, and contaminations. Subsequently consider individuals throughout your life, the sort of exercises you will be taking, and what you wear after the piercing. This implies you will need to additional watchful until you totally mend.

Why tragus take long to heal?

The district is not subject to body and skin developments that include curving, extending, collapsing, and more erosion from the skin and outfits. There is likewise negligible supply of blood to this region and henceforth low supplements accessible for speedier recuperating.

What are the Tragus piercing aftercare tips?

As said, cleanliness is foremost for improving speedier recuperating forestalling bacterial contaminations. Your hands however should be altogether cleaned before touching the piercing. On the off chance that conceivable use hostile to a bacterial cleanser to clean your hands.

The piercing should be cleaned with the gave results. This ought to be carried out in a tender manner utilizing a delicate material to abstain from harming or meddling with the mending procedure. In the event that you have altered the gems pivot in gradually as you clean and take after the directions given to the latter.

Sleeping material and dozing materials ought to dependably be washed to stay clean. This averts possibilities of bacterial contamination to the piercing. Covers and couch sheets must be clean without a doubt.

Wear detached and fitting garments that are constantly clean. Excessively tight fittings make contact by rubbing at the piecing each time you move. Both tops and jeans ought to be detached and of delicate materials to keep away from aggravations.

Swimming or showering is not prudent during the recuperating procedure. Pool water and bathtubs can hold germs and microbes that can without much of a stretch reason and contamination. Scrubbing down is exceedingly recommendable. Stay away from chemicals and creams straightforwardly to the penetrating. Tanning creams ought not to be in contact with it either.

There are activities that you can stay away from until you mend totally. Case in point sit-ups and press-ups which can extend the skin around the midsection henceforth bringing about agony. Behavior tender activities as you listen to your body. Tight workout garments ought not to be worn during this time.

Abstain from uprooting the adornments and guarantee it is cleaned before put in the piercing. It ought to additionally be produced using the right material to evade erosion, particularly when in contact with water. The penetrating must be shut tight generally previously, then after the fact cleaning.

Karen L. Hudson is a tattoo artist and contributing writer for Byrdie. She has been an amateur artist as a hobby since grade school, and served a 12 month tattoo apprenticeship in a tattoo studio.

How to take a tragus piercing out

How to take a tragus piercing out

  • FACEBOOK
  • PINTEREST
  • EMAILSHARE

How to take a tragus piercing out

If you feel a bump on a piercing, there’s no need to panic. Piercing bumps, while annoying, can show up in the healing process even with meticulous care and are common fare for the professionals.

What Is a Piercing Bump?

A piercing bump is “unstable scar tissue,” or an irritation bump that commonly occurs in more dense tissue like the cartilage on your ear or nose. It might be one of three things: a hypertrophic scar that has formed inside of the piercing, an abscess of infectious fluid trapped under or behind the piercing, or a cyst caused by an obstruction of dead skin cells or hair.

Meet the Expert

  • J. Colby Smith is a piercer at 108 Studios.
  • Josh Harris is a piercer at 108 Studios and The Oak and Poppy.
  • Johnny Pearce is a free-hand piercer at Nine Moons Piercing.

“It’s important to understand before you get a piercing that it takes a level of patience and dedication to earn your piercing wings,” says Smith. Still, you need to make sure you’re properly treating your bump. To do that, it’s important to first identify the type of bump you’re dealing with, where it is located on your body, and how it got there in the first place. After that, simple remedies, time, and patience will help you cure any unsightly swelling.

And while most piercing bumps are usually temporary and cosmetic, they are likely to clear up with extra TLC and time, says Harris. As a general rule, most growths (cysts, abscesses, keloids, tumors, etc.) are categorized as special issues that require assistance from a medical professional. “It’s important for your piercer to know where to draw the line between minor problems that can be resolved naturally at the studio and when to redirect you to a medical professional,” states Pearce.

Keep reading to find out more about piercing bumps, from their causes to how to treat them, according to the experts.

” data-caption=”” data-expand=”300″ data-tracking-container=”true” />

Identify and Remove the Irritant

” data-caption=”” data-expand=”300″ data-tracking-container=”true” />

There is a variety of scenarios that lead to the formation of a bump. The secret is taking a moment to think about your day-to-day routine. We want to narrow down what actions are causing the irritation. Try and identify the moments in which you regularly interfere with your piercing.

The most common causes are bumping, snagging, or sleeping on new piercings (two to six months old). Other factors include poorly fitted jewelry, the shape of jewelry, airplane travel (a dramatic change in elevation and cabin pressure), poor jewelry quality, touching the piercing with dirty hands, and changes in humidity, which can all aggravate new piercings. Plus, headphones, skincare/beauty products, and too many puppy dog kisses can also cause an issue, Pearce says. Remove the irritant, and the rest will follow.

Check Your Jewelry

” data-caption=”” data-expand=”300″ data-tracking-container=”true” />

After you’ve identified a problem area, the next step is to check if the jewelry is a proper fit and allows enough room for swelling, says Smith. Also, make sure your jewelry is up to par. Are your studs, hoops, or CBRs (captive bead rings) made of surgical stainless steel, surgical titanium, niobium, or Tygon (a surgical plastic)?

If you’re not sure, visit your local trusted professional piercing studio. They will help you select a quality item in the perfect gauge for healing your piercing. Someone there may change it out for you, too, so there’s no reason to do it yourself. Once it’s in, leave it there until your bump is completely healed. Rotate it occasionally if possible but only after healing.

Give It Time

When you get a piercing, part of your body’s job is to help heal the wounds, which tends to work best when left to its own devices. This is why the experts don’t always recommend using any outside products on your piercing. Instead of applying potentially harmful products to the piercing site, reach for a sterile saline spray, as it safely removes debris, discharge, and buildup without causing trauma to the piercing. (FYI: Keep in mind that sterile saline spray is not at all the same thing as adding sea salt to water at home). Arm & Hammer’s saline spray is a simple way to fend off any bump-forming debris from your piercing. Just be careful using this around eye and mouth piercings.

Once your piercing is completely healed, feel free to change your jewelry from anywhere between three to six months, says Harris. Still, make sure to select high-quality jewelry purchased only from a professional shop and let someone there put it in. “We start longer to allow room for swelling. Once the swelling has reduced and your body has accepted the jewelry, we can carefully switch to something shorter,” he explains. Another cause of piercing bumps could come from changing jewelry too soon. “The longer you wait for the piercing to heal up the better your chances are of not getting the bump,” adds Harris.

How to take a tragus piercing out

Tragus piercing is cool and stylish, and It can also result in a bulge inside an ear. There are plenty of kinds of ear piercings. Traditionally, earlobe piercing has at all times remained a popular option for those individuals. Still, because of the fashion company’s character, individuals are currently opting to test something very different for themselves, causing the creation of tragus piercing. Follow a few questions that may arise in your mind about infected tragus piercing.

What Is Tragus Piercing, and How Is It Done?

Tragus piercing is a piercing made in the inner cartilage of the ear. It’s performed on the ear in the hard lobe, closest to cheek, and in front of an ear canal. That area is called a drink, hence the name of the piercing. It is a boneless cartilage area.

To do the Tragus piercing or any other piercing, hygiene and safety measures are required. Make sure that the study you have chosen to trust meets all of these measures.

After disinfecting the area, the cartilage will be drilled. Being an area close to the ear canal, it is advisable also to trust an experienced person. Always avoiding guns that can seriously damage the area. The piercing must be done with a hollow needle to pierce the area to place the chosen jewel later.

How Bad Does a Tragus Piercing Hurt?

The Tragus cartilage area does not have many nerve endings. This involves less pain. Either way, nobody will save you from some discomfort, it is normal to feel the piercing, but it is not painful. Note that the area is thick, and it will take some pressure to pierce it.

In short, getting a Tragus piercing is somewhat annoying, especially since it is a thick area and is very close to the ear canal. But the discomfort disappears in a few minutes. It is not a painful piercing is performed with a needle and with experience. Tissues are damaged with a gun, and perforation is much more painful.

How Long Does It Take for a Tragus Piercing to Heal?

The Tragus or Antitragus piercing area is complex. It is an area of ​​cartilage that is very difficult to heal. If you are not careful enough, it could end up becoming infected and lengthening the healing process. You will know that it has become infected when:

  • The area is red and swollen.
  • Have pain in the area.
  • Blood, fluid, or pus is produced.

If you have all these symptoms, chances are your Tragus piercing is infected.

What to Do if Tragus Got Infected?

Continue the procedure for around five minutes, or until all of the crust throughout your piercing has softened and separated from the epidermis. If you discover that your piercing gets infected and is getting worse, you need to immediately talk to your piercer or your physician, indicating the necessary treatment to cure it. The swelling will endure for as long as 48 hours that’s not typical of swelling, which might occur whenever you have just had your piercing.

Tragus piercings ought to be accomplished by a certified practitioner since they include perforating the cartilage, as opposed to the soft tissues of the earlobe. Piercings in your tragus can produce a hugely influential fashion statement’ however, it’s also a vulnerable disease. Overall the tragus piercing is simple to look after, it appears excellent, and there’s hardly any pain involved.

What to Do if Found White Discharge?

If your piercing has a crystal-clear discharge, it will most likely be lymph. This piercing is excellent for piercing virgins and looks excellent regardless of what your style is. Among the many varieties of body piercings, cartilage piercing is just one of the favorite ones.

Tragus Piercing Jewelry Selection

There are varied types of jewelry you can purchase for your tragus, from hoops to ball-studs. Hence, it’s vital to wear jewelry made from platinum, gold, silver, or ceramic, particularly during the healing strategy. It’s crucial to prevent wearing tight jewelry, which may help it become rather tricky for the piercing’s speedy recovery. It’s essential to make sure to wear the most suitable dimensions of jewelry to steer clear of much pressure in your tragus.

Few Caution for Infected Tragus Piercing

When you’ve got tragus piercing, you need to be cautious, or it may lead to an infection. The tragus piercing jewelry must also be twisted gently as and when required to make sure that the even supply is about the solution all over the tragus. It is a favorite spot to find an ear piercing, and while it may appear great, this kind of piercing can quickly become infected if it’s not cared for correctly.

Just the same as other kinds of piercings, a tragus piercing disease is a typical problem too. An infected tragus piercing can cause the lymph to receive enlarged since they trap the tumor cells. In precisely the same way, if you construct a tender tragus or sinus, the lymph node at the front part of the ear becomes swollen.

How to Clean Tragus Piercing?

You shouldn’t attempt to touch the pierced area working together with the dirty hands as it might lead to bacterial infections and trigger the infected tragus piercing. Though the tragus region is modest, it’s so vulnerable, which makes it susceptible to diseases. Usually, it’s a good idea to cleanse the area around your piercing two to three times daily but not more than that. Most areas of the body are used for piercing.

Whether on the tragus, navel, and different parts of your whole body, any piercing could bring about the disease if a specialist does not do it. The infection may also bleed, and the place might become warm to touch. Don’t use extra salt since it will only worsen the infection. Since it’s an outside illness, you should be more careful.

Therefore, if you’re planning to acquire a piercing done or already have one, you must learn more about the associated infection. You will probably suffer from tragus inflammation because it will become bloated. If you believe that rubbing alcohol activates tragus inflammation after cleansing, you need to suspend its usage.

Tragus Piercing Aftercare

The aftercare will determine the success of the piercing. So, there aren’t any such different probability of then experiencing plenty of immense pain while tragus piercing. Prevent all types of earphones immediately after acquiring a bow piercing and also during the full healing time.

Exactly like with any other piercing, it’s always a fantastic idea to offer some aftercare to aid the piercing to heal. Many people adore the manner that the piercing looks, and it will get you noticed certainly. They may experience a little pinching pain when piercing the tragus. Following a piercing to the tragus is finished, one is quite likely to locate some for the very first day or two.

Permit the solution to soak in the piercing. The piercing procedure takes just a few moments. The tragus piercing healing procedure may be a bit more and very complicated than the majority of other piercings.

The small cartilage nub that leads from your outer ear toward your ear canal, is called tragus. It has become a noticeable trend among youth to pierce this area as a stylish statement. The actual piercing is done with a curved or straight, hollow, small-gauge sterilized needle. A professional piercer is best when piercing the tragus because of the risk involved. There are times that swelling can occur after tragus piercing.

What Causes Swollen Tragus Piercing?

Infections are generally the root cause of a swollen tragus. Tragus piercing is quite prone to the problem because of its location. Hair tends to fall over this area, getting caught, bringing bacteria and causing problems. Here are some common symptoms of infection:

  • The infected piercing will have swelling and pain for 30 hours after a tragus piercing.
  • The area around the piercing will be very red.
  • There can be bleeding for a considerable time after the piercing.
  • There may be green or yellow discharge and a foul odor with infection.
  • You may feel centralized heat when touching the tragus piercing.
  • Boils, abscesses or pustules may develop around the piercing.

If you suspect your piercing is infected or getting worse, please see your doctor or piercing practitioner to get treatment right away.

What to Do with the Swollen Tragus Piercing

From the above symptoms, you should have an idea if your tragus piercing is infected. If so, the following remedies can be helpful:

1. Rubbing Alcohol

Cleaning the area with rubbing alcohol is one of the first and best ways to treat infected piercings. This swabbing can be done twice a day. This should only be done if the piercing has healed, which generally happens after eight weeks. You can use a Q-tip or cotton ball to clean the area. It is recommended not to use hydrogen peroxide because it can cause the area to dry out and become crusty.

2. Saline Solution

How to take a tragus piercing out

If your infection happens while the tragus piercing is still healing, you should clean it with saline solution. Make a sea salt mixture that uses about a teaspoon of salt and eight ounces of water. As with the alcohol, use a cotton swab to clean the area. Make sure to remove any debris such as pus, dead tissue or foreign material to keep it clean.

3. Chamomile Tea Bags

How to take a tragus piercing out

This is one home remedy for swollen tragus piercing. You can use it any time during the healing process as it will quicken healing while helping to cure swelling. Press the infected area with a chamomile tea bag that has been dipped in warm water. This is also a great way to clean the area.

4. Hot Compresses

Another excellent treatment for infection and swelling, regardless of where you are healing, is hot compress. These will help to increase circulation, aiding in general healing. Apply a warm, clean cloth to the area for about four minutes, two-three times daily.

5. Infected Tragus Piercing Antibiotics

If you aren’t seeing any improvement after you’ve tried the above, it is time to visit your doctors for more help. After they give you an exam, they may recommend oral or topical antibiotics as well as pain killers.

More Care Tips for Infected Tragus Piercing

There are more ways you can care your swollen tragus piercing. Consider trying some of the following:

  • Try to keep your jewelry in even with an infection. Otherwise, the infection may worsen from getting trapped under the skin.
  • Always disinfect and wash your hands before touching your piercing. Use antibacterial soap when you can.
  • Don’t let anything, including your hair touch the area. Avoid using your phone or headphones with the infected ear.
  • Avoid chlorinated water and swimming while you are fighting off the infection. You should also skip any cosmetics on the infected area.
  • If the infected area has a crust, leave it alone. The crust may become itchy, but this means it is healing.
  • Try not to sleep on your infected side. This may cause bleeding and will make your bedding contaminated.
  • Try to wear button up blouses and shirts so you don’t irritate your ear further when getting dressed.
  • Don’t use anything on it that your doctor hasn’t approved. Many over-the-counter creams will suffocate the infected area, causing further problems.

Body piercing is nothing new; it has been practiced since centuries, it was done as a tradition in some cultures. In recent times body piercing has become a latest trend not only in celebrities but also among general class, especially the younger generation.

Piercing on tongue, face and ears, particularly ear tragus has become a popular way to stand out different from rest of the crowd. However, piercing can cause many problems in susceptible individuals; keloid is one such common disorder that may occur after piercing.

A keloid is an exaggerated fibrous growth of the skin resulting from an injury.

Certain races have inherent predisposition to keloids. People with dark skin are more prone for development of keloids. In some people there is tendency for keloid formation in their families. Keloids are not infectious but they can cause itching and pain in some people.

Keloid can develop after a minor injury such as piercing of ear tragus. The small cartilage that you see in front of the ear canal opening is called tragus. Tragus piercing is common among women as it compliments other jewelry worn on the ear. Youths nowadays pierce tragus to wear funky rings as a style statement.

If you are the one who has developed keloid on tragus piercing, do not panic. There are many ways that can help you to get rid of it, though not completely but to a satisfactory level. Treating keloid in its early stage may give good result. As the keloid grows and becomes old, it is more difficult to get rid of it.

Home Remedies To Get Rid Of A Piercing Keloid

Let us know the ways to get rid of keloid on tragus piercing.

  • Cortisone injections: It is safe and effective treatment for reducing keloid. The injection is given by the doctor. In many cases if the keloid is small the results are good.
  • Laser therapy is useful to flatten the keloid and make it less red. The treatment is not painful but the person may have to take several sessions of the therapy.
  • Cryotherapy, interferon etc are other treatment modes that may be advised by the doctor for removal of keloids on tragus due to piercing.

If you do not prefer these expensive treatments, here are few home remedies that may be helpful in reducing the size of keloid.

  • Apply collagen cream on the keloid. After certain time the size of keloid reduces.
  • Eat fruits and vegetables as they contain vitamin C. Vitamin C helps to produce collagen tissue which is necessary for healthy development of tissues in the body.
  • Massage vitamin E oil gently on keloid on tragus. The increase in blood flow due to massage and vitamin E oil may help to reduce the keloid.
  • Some people have also benefited by applying Aloe Vera gel on it.
  • Using tea tree oil in its diluted form with base oil such as olive oil can reduce the size of keloid on tragus.

How to take a tragus piercing out

When you plug your ears, sometimes you might make use of a helpful little flap of cartilage located right in front of your ear canal. That’s your tragus.

The tragus is typically a rounded triangle shape. Its size and shape varies from person to person; some have a pronounced tragus while others hardly have one at all. It also makes for a super cute piercing.

The unique location of the tragus piercing allows the piercing to speak for itself; a simple cartilage stud earrings with even the tiniest gemstone offers a style that’s both understated and eye-catching.

The proximity of the tragus to the ear canal makes it susceptible to the bacteria that dead skin cells and ear wax carry. Additionally, cartilage has a lower blood supply than more fleshy areas, which makes it a higher risk for infection and scarring. Therefore, you must be a little more stringent with piercing aftercare than other piercing types.

The tragus piercing is not for everyone, but don’t let that scare you away. Here’s all you need to know about the tragus piercing so that you can decide if it’s the piercing for you.

  • How much does the tragus piercing hurt?
  • Tragus piercing healing process
  • Tragus jewelry styles
  • Why shouldn’t I get a tragus piercing?
  • How much will it cost?

How much does the tragus piercing hurt?

Although the cartilage is thicker in the tragus, the tragus piercing doesn’t hurt more than other cartilage piercings, so if you’ve gotten a helix, auricle, conch, or other piercing in the ear cartilage, you should know what to expect pain-wise.

However, the tragus is located next to the ear canal, so beyond the pain and pressure of the piercing process, you’ll likely hear a pop as the needle goes through. Some find this to be a little unnerving.

As with every piercing, the pain level often relies on the expertise of the piercer. If you’re nervous, find a piercer who is patient, experienced, and can ease you through the process.

Tragus piercing healing process

The tragus will take a few months to heal. Cartilage famously varies in its healing times, but most often the tragus heals between 2 – 3 months. However, some report healing times of up to a year, so keep an eye on your piercing and talk to a piercer if you’re unsure you’re fully healed. Keep in mind that the inside of a piercing takes longer to heal, so even if it looks healed externally, it might still have some healing left to do.

Aftercare rules

As mentioned previously, the tragus healing process requires strict aftercare practices. The difficulty of healing cartilage combined with its location next to the bacteria-ridden ear canal makes it extra susceptible to infection and scarring. Beyond standard aftercare practices, here are some aftercare tips unique to the tragus piercing.

Be careful with your headphones. Putting pressure on any new piercing causes trauma to the area and can provoke complications. Since the tragus is located so close to the ear canal, headphones tend to put pressure on the new piercing. Even small pressure over a long period of time can create issues. You can wear ear buds, but see to it they aren’t putting too much pressure on your jewelry backing. If you want to wear headphones, make sure that the headphone cushions go around your ear and do not touch the tragus.

Take care when you sleep. Try not to sleep on your piercings. Like wearing headphones, sleeping on your side puts pressure on the earring. If you must sleep on your side, try to limit the time you spend. You should also make sure that your bedding is always clean to avoid harmful bacteria.

Don’t move the jewelry. Although this is a standard rule, with cartilage piercings, it’s extra important. Moving the jewelry slows healing and causes trauma to the skin, which can lead to piercing bumps. To avoid crusties, you can gently wash them away with a salt bath or saline solution.

Keep the ear clean. Earwax exists to keep the ear free from bacteria and other foreign substances that can be harmful to the eardrum. It stops harmful entities in its tracks. This means that earwax is full of stuff that you don’t want near your piercing. When you carefully clean the jewelry, make sure that you’re keeping the ear canal clean as well.

Tragus jewelry styles

The tragus piercing is most commonly 16G, but sizes range between 18G – 14G. Sizing depends on personal preference as well as the size of your tragus, so it’s a good idea to talk to your piercer about your options. Remember that it’s easier to stretch a piercing than it is to shrink it.

By far, cartilage studs are the most popular styles for the tragus piercing jewelry. The unique location of the tragus speaks for itself; a small gemstone or charm peeking from the tragus is enough to make this piercing shine. Typically, you want to choose a stud with a flat disc backing so that the back of the jewelry doesn’t stick into your ear canal, but you can choose a bead backing as well. You can also opt for a small straight barbell for a similar aesthetic to the cartilage stud.

However, cartilage studs are not the only option. Some opt for a sleek seamless hoop, and others go bolder with a captive bead ring or other stunning hoop options. Piercings allow you to express your individuality, so don’t be afraid to get creative.

How to take a tragus piercing out

Why shouldn’t I get a tragus piercing?

The tragus piercing will require vigilant aftercare practices. Don’t get it if you know that you can’t adhere to a cleaning schedule.

The shape of the tragus varies greatly from person to person. If your tragus is too thin, too small, or in a difficult location, it might not be possible to get this piercing. There are other options in the tragus area, like the anti-tragus, so talk to your piercer about other fun cartilage piercing options.

Getting your tragus pierced can be a little unnerving, so it might not be an ideal first piercing. Try something a little easier so that you’re not scared away from piercings.

Cartilage bumps may form during healing, and some of them might require surgical removal. If you’ve had keloids or other bumps in your cartilage piercings, you might want to think twice about getting your tragus pierced.

How much will it cost?

The actual piercing typically costs around $30 – $50. You’ll also have to buy the jewelry. Choose metals that are safe for sensitive skin, like stainless steel or 14k gold. These jewelry options will be more expensive, but they will encourage happy healing; cheaper metals run the risk of being rejected by your body.

Make sure that you find an experienced piercer. Expert piercers will create a more pain-free experience, and they’ll use tools free from bacteria. Make sure that your piercer uses a needle, not a piercing gun. Piercing guns harbor bacteria, and the blunt force they use to push the jewelry through the ear can contribute to cartilage bumps and other healing complications.

A tragus piercing is an ear cartilage piercing located on the inner corner of your ear that covers the ear opening. The technical name for this tissue is tragus, hence the name of the piercing.

This type of piercing has gained popularity in recent years as celebrities continue to show off their elaborate ear jewelry and social media influencers follow suit.

If you’re interested in a tragus piercing, here’s what you can expect from the process, how much it costs, and how to take care of it.

What you can expect

The exact procedure for a tragus piercing will vary somewhat depending on local laws and policies wherever you get your piercing done, says Jef Saunders, a piercer and public relations coordinator for the Association of Professional Piercers (APP).

However, most piercers will follow a similar process. According to Saunders, here are the steps you can expect:

  1. The piercer will confirm your age (you’ll probably be asked to provide an ID). Some states allow for minors to be pierced with a parent present and some do not.
  2. You’ll be asked to sign a release form consenting to the piercing.
  3. The piercer will discuss your choices of jewelry with you and how to take care of your piercing at home.
  4. Next, the piercer will clean the tragus and mark where the piercing will go.
  5. The final step is the actual piercing of the tissue, which only lasts a second or two, Saunders says. The piercer will then insert the jewelry and the piercing is complete.

Professional piercers use single-use, sterile piercing needles and sterile tools to do the piercing, Saunders says.

The entire process takes about 30 to 45 minutes, Saunders says, and can range in cost depending on where you live and the type of jewelry you choose. In general, you can expect to pay about $40 to $120 for both the procedure and the jewelry.

Initial jewelry options for piercings often include:

  • Surgical steel
  • Titanium
  • Niobium
  • 14-karat to 18-karat gold
  • Platinum
  • Glass

The price of jewelry can vary depending on where you get your piercing done, but in general steel or titanium options will be cheaper than gold or platinum.

The pain of a tragus piercing is similar to other cartilage piercings, described by Saunders as “modest but tolerable discomfort.” Everyone experiences piercings differently though, so it’s hard to say how the pain level might vary from person to person.

“In general, most piercings have an intensity on par with a blood draw,” Saunders says.

Healing times can also vary by individual, but in general, an average healing time for a tragus piercing is about six months, Saunders says.

How to care for a tragus piercing

Once the piercing is done, you will need to keep it clean at home. Here’s a guide on how to care for a tragus piercing:

  • Wash your hands before touching your piercing to decrease the risk of infection.
  • Clean the piercing at least twice a day with a sterile saline solution labeled for wound wash. Your saline should have .9% sodium chloride listed as the only ingredient.
  • Rinse the solution off of your piercing thoroughly.
  • Pat dry with a clean, disposable paper product. Cloth towels can hold bacteria and snag on jewelry, so it’s best to use a disposable paper towel while your piercing is healing.

You may also need to make some lifestyle changes like:

  • Sleeping on your back or the side of your body without a piercing. The pressure from sleeping on a piercing can cause it to swell and may make the piercing more painful.
  • Avoiding certain headphones, like ones that go over the ear, which can aggravate the piercing.

Saunders recommends consulting with a piercer before you try to change the jewelry in your piercing. But if this isn’t possible, you should make sure the piercing is well-healed by checking to see that there is no discharge coming from the hole. If the piercing looks fine, then you can switch earrings.

Note: There is some evidence to suggest that stimulating the vagus nerve system, which extends to many body parts, including the ear, can help relieve headaches. But research on whether a tragus piercing, in particular, may have this effect is lacking, says Juliann Paolicchi, MD, Director in Neurology at Northwell Health.

Side effects of a tragus piercing

  • Bleeding
  • Swelling
  • Irritation
  • Bruising
  • Itching
  • The secretion of a whitish/yellowish fluid that may form a crust on the jewelry and tighten the tissue as it heals

These side effects shouldn’t last longer than one to two weeks after getting your piercing. If pain, swelling, or redness persists for longer or you notice a large amount of thick green or yellow discharge, seek medical attention. These can be signs of an infection that may require antibiotics .

Insider’s takeaway

A tragus piercing is an ear piercing done on the inner corner of the ear that sticks out over the ear’s opening. The process of getting a tragus piercing varies from state to state, but in general, shouldn’t take more than an hour and can range in cost from about $40 to more than $100.

After getting a tragus piercing, you should clean it twice a day with a saline solution labeled for wound wash. The piercing can take up to six months to heal and it’s best practice to consult with a professional piercer before attempting to change the jewelry for the first time on your own.

Piercing is becoming more and more popular, especially in the last decade. Both, men and women love to pierce their noses, navels, eyebrows etc etc. Many areas of the body are used for piercing. Most people who have piercings do not develop any problems. Each body piercing site has its own normal healing time and its own set of potential problems. Home treatment can help speed healing of the wound and prevent problems. At first, a body piercing site may be slightly swollen. A small amount of blood or fluid may drain from the site.

Tragus is the small cartilage nub which projects out from near the way leading to the ear canal. It has been a trend visible among the youth of the present generation to sport shiny and funky rings on this small little part of the ear to enhance their style statement. Usually people who are bold and adventurous opt for this kind of piercing, the methodology of which is slightly different from other kinds of cartilage piercing. The tragus piercing is usually carried out using a hollow, straight or curved small-gauge needle which should be sterilized. It requires a trained piercer as piercing tragus is also risky as there is a possibility of the needle penetrating beyond the tragus. The tragus piercing risks are also quite in number and so we need to take extra precautions while getting the tragus pierced.

The tragus is quite susceptible to infections as it is located in such an area over which hairs keep falling and may get caught around the earring and infections may be caused out of this contact with dirty hairs. This leads to tragus piercing infections and problems which can aggravate to tragus piercing complications which may result the need for surgical operations in extreme cases may even cause the tragus to be surgically removed. In order to avoid such risks one must ensure to go for tragus piercing tools and jewellery of a considerable high quality.

Does Tragus Piercing hurt?
Unlike the piercing of any other part of the body such as the belly or the nose, the tragus lacks a bundle of nerves and comparatively less blood flows through it. So there are no such chances of experiencing immense pain while tragus piercing. There may be a slight pinch similar to what one normally experiences as in case of a cut but the pain is highly negligible. Initially the area pierced may bleed and develop into a sore but the pain withers away within a very few days. It is necessary to keep the area clean and tidy so as to prevent it from any kind of infection.

Tragus piercing Jewellery
The kind of jewellery that one can wear after a tragus piercing depends on the pace at which the pierced area gets healed. One should also be cautious as not to wear funky artificial accessories or earrings made of poor quality as it may have a harmful effect on the tragus. It is advisable to wear tragus piercing rings, studs, barbells or earrings made of sophisticated metals such as those made of gold, silver, platinum, or titanium which are of non-corrosive nature and shall not cause harm to the ear. The jewellery must be of a good quality and should not be very tight but of a comfortable nature. It must also suit your personality well.

Aftercare
The most essential factor for the fast healing of the tragus pierced is to follow the tragus piercing aftercare measures efficiently. For atleast 4-8 weeks you should take good care of the tragus for the smooth healing of your tragus . But the healing duration also depends on the skin type which may either be oily or dry, the immunary capabilities of the body system, as well metabolic disorders such as diabetes wherein any wound or infection takes a longer time to heal.

The tragus piercing area must be kept clean and tidy by soaking a clean cotton ball in a disinfectant or a saline solution and gently applying it in and around the pierced area. The solution should be applied in such a way as to alow it to seep into the pierced hole. The tragus piercing jewellery must be twisted gently as and when required in order to ensure the even distribution of the solution all around the tragus. This cleaning procedure must be followed twice or thrice a day.

You should not touch the pierced area with dirty or uncleaned hands as it may cause bacterial infections and lead to tragus piercing complications. If there is any kind of irritation in the pierced area owing to the tightness of the jewellery or the discharge of any kind of fluid from the affected area, you should carefully loosen or change the jewellery or wipe the fluid by a hand washed properly by an anti-bacterial soap.

While sleeping you should be careful to lie on a clean bed on the either side of the ear affected. The pillow on which you rest your head should be cleaned and changed on a regular basis so as to avoid the area to get infected. Vigilance is also required while sleeping to restrain oneself from touching or itching the ear affected.

Similarly you should refrain from scraping any kind of crusty formation over the tragus. Any such irritable cause must be carefully dealt with following the guidelines that have been laid down by the experts and the doctors.

No such clothes should be worn which may touch the area pierced. Pull-overs and T-Shirts with collars must be avoided during the healing process as it may hurt the pierced area and aggravate the vulnerability of the same.

Putting up earphones on the tragus pierced is prohibited. You should be extra vigilant using the cellphone as under no circumstances the cell should be brought close to the affected ear.

Salt Water Soaks
Salt water soaks are necessary after a body piercing session. Cleaning a recently perforated area helps keep it safe from dirt and germs and prevents bacterial infection. Add a tsp of sea salt into a glass containing 8 ounces of water. Mix this thoroughly. Soak a small cotton ball or Q-tip with a little of the solution and apply it to the pierced area. Throw the pad away and repeat the process with a new one. Continue this for 5-6 minutes. The session should be carried out twice daily till a month or two after the piercing session.

Infections
If you fail to abide by the instructions carefully you might end up infecting the tragus, thereby delaying the healing process and leading to tragus piercing complications. Any injury to the pierced area may make it vulnerable to infections. So you must take extra care of the ear and have to avoid swimming for as long as it does not get completely healed as the water is chlorinated in swimming pools. Moreover the infection may cause the occurrence of a keloid or a boil or may also lead to a swollen tragus. This can be treated by the application of tea tree oil with warm diluted water over the affected surface in a calm and gentle manner. One may carefully change the jewellery if required but changing tragus piercing jewellery frequently is staunchly prohibited. However it is advisable to consult a dermatologist.

How to take a tragus piercing out

Image Source: Getty/stefanamer

  • Nontraditional ear piercings have been rising in popularity.
  • One of the most well-known types is a tragus piercing.
  • We asked a professional piercer everything you should know about tragus piercings.

Piercings have become somewhat of a right of passage for many people. From some getting their first set of earlobe piercings as children to others adding to their collections as they go through different milestones, getting a piercing is no longer deemed a concerning act of teenage rebellion but rather a fashionable, trendy form of self-expression.

Though more untraditional piercing locations have surfaced over the years (looking at you, dermal piercings), sometimes you may just want to add a bit of flair to the place that started it all: the ear. As piecing culture has evolved, nontraditional ear piercings like snug, helix, and stacked-lobe piercings have become extremely popular alternatives to the quintessential piercings typically seen on the earlobe.

If you’ve been on the hunt for the next piercing to add to your collection, consider adding the tragus to your list of potential locations. “A tragus piercing is an ear-cartilage piercing located on the protuberance that covers the entry to the inner ear,” Jef Saunders, cofounder of Gamma Piercing and coauthor of “The Piercing Bible”, tells POPSUGAR. “The technical name for the tissue is actually tragus, which comes from the ancient Greek ‘tragos,’ meaning goat.”

If a tragus piercing is in your future, we asked Saunders to break down everything you should know, from the cost to the best aftercare methods, ahead.

Tragus Piercings vs. Other Ear Piercings

Though tragus piercings are similar to traditional piercings in terms of being located on the ear, there are a few key differences that should be considered before getting one. “Tragus piercings are very similar to other ear-cartilage piercings in that they can take months to heal and they must be cared for meticulously,” Saunder says. “Perhaps the biggest difference is that, because a tragus piercing is at the beginning of an ear canal, the use of earbud headphones and stethoscopes can lead to complications with the piercing.” If you’re an avid music enthusiast, this piercing may not be for you.

Do Tragus Piercings Hurt?

While pain levels are subjective, tragus piercings seem to be one of the less painful options out there. “Most clients who receive a tragus piercing find it to be more pressure than pain,” Saunders says. “In general, though, the discomfort is no worse than that of any other ear-cartilage piercing, such as a traditional helix piercing.”

Can Tragus Piercings Get Rejected?

Yes, tragus piercings can be rejected just as any traditional piercing can. “Rejection can be caused by a variety of complicating factors,” Saunders says. “Typically, a tragus piercing that is pierced too shallow will suffer from rejection. In rarer cases, adverse reactions to unsafe materials can cause rejection as well.”

Don’t let the possibility of rejection stop you from getting a tragus piercing, though. There are steps that can be taken to mitigate any serious damage. “In the rare case that you see jewelry migrating in a tragus piercing, seeing a piercer is your best bet. Do not let a tragus piercing entirely grow through the tissue as that will make scarring more obvious,” Saunders says. If your preferred piercer is unavailable, it is always best to seek medical attention as early as possible.

The Best Jewelry For a Tragus Piercing

How to take a tragus piercing out

While a conversation should be had with your piercer regarding personalized jewelry recommendations, Saunders says that there are a few baseline options available to you. “I recommend tragus piercings to be started with straight barbells or straight flat-backs,” he says. “These pieces can range in thickness from 18-gauge and thicker and usually are no shorter than 5/16 of an inch to start. Internally threaded or threadless barbells are a must, but externally threaded jewelry should always be avoided.”

The most important thing to check with your piercer about is the size of your ear cartilage and how that factors into the options you have.

How Much Does a Tragus Piercing Cost?

Costs of tragus piercings vary quite a bit based on location. “In the US, I’d expect the piercing fee to vary from $30-$60, not including jewelry,” he says. In his studio, Gamma Piercings, based in Ann Arbor, MI, tragus piercings start at $90 — $50 for the piercing and $40 for entry-level jewelry.

Tragus-Piercing Aftercare

One of the most important parts of getting a piercing is the aftercare that goes into keeping it healthy. When taking care of a tragus piercing, Saunders has a few tips to share. He recommends doing these three or more times per day:

Step 1: Thoroughly wash your hands.

Step 2: Spray your piercing’s entrance and exit holes with a wound-wash saline solution.

Step 3: Wipe any crusty discharge away from the jewelry with sterile swabs or nonwoven gauze soaked with saline.

Step 4: Pat the piercing dry with more swabs or nonwoven gauze.

Once daily: Rinse your piercing with fresh water in the shower. This should loosen any hard, crusty matter that forms on the jewelry. After your shower, do a saline cleaning.

When making your decision on whether or not to get a tragus piercing, consider these tips to first make sure it’s the right fit for your lifestyle.

Disclaimer: Results are not guaranteed*** and may vary from person to person***.

How to take a tragus piercing outPiercings and body modification have become increasingly common in our modern age. Today, more things than ever can be pierced and altered.

With those piercings come more possibilities for infections. Take a tragus piercing, for example. It’s a piercing through the small piece of cartilage that leads from your outer ear toward your ear canal.

That cartilage can become swollen due to the piercing. In this article, we’re going to take a look at what can go wrong with a tragus piercing. Tragus piercing infection causes, tragus piercing infection symptoms, and tragus piercing infection treatment will all be covered.

In This Article:

Causes of Swollen Tragus Piercing

In the case of a tragus piercing, more often than not, the swelling is caused by an infection. This is due to the location of the tragus itself. The tragus is right near the hairline, which can often catch debris and bacteria and eventually deposit it on or near the tragus.

This is especially true of people who have long hair as it can brush up by the tragus and its immediate vicinity. Beyond that, an infection can be caused by numerous factors involving the piercing itself. An inexperienced piercer may not have sterilized their equipment properly, leading to bacteria growth on the piercing tools and essentially injecting those bacteria into the tragus itself.

The bacteria can lead to an infection, which can lead to all sorts of fun stuff like pus filling the area. This will then cause your tragus to swell. Finally, if you’re not taking care of the piercing after you’ve had it done, bacteria can easily find its way into the hole and begin the process of infection. The key here is to recognize the symptoms of tragus infection and then treat it as soon as possible.

Tragus Piercing Infection Symptoms

A tragus piercing infection has symptoms that are very similar to any infection that you might get with a cut, broken, or pierced piece of cartilage. They aren’t pretty and can be painful, and often the symptoms are gross. But, it’s good to have an idea of what those symptoms are if you are thinking about having your tragus pierced, or if you already have it pierced. The symptoms of a tragus piercing infection can include:

1. Redness

Inflammation will result in the area around the piercing turning red and puffy-looking. This is the body’s immune system response to infection.

2. Soreness/Tenderness

The area around the piercing may become sore, especially in the area that has become red. If your piercing is new, soreness is relatively expected, but if that pain persists for more than 48 hours, you may want to have a closer look at it or get a doctor to take a look.

3. Discharge

The piercing may see a bit of a liquid discharge coming from it. It’s usually yellow or green in color, and in cases of a rather bad infection, the discharge can smell terribly bad.

4. Bleeding

In some cases, some people may find that their piercing bleeds. While common with a brand-new piercing, this should stop relatively soon. If it doesn’t within 48 hours, or if it’s an old piercing that has suddenly started bleeding, it may be the sign of an infection.

5. Bumps or Scarring

The formation of a bump near the pierced area or scar tissue forming a bump could also be the sign of an infection invading the pierced area.

These are the most common symptoms that will occur if your tragus piercing becomes infected. Now, some of these symptoms might seem a little scary at first. But don’t worry; there are treatment options that can help you out.

Tragus Piercing Infection Treatment

You’ve identified the symptoms of a tragus piercing infection, now what do you do? Is there an easy guide on how to treat an infected tragus piercing? As it turns out, there are a number of options you can turn to, to help clear out the infection and go back to your daily routine.

1. Saline Solution

Depending on the severity of the infection, a simple saline solution may be able to do the trick and clean up that piercing. Mix eight ounces of water with one teaspoon of salt. Clean your ear and piercing area of dead skin and debris. Take a cotton swab and dip it into the saline solution and proceed to treat the infected area of the piercing.

2. Rubbing Alcohol

Rubbing alcohol can have a similar effect as a saline solution on a tragus piercing infection. Clear the infected area of dead skin and debris. Take a cotton swab and dip it into the rubbing alcohol and begin cleaning the infection.

3. Hot Compress

Take a clean towel or cloth and soak it in hot or warm water. Ring out the cloth of excess water and gently place it against the infected area. This will help get the blood circulating in the pierced area, which can help speed up the healing process.

4. Chamomile Tea Bags

Believe it or not, chamomile tea bags may be able to help clean out the infection and reduce any swelling due to their anti-bacterial and anti-inflammatory properties. Dip a chamomile tea bag into warm water and then hold it against the infected piercing area.

5. Antibiotics

Sometimes an infection is too stubborn for a home remedy to eliminate. At that point you should see a doctor. The doctor will take a look at the infection, and more often than not, they will prescribe antibiotics to get rid of the infection. You may be able to use some of the home remedies above to aid the healing process as the antibiotics do their job, but you should ask your doctor first before attempting to do so.

Take Care of Your Piercings

Piercings are generally safe, including those on your tragus, if you let a professional do it. The truth is that infections can happen even if you take precautions against them. But there is no need to panic because the home remedies that we listed above may be able to treat your swollen tragus piercing infection. And if that doesn’t work, there’s always antibiotics.

If you ‘ re ready to add some extra hardware to your ears in the form of a new piercing, you may have come across the term ” tragus piercing ” at some point.

But before you head straight to your local Piercing Pagoda, it ‘ s good to make sure you have some background knowledge on a few key things. With that said, here is everything you need to know about getting a tragus piercing:

1. What Exactly Is a Tragus Piercing?

Let ‘ s start with the most important thing you need to know about tragus piercing: What exactly are they? To keep it simple, what you need to know is that your tragus is the small section of cartilage on your ear that can be found directly in front of your ear canal, partially covering it (think the part you can press down when you ” close your ears ” ). So, naturally, a tragus piercing is when you have that piece of cartilage pierced with some sort of earring. Historically speaking, this is a newer style of piercing that really only started gaining traction around the 1980s, at least in the world of fashion and media that we know.

How to take a tragus piercing out

(via Shutterstock)

Also Read About: What I Wish I Knew Before I Got My Cartilage Pierced

2. What Types of Jewelry Can Be Worn With a Tragus Piercing?

While options for traditional lobe earrings are virtually endless, tragus piercings typically stick to a couple of basic styles. Similar to what you might wear for piercings on your upper ear—which consists of similar cartilage to the tragus—small studs, barbells and mini-hoops are the best choices for a tragus piercing.

How to take a tragus piercing out

(via Shutterstock)

Also read about: Everything You Should Know About Ear Piercings

3. Does It Hurt?

Like most piercing professionals will tell you, when it comes to any piercing, pain is relative. Overall, though, everything you need to know about the tragus piercing in terms of how much it hurts will depend on your personal pain tolerance levels. Some people claim they felt more pressure than pain when they got theirs, as it can be compared to a helix piercing or other style completed on the cartilage of the ear. Pro tip: Try to relax and reduce your stress when the piercing is taking place. Tensing your body in anticipation of pain when the piercing gun is fast approaching can only make it hurt worse—and besides, it ‘ s over in a flash.

How to take a tragus piercing out

(via Shutterstock)

Also Read About: A Definitive Ranking of Ear Piercings, From Least to Most Painful

4. How Do You Care For a Tragus Piercing?

The healing process for any cartilage piercing can be a bit trickier than what you might be used to if you ‘ ve only ever had your lobes pierced before, but it ‘ s nothing to worry about so long as you take the right steps for piercing care. Here ‘ s everything you need to know about healing and caring for your tragus piercing:

  • The piercing can get in the way when you ‘ re using things like earphones that have direct contact with your tragus and ear canal
  • It may be best to avoid touching the piercing as well as anything (such as the items listed above) coming into contact with the fresh piercing for at least a few weeks afterward
  • You can keep it clean using similar methods that you would another piercing, but avoid using soaps or disinfectants for the first day
  • It is usually recommended to avoid sleeping on the piercing for at least the first couple of months when healing (travel pillows can help you stay comfortable while preventing pressure on your pierced tragus)
  • Complete healing can take anywhere between 6 and 12 months

Also Read About: How to Properly Clean Your Ear Piercings

It ‘ s also good to note that, while rare, some people can have an allergic reaction, hypertrophic scarring or other forms of irritation after having their tragus pierced, but this is a risk with any piercing you might get.

And there you have it—crash course over! Now that you know everything you need to know about tragus piercings, it ‘ s time to decide if it ‘ s the right choice for you. And if you decide to go for it, you can check out our list of Instagram captions for your grand social media piercing reveal by clicking HERE.

While body piercings have been there for centuries, the choice of places to pierce has broadened and gotten more interesting in the past decade or so.

This is great news for people that love jewelry and who don’t mind a little pain. While ear piercings are nothing new, the new piercing position-the tragus- is fairly new.

Find out all you need to know about this piecing here, and possibly get one of your own!

How to take a tragus piercing out

Tragus Piercing

The tragus is the small piece of cartilage located at the front of your ear canal, which partially covers the ear canal. A piercing on this cartilage is known as a tragus piercing.

A tragus piercing goes through the cartilage. There is, however, a different piercing on this part called the surface tragus piercing. This one is done on the skin of the tragus. This one has a higher risk of rejection because the jewelry for this piercing lies under the skin. At times, the body deems it as a foreign object and rejects it.

How Much Does It Hurt?

The cartilage in the tragus is slightly thicker than other cartilages found on the outer ear. However, this piercing should not hurt any more than an ordinary cartilage piercing. For example, if you have a helix, conch, or auricle piercing, the pain should be just about the same.

However, because of the tragus’ proximity to the opening of the ear canal, you may hear a popping sound aside from the pressure of the actual piercing. Some people find this alarming.

As with other piercings, your choice of piercer can also contribute to how painful the process will be. Therefore, it’s always advisable to find a professional piercer, and ideally, ask about the procedure and what to expect. Many people feel more relaxed when they have an idea of the procedure.

Again, different people have different pain thresholds. Some people will term the procedure as painless, while others will find it fairly painful. This makes it impossible to offer accurate pain level expectations.

Healing a Tragus Piercing

How to take a tragus piercing out

Cartilage varies in healing time, but you can expect the piercing to fully heal in about 2-3 months. However, the tragus piercing will take six months or even more to heal in some people.

Keep an eye on your piecing to ensure it’s fully healed. The inner part that you cannot see takes longer to heal than the outer part.

As always, a good aftercare regimen can speed up the healing process. Here are some aftercare tips for a tragus piercing:

1. If you use headphones a lot, be careful as you put them in place to avoid agitating the piercing.

2. Ensure to sleep on the clean pillow to avoid contaminating the piercing. Also, try sleeping on your back as much as possible to avoid friction between the piercing’s jewelry and the pillow.

3. Avoid moving the jewelry around because it slows down healing. If you need to remove crusties, wash around the area with warm salt water or a saline solution.

On To The Fun Part

This is undoubtedly the best part of a piercing. After the anxiety of getting it done and weeks of aftercare, you can finally reward yourself with sparkling new jewelry. Body jewelry customers always want unique, authentic jewelry for their Tragus Piercing. At Salamander Jewelry, we make this a reality.

tragus piercing is a procedure that is performed in which a tragus (the ring of bone that forms the top of the thyroid) is pierced through the skin. The tragus, which is located at the top of the neck, is a thin, bone-like projection that houses the thyroid gland. By piercing the tragus, the health benefits of this surgery are increased as the tragus is exposed to the outside world, particularly to the outside skin.

This procedure is often done by physical therapists who use some type of electrical device that stimulates the nerve cells in the area of the tragus. The purpose of this device to be is to help the patient get a better sense of the area they’re inserting the tragus. This sense helps in the healing process.

Another thing tragus piercing helps with is that it allows the person to breath easier and is easier to insert.

As far as I can tell, the tragus piercing procedure is one of those things that seems like it should be used everywhere but the dentist, and that is primarily because the tragus lies underneath the skin. So it is pretty hard to get a good idea of what to do until it is actually been inserted. I doubt that tragus piercing will be popular in the next five years, but if you’re having trouble getting a good idea, just ask your doctor.

Tragus piercing is one of the three major ranking factors in Google. Because it is so often discussed, it is often a key issue for people to consider when selecting a health-conscious person. In some cases, you may get more than one person with a tragus piercing. In other cases, you may have a few tragus piercing friends that are healthy enough to have that tragus piercing.

People who have tragus piercings are generally healthy. However, there are usually people who are not health-conscious but who have a tragus piercing. They are often those who want something cool but can’t afford to get it through a medical procedure. The tragus piercing has a reputation of being a very good way to get a certain type of health. I like that because it sounds exciting.

In a tragus piercing, you can get a tragus piercing without having to go through a medical procedure. The doctor can just put a hole in your tragus and it’s permanent. So, you can get a tragus piercing without having to worry about health issues. Now, if you have health issues, you can go through a tragus piercing. But it’s not the perfect solution, and it may not be the perfect solution for everyone.

My advice is: don’t. First of all, tragus piercing is not a permanent solution. Once it’s open, you still have to deal with the pain. Second, it is a very invasive surgery. The doctors can remove the tragus and still have problems.

Tragus piercing is not a permanent solution. A tragus piercing is a permanent solution. It makes no sense to take it. Even if you don’t have to worry about health issues. In every case, it makes sense to take it.

I had a tragus piercer that lasted three months. I dont know how it works, but I thought it was great. I loved being able to see, feel, and smell what was on my piercings. I would recommend taking your tragus piercers to the doctor to have them removed if you need to.

When handling a piercing, it is important to maintain proper hygiene and handling of the jewelry and surrounding area. To begin, always wash your hands and never touch a belly ring that is infected. For best results, always take your time and move with caution. If you follow these basic guidelines, you can change your belly ring and ward off infection.

Sanitize your navel. Wash it with antibacterial soap, then soak a cotton ball in hydrogen peroxide and wipe the area around your navel, but do not soak the ring or pour peroxide into the piercing. Allow the area to air dry for several seconds.

Twist the ball that fastens the top curve of the ring until it comes undone (for a horseshoe belly ring). Put aside. Grab the second ball and guide the ring through the pierced skin. Pull the ring down and out until it is completely removed.

Flaten the body of the ring (for a closed ring). Press the ring downward against your index finger so it lays flat upon the surface of your finger. Use your thumb to apply light pressure to the center of the ring where the ball links the two curves of the ring into a “closed circle.” Continue to apply pressure. The ball is held between two grooves that allow the two ends of the ring to “close.” Slide the ring through the pierced skin and remove.

Maintain the piercing. Using fishing line, pull the plastic line through the opening in the skin and out through the other end of the piercing. When inserting the new jewelry, allow the fishing line to guide the new jewelry. Because of the curve and general nature of how a navel is pierced, it can be difficult to push jewelry through the pierced skin. In some cases, the jewelry can feel lost inside the folds of the navel. Fishing line will help to guide the ring or rod back out so it can be fastened and worn.

Including the pain level, cost, and healing time.

It’s 2019, and if you aren’t curating your ear, WTF are you doing? Kidding, kidding—but really, ear piercings have become the coolest beauty trend of the year (you can thank your Instagram feed for that), and I’m fully on board with it. So if you are like me and have officially run out of space on your lobe, allow me to introduce you to the next step in the curated ear: the tragus piercing, an intentionally subtle option that looks ridiculously cool with any number of earrings. And I broke down everything you need to know before you book your appointment, including the cost, healing time, and most important, the pain factor (which, spoiler alert, isn’t as bad as you’d imagine).

What is a tragus piercing?

The tragus is a small piece of cartilage on the inner corner of your ear (it’s what you touch when you plug your ears). Although it definitely isn’t as popular as your classic earlobe piercing, tragus piercings are definitely on the rise, mainly because they make a sweet little addition to any curated ear. Whether you keep it low-key with a tiny stud or go bold with an itty-bitty hoop earring (after it’s healed!), it’s super easy to customize a tragus piercing.

Are tragus piercings painful?

Welp, that depends on your pain tolerance—so even if your roommate teared up during her tragus piercing, it might be a total breeze for you. Keep in mind that your tragus is all cartilage, which means more pressure is required for the needle to pierce your skin. That said, it definitely isn’t considered one of the most painful piercings (see: nipple or daith piercings), so if you’re relatively chill with needles, you should be fine.

In the weeks (and in some cases, months) following your piercing, you’ll notice some redness and swelling. Don’t worry—this is totally normal and nothing to worry about, as long as you’re taking care of it properly. Speaking of which.

How do you care for a tragus piercing?

As with any piercing, your tragus is prone to infection if you don’t care for it properly. You should plan to clean your piercing at least two to three times a day while it’s healing. Piercers recommend gently washing your piercing with a mild soap (that means absolutely no alcohol or fragrance) or saline solution (aka salt water, which comes in super-convenient spray bottles for awkwardly placed piercings like your tragus).

It’s not uncommon to see women wear earrings but for the men? It used to be a novel experience to have their ears pierced, but as the world of fashion evolved, they started testing the waters. Over time, they’ve mustered up the courage to try something different, something they’ve never done before. And what do you know, the result was surprisingly pleasing to the eye. Since then, ear piercings for men have ridiculously grown in popularity.

These days, seeing men sporting different ear piercings is nothing new, especially in the younger generation. However, if this is your first time having your ears pierced, it pays to learn a couple of things about this industry.

The process may sound trivial (hey, everyone’s doing it), but if it goes badly, well, you’re looking into infection and the possibility of the hole closing up. Don’t rush into getting a piercing not knowing what to expect and what to do after. Nothing’s worse than an ear-piercing project gone wrong. Trust us, it happens quite a lot, but just because it happens to millions of Americans doesn’t mean it should happen to you too.

Before getting your ears pierced, there are a few things you need to consider:

  1. Find a good ear piercer and not just someone you found online. Part of the success of your ear piercing is the expertise and knowledge of your piercer. Since ear piercings are highly in-demand, expect that the market is teeming with piercers that offer the same service.

While price matters, you shouldn’t compromise the quality of work. So before you hire someone, make sure you’ve thoroughly done your research. Read reviews, comments, and feedback from actual clients. We also suggest you find someone who has already established a name in the industry.

  1. Ask what kind of jewelry they use. Ideally, it should be made of 14k gold, surgical steel, or titanium.
  2. Check to see if they have single-use needles. They should open the sealed pack in front of you.

Now that we’ve covered safety, we’ll now delve into the different ear piercing options.

How to take a tragus piercing out

Lobe Piercing

The most common ear piercing is lobe piercing. It’s also the simplest piercing. Out of all ear piercings, the earlobe piercing has the lowest risk of injury. The procedure only takes a couple of seconds to complete. A stud gun is used to create a tiny hole in your earlobe. This is the ideal option if you have a low pain threshold. The pain is bearable.

Tragus Piercing

The tragus is the tiny protrusion of your external ear located right in front of your concha. If you can’t figure out where it is, it’s the part that holds your earphones in place. Although it’s a weird spot to put a piece of jewelry on, apparently, men love its eccentricity. So a tragus piercing would make a statement.

However, it’s worth mentioning that tragus piercings can be a tad painful. And they are also prone to infection because of their exposure to dirt and grime, given their location. But this shouldn’t stop you from getting a tragus piercing. You just have to find a skilled and experienced professional piercer and make sure you strictly follow aftercare instructions.

If you’re the type who likes heavy earrings, this piercing is not for you. Since the tragus is relatively small, it’s not strong enough to support big bling. It can only accommodate studs.

Anti-Tragus Piercing

If tragus piercings are not your thing, you might want to give anti-tragus piercing a try. Compared to the tragus piercing, this one is a little less hardcore and is done in your ear’s inner cartilage. It’s less painful than the tragus piercing, and the healing time is also shorter, approximately 4 to 6 weeks.

Just like a tragus piercing, big jewelry is a no-no. The best jewelry pieces for an anti-tragus piercing are ball closure rings and studs.

Rook Piercing

Everyone agrees that a rook piercing is the hardest and most challenging to do, yet it’s one of the most requested ear piercing designs in the industry. In a rook piercing, your professional piercer will create a hole in the cartilage of your ear.

A cartilage fold is a prerequisite for this type of piercing. Without a fold, this would not be possible. In addition, it’s a unique piercing that will give you a more masculine appeal. You may use small loops for a rook piercing or a hook with balls.


Daith Piercing

Most men love a challenge, which is why they want to give daith piercings a try. Daith piercings are painful, complex, and put you at risk of infection. Nevertheless, these factors never stopped men from getting daith piercings. It’s not all bad as long as you take good care of your ears. The popular jewelry pieces for daith piercings are rings. But, a word of warning, if you keep removing your ring, the hole can quickly close up, so it’s best if you leave the jewelry on.

Industrial Piercing

Industrial piercings are not for everyone. You need determination and dedication to diligently follow post-piercing aftercare instructions; otherwise, there’s a good chance you’ll suffer possible complications.

This unique ear piercing type involves creating two holes on your cartilage. The holes are facing each other. These holes are connected through an earring. You need to be patient to care for your ears daily since the healing time can stretch up to a few months.

How to take a tragus piercing out

What Ear Piercing Type Do You Want?

Whether you go for a tragus, anti-tragus, or a daith piercing, it doesn’t matter. The important thing is you keep it clean at all times to hasten the healing process. Piercings take time to heal, and while the wound is still open, the site is prone to infection. So make sure you clean the area with a great product.

At Dr. Piercing Aftercare, we’ve developed convenient medicated swabs that you can use to clean your piercings and keep infection away. We are proud of our products. They are made and tested in a cGMP compliant and FDA-registered facility in America.

We use advanced technology on our swabs for easy application. Each pack contains thirty-six medicated swabs that are proven and tested to promote your body’s natural healing process while preventing infection. Contact us today, or check out our website to learn more about our products.

  1. How to Put in a Curved Nose Ring
  2. How to Take Out a Lip Ring Stud
  3. How to Put in a Hoop Nose Ring
  4. Professional Way to Clean an Eyebrow Piercing
  5. Tips on Taking Out Twisted Nose Rings

How to take a tragus piercing out

Brian McEntire/iStock/Getty Images

Unlike piercings in which the piercer inserts the jewelry vertically through the lip, labret lip piercings require piercing the skin horizontally just below the lower lip. Performed with a hollow needle, labret piercings often involve the insertion of a beaded stud bar that remains in place until the piercing site heals. After the nine- to 12-week healing window, the labret piercing is safe to remove for replacement with an alternate piece of jewelry.

Wash your hands with antibacterial soap and water, or apply a hand sanitizer to your hands before removing the labret piercing. Cleaning your hands prior to removing the jewelry helps prevent infection.

Bite down on the inner portion of the labret stud bar, also known as the backplate, with your teeth. Unlike the round captive bead that rests on the skin outside your lip, the inside backplate is flat.

Grasp the captive bead end of the labret stud bar. Twist the captive bead to unscrew it from the stud bar.

Continue twisting until the captive bead separates from the labret stud bar, then remove it.

Hold the stud bar between the thumb and pointer finger of one hand. Pull the backplate up and out of the skin. Replace the labret piercing with your jewelry of choice.

Ear Piercing Chart: Find Out Where Your Piercings Should Go

How to take a tragus piercing out

Introduction: Brief history of ear piercing.

Ear piercing has a long and colorful history.
Ear piercing patterns and types date back to ancient Egypt where women ornamented their ears with small gold earrings.
In India, women wore large earrings made of solid gold or silver.
Ear piercing became popular in the United States in the early 1900s when sailors and soldiers brought the piercings back from overseas.

The first formal ear piercing education program was offered at the University of Utah in 1974.
Today, there are many different styles of ear piercing, and people can get pierced anywhere on their body except for their tongues.
The most common location for ear piercings is the lobe of the ear,
but people also get pierced in the cartilage at the base of their ears,
along the ridge that runs through them, and even on top of their heads!

Types of ear piercings: List of common ear piercings.

There are many types of ear piercings and the list of common piercings is constantly evolving.
Here we will discuss some of the most popular piercing types and their benefits and drawbacks.
The cartilage that makes up the external ear consists mostly of water, which means that it is a very porous area.
The skin surrounding this cartilage also contains a lot of nerve endings,
so piercers can often feel sensation when jewelry goes in or out.
Additionally, because cartilage moves quite a bit with changes in temperature,
it’s often not as sturdy as other body parts when pierced, which can lead to stretched or broken earrings.

One type of piercing that is especially popular among those looking for a unique look is the helix piercing.

Procedure: How to get a piercing done.

If you’re thinking about getting a piercing, it’s important to be aware of the various procedures and what’s involved.
The Ear Piercing Chart provides an overview of the key steps in Getting a Piercing Done.

The first step is to decide if you want an ear piercing done.
If you are under 18 years old, your parent or guardian must give permission for a minor to get a piercing.
There are two types of ear piercings: cartilage piercings and females’ earrings.
Cartilage piercings involve making a small hole in the cartilage that covers your earlobe – this is usually done with a needle and is relatively painless.

Aftercare: How to take care of a new piercing.

As with any new piercing, it is important to take care of your new ear piercing.
Follow these simple steps to ensure a smooth and healthy healing process:

-Clean the pierced area twice daily with cool, running water and a mild soap.
Be sure to avoid using harsh detergents or scrubbing agents as they may irritate the skin. Pat dry with a clean towel.

-Apply an antibiotic ointment to the pierced area every day for seven days in order to prevent infection.
This ointment can be purchased from your piercer or pharmacy.

-Avoid contact with anyone else who has colds or flu, as these conditions are highly contagious and could lead to further infection. Stay at home if you feel ill.

Risks and complications: What can go wrong with piercings.

Piercing is a popular and often safe choice for people who want to express their individuality.
However, there are risks and complications that can go wrong with piercings.
Ear piercing charts can help identify potential problems and ensure that procedures are done safely and correctly.

Some common risks associated with ear piercing include infection, bleeding, pain, discharge, scarring, and headaches. Infection can occur from bacteria that gets into the ear while the piercing is being done or when the earring starts to get loose and turns into an infection. Bleeding may occur from tears in the skin around the ear or due to trauma to the cartilage of the earlobe. Pain may be caused by pressure on nerve endings, jewelry that is too tight, or incorrectly placed piercings. Discharge may occur from pus or other fluids that build up in the ear after Piercing.

Ear Piercing Chart Conclusion: Summary and thoughts on ear piercings.

There are a lot of different types of ear piercings out there and it can be hard to decide which one is right for you.
However, with a little bit of research, you can find the perfect piercing for your lifestyle.
The following chart has all the different types of ear piercings and their corresponding meanings.

If you’re thinking about getting an ear piercing, be sure to do your research first.
This Ear Piercing Chart will give you an idea of what kind of piercing is best for you.

Posted by Ann P on January 10, 2017

How to take a tragus piercing out

Location: through the flesh above and/or adjacent to the cartilage of the tragus

Jewelry: initially, a surface bar will be used ranging from 18 gauge (1mm) to 14 gauge (1.6mm) in thickness with the length varying depending on the ear’s anatomy

Healing: total healing time is usually from 3 to 9 months; can be longer

Aftercare: about twice a day, wash with warm water and antibacterial soap; sea salt solutions and sprays can aid with the process and both are recommended for use in an aftercare routine

The true vertical tragus piercing actually passes through the cartilage of the tragus, but in this case we’ll be discussing the increasingly popular surface piercing version of this look. This piercing passes through no cartilage and is classified as a surface piercing, not an ear piercing.

This piercing isn’t recommended for those new to modified style. Even in the best of conditions (experienced piercer, ideal anatomy, and use of a surface bar), a vertical tragus surface piercing is prone to migration and rejection. For this reason, you’ll want to visit your local piercing professional to see what their expertise has to offer and whether or not if the surface tragus piercing is even an option for you and your ear at all!

General Aftercare Tips for Ear Piercings:

  • Avoid smoking, using public telephones, and sleeping directly on your new piercing.
  • ALWAYS make sure you wash your hands before touching your piercing/its jewelry.
  • Resist the urge to change your initial jewelry prematurely – it’s worth the wait to do it correctly.

Also known as the sideburn tragus piercing, this procedure does not go through any cartilage, so the healing process is different than that of the cartilage ear piercings we’ve mainly discussed so far in this series. This also means that the pain level will be different than typical ear piercings of the cartilage (most claim it’s worse).

As we’ve already mentioned, surface piercings are more prone to rejection or migration from your skin than your typical body piercing. While some people’s bodies may openly welcome foreign objects such as body jewelry, other types of immune systems may not be as happy with a new surface piercing. These are all risks to consider before consulting a piercer to get it done.

Want to see some alternative threaded options for your surface tragus piercing whether you just got it pierced or have had it for years?!

How to take a tragus piercing outHow to take a tragus piercing out

We’ve got you covered here at BodyCandy.com with a ton of surface piercing body jewelry to choose from!

This post is included in the Ear Piercing category of our encyclopedia and is joined by many other blog posts about the other piercings available as options in the ear and surrounding areas.How to take a tragus piercing out

DISCLAIMER: the styles and locations displayed in the reference images featured in this post won’t match perfectly with your ear’s shape because each and every person has an anatomy that is uniquely individual and some of the piercings featured in our encyclopedia may not be possible for you to get. To find out what piercings are available for you and your specific anatomy, the best option is to visit your local professional piercer and ask for their expertise in determining what piercings are possible for you and your ear!

Have an experience of your own to share about getting your vertical surface tragus piercing? We’d love to hear about it – just leave a comment below 😀

<"one"=>“<< count >> comment”, “other”=>”<< count >> comments”>

Хотите научиться угадывать тренды рынка ценных бумаг и неплохо заработать на этом? Тогда наш сайт – то, что вам нужно!
Сотни примеров успешной торговли ценными бумагами на бирже forex, от опытных спикеров.
Приходи и научись зарабатывать уже сейчас!

Everyone’s body is different – some surface piercings last for many years!

It mostly depends on how well you take care of it and how your body personally reacts to it.

Hey I recently got mine done and I’m wondering how long it should or would last before I’ll have to take it out since it isn’t really a permanent piercing

Not that we know of… But if you come across something you’d like to try, you should always consult your healthcare professional for medical advice!

I have ringing in my right ear, is there a piercing to help?

BodyCandy COLLECTION

Ready to find out more about our new, and upcoming products? Sign up below.

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

Gregg Ratliff holds his wife Nancy, who has ALS. Photograph: Ratliff family

Gregg Ratliff holds his wife Nancy, who has ALS. Photograph: Ratliff family

I t hurts physically when we run into opposing forces (tables, chairs, walls, players for a rival sports team) with the outside of our bodies. But, it also hurts immensely on the inside when our values or morals collide.

I’ve been experiencing this torturous feeling for several months in regards to my dear, dear wife Nancy. I selfishly want to have her for as long as I can possibly hold on to her. But then I imagine how horrendous it must be for her to live with Lou Gehrig’s disease (also known as ALS), imprisoned inside her own body as her mind stays nimble, but her body deteriorates and stops responding to her wishes.

An internal battle wages within me. Prying my heart’s fingers from around her heart is one of the most difficult things I’ve ever experienced. Nancy’s vital signs remain positive with no infections. She occasionally, although rarely, opens her eyes and communicates minimally by blinking. Our health is such a blessing when it is good. These days, we take what we can get.
Ironically, these past two weeks the Terri Schiavo case has been one of the focal points of the “discussion board” in my paralegal training class. You may be familiar with this highly publicized case about a young lady who was on life support for over 15 years with little or no hope for improvement. Her husband said Terri had personally discussed with him the fact that she did not want to remain on life support in circumstances like the one she was experiencing. Her parents, very naturally, had a strong opposing view.
There was a major problem because they had never completed a medical directive and thus, the “clash of the titans” occurred. First, may I plead with everyone that if you have not completed medical directive, a power of attorney and either a will or trust, please, please do so. I don’t know what the equivalents are in other countries, but I suspect there are similar types of measures. I’m not an attorney offering you legal advice, but I am offering advice from personal experience.

If we do not complete these legal documents we risk abdicating our rights to choose what we would want done for ourselves to a court system which will assign someone to make decisions for us and our family. As well intentioned as the assignor may be, they may or may not choose what we would desire. This could cost our family legal and/or probate fees, not to mention a lot of disharmony and grief. So, please take care of that immediately, because unfortunately, like life insurance or a life vest, no one can anticipate when they will need it until often it is too late.

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

Gregg and Nancy Ratliff in 2008

Even though the above recommendation, which you can probably tell I have strong feelings about, will take care of many, if not most, circumstances, we still may run into some situations in life that these documents may not take care of.

For example, in our current situation my dear wife did complete a medical directive and made it very clear that she did not want to be resuscitated (that is, she did not want her heart restarted if it stopped). However, she also stated that she did not want to be taken off of her ventilator. I feel reasonably certain this was due to a near-death experience she had approximately three years ago, 10 months after her ALS diagnosis.

One night she was not getting adequate air, her face had begun to turn ashen gray and her lips deep purple until I began to “ambo bag her”, which I continued to do until the 911 paramedics arrived. It seemed very clear, “cut and dried” some might say, what her wishes were. But, the key word here is “were”.

It occasionally occurs to me that she did not know back then what she knows now. If she would have known three years ago that she not only would be unable to move (a given for most ALS patients), but she would also not be able to communicate in any way and that she would not be able to open her eyes, would she have made the same choice?

I honestly do not know, and it gives me pause and occasional anxiety. This is not a decision I thought I would ever face – to hold someone’s life almost in my hands. The dilemma now is there is no way for her to let us know if she does want to change her mind. As her medical proxy/partner I can only do, in clear conscience, what she last communicated to me that she wanted done for herself. So, “checkmate”.

I am a religious person, and I pray daily for God’s mercy and grace upon her and that his will be done. Beyond that, I feel helpless. Doctors and nurses, for all their knowledge, cannot make these decisions for us. But, until the time comes that God takes her, my family and I will do everything earthly possible to make her remaining days on this earth as peaceful and comfortable as possible.

I pray you will never face a crisis like this in your life. But if you should, remember my story and the three years I have been more or less by my wife’s bedside: talk with your partner in advance and be as clear as possible about your desires. Get your legal affairs in order and, if it applies to you, have your spiritual affairs in order as well. No one likes to think much about end-of-life decisions, but there are legal and moral quagmires to deal with on top of the emotions.

Read Also

Get A LIFE AND DEATH DECISION (0230600638)

welcome to Our weba free e-book sharing place just by becoming our member, the

guarantee of e-book that you get is original with all types of formats (pdf, Kindle, mobi, and ePub). We consistently provide the best quality to

our members. so get a Book A LIFE AND DEATH DECISION(0230600638) for free without being charged a fee, member satisfaction is number one!

A LIFE AND DEATH DECISION Scott E Sundby 9780230600638

A Life and Death Decision A Jury Weighs the Death Penalty and millions of other books are available for Amazon Kindle Enter your mobile number or email address below and well send you a link to download the free Kindle App Then you can start reading Kindle books on your smartphone tablet or computer no Kindle device required

A Life and Death Decision Scott E Sundby Macmillan

With a life in the balance a jury convicts a man of murder and now has to decide whether he should be put to death Twelve people now face a momentous choice Bringing drama to life A Life and Death Decision gives unique insight into how a jury deliberates

Customer reviews A LIFE AND DEATH DECISION

The cold statistics come to life as Sundby relates how different factors influence the life and death decisions that go on across America in death penalty trials through the eyes of each juror on the panel A real eye opener It should be required reading in every law school and for every lawyer who defends death penalty cases

How to Make Life and Death Decisions for a Family Member

How to Make Life and Death Decisions for a Family MemberLoved One Steps Consider the patient Put your own needs aside Talk to the physician hopefully more than one Make a decision based on what you believe your loved ones wishes would be Never regret your decision it was the best

Life or Death Decisions OpenLearn Open University

Life or Death Decisions Updated Thursday 27th September 2018 Ever heard of advance care planning Setting out what you’d want to happen to you if you became too unwell to make your own decisions doesn’t have to be morbid but can be incredibly helpful and give you peace of mind Find out more in this interactive video simulation…

Life And Death Decision CBS News

Life And Death Decision The investigation of the death of Nicole Dematt and then the murder trial of Patrick McIntyre were to change the lives of his entire immediate family Molly

A Life or Death Decision Billy Graham Evangelistic

A Life or Death Decision Kicking off the event in front of a sea of women clad in hot pink Tshirts Kelley Robinson the national organizing deputy director of the Fund announced that for the first time in the organization’s 100year history they were endorsing a presidential candidate in the primaries

Parents allow child to make life death decision

Parents allow child to make life death decision Life And Death In Indiana S1 • E1 Meet Americas Most Inside Indiana State Prison S1 • E1 Meeting Americas Death Row Inmates

By Gerald F. Uelmen

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one
Gerald Uelmen

On June 25,1990, the United States Supreme Court announced its decisions in two closely-watched cases. In one case, Cruzan v. Missouri Dept. of Health, the court rejected a petition by the parents of Nancy Cruzan to withdraw artificial feeding and hydration tubes from their daughter who had suffered permanent brain damage in an auto accident and had remained in a “persistent vegetative state” or coma for several years. Doctors agreed she had virtually no chance of ever regaining her mental faculties.

The other case, decided on the same day, was Ohio v. Akron Center for Reproductive Health, a case brought on behalf of an unmarried, pregnant teenage girl. Wanting to have an abortion without notifying her parents, she was challenging an Ohio law that makes it a criminal offense for a physician to perform an abortion on a minor without notifying her parents, unless the minor establishes that she had sufficient maturity or that her parents were abusive. The court upheld the Ohio law.

Both of these cases raise important moral questions about the appropriate role of families in making life and death decisions. A comparison of the positions of the justices in both cases reveals some inconsistencies, as well as some striking parallels. What should be the extent of family involvement in crisis situations?

In the case of Nancy Cruzan, Chief Justice William Rehnquist spoke for the majority, holding that only the patient herself had the right to decide whether or not life-sustaining measures should be withdrawn. If the patient was incompetent, as Nancy was, and had failed to leave a “living will” clearly stating her wishes, the state of Missouri required “clear and convincing evidence” of what she would have wanted. Although the judge conceded that Nancy’s mother and father were loving and caring parents, he argued that “close family members may have a strong feeling — a feeling not at all ignoble or unworthy, but not entirely disinterested, either — that they do not wish to witness the continuation of the life of a loved one which they regard as hopeless, meaningless, and even degrading. But there was no automatic assurance that the view of close family members would necessarily be the same as the patient’s would have been had she been confronted with the prospect of her situation while competent.” Her parents could not decide for her.

In his dissenting opinion, Justice Brennan, while not quarreling with Rehnquist’s cautionary observations, countered with a question: “Is there any reason to suppose that a state is more likely to make the choice that the patient would have made than someone who knew the patient intimately? To ask this is to answer it.”

The Supreme Court’s decision in Cruzan was widely criticized. When the case was returned to the Missouri courts, Nancy’s parents presented additional evidence of her wishes, and the court ruled in their favor. The tubes were removed, and Nancy Cruzan died shortly after Christmas.

In the second case, Akron, the positions of the justices appear almost reversed, presenting a mirror image of Cruzan. The majority, led by Justice Anthony Kennedy, extolled the value of family consultation in a minor’s abortion decision:

A free and enlightened society may decide that each of its members should attain a clearer, more tolerant understanding of the profound philosophic choices confronted by a woman who is considering whether to seek an abortion. Her decision will embrace her own destiny and personal dignity, and the origins of the other human lip that lie within her and the embryo. The State is entitled to assume that for most of its people, the beginnings of that understanding will be within the family, society’s most intimate association. It is both rational and fair for the State to conclude that, in most instances, the family will strive to give a lonely or even terrified minor advice that is both compassionate and mature.

Justice Blackmun spoke for the dissenting justices arguing that “for too many young pregnant women, parental involvement in this most intimate decision threatens harm, rather than promises comfort.” He concluded that Kennedy’s “placid reference to the ‘compassionate and mature’ advice the minor will receive from within the family must seem an unbelievable and cruel irony to those children trapped in violent families.”

Obviously there are significant differences between these two cases. But the assumptions the justices make about families are hardly consistent. Why does the majority suggest that the family of a pregnant teenager will provide the beginnings of profound understanding, while the family of a comatose patient will be motivated by personal considerations? Why do the dissenters assume that parents will greet a daughter’s pregnancy with abuse, while they will greet her vegetative coma with compassion and concern? Something is awry.

In this author’s judgment, Cruzan was wrongly decided by the Supreme Court. What was forgotten is that these crises beset the same families. There is no sociological chasm between the families afflicted by teenage pregnancy and the families afflicted by unwanted medical technology. In both cases, the state should promote family involvement, rather that discount it. The decisions made are decisions that an entire family must live with, not just the individual decision-maker.

Some justices on the Court find refuge in a narrow interpretation of federal constitutional protection. They would leave the individual states free to impose limitations on family participation in life and death decisions.without federal limitations. Such a position is ironic, in light of the broad range of other procedural rights that have been given federal constitutional protection under the “due process” clause. Due process protection should be at its greatest when issues human life are at stake. And leaving states such as Missouri free to impose greater restrictions than neighboring states creates another set of problems. Illustrative is a current case in which father is seeking to remove his comatose daughter from a Missouri hospital to take her to a state which will permit remove of feeding and hydration tubes.

Many of us have been fortunate in not having had to face the issues that either of these families have had to confront. If we ever do face these issue! though, we may be wiser to resolve them without the intervention of lawyers an judges. One way we can prepare to face them is to talk about them. We need tell each other how we feel about having our bodies maintained in a “persister vegetative state” and put our wishes in writing. We need to calmly discuss wit: our children how we would feel about an unplanned pregnancy and discus what the family should do. If we don’t the likelihood increases that someone else will intervene to make life and death decisions for us.

Gerald Uelmen is Dean of the Santa Clara University School of Law and a Fellow of the Center for Applied Ethics.

With medical care issues more and more on the front burner, there is a focus on the elderly. But health care issues are not just about the elderly, and serious or sudden illness can debilitate a family. A sudden injury, a childhood disease, a newborn infant with problems, and the like often force regular folks to make life-and-death decisions. And often they can’t because they don’t have all the information needed to do so. They are under stress, lack knowledge, and can only hope they make the right choices — and all of this is complicated further for Orthodox Jewish families, for whom halachah sets precedent. And that precedent is often different than one might imagine. It is not always the case, for example, that extreme measures need to be taken to save a life. Sometimes you need to let a person go. But how do you know when? And how do you decide?

Frank Buchweitz and others will discuss emergency medical decisions Saturday night.

To help people make these difficult decisions, and to prepare them for the worst, a conference on these serious life-and-death topics will be held Saturday evening at Congregation Bnai Yeshurun in Teaneck. A panel discussion will feature topics such as: Halachic Considerations with Rav Hershel Schachter; Ethical Wills/Trusts and Estates with Rabbi Shalom Baum; Medical Challenges and Concerns with Beth Popp, M.D.; Legal and Financial Aspects-with Eytan Kobre, Esq.; and Family Support Services with Rabbi Jay Yaakov Schwartz, MSW.

For me, these issues hit home.

My father, a fervently religious Orthodox Holocaust survivor was dying of cancer. He was just 66. My mother wanted doctors to give him a hyper-alimentation shunt — to insert a tube into his neck to feed him nutrients — to prolong his life. He was already on a respirator and in constant pain. His systems were failing. He was retaining fluid and his lungs were filling up. The morning my mother wanted the procedure, he told me, “Dayenu, it’s enough.”

Six months earlier we had discussed my final exam in a Jewish ethics course I took at Brooklyn College. The questions raised on the exam included: Do you separate Siamese twins who share a heart and a half? Though most of the class didn’t know it, the subject had been thoroughly covered in The Record (Bergen County), when a decision was made to separate such twins born to an Orthodox Jewish family in Lakewood, NJ.

Rabbi Moshe Feinstein and his son-in-law, Rabbi Moshe Tendler made the decision to operate, and C. Everett Koop, later the Surgeon General of the United States, performed the surgery in Philadelphia. Both babies died. One immediately, and the other after prolonged suffering that included meningitis. This had not been the first such conjoined twins case. Another set of twins had been separated in Switzerland with the same results.

I told my father I disagreed with the rabbis, who supported the surgery, because the surgery seemed to cause living creatures incredible pain and suffering. The twins would have had some quality of life for about two years or more without it. I asked him to let me know when he’d had enough. He did.

But what about the halachah? According to Jewish law, could I prevent the prolonged suffering that my father would have had to endure if a shunt was inserted?

I called my old professor, an Orthodox Jew who was very well-respected for his knowledge.

“You do not put salt on a dying man’s lips,” he said.

He listed chapter and verse from the Talmud and other sources about why extreme measures were not warranted in this case. Rabbi Feinstein was consulted, and the procedure wasn’t done. My father died a few days later in relative comfort and with dignity. But the kind of access I had to halachic information is rare. Hence the OU program at Bnai Yeshurun.

Frank Buchweitz, who organized the program, says good information is hard to find. It was the Terry Schiavo case that prompted him to set up a series of seminars with the Orthodox Union on exactly these issues. What he found when discussing the Schiavo case was that there was a tremendous lack of knowledge about what to do in case of a medical crisis.

Most people, he said, had no idea that they needed to make decisions that affected every area of their lives — from health care to finances to legal issues. “Education is power. And this,” Buchweitz said, “is a form of empowerment. There are so many vital things at stake, including the patients’ life and the financial security of a family. Do you know what you are signing? What is a power of attorney? What does a DNR (do not resuscitate) really mean?”

There are many important decisions to be made when a child is diagnosed with a life-limiting illness. This issometimes called a terminal illness. Decisions include:

Right to refuse treatment. The child and family may have the right to refuse certain kinds treatment. Often, choices for treatment are offered that may extend the child’s life, but not provide a cure. Consider the child’s quality of life as well as the possibility of extending it.

Decision to die in the home versus hospital setting. Many families want their loved ones to die at home in their natural and most comfortable setting. Others don’t feel they can emotionally handle the death in their home. Siblings may influence this decision. Include all family members in this important decision. Not all decisions have to be made at once. In some cases, families think they want to be at home and then find the hospital to be more comfortable. Some families choose to be in the hospital, but then find the child and themselves are more comfortable at home. Time and circumstances can help to make these decisions. Ask as many questions as possible to get the information needed to make the best decision for your family.

Advance directives, if age appropriate (18 or older). Adults who are 18 years old or older can prepare an advance directive. These are documents that are looked to only if a person loses capacity to make decisions or suffers an injury or disease that leaves them unable to communicate their wishes. Children younger than 18 may prepare an advance directive. But by law (in most cases), parents or healthcare providers are not required to honor it.

Do not resuscitate (DNR) order. A do not resuscitate (DNR) order is a formal request by a person or a person’s family to not take extreme measures to save their life. A DNR order is usually reserved for a person near death or with a life-limiting illness that, even if resuscitated, would not have a high quality of life or a long period before death would happen even with resuscitative efforts. DNR orders can specify how much intervention is desired before death. For example, a person may choose not to have antibiotics or artificial feeding. These need to be discussed and written by a healthcare provider. A DNR is also needed for home and in the event that emergency medical services are involved.

Autopsy decisions. An autopsy is an exam of the organs and tissues of the body after death. It’s often used to determine the cause of death. It may also be done to research the fatal disease for future diagnosis, treatment, and prevention strategies. The decision to have an autopsy is a very personal choice and should be decided when the family is ready. Often an autopsy may help the family with closure and may help other children with a similar illness. In a child with a rare disease or cancer, or a condition which has a genetic cause, an autopsy can provide important information for other family members, or for parents who may decide to have more children. If genetic testing has not already been done, or is not available at the time, DNA banking may provide a choice when testing in the future.

Organ donation, if possible. Laws governing organ donation vary slightly from state to state. Your healthcare provider will be able to tell you of these choices.

Funeral arrangements. Arranging for a child’s funeral is a situation for which no parent is prepared. For many parents, this is the first funeral they have attended and the first time they will have made funeral plans. Sometimes, parents are eager to rush the process because they are so stunned and upset. Families should not rush their decisions about what plans they want for their child. Parents need to have some time to determine what they want for their child before going to the funeral home, so that they are not making these decisions about the services during a time of great stress.

It’s important to take the time to ask questions of the funeral director to understand all of the choices for planning the service. Involving other family members in the planning, such as siblings and grandparents, can make the service more meaningful for everyone. Clergy and religious communities can also provide support and resources as families make funeral plans. Memorial gifts to certain organizations, causes, or funds are one way to acknowledge what a family wants and needs to honor their child’s life.

Palliative and hospice care. Palliative care is care aimed at comfort versus cure and treatment. Hospice is a type of palliative care. It provides services to improve the quality of life for the family and child, stressing peace, comfort, and dignity.

The process of making the decisions for a child can be overwhelming for many parents. Take time for anticipatory grieving when the child is diagnosed with a life-limiting illness. It’s important to ask questions, delegate responsibilities to other family members when you can, and discuss the decisions to be made with the child, if appropriate.

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

While in Tennessee the past few days, we noticed a reoccurring message on electronic signs over the Interstate highways.

YOUR DECISIONS

DRIVE

YOUR SAFETY.

The message is sponsored by The Network for Employers for Traffic Safety (NETS). It is a campaign theme promoting the safety of employees, employee family members and their communities.

Not surprisingly,”driver behavior contributes to 94% of all traffic crashes” according to National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Drowsy, distracted or dangerous drivers make poor decisions. The decision to drive without proper sleep, can result in running off the road. Texting, applying makeup or fiddling with some gadget while driving, could cause a serious accident with life long injuries. The consequences of tail- gating, weaving in and out of traffic, could be fatal, both for the driver, passengers and other motorists.

The theme and thesis of this message speaks to the importance of our daily decisions. Not just on the highway. But in all of life. It is true in our work, relationships and spiritual resolutions.

The wise man exhorted “Ponder the path of your feet; then all your ways will be sure” (Prov 4:26). The word ponder means “to weigh.” To examine our lives to see where we are going. This involves an accurate assessment and correct decision.

Joshua called on ancient Israel to make a decision for the Lord when he challenged, “Choose this day whom you will serve?” (Josh 24:15). His determination was resolute. “We will serve the Lord,” announced Joshua. That decision drove everything he did in his life. From his early days as Moses’ assistant through his leadership during the conquest of Canaan, Joshua’s decisions were focused on the Lord’s will.

Likewise, serving Jesus is a decision. Christ challenges his listeners. “If anyone desires to come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow Me” (Lk 9:23). Discipleship is a daily decision. It’s a decision to deny one’s personal desires and selfish ambition.

It’s a decision to bear your cross. It is a decision about sacrifice. Devotion. Commitment. It is a decision to use our time, talent and treasure to It is using our time, talent and treasure to benefit His Cause, instead of selfishly using it all for our own. It is working for his glory, and not our own praise.

It is a daily decision. Not once. Or once a year. Or once a month. Or once a week. Like on Sunday. Jesus said, “daily.” Each day we take up our cross. Every day we live for the Lord. Daily we look for ways to make a difference. To give. To serve. To shine.

These daily decisions drive our safety. Just like our driving decisions affect our physical safety, our spiritual decisions impact our soul’s safety. Sadly, some Christians fail to recognize this. It’s easy to become careless. Over confident. Distracted. Or spiritually sleepy.

Others just become reckless in their decision making. They dabble with danger. Trifle with temptation. Amuse themselves with carnal allurements. Find fascination in sensual stimulation. Or deceive themselves into thinking the devils devices are not disastrous.

It may be one drink that becomes two. And then too many. Or an “innocent” glance that becomes an internet addiction. It could be a friendly relationship with the opposite sex that becomes too friendly and leads to where neither ever imagined.

Poor decisions can hurt your health. Bankrupt your bank account. Wreck your marriage. Rupture your friendships. Ruin your influence. And ultimately destroy your soul.

Yes. Your decisions drive your safety. Both on the road. And on the highway of life. Drive safely.

If there is a condition that everyone in this wide, contentious, diverse world shares, it is this one: mortality. We can say with 100% certainty that all of us are going to die. We all know this, and yet we have been immeasurably slow in recognizing that many of the people we love are not dying the way they would choose.

Working within the reality of mortality, coming to death is then an inevitable part of life, an event to be lived rather than a problem to be solved. Ideally, we would live the end of our life from the same values that have given meaning to the story of our life up to that time. But in a medical crisis there is little time, language, or ritual to guide patients and families in conceptualizing or expressing their values and goals (Farber & Farber, 2006). Completing an advance directive (AD) opens up the opportunity to communicate to our community the quality of life that we would find acceptable and how we would want to live the end of our life, should a time come when we cannot act on our own behalf.

In the AD we can state our preferences for care and choose an agent to advocate for us. Even so, there are many challenges to the completion and actual application of ADs. For example, some people aren’t yet convinced that death is inevitable. Others worry that talking about death will bring the event to pass. Still others, seeing themselves as wholly independent, refuse to talk about serious illness and end of life (EOL) as a way of protecting themselves and their family from the emotional burden of such discussions. For those who do decide to create an AD, there is the more basic challenge of making decisions today about some unknown event in an unforeseeable future.

In this chapter we discuss two of these major challenges:

Uncertainty: It is difficult and usually impossible to know the circumstances in which an AD will be used.

Autonomy and interdependence: By its very nature living with serious illness diminishes a person’s autonomy and increases interdependence within his/her community and the care team that is serving him or her.

UNCERTAINTY

A person completing an AD is being asked to make life and death decisions for a medical event that will happen at an unknown time in the future under unknown circumstances. In this context, logically completing such a form is difficult, and it may be a primary reason why very few people, whether healthy or seriously ill, ever complete an AD. Once the AD is completed, it then lies dormant until a medical crisis activates it.

Challenges arise when the specific circumstances of the medical crisis may not have been anticipated in the AD, which is all too common. And more importantly, at the time of crisis the choices in the AD are often not honored for a variety of reasons, two of them particularly common.

First, the surrogate decision maker chooses to ignore the AD believing that the current circumstances indicate a different course of action. During a medical crisis, emergency care may be rendered, resulting in intubation, mechanical ventilation, and admission to the intensive care unit (ICU) before the AD has the opportunity to be considered. The surrogate decision makers are left with a “living” family member who may or may not get better. The surrogate (variously called agent, proxy, or durable power of attorney for health care matters) is then asked to make the daunting decision of whether or not to withdraw life-supporting treatments.

Second, we see that uncertainty exists on multiple levels: The AD often does not anticipate the actual medical crisis that activates it, or how the surrogate decision maker may interpret events, or how medical providers will interpret treatment needs, or even the role of the AD when decisions need to be made. Such uncertainty has prompted several experts to recommend that ADs focusing primarily on treatment choices should be abandoned altogether because they are of little value when implemented (Tonnelli, 1996).

This brings us to what are called third-generation ADs. These focus less on specific medical procedures and more on the person’s values as a
way of guiding decision making. What are most certain in anticipating an unknown future health crisis are the values that define meaning and quality of life for the ill person. What makes life worth living? What constitutes quality of life for that person? Answers to these questions provide a firmer foundation to answer the question of which medical treatments are appropriate in unanticipated circumstances.

Equally important is that this document can be used to facilitate a conversation with family and community members, those who will support the patient and speak for that person if he/she is unable to do so for himself/herself. Each of us has a robust “lived story” that is filled with values, choices, and relationships that have provided meaning in our lives. Our family and community have access to this “lived story” even if we have not discussed the specifics of a particular medical situation. Talking with our agents about quality of life and how that is congruent with the life that we have lived will assist in assuring that medical treatments support the “lived story” of our life within our community. It is a vital way to help decrease uncertainty and increase the precision of medical decision making.

Article share options

Share this on

Send this by

It’s a thought experiment about killing, death and an out of control train, but does the trolley problem really get to the crux of how to make an unpleasant life and death decision?

Devised by the philosopher Philippa Foot, the scenario involves a trolley (a kind of tram powered by an overhead cable) travelling along a track on its usual journey until you realise that it’s out of control.

The driver can do nothing to stop it or slow it down, and to make matters worse, there are five people ahead standing on the track who don’t know they are in danger.

It seems like there is nothing you can do except watch five people get hit by the trolley and die.

However, there is one choice in this thought experiment; you can flick a small switch which can divert the train onto another track, allowing those five people to live.

The trouble is that on the second track there is one person standing on that track who will be hit and killed by the trolley if you flick the switch.

Do you flick the switch or not?

Children interviewed for kids’ podcast Short & Curly, said the most important thing was to save the largest number of people possible.

“Can’t you just flick the switch so the train topples over and that would save all the people from dying?”

“Five lives are greater than one, so why would I sacrifice five lives just to save one, even if that person was my best friend that’s five lives and you’re only one life so I would rather have you gone.”

“I would want to learn who that one person was and I would write a letter to their family and explain why I had to do it.”

Some wavered a little, wondering whether it would be different if you knew the people about to die and if it would also make a difference if you loved them or hated them.

One child said she would kill that one person, even if it was her friend, because saving the greatest number of lives was always the top priority.

Much like some adults, there were a smaller number of children who questioned whether to do anything at all.

They didn’t want to flick the switch themselves because they saw that action as essentially killing someone, which they didn’t think was ever right.

In their mind, doing nothing might be morally OK because those five people would have died anyway, had you not been there in the first place.

Some kids got upset at this, though, and countered that it is never OK to do nothing when people’s lives are at stake.

Does the trolley problem help make decisions?

There have been versions of the trolley problem involving pushing a large man off a bridge instead of flicking a switch, and versions where you take the perspective of the train driver, a passenger and a bystander going for a walk near the train line.

So is the trolley problem useful in helping us make decisions in an emergency? And can it help us work out what sort of person we really are deep down?

City College of New York philosophy professor Jennifer Moreton said people should think about the action taking place.

Listen to Short and Curly

Hear more from the fast-paced fun-filled ethics podcast for kids and their parents with questions and ideas to really get you thinking.

“One way is that you’re killing someone, but that doesn’t seem quite right,” she said.

“What you’re really doing is trying to save the five people and it’s a side effect of saving five people that one person dies.”

“This is known in philosophy as the doctrine of double effect, as what you intend to do is to save five lives, but it’s a side effect that you kill one person.”

Advocates of the trolley problem have said that the thought experiment acts as a kind of ethical workout, strengthening our theoretical ideas about what we value and what we think our duties are in life, so when a crisis appears our moral muscles might kick in and help us do the best thing possible.

The trolley problem vs driverless cars

As we move into the world of driverless cars, these questions remain relevant, as cars will need to be programmed to make split-second decisions during an accident.

Do we program the car to prioritise the safety of the greatest number of pedestrians or do we put the driver’s life and that of their passengers first?

WNYC’s Radiolab looked at this recently in the Driverless Dilemma, and Short & Curly took a look at the life and death decisions a robot car might have to make in Can you trust a robot?

The thing about the trolley problem, of course, is that there’s no right thing to do — you need to make what you think is the best choice in a terrible situation.

Final Fling is the home of life and death decisions – the community for this critical life stage.

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

There are many reasons for making life and death decisions well before they’re needed.

I’m thinking of Lynn, who not only lost her son but then had to find £8k for a funeral.
I’m thinking of Anna, who had no Power of Attorney to be able to make decisions when her mum’s Alzheimers took over.
I’m thinking of Sarah, who has a F**k-it List rather than a Bucketlist, spiritedly dealing with Huntingtons.

Final Fling’s Top 5

1. You never know the moment
2. Don’t leave the burden to family at a vulnerable time
3. Take a moment well in advance to pick a wee something to leave friends to remember you by. It’s not about the money; it’s about that favourite hat
4. Leave a personal message to great friends, family, kids
5. Find the meaning in your life while you’re still here.

Final Fling Founder, Barbara says: “My inner Brownie always shouts: Be Prepared! That’s possibly why I’m the opposite to all the scaredies who think if they organise their stuff they might be tempting fate. Ever the optimist, I think if I make and share my plans, it’s a good deed of sorts and I’ll be rewarded with a long and happy life. It’s with that spirit that I’ve had a Will since I was 24.”

Make and update your important decisions in your Final Fling account.

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

We need to talk more about the 30%+ False Negative rates in COVID-19 testing. We are making public health decisions — specifically decisions around when and how to re-open the economy — that will impact life and death for millions of people — based on unreliable data.

As we debate how and when to open up our economy, as we worry about the lack of widely available testing, as we build our capabilities to detect, isolate, and trace positive cases while opening up the rest of the country, are we really taking into account the fact that our tests are simply not reliable?

On March 31st, after 4 days of persistent fevers, shortness of breath, chest tightness, and severe fatigue, I insisted on getting a COVID-19 test with my doctor. I am considered high risk. The doctor on my video call hesitated — I hadn’t been to Wuhan, China or met someone from China, she said. We have very limited testing available, she explained. We know there’s community transmission in the US already — so why are we still asking patients if they have met someone from China? I press more to get tested, so I can make the best decisions for my personal health and the safety of my family and those around me.

On April 1st, I got a Reverse Transcriptase Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) test — one of the most common tests for Covid-19 — through a nasopharyngeal or nasal swab. The test was conducted at a drive-through center with UCSF in San Francisco. There were no other patients, no cars lined up, no wait. I drove up to the tent I was directed to, and while I sat in the car with my window rolled down, a medical professional inserted a nasal swab up through my left nostril, going as far up as you could imagine, and then some more. The test was completed in less than 10 seconds and later sent to LabCorp Laboratories to be processed.

On April 3rd, as my symptoms continued to worsen, I got my results back. I was COVID-19 Negative.

I took a sigh of relief and shared the good news with my family. Two hours later, my doctor messaged me to schedule an appointment. During my video appointment, the same day that I received my COVID-19 Negative results, my doctors asked me for my list of symptoms, made me do a breathing test, checked my temperature, and declared that I have COVID.

While widely accepted in the medical community, what I did not know at that point is that up to 30% of people who have COVID-19 may receive a False Negative result. I have seen doctors at 4 medical facilities: UCSF, One Medical, Carbon Health, and Alta Bates, and every single one of them disregarded my Negative COVID test results. Every single one of them spoke about the 30% False Negatives. “Should I repeat the test?” I asked. “No need,” said one of my doctors, “the test is not really reliable.” “I am not surprised you have a Negative result,” said another doctor, “I would be shocked if you don’t have COVID.” I had to go to ER when my symptoms worsened one day. “Should you let ER know that you believe my test results may be incorrect? That there’s a 30% False Negative rate?” I asked my doctor, “That won’t be needed. Everyone in the medical community knows already,” was the response.

As reported in Healthline, preliminary research from China suggests the most common form of COVID-19 test produces “false negatives” up to 30 percent of the time. “The issue with the tests for the SARS-CoV-2 virus is that there has not been time to test them rigorously before deploying them in the field,” said Dr. Gary L. LeRoy, FAAFP, President of the American Academy of Family Physicians. Under what’s known as an Emergency Use Authorization, or EUA, manufacturers began making and distributing tests for use in patients without the usual, more thorough process.

According to NNT.com, “The Reverse Transcriptase-Polymerase Chain Reaction test is flawed. When the test finds SARS-CoV-2 it is overwhelmingly correct, but it often misses the virus that is present.”

One study reported in February 2020 that COVID-19 tests were detecting the virus only 30–50% of the time among patients with definite COVID-19. That is, the False Negative rate may be as high as 50%, depending on the type of test conducted, the practitioner’s skills, the amount of viral load at the time of conducting the test, and more.

Based on my experience, the front-line healthcare professionals and the medical community seem to be fully aware of the unreliability of Negative results and, at least in my case, did not base patient care decisions on Negative COVID test results. What is deeply concerning and worrisome to me is whether our policy makers, our politicians, and our government officials across our nation and around the world are considering these same factors in making life and death decisions.

For one, we know that the number of COVID cases reported every day in the news media, by WHO, by Johns Hopkins, by the governors of various states, may be grossly under-reported. The actual number of cases may be as much as 43% higher than what we are seeing, if we assume a 30% False Negative rate, and twice as high as what is being reported if the False Negative rate is 50%.

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

We know that between 25% to 50% of COVID Positive patients may show no symptoms while being carriers of the virus. We believe more people are silently dying from COVID than we are counting because not everyone is given access to testing.

I understand we need more widely available testing for all. But I am worried that more testing, when testing is unreliable, is simply more dangerous, if more testing creates a false sense of security which we base our public health decisions on. Widely available testing, be it of COVID or antibodies, can be more harmful than helpful, if we don’t account for their unreliability in making critical decisions.

This is direly important to acknowledge as we build a plan to re-open the economy. As a founder and CEO of my company, I am eager for the economy to restart and for all of us to go back to work. But if we overlook the issue of unreliable testing, we may send people with Negative COVID results back to work, when we know now that a sizable proportion of these cases will be silent carriers of the virus. And one undetected case is one too many to drive a resurgence of the pandemic.

If you got a Negative test result and believe you have COVID, please share your experience. If you’re a healthcare professional and you agree or disagree with what I see, please tell us. If you’re a government official evaluating how to reopen the economy, please consider the unreliability of the data you will be basing life and death decisions on.

And for all of us, as we do our part to protect our loved ones, our community, ourselves, regardless of whether we are COVID Negative or not, regardless of whether we have the symptoms or not, let’s continue to observe social distancing, wash hands, and wear a face covering — any protective face covering we can get or make.

This is the moment in history when all of us, every single one of us — with our choice of simple actions or inactions — have the power to save lives.

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

Dr. Alejandra Vasquez, JD, CT
Certified Grief Counselor

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

Losing a loved one is one of the most difficult things to deal with in life. There are elevated emotions, time constraints, and emotional strain associated with death and dying. On top of that, there’s financial and end-of-life planning needing to take place. Having to make all the final arrangements at a time when everyone‘s coping with their grief is why sometimes death brings out the worst in a family.

Jump ahead to these sections:

  • Reasons Families May Struggle Right Before and After a Death
  • Tips for Reducing Family Disagreements or Tension After a Death

Families don’t often plan ahead and have the necessary medical, financial, and funeral arrangements in place. Even though we’re all certain to die one day, most people can leave the planning to the last minute, or not at all. This failure to plan is one of the most common reasons some families fall apart when a loved one dies.

A combination of heightened emotions, financial strain, and grief causes estrangement in families. The following guide may help your family come together at your time of loss.

Reasons Families May Struggle Right Before and After a Death

Dealing with family dysfunction after death is more difficult than dealing with it during ordinary circumstances because of elevated emotions. When a family is estranged, and a member of the family dies, things become a bit more complicated. This is especially true when the person who dies is one of the parents or heads of the household.

The survivors may not be interested in figuring out the best ways possible to bring the family closer together. Even small decisions can become big issues. This isn’t because people can’t agree on the best decisions to make.

It’s usually because they want to continue to fight about things. They aren’t interested in compromising or giving way to their sibling’s wants or needs.

Favoritism

Favoritism contributes to the reasons why families may struggle right before and after a death. There are many reasons that cause a family to fall apart. It can be anything from past childhood traumas, family dramas, infighting, lack of self-confidence, to a lack of love. If there’s been a book written about it, then you can add that to the list as well. No family alive lives a perfect life without any issues.

When a family loses the patriarch or the matriarch of the family, everyone is ready to point fingers and lay blame onto the next person. Rarely does one look within to see how they may have contributed to the family’s issues or problems. When mom or dad, or both, have died, the siblings have no one to mediate the underlying issues that remain unresolved.

How do you deal then with the issue of favoritism when it’s been a nagging pebble in your shoe for decades?

You can do so by creating a safe environment to have this conversation with the party or parties involved. If it’s been your older brother who’s garnered all the attention your entire life, talk it out with him directly.

Find out what his motivations and contributions were along the way. Whatever the answers might be, be prepared for old wounds to resurface. Try and understand things from their perspective as you work towards healing those wounds and relationships wherever possible.

Blended families

This is one of those things that are common, but rarely something that anyone wants to talk about. Blended families consist of adopted children, naturally born children, stepchildren, and everything in between.

When a family member feels as if they belong more so than another member of the same family, this is usually due to birth order or to the natural birth order in relation to other siblings.

For example, a sibling who was adopted when the parents thought they couldn’t conceive may feel that they’re superior to any of the other children who came after. This is because of the mindset of having been selected, or wanted by the parents.

As opposed to an accidental pregnancy years later when the parents didn’t even know they could have biological children. The adopted child might feel more entitled than the others to make decisions on behalf of the entire family.

Unprocessed grief

There are different types of grief that individuals will suffer from throughout their lifetime. Some grief is ordinary and can be expected to follow a predetermined trajectory. Other times, grief can get a bit more complicated and deviate from the normal or expected path to healing.

Sadly, some people don’t know when they’re experiencing grief outside the norm, so they don’t know when to seek help. This can happen for many reasons. They include:

  • The type of loss experienced
  • The person’s state of mind when the loss occurred
  • Their ability to process that grief on their own or through the help of a professional
  1. How to Know When I’m Ready to Date After Being Widowed
  2. What to Do When a Spouse Leaves You
  3. How to Turn an Emotional Affair Back Into a Friendship
  4. How to Get Over Someone You Love
  5. What to Do When You’re Heartbroken?

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

Take the Time You Need to Accept, Reflect and Acclimate

After a the loss of your spouse, it’s almost impossible to imagine that there will be a time when you’ll feel a little less alone and a lot better. But you will. Time will soften the pain and your family and friends can help lessen the heartbreak and remind you of all you’re capable. It’s going to be hard, but you can thrive on your own.

Give Yourself Time to Grieve

Before you can adjust to living as a widow, you need to allow yourself time to process all you’ve been through. Whether you ascribe to the five stages of grief (denial, anger, bargaining, depression and acceptance) you will likely experience a swell of emotions that run the gamut. Allow yourself time to heal and hearken back to the strong and able person you always were.

Don’t Make Major Life Changes

In the throes of emotion and grief, you may have the impulse to throw all caution to the wind and change everything. After all, you’ve just been through one of the toughest, unanticipated, and most devastating changes in your life, so what’s one more? But experts agree that major decisions should not be made under emotional stress. Try to maintain as much sameness as you can for as long as you can. If you can afford to, stay in the same city and home, at the same job and among the same social circles.

Stick to a Routine

If you always woke up early and went to the gym, try to do it again. There’s probably a whole lot that just doesn’t feel normal any longer; a routine can give you the illusion of normalcy. Consider new routines, too. Maybe it’s just too painful to go to that favorite restaurant every Friday night. Is there a new tradition you could start with a friend?

Accept Help and Company

Adjusting to living alone can take time. It doesn’t have to happen all at once. Accept comfort and support from family and friends, even if that means having overnight company until you’re ready to go it alone. If you have adult children, go for a visit. A best friend? Invite her over for an overnight stay. No one says living alone as a widow has to start immediately.

Join a Support Group

You may be the only one you know who has lost a spouse, but you’re hardly alone. Find others who are on the same sort of emotional roller coaster as you, but farther down the track. What did they do to get through those first days, weeks and months of living along? Their good advice may be just what you need to weather the rocky ride. Even if you’re not ready to share with a group, consider a grief counselor or therapist to help you in the short term.

Avoid Self Medication

A glass of wine with dinner may be just what you need to take the edge off a long, lonely day, but turning to alcohol or medications to dull the pain is a dangerous precedent. Instead of drugs, try yoga, meditation or even exercise. Those are healthy alternatives that can help with anxiety, while they release healing endorphins.

Make Your Space Your Own

It’s okay to admit that he had quirky tastes or that you always hated his man cave. Now it’s time to reclaim some of the space you shared and design it to your taste. It may be difficult to believe it right now, but there may come a time in the not-so-distant future where another will come into your life and your home. Make it your own.

Affiliation

  • 1 Vodafone Foundation Institute for Children’s Pain Therapy and Paediatric Palliative Care, Children’s and Adolescents’ Hospital Datteln, Witten/Herdecke University, Germany.
  • PMID: 18478489
  • DOI: 10.1055/s-2008-1065347
  • Search in PubMed
  • Search in NLM Catalog
  • Add to Search

Authors

Affiliation

  • 1 Vodafone Foundation Institute for Children’s Pain Therapy and Paediatric Palliative Care, Children’s and Adolescents’ Hospital Datteln, Witten/Herdecke University, Germany.
  • PMID: 18478489
  • DOI: 10.1055/s-2008-1065347

Abstract

Background: In the present study, we investigated the situation of children who had succumbed to their malignancy in Germany as perceived by their parents. Specifically, we were interested in bereaved parents’ perspective on five essential areas: 1) symptoms and quality of life, 2) characteristics of the child’s death, 3) anticipation of their child’s death and care delivery, 4) end-of-life decisions and 5) impact of the child’s death on the parents and perceived social support by the health care team.

Materials and methods: We contacted all existing departments for paediatric oncology in the German federal state of Nordrhein Westfalen and asked them to contact all parents for participation in our study who had lost their child to cancer in 1999 and 2000. Upon agreement, we interviewed the parents utilising a validated semi-structured interview on distressing symptoms and quality of life of their children during the end-of-life care period.

Results: Six of the 19 departments agreed to participate. Parents of 48 children (31 boys, 17 girls) were interviewed. The main distressing symptoms were fatigue, pain, loss of appetite, and dyspnoea according to the parents. While parents perceived pain and constipation to have been treated successfully, loss of appetite and anxiety were not treated effectively. 75% of the children died due to a progression of their malignancy. Of these, 50% obtained cancer-directed therapy at the end of life, which was negatively rated by the parents in hindsight. 48% of the children died at home even though 88% of the parents chose ‘at home’ as the most appropriate locale of death in hindsight. Parents anticipated their child’s death on average 9 weeks prior to the child’s death. 41% of the parents provided palliative home care for their child and the majority (88%) rated the quality of care as good or very good. 64% discussed end-of-life decisions with the health care team, 36% did not have a discussion. Parents were clearly affected by their child’s death. However, 15% of the parents were not contacted by the health care team following the child’s death.

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

The advancement of medical technology has saved lives and the quality of life for many, but it has also created new questions that previous generations did not have to answer. A century ago, end-of-life options were few, and death came more quickly without machines to keep organs functioning when the brain wasn’t. But, now that medicine can prolong vital signs, the presence of life is not the only consideration. Quality of life presses to the forefront when we see loved ones suffering or lingering longer than anyone wants them to. The ethical question arises: biblically speaking, should quality of life be a consideration in end-of-life decisions?

Quality of life is a privately determined decision. Every individual should have the right to decide for himself or herself what he or she deems “quality.” Some people cling tenuously to every ounce of life, pursuing every possible medical intervention to prolong earthly existence as long as humanly possible. Others, especially Christians, may accept their impending death more quietly and even express eagerness to enter eternity as soon as God calls them home. The right to decline medical intervention should be available to every mentally stable adult and can often be documented by living wills or other forms of written instruction. However, such documents can cross ethical lines when end-of-life choices include hastening death or assisted suicide. Just as suicide is not considered a human right, neither is assisted suicide due to a medical prognosis.

While each individual should have a voice in determining his or her own definition of “quality of life,” human beings are not the final judges. Life is a conglomeration of good and bad experiences, and there are times in everyone’s life when quality seems low. Depression, anxiety, heartbreak, or financial crisis can seem to limit the quality of life for a season. Injury, illness, or disability can greatly impede a person’s quality of life, but that does not imply the right to end that life. God is the determiner of life and death, not our opinion of its quality (Deuteronomy 32:9; Psalm 139:16).

Filling out a living will or assigning durable power of attorney to a trusted family member is a great alternative to last-minute decision-making by families trying to determine a patient’s wishes. Withholding certain medications, treatments, or life-saving measures may be in the patient’s best interest, and, if that has been previously discussed, the family is relieved of that moral responsibility. Establishing a trusting relationship with the doctor in charge of a dying patient can also eliminate miscommunication and later regrets. Fortunately, it is still illegal in most countries for physicians to prescribe medications that will actively end a life. The potential for abuse of that option makes it a dangerous one to leave to human discretion. However, palliative care can be increased to the point of allowing the body to die without causing the patient undue pain. When all possibility of cure is gone, increasing palliative medications allows the body to shut down naturally, and death can occur without unnecessarily prolonging the dying process.

Quality of life cannot be defined by external factors. The quality of one’s life is deeply personal and yoked oftentimes to that person’s relationship with God. Healthy, successful Americans may have a low quality of life due to emotional unrest and poor moral decisions, while a handicapped person in a developing country may live a joy-filled life. Physical sickness also does not determine a person’s quality of life, so trying to evaluate it is not within our power. Our responsibility before God is to provide the best loving care we can for those who are suffering and trust that their Creator will decide when life ends.

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

Belinda McLeod, BA in Secondary Education
Contributing writer

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

It can be difficult to plan a service for someone important to you. It may seem like a few hours is not enough time to celebrate their life. And with burial alternatives becoming more popular it can be hard to decide what type of service to hold. Why not consider planting a tree in lieu of a traditional service? It can be a unique way to honor your loved one.

Jump ahead to these sections:

  • Step 1: Research Federal and Local Programs
  • Step 2: Research Park and City Regulations
  • Step 3: Consider the Cost of a Memorial Tree
  • Step 4: Figure Out Where You Can Plant a Memorial Tree
  • Step 5: Pick the Best Memorial Tree for Your Loved One
  • Step 6: Plan the Planting Service or Ceremony
  • Step 7: Plant the Tree
  • Step 8: Take Care of the Tree and Other Rituals

Even if you plan to have a traditional funeral planting a tree in memory of your loved one could be worthwhile. It can be a memorial of them that you can visit whenever you’d like. And it provides much-needed support to the environment.

Whatever you decide, there are some points that you may want to consider. It can take a little planning, but planting a tree can be a wonderful way to honor your loved one. Read below for some of the steps you’ll need to take.

Share your final wishes, just in case.

Create a free Cake end-of-life planning profile and instantly share your health, legal, funeral, and legacy decisions with a loved one.

Step 1: Research Federal and Local Programs

Many areas have established programs to help people plant trees in memory of a loved one. You can search government websites in your area to find local tree memorial programs. The programs vary greatly based on area.

Keep in mind that the type of tree you can select and where it is planted will depend on the organization. Some programs will allow you to choose a specific variety of tree while others will choose for you. And some of the programs allow you to decide where the tree will be planted but others plant the tree in the location of their choosing. These decisions differ from organization to organization.

Here are some examples of programs. There are local, national and international organizations that offer this service. The ones listed below are only a sampling of the programs available.

Local programs

You’ll have to check into city, village, or county websites to see if there are special programs in your area.

For example, The City of St. Louis’ forestry division allows family and friends to plant a tree in memory of a loved one. Participants can choose between a shade, flowering, or evergreen tree. Park officials plant the tree in the city park of your choice and tag it with the name of the person whose memory is being honored. The program costs $150. The participants receive a certificate and a map that shows the location of the tree.

Clark County, Nevada, allows you to choose the type of tree you want to plant, but you must select from a list of trees that are appropriate for the climate. Participants get to choose the general location of the tree. For $500, the county officials will plant the tree and place an engraved plaque at the site. For $100, a plate will be placed at the location of an existing tree.

National programs

The United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) started the Plant-A-Tree program in 1983. With the donation of $10, they will plant ten conifer seedlings in a National Forest. These seedlings are planted in an area that suffered destruction during the last year. Those participating in the program will not be assigned a specific tree, but you will get a certificate with the name of the person honored when you donate.

Other groups, such as The Trees Remember, work with the U.S. Forest Service. They allow people to buy trees in memory of loved ones. This program enables people to choose from several packages that range from 1 to 500 trees. Just like the USDA program, participants are not able to select the type and location of the tree, but you will receive a certificate after making your donation.

The Arbor Day Foundation also allows individuals to plant a tree in memory of a loved one. Currently, there are two locations you can choose from, and each tree is $2. You must buy a minimum of five trees to take part in the program. Those who donate will receive a card to give to the family members of the loved one you are honoring.

International organizations

The Jewish National Fund allows people to donate to tree-related charities. In return, they send you a certificate or plaque to commemorate your loved one. The trees are planted in Israel.

Replant the Amazon is another worthwhile organization. They’re currently working to plant trees in three locations: Haiti, Chittoor, and Malawi. This organization tries to plant one tree for every dollar that is donated. The program does not include certificates to commemorate a loved one’s passing.

Step 2: Research Park and City Regulations

If you want to choose and plant the tree memorializing your loved one, these programs may not be right for you. If you would like to be more involved in the process, try reaching out to your local government. They can help you figure out what steps you need to take to plant a tree in your neighborhood.

You may find that some locations will allow you more ownership in the project than others. Some local communities will allow you to plant the tree yourself. But others require government employees to complete the entire process.

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

Dr. Alejandra Vasquez, JD, CT
Certified Grief Counselor

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

When someone in your family dies, family dysfunction after death can become a real thing. Death can feel like a sudden disruption and can cause shockwaves amongst a family unprepared or unwilling to accept the loss of a treasured loved one.

Everyone grieves in their own way and it’s sometimes difficult for a family to come together to talk about what they’re feeling and experiencing. Ignoring these important discussions with your family now may leave you facing unresolved issues later.

Even though we know that we all must die at some point, it’s still difficult to accept death — especially when it’s sudden and unexpected. Most of us don’t really think about when we’re going to die or how it will happen. When it happens to someone you love, you’re left wondering how this could’ve happened.

Talking with your family about the lack of community after the death of a family member may be one of the last things you want to do, but it is important for everyone’s emotional health — including yours.

1. Discuss the Death

It can be shocking to get the news that one of our loved ones has died. Even when they’ve been sick for a long time, and you’ve been expecting it, it can still leave you feeling numb at hearing the news. You may not know how to process any of it and overall left at a loss as to what to do next.

One of the first things you can do is alert the rest of the family of the death. You may want to carefully consider who gets the first phone call so you avoid hurt feelings later. In many families, it’s usually the oldest who makes these phone calls and takes charge of all the planning and decision-making that follows.

Conversely, if your loved one had a will drawn up, the executor of this will can make the announcement and delegate accordingly. If this is not you, consider taking a step back from these duties until your family has had time to discuss how they want to handle all the details.

2. Make Funeral Arrangements

Deciding who’ll pay for the funeral might cause a lot of confusion, anger, and resentment. If it’s a parent who has died leaving behind adult children, it may make sense to have all of the children pitch in to cover the costs. This is especially true where there was no pre-paid funeral planning in place.

You should expect that there will be some bickering about who’ll be responsible for funeral expenses . How to pay for final expenses is not an easy conversation to have with anyone, especially with family members who are trying to cope with their loss.

The funeral arranging might go from a beautiful way to remember a family member , to an all-out battle on who is going to pay for it all. Taking the time to discuss what to do next, and how to pay for it, will save the family some unnecessary arguments later on. Your local funeral director may have some financing options in place that will help the family in making the final arrangements.

3. Talk About Final Disbursements

It’s never a good time to talk about inheritances, finances, and personal belongings when you have a feuding family to contend with. If no will is in place naming the estate beneficiaries , you may have a legal battle on your hands. You may consider consulting with all family members, the spouse of your loved one, and with the family attorney to see if there was a last will drawn up and safely filed away.

If no will was left behind, now might be the time to discuss with an attorney whether there is an estate that can be dealt with via probate, or if distributions of assets can be made without court involvement. If there is a “probatable” estate, a court order will need to be obtained before making any distributions of assets to the heirs. This might be a good time to sit with the attorney to get your affairs in order .

4. Decide Who Will Take Care of ‘Mom’

This is a metaphorical way of saying who will take care of those left behind by the deceased. Whether it was one of your parents who have died, a sibling, or a child, you need to make sure someone has been appointed with making sure that the survivor has an emotional support system in place.

This may be easy to overlook when all the attention is focused on making funeral arrangements and figuring out what to do with the assets left behind.

If there is nothing spelled out in a will or via a trust, it may fall on your shoulders to take care of the survivor. Reach out to extended family members to ask for their help, if possible. If there is no one to offer additional support, check with your local community resources to see if there is a free or reduced-cost counseling service nearby.

Discover some of the best prayers for the dying in this collection of powerful supplications. Request the Lord comfort and deliver them into His kingdom, giving thanks for their life.

  • Christianity.com Editorial Staff
  • 2020 6 May

How to make life and death decisions for a family memberloved one

7 Prayers for the Dying: Pray for People Near Death

Discover some of the best prayers for the dying in this collection of powerful supplications. Request the Lord comfort and deliver them into His kingdom, giving thanks for their life. We will all face our physical death one day so let us have faith in Jesus for eternal life, redeeming us from sin and spiritual death.

Learn more about how to pray for the dying from PrayWithMe.com

Prayer to Know Jesus Before Dying

Lord Jesus, Come into my life. I believe you died and rose from the grave. I believe you live eternally in heaven. Cleanse me from all unrighteousness. Forgive me of all my sins. Move into my heart. I make you my Lord and Savior. Thank you for your sacrifice. I accept your gift of eternal salvation. Amen.

A Prayer for Someone Dying

Gracious Father, your holy Word tells us that our times are in your hands. Hear our prayers for _____ and for their family as they near the end of their earthly life. Comfort them with your gracious promises of the forgiveness of sins, the resurrection